�C�s‚Ì�‡�˜�@�@�@Sotāpanna‚Ö‚Ì“¹

http://pacha21.com/m/sotapannaWay.htm�@�@

 

 

 

‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�@�@�@

�‡�˜‚Ì—v–ñ

 

‘S‘Ì�}‚ð’m‚é�@�@�@‚S‘w‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX

�C�s’iŠK‚Ì�Ú�×

kāyagatāsati‚ÌŠm—§

ŒÜŠW‚Ö‚Ì‘Î�ô

ŒÜ‘TŽx‚̈ç�¬

Bala‚̈ç�¬

 

ñāṇa�iŠÏ’q�j‚Ì—Í

‹ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é

6 dhātu�i—v‘f�j‚Ì’mޝ

16ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ÌŠÏ’q

 

ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z�@vipassanā-bhāvanā�@

Manual of Vipassana Meditation�@U Ko Lay’˜�@“ú–{Œê–ó

The manuals of Dhamma �@˜_‘ ‚Ì’�‰ð�@Ledi Sayadaw “ú–{Œê–ó     �@‰pŒêƒeƒLƒXƒg”Å�@PDF”Å

 

 

ƒRƒ‰ƒ€

ˆê”Ê“I“NŠw‚Ì�C�s‚Æ‚»‚Ì�‡�˜�@�@�@åKåN�\Žš’c‚Ì—á

 

ŽQ�lŽ‘—¿

Pure Dhamma�@�@Sōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É

 

 

 

 

‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É

Samatha‚Ævipassana‚Æmettā‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ðŽ©•ª‚ł͂µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‘½‚­‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚Æ‚±‚낪ŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì‘O‚É‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ“¥‚܂Ȃ¢‚ÆáÒ‘z‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɂ͂Ȃ炸�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽc”O‚È‚ª‚ç�AáÒ‘z‚Ì–Í•í‚ÆŒÄ‚΂ê‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚̖͕킪‘å�؂ł ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ªŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ì�€”õ‚ƂȂè�A‘å�؂ȌP—û‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

�Å�‰‚É kāyagata satipaṭṭhāna (�g‘̂Ɋւ·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX) ‚ðŽŽ‚Ý‚é‚±‚ƂȂ­�ASamatha‚Ævipassana (Žâ�ÂƓ´Ž@—Í) ‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ð�s‚¤�l‚Í�A‚Ü‚¾Ž”‚¢Šµ‚炳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢—Y‹�‚ð�A•@�j‚È‚µ‚ʼn׎Ԃâ�›‚ɂ‚Ȃ®�Š—LŽÒ‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�iLedi Sayadaw‚ÌThe Manual of Dhamma ‚Ì•\Œ»�j

 

‚»‚̂悤‚È‹�‚Ì�Š—LŽÒ‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì–]‚ނ悤‚É‹��iŽ©•ª‚Ì�S�g�j‚ð“®‚©‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‹�‚Í–ì�¶‚Å‚ ‚è�A•@�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A“¹‚©‚çŠO‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚½‚è�A‚­‚Ñ‚«‚ð�Ü‚Á‚Ä“¦‚°‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

ˆê•û�ASamatha‚Ævipassana�iŽâ�ÂƓ´Ž@�j‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚é‘O‚É�A‚Ü‚¸kāyagatā satipaṭṭhāna bhāvanā�i�g‘̂̊ϑz�j‚Å�S‚ð’Á‚߂Ă©‚çŒP—û‚·‚é�l‚Í�A’�ˆÓ—Í‚ªˆÀ’肵�A�ì‹Æ‚Í�¬Œ÷‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

 

‚±‚Ì�‡”Ô‚ÍLedi Sayadaw‚ÌThe Manual of Dhamma‚âGoenkaji‚ÌThe art of living‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŒ»‘ã‚Ì“sŽs�¶ŠˆŽÒ‚ɃAƒŒƒ“ƒW‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B

The Art of Living “ú–{Œê–ó ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‹Z     The Art of Living�@‰pŒê�@PDF�@�@

Ledi Sayadaw�@�@The Manuals of Dhamma“ú–{Œê–ó

 

 

�‡�˜

‘ÌŒ±�@�@�@�@�@�@ƒR�[ƒX‘ÌŒ±

Œ»�ó”cˆ¬�@�@�@�@Ž©•ª‚Ì—§‚¿ˆÊ’u�AŒ»‘ã‚Ì“Á’¥

‘S‘Ì�}�@�@�@�@�@ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Ì�‡�˜

Œ»�ó‚Ì—�‰ð�@�@�@•¶–¾Žž‘ã‚ÌŽv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“

ŽŽ�sŽÀ‘H�@�@�@�@kāyagatāsati�@�@ Satipaṭṭhāna�Aānāpāna sati

‹ï‘Ì“I–Ú•W�@�@�@iddhi�@nāma- rūpa�i‰F’ˆ–@‘¥‚Æ�[‘w�^—��j�@ŽO‘Š�¨Žl�¹’ú�@ŽåŠi‚Ì•¾ŠQ�@ŽŽ�s�öŒë�@ˆç�¬

Dhamma�@�@�@�@Dhamma‚Ì”Fޝ�@�@�@�ò‰»‚Ì“¹‚Ì7’iŠK�@�@�S�Š�@ŒÜŠW

ŒˆˆÓ�@�@�@�@�@�@ŒŒ‚ªŒÍ‚ê‚é‚Ü‚Å

Šî”ÕŽ‘Ž¿�@�@�@�@iddhipāda�i“¹‚ðŠ®�¬‚·‚éŠî”Õ�j‚ð”Fޝ‚µŠm—§�@�@1.chanda �@2.vīriya�@3.citta �@4.vīmaṃsa

Šî”Õ‰ñ˜H�@�@�@�@indriya‰ñ˜H‚ðŠm—§‚·‚é�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ saddhā�Avīriya�Asati�Asamādhi�Apaññā

‰ñ˜Hˆç�¬�@�@�@�@bala—Í‚Ì‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚ðŠm”F‚µˆç�¬�@�@�@�@�@  ”½‹`‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‘f�Þ‰ñ˜H‚Ì—Í‚ð�‚‚ß‚é

�ò‰»‚ÌŠm—§

DhammaŠw�K�@�@6‘匳‘f�A‰�‹N�A‘½‘w‚ÌŽl�¹’ú�@�@�@ñāṇa‚ð’iŠK“I‚Ɉç‚Þ   

‚V‚‚ÌSambojjhaṅgas‚ÌŠm—§

10‚ÌŠÏ’q‚ÌŠm—§�@�@ 

áÒ‘z�@�@�@�@�@–{Ši“IáÒ‘z‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚é

 

 

Sotāpanna‚Ö‚Ì“¹�@�C�s‚Ì�‡�˜

ƒXƒeƒbƒv

Žå‘è

•û–@�EŽè’i

“à—e

‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ă݂é

–¢‘ÌŒ±‚ðŠù’m‚É

10“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX

Žwަ’Ê‚è‚ÉŽÀ‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é

Œ»�Ý’n‚ðŠm”F

Ž©•ª‚ð’m‚é

ŠÏŽ@

ƒR�[ƒX‚Æ�ö�݈ӎ¯     

 

Ž©•ª‚Ì—§‚¿ˆÊ’u‚ð’m‚é �@ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�§Œä‚Ì•s‰Â

10“ú‚Å‹N‚«‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð•ª�Í‚µ‚ă�ƒJƒjƒYƒ€‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é

‚»‚Ì—�‰ð�i‰¼�à�j‚Í“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚ł̎Ž�s�öŒë‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Ø–¾‚³‚ê‚é

 

 

 

 

’mޝ‚Ì�€”õ

‘S‘Ì�}

Šw�K

10“úŠÔ—v–ñ‚Ì’�Žß

The Art of Living  

Šw‚Ô’iŠK‚Æ�‡”Ô‚ð’m‚é�@‚±‚Ì•\‚ðŒ©‚é�@�@

’qŒd‚É‚æ‚鑽‘w�«�AŒÜå]�A–³�í�AŽl’ú�A”ª�³“¹�A˜Z�ˆ‚Ì—�‰ð

Œ»�ó‚Ì—�‰ð

“sŽs�¶ŠˆŽÒ‚ÌŒÀŠE

Šw�Z‹³ˆç‚̃�ƒŠƒbƒg

‰ÈŠw�M•òŽÒ

˜_—�Šw�M•òŽÒ

‰¢•ÄŽv�l

—Ö‰ô”Û’è

ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚Ì–³—�‰ð

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä–³’m

21�¢‹I‚Ì�Z�l

Œo“T�@•§‹³‚É‚æ‚镪�Í

�„˜_�@‰ÈŠw‚ÌŽŽ�s�öŒë

ŽÀ�ؑ̌±�@“ú�í‚ÌŠï�Ö

 

‚È‚º–»‘z‚·‚é‚Ì‚©

áÒ‘z‚̊댯�«

áÒ‘z‚ªŒø‚­—�—R

 

�l—ÞŽj‚É‚¨‚¯‚鎀�¶ŠÏ

Œ»‘ã�@‹³‚Ì‚Q‚‚̎ô”›‚ð‰ð‚«•ú‚Â

 

 

•¶–¾“à‚É‚¨‚¯‚éŽv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚ÌŒ»�ó‚ð’m‚é

Œ¾—t‚ÆŽÀ‘̂̊֌W�«�A�@�@Œ»�ÛŠw

‚S‚‚͈̔Í�@�@Šw–â‚͈̔Í�A‘ª’è‰Â‚Æ•s‰Â‚͈̔Í

—�”O‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ÆŒÀŠE�AŠw–å‚̉”\�«‚ÆŒÀŠE

‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂ɔFޝ‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‰ÈŠw“I—�—R‚Æ‘Î�ˆ–@

‘S‘Ì�«‚Æ•”•ª�@‰ß�èˆê”ʉ»

Ž©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Æ�¶�¬‚ÆŽã‘̉»

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ƃ͉½‚©�Hdhamma-antarāya�áŠV�@�@dhamma—�‰ð‚ÌŒë•T

‘Ì‘€‚âƒXƒgƒŒƒbƒ`‚ÌŽÀ‘H�@�iƒˆƒK�A�‡‹C“¹�A‹CŒ÷�A‘¾‹ÉŒ�‚È‚Ç�j

ŽÀ‘H‚Ì�€”õ

kāyagatāsati

 

satipatthana sutta‰¹�º�@�@“ú–{Œê–ó

 

Anāpānasati‚ÌŽÀ‘H

�o“ü‘§”OŒo�@“ú–{Œê–ó

 

áÒ‘zƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̉ð�à

‘Ì‚Æ�S‚̕ω»‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Åaniccā‚âƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�§Œä‚̑̌±‚ª�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·

 

kesā�i“ª”¯�j�Alomā�i‘Ì–Ñ�j�Anakhā�i’Ü�j�Adantā�iŽ•�j�Ataco�i”畆�j‚Í�Ataca pañcaka‚Ì5‚‚ɒ�ˆÓ‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚ÆŒü‚¯‚é

�u‹†‹É‚Ì�ɸ‚Ö�v‚Ì•”•ª“ú–{–ó

“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚Ì’†‚ÅŠá‚ðŠJ‚¯‚½–»‘z

Šw‚Ô“à—e‚Æ�‡”Ô

 

•K—v‚È—v‘f

‚ð’m‚é

 

 

iddhi

”÷�׃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[

—Í

ŠÏ‘z

20“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX

Vipassanaƒ}ƒjƒ…ƒAƒ‹

 

ŽO‘Š�@‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç—£’E

Ž„‚ª‚ ‚邯Žv‚¤—�—R

Šw‚Ô“à—e‚ð’m‚é�@�@�@�@�@

1. nāma-rūpa‚È‚Ç�[‘w‚É‚ ‚édhamma‚Ì’mޝ

2. �³Šm‚É’m‚é‚ׂ«‚±‚Æ�@ŽO‘Š�¨‹ê’ú

3. ŽåŠi‚ðŠî�€‚Å�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚ésakkāya-diṭṭhi‚Ì•¾ŠQ‚ð’m‚é

4. ŽŽ�s�öŒë‚̑̊´‚ð‚µ‚Ä�‰‚߂Ċo‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚é

5. ‰½‚ðˆç‚ނׂ«‚©‚ð’m‚é

�ò‰»‚Ì�‡”Ô

 

•§‹³‚ÌŠî�€

 

ŒÜå]�@�S‚̃�ƒJƒjƒYƒ€�@�@

�Få]rūpakkhandha

Žóå]vedanākkhandha

‘zå]saññākkhandha

�så]sankhārakkhandha

ޝå]viññānakkhandha

ŒÜå]‚Ìã©

�S�E�S�Šcitta cetasika

 

˜_‘ �@Ledi Sayadaw�@�@

˜_‘ �@ƒXƒ}ƒiƒT�[ƒ‰

˜_‘ �@Bhikkhu Bodhi

 

’qŒd‚Ì�C�s‚Æ‚Í�H

‰�‹N�à‚ÆáÒ‘z‚ÌŽd‘g‚Ý

Š´Šo‚ÅŒq‚ª‚é�S‚Æ‘Ì

 

ˆê�ØŠF‹ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚¢—�—R

Œ©‰ð‚ÅŒå‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©�H

 

’Ž‚ÆƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰

 

(1) Sīla-visuddhi (“¹“¿‚Ì�ò‰»)�A

(2) Citta-visuddhi (ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ò‰»)�@

kāyagata sati ‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ

(3) Diṭṭhi-visuddhi (Œ©‰ð‚Ì�ò‰») �A�@�@�@�@

nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A‚U‘匳‘f‚ð•ª�Í“I”Fޝ‚·‚é�@

ŒÜå]‚̃`ƒFƒbƒN�@‚ ‚邪‚܂܂ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é

(4) Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa-visuddhi (‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)�A�@�@

Œ´ˆö‚©‚猋‰Ê‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɋ^‚¢‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚é

‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì�oŒ»‚ÆŒ´ˆö‚𖾊m‚É”Fޝ‚·‚é

Žl‘匳‘f‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Íkamma�Acitta�Autu�Aāhāra�A

viññāṇa‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚̒mŠo‚Ì‘Î�Û‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ

(5) Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Å‚ ‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚¤‚łȂ¢‚à‚̂̒mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)

‹ê‚µ‚݂̎n‚Ü‚è‚Æ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�B

sammasati‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�AŒÜå]‚ð‰ß‹Ž�AŒ»�Ý�A–¢—ˆ�A“à•”�AŠO•”‚ȂǂƂµ‚Ċς邱‚Æ‚Å�A–³�í�A‹ê�A–³‰ä‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚é�u�·�Š‚Ì’mޝ�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�B

Vis�DM�DXX�is�Dvisuddhi VI�j�B

(6) Paṭipadañāṇadassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Ì’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì’†‚ÉŽO‘Š‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é

ˆê•àˆê•à‚Ì•à‚«•û�@�s“¹   �¨�@”ª�¹“¹

bhanga—n‰ð�A‘̂̓Jƒ‰�[ƒp‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å‚ ‚è�A”g“®�B

�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚­‚à‚̂ɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚ð“–‚Ä‚éŒXŒü‚ð�Kе‚É‚·‚é

�S‚Ƒ̂ªŒ‹‚т‚¢‚½nāma-rūpa‚Å‘Î�Û‚ð”c‚¦‚邯޷’…‚ª�Kе‚ɂȂè�A‚»‚ê‚炪‹ê‚µ‚݂ƂȂé�B

Š´Šo‚É”½‰ž‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�@�@�@

(7) Ñāṇadassana-visuddhi (’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@�@�@

4‚‚Ìmagga ñāṇas‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é

’qŒd‚Ånāma-rūpa‚ðnāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é

‹ï‘Ì“I‚ɂ͊´Šo‚ðanicca‚ÅŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚ç‚ê‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚𕪕ʂµ‚½rūpa‚Ærūpa‚Ì�Õ“Ë‚ðnāma‚Æ‚µ‚đ̌±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B

Žl‘匳‘f‚Ì•ª�Í�Arūpa-vipassana�i•¨—�“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j�Anāma-vipassana�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j

ŒˆˆÓ�@�@�@�@�@�@

 

The Art of Dying�@

 

 

 

‚½‚Æ‚¦Ž„‚̔畆‚Ƌ؂Æ�œ‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è�AŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂̓÷‚ÆŒŒ‚ªŒÍ‚ê‰Ê‚Ă悤‚Æ‚à�A�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚é‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚Í“w—͂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ð‹–‚³‚È‚¢�B�@�@�@�@�@�@�@AN2.5 Upaññāta-Sutta

AN 2.1–10. �s”±ŒY‚Ì�Í�@‹ß‚µ‚­’m‚ç‚ꂽ‚à‚̂̌o

“¹‚ÉŽŠ‚éŽ‘Ž¿‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é

iddhipāda

ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�EƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ÌŠî”Õ‚ðŠm—§

Šî”Õ‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠm—§‚·‚é

“¹‚ðŠ®�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̊î”Õ

1.chanda�@’B�¬‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚È‚ç‚ÎŽ€‚ñ‚¾‚Ù‚¤‚ª‚Ü‚µ

2.vīriya�@�@˜J—͂̑½‚³‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ

3.citta  �@�@iddhi‚É–²’†‚ÈŽž‚ɂ̂ݖž‘«‚·‚é�S

4.vīmaṃsa ‚Ü‚½‚Ípaññā�@�@�@�@�[‘wdhamma‚ÌŒ¤‹†

dhamma‚ÌŠw�K

‘æ2’iŠK

”÷�ח̈æ

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh—̈æ

 

‰�‹N�@‰F’ˆ‚Ì–@‘¥�@

—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚Ì�Ø–¾

31—̈æ‚ł̗¬“]�@

Žl‘匳‘f‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚éáÒ‘z

bhava‚Æ‚Í
ˆÓޝ‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é•¨Ž¿

ŒÜå]�A‰�‹N�AŽl�¹’ú�AŽl‘匳‘f�A31—̈æ

udayabbaya-ñāṇa�i�S�g‚ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì”­�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é’mޝ�j

ŒÜŠW‚Ì�œ‹Ž�@�@

�S�g‚Ì�S�Š‚ð’m‚é�@�@˜_‘ ‚ÌŠT—v‚ðŠw‚Ô

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‘�‰Á

sammappadhāna

‚S‚‚Ì�¸�i

sammā-vāyāma

ŒˆˆÓ‚Ì�ÄŠm”F

’B�¬“à—e‚̈Ӌ`

The Art of Dying

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð�‚‚ß�A•ûŒü‚ð’m‚è�A‚â‚è‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒˆˆÓ‚·‚é�B

”畆‚ðŽc‚·‚ª�AŒŒ‚ªŠ£‚­‚Ü‚Å�B

Šî”ՂƂȂé—Í

�i‰ñ˜H�j‚̈ç�¬

indriya

Žx”zŽÒ

‰ñ˜H‚ÌŠm”F

‰ñ˜H‚̈ç�¬

 

’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[

‰ñ˜H‚ɂ͒N‚à‹t‚炤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢

1.Saddhindriya�@�@�M—Š�AŠm�M�AЉ–]‚©‚ç‚Ì—£’E

2.Vīriyindriya�@�@�@“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚Å–Ú‚ðŠJ‚¯‚Ä‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é�¶Šˆ

3.Satindriya�@�@�@�@aniccā‚ð‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é

4.Samādhindriya�@�@ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�W’†ˆÛŽ��@ƒR�[ƒX‚ł̃Tƒ}�[ƒfƒB

5.Paññindriya�@�@�@‰ñ˜H‚Ì“´Ž@�@

�ò‰»‚ÌŠm—§

visuddhis

30“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX

 

ƒZƒ“ƒ^�[‚ł̃Tƒ}�[ƒfƒB

ˆË‘¶�ÇŽÒ‚½‚ß‚ÌáÒ‘z–@

Žß‰Þ‚ÌŒå‚Á‚½‹ó

 

 

7‚‚Ìvisuddhis�i�ò‰»�j

(1) Sīla-visuddhi (“¹“¿‚Ì�ò‰»)�A

(2) Citta-visuddhi (ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ò‰»)�@kāyagata sati‚ÌŠm—§

(3) Diṭṭhi-visuddhi (Œ©‰ð‚Ì�ò‰»)  nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A‚U‘匳‘f‚ð•ª�Í“I”Fޝ‚·‚é�@

(4) Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa-visuddhi (‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)�A

‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì�oŒ»‚ÆŒ´ˆö‚𖾊m‚É”Fޝ‚·‚é

Žl‘匳‘f‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Íkamma�Acitta�Autu�Aāhāra

viññāṇa‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚̒mŠo‚Ì‘Î�Û

(5) Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Å‚ ‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚¤‚łȂ¢‚à‚̂̒mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)

(6) Paṭipadañāṇadassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Ì’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@

‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì’†‚ÉŽO‘Š‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é

(7) Ñāṇadassana-visuddhi (’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@�@�@

4‚‚Ìmagga ñāṇas‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é

 

—Í�i—v‘f�j‚Ì‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚ð’m‚è�Aˆç�¬

 

bala‚̈ç�¬

ŠÖŒW�«‚ðŠm”F

Ž‘Ž¿—Í‚ðˆç�¬

45“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX

‘f�Þ‚Ì—Í‚Ì‘ŠŒÝŠÖŒW‚ð’m‚é

Œ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Ó�Š‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ä�¬’·‚³‚¹‚é

Saddha�@�@Љ–]‚Ì�œ‹Ž

Vīriya�@�@�@‘Ó‘Ä‚ðƒŠƒYƒ€‚̈ꕔ‚É

Sati�@�@�@�@”÷�׊´Šo‚ðŠî�€‚É

Samādhi�@�@‹ó‘z‚â–Ï‘z‚Ȃǂ̎v�l‚̘A�½‚É–O‚«‚é

Pañña�@�@�@–Ï‘z‚Ì—�—R‚ð’m‚é

dhamma‚ÌŠw�K

‘æ3’iŠK

 

�@

 

˜Z‘匳‘f�Adhamma‚ÆNibbāna‚ÌŠÖŒW‚Ì’T‹†

–³�FŠE—̈æ�@kilesa—̈æ

’mޝ‚ÌŠm—§

 

‘zsaññā‚ÌŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚ð‰ð�œ‚·‚é

 

ñāṇa‚ðˆç‚Þ  

’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[

1) Kammassakatā-ñāṇa

Ž©�g‚Ì�àŽY‚Íkamma‚¾‚¯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Ì’mޝ

2) Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa

nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A�¶–½‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ‚·‚é’mޝ

3) Paccaya-vavatthāna-ñāṇa

nāma‚Ærūpa‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ƃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ

4) Lakkhaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa

nāma‚Ærūpa‚ªanicca�iŽO‘Š�j‚Å‚ ‚é’mޝ

�¶–½‚ÌŽÀ‘Ì‚Ínāma‚Ærūpa‚Æ‚¢‚¤anatta

5) Nibbāṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa

Ÿ¸žÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ

ŽÀ‘H

 

samatha�@�‰‹‰

ānāpāna ’†‹‰20“úŠÔ

60“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX

‘̂̊´Šo‚Ì3’iŠK�@’Ê�í�A”÷�×�A‚æ‚è”÷�×�A

nimitta‚̈À’è�@�@ƒjƒ~ƒbƒ^‚Æ’OŒõ

 

 

 

 

 

vipassana�‰‹‰

60“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX

 

 

vipassanā-bhāvanā�@

Ž©—R‚Ö‚Ì—·‚Ì’n�} 

vipassanāŽÀ‘HUJotica

 

�S‚Ì‚X’iŠK�@�@Ž©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‰»‚É‚¢‚½‚é�S‚Ì’iŠK

 

 

 

 

 

 

nāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é“´Ž@

 

10’iŠK‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv

(1) Sammasana-ñāṇa

‘¶�Ý‚Ì3‚‚̓Á’¥‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í

(2) Udayabbayanupassanā-ñāṇa

Œ»�Û‚Ì”­�¶‚Æ�Á–łɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í

(3) Bhaṅgānupassanā-ñāṇa

—n‰ð‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í

(4) Bhayānupassanā-ñāṇa

‹°‚낵‚¢�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í

Š´Šo‚Å‚µ‚©‚È‚¢—n‰ð�ó‘Ô‚ð•]‰¿‚·‚éã©

(5) Ǎdīnavānupassanā-ñāṇa

Œ‡Š×�ó‘Ô‚Ì“´Ž@—Í�@�@

�Á–ł̊ώ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AŒ»�Û‚Í‹ê‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å•s—˜‰v�i‰ßг�j‚Å‚ ‚邯д“¾�B

(6) Nibbidānupassanā-ñāṇa

‚¤‚ñ‚´‚è‚·‚é�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í

(7) Muccitu-kamyatā-ñāṇa

�¶�¬�Á–ł͊댯‚Å•s—˜‰v‚ʼn¿’l‚̂Ȃ¢‚à‚̂Ɗώ@‚µ‚½Œã�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚ÄŽ©—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é“´Ž@—Í

(8) Paṭisankh-ānupassanā-ñāṇa

‚³‚ç‚È‚éŠÏ‘z‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é“´Ž@—Í

(9) Saṅkhārupekkhā-ñāṇa

ˆÀ‰¸‚³‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é“´Ž@—Í�@

�S‚̈À‚炬‚É‚æ‚莩“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚ðŽã‘̉»‚³‚¹‚é

(10) Anuloma-ñāṇa

“K‰ž’mޝ Anuloma�‡”Ô’Ê‚è�A�³�‡�@�@�@�@�@

 

 

 

 

 

 

—a—¬Œü‚ð’m‚é

cūti-Sotāpanna

’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[

‰�‹N�à�@˜_‘ ‚É‚æ‚é‰ðŽß

�¸�_•a�@˜_‘ ‚É‚æ‚é‰ðŽß

”Fޝƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�@  ˜_‘ 

—a—¬‰Ê‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚½‚ß‚Ìpārami‚ðˆç‚Þ

 

 

 

 

‘T’è

Jhāna samāpatti

ānāpāna �㋉100“ú

 

�‰‘T‚ðƒ}ƒXƒ^�[‚·‚é

8’iŠK�iŒã‚É‚à‚¤1’iŠK�j‚ ‚邪•K—v‚ł͂Ȃ¢

‘T’è‚Ì‚X’iŠK�@�@samādhi‚Æjhāna‚Æsamāpatti

ƒTƒ}ƒ^áÒ‘z�@�@�«Ši‚Å‘I‚Ôƒp�[ƒŠŒo“T‚É‚ ‚é40Ží—Þ‚ÌŽÀ‘H•û–@�@�@

ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z  ƒA�[ƒiƒp�[ƒiáÒ‘z–@�@Ānāpāna bhāvanā�@�@�@�@�@�@

‹ê”Y‚©‚çˆê�u‚Å—£‚ê‚é•û–@�@�@ƒA�[ƒiƒp�[ƒi�EƒTƒeƒB‚ÌŽÀ‘H �@�@

ƒA�[ƒiƒp�[ƒi�EƒTƒeƒBAnāpānasati‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ÌŽd•û

ƒA�[ƒiƒp�[ƒi�EƒTƒeƒBŒo�@anapanassatisutta MN118�@�@

�¬‰Ê‚ÉŽŠ‚é

7—v‘f

Sambojjhaṅgas

 

’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[
ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘̂̃�ƒJƒjƒYƒ€

�d—̓Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì�Å�¬’PˆÊ�@Suddhātthaka

Žl‘匳‘f‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö�@

•§‹³‚ÌŽžŠÔ’PˆÊ

�S˜Hcitta vīthi  

‹L‰¯‚̕ۑ¶�ê�Š Viññāṇa Dhātu

 

1.Sati sambojjhaṅga

2.Dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅga

3.Vīriya sambojjhaṅga

4.Pīti sambojjhaṅga

5.Passaddhi sambojjhaṅga

6.Samādhi sambojjhaṅga

7.Upekkhā sambojjhaṅga

”ª�¹“¹‚ð’m‚é

ariya-aṭṭhaṅgika-magga

”ª�¹“¹‚ð’m‚é

”ª�¹“¹‚ð’m‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚Ü‚¸‚Í”ª�³“¹‚𖾊m‚Ƀ}ƒXƒ^�[‚·‚é

cūti-Sotāpanna‚ðƒ}ƒXƒ^�[‚·‚é

“¹‚Æ�¬‰Ê

Magga&Pāla

Vipassana�㋉

vipassanā-bhāvanā�@

120“ú

16’iŠK‚ ‚éVipassana‚Ì�S‹«‚ƈç�¬

”ª�¹“¹‚ÌŽÀ‘H

 

—a—¬‰Ê‚ÌŠ®�¬

Sotāpanna

Nibbāna‚ÌŠ´Šo

”g“®‚̂Ȃ¢ƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“

 

�Å�I“I‚Èanatta bhāvanā‚Åsakkāya-diṭṭhi‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚­

Ž„‚ª�u‚ ‚é�v‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤—�—R

5‚‚Ìabhiññā‚̎擾

Œå‚è‚Ì’iŠK  4’iŠK‚ÌŸ¸žÏ�@

 

 

 

 

�C�s’iŠK‚Ì�Ú�×

Ž©•ª‚Ì—§‚¿ˆÊ’u

Buddha Sāsana (‹³‚¦) ‚É�o‰ï‚¤�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì 4‚‚ɕª—Þ‚Å‚«‚邯‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Ledi Sayadaw�@�@The Manuals of Dhamma“ú–{Œê–ó

 

1.�@Ugghaṭitaññū�@�@�@«ugghaṭita+ñā+rū»�@[ud-ghaṭati ‚Ì‰ß‹Ž•ªŽŒ]�@ �@•q銳’qŽÒ

2.�@Vipañcitaññū�@�@�@’·‚­�à–¾‚³‚ê‚邯—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä�u“¹‚ƉʎÀ�v‚𓾂é

3.�@Neyya�@�@�@�@�@�@ƒKƒCƒh‚ª•K—v‚È‚à‚Ì�@�@�@–¢—¹

4.�@Padaparama�@�@�@ [padaŒ¾—t+parama—D�¨]�@�@ �@�@�‘‚­‚±‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ª“¾ˆÓ

 

Œ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ÍNeyya‚ÆPadaparama‚̌‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Œ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚Ì5000”NŠÔ‚Í�A‚·‚ׂÄAriya‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ÌAriya‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Í�ATipiṭaka‚ª�¢ŠE‚ÉŽc‚éŒÀ‚è‘¶�Ý‚µ‘±‚¯‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Padaparama‚̌‚Í�AŒ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚Æ‚Ì�o‰ï‚¢‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ‹@‰ï‚ð—˜—p‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�¶ŠU‚łł«‚邾‚¯‘½‚­‚Ìpāramīs‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Sīla�i“¹“¿�j‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï

samādhi�i�W’†—Í�j‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï

’qŒdpaññā�i’qŒd�j‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï

Œ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì�ç”N‚ªŒo‰ß‚µ‚½Œã‚Í�APaṭisambhidhāpatta Arahat�i•ª�Í“I’mޝ‚ðŽ�‚ÂArahat�j‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

[paṭi�@Œü‚©‚Á‚Ä+�@saṃ�@ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�@�{�@bhid ‘Å”j�{āpatta�@�…]

 

 

‘S‘Ì�}‚ð’m‚é

‚S‘w‚ ‚éƒvƒ�ƒZƒX

�C�s‚Ƃ͎©•ª‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð�‡‚É“´Ž@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚­‰ß’ö‚Å‚·�B

 

 

•¨—�Šw

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[

“ú�í—pŒê

“`“�•§‹³�@�@�@

�C�s‘Î�Û

�C�s•û–@

•\‘w

‘f—±ŽqˆÈ�ã

‹­‚¢�d—Í

•¨Ž¿

Š´Šo�i—~�jŠE

6Š´Šo‘Î�Û�@Vītikkama ˆ«Œ¾“®

sīla

’†‘w

‘f—±Žq–¢–ž

�d—Í

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[

�FŠE

Š´Šo�AŠ´�îPariyuṭṭhānaˆ«‰ñ˜H

samādhi

�[‘w

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[Œ¹

”ñ�d—Í

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[Œ¹

–³�FŠE

Œ©‰ð�A•]‰¿anusaya�ö�݈ӎ¯‚̈«‰ñ˜H

paññā

˜gŠO

”ñ•¨Ž¿

0

Ÿ¸žÏ

�o�¢ŠÔŠE

Ž©ŒÈ�M”O�@�@�@‰ñ˜H�Ý’è‚ÌŠî”Õ

–»‘z

 

sīla�@�@�@�@�@�@‹K—¥‚ðŽç‚é

samādhi�@�@�@ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�§Œä‚·‚é

paññā�@�@�@�@ rūpa�Anāma�Akhandha�Aāyatana�Adhātu�Asacca�Apaṭiccasamuppāda‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚·‚é

�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@paramattha-dhammas�@�@‹†‹É‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚·‚é�@

Citta (ˆÓޝ), Cetasika (ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—v‘f�A�S�Š), Rūpa (•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[“I�«Ž¿)�A NibbānaŸ¸žÏ‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é

 

Pathavī (Šg’£‚Ì—v‘f) Ǎpo (—¬“®�«�A‹Ã�W‚Ì—v‘f) Tejo (‰^“®ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì—v‘f) Vāyo (“®Œü‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽxŽ�‚Ì—v‘f)

‚Æ‚¢‚¤4‚‚̎å—v‚ÈŒ´—� (MahābhūtaŽl‘匳‘f) ‚ªŽ©•ª‚̑̂̒†‚łǂ̂悤‚É�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@‚𓾂é�B

Šá‚ðŠJ‚¯‚½“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚ł̃”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[–»‘z�@

 

 

•\‘wˆÓޝ—̈æ‚ł̌ë‰ð‚ð�®—�‚·‚é

Œ¾—t‚ÆŽÀ‘̂̊֌W�«�@�@�@�í‚ɕω»‚·‚錻�Û‚É“\‚è•t‚¯‚½‰¼�Ì‚ªŒ¾—t�A�@�@ŽÀ‘̂Ƃ͌»�Û‚ð�\�¬‚·‚é�Å�¬’PˆÊ

Ž©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H�@�@�@�@�@�@“ü—Í�M�†‚ɑ΂µ‚ÄŒˆ‚Ü‚Á‚½Žv�l�iŒ¾“®�j‚ðƒAƒEƒgƒvƒbƒg‚·‚é‰ñ˜H

‰ß�èˆê”ʉ»�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‚ ‚é“Á’è‚ÌTPO‚ÌŽž‚É’Ê—p‚µ‚½–@‘¥�iˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW�j‚ð�A‚»‚ê—áŠO‚ÌTPO‚Å‚à“K‰ž‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ

‚S‚‚͈̔Í�@�@�@�@�@�@�@Šw–â‚͈̔Í�i‘ª’è‰Â�j�A�S�iŠ´Šo�EŠ´�î�j‚͈̔Í�i�„‘ª�j�A�°�iŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H�j‚͈̔Í�i�„‘ª�j�AŸ¸žÏ‚͈̔Í�i‘ª’èŠO�j

—�”O‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒÀŠE�@�@–³�킪‚È‚¢—�”O�@�@�@‘S‘̂𑪒肵‚Ä‚©‚ç’è‹`‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‰¼�Ý‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é‚Ì‚ª—��«

‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂ɔFޝ‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‰ÈŠw“I—�—R‚Æ‘Î�ˆ–@

Šw–å‚̉”\�«‚ÆŒÀŠE

ޏ”s‚ÌŠy‚µ‚³�@�@ƒqƒg‚Ì”Fޝ‚ªŠÔˆá‚¦‘±‚¯‚é—�—R�@

�ã�À•”•§‹³‚ÌŒ©‰ð�@�@ƒqƒg‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©�@

 

 

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ƃ͂Ȃɂ©�H�@

‹™Žt‚ª‚»‚Ì�E‹Æ‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�Asamatha-vipassana�iŽâ�ÂƓ´Ž@—Í�j‚âmanasikāra�iŽâ�ÂƓ´Ž@—͂ւÌ�S‚Ì�W’†�j‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¤�l‚Í�Adhamma-antarāya�idhamma‚ðŒë‰ð‚·‚éŠëŒ¯�j‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}dhamma‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�‘�Ð

 

‘Ì‚ðŠÉ‚߂邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é

�S�g‚ðŠÉ‚߂邽‚ß‚Ì�€”õ�@�@‘Ì‘€�@ŒÄ‹z–@�@

 

 

 

kāyagatāsati‚ÌŠm—§

Ž©•ª‚̈ӎu‚Å‚¢‚‚łà“f‘§‚Æ‹z‘§‚É’�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�Akāyagatāsati‚ÍŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

kāyagat₯‚͑̂ð‘Î�Û‚É‚µ‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Ƃ͊´Šo‰ñ˜H‚ð�í‚ÉŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B�S˜Hcitta vīthi  �S‚Ì’PˆÊ

 

�ugaccanto gacchāmīti pajānāti�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤4‚‚̑̂̎p�¨‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Äkāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

DN22 Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna-Sutta,

�g‘̂̓®‚«‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚ésati sampajañña (ˆÓޝ‚Ì–¾�ð‚³�@•t‰Á‚·‚éƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚É‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é�ó‘Ô) ‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Äkāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‘Ì‚Ì32‰Ó�Ђɒ�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚étacapañcaka‚Åkāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�Akesā�i“ª”¯�j�Alomā�i‘Ì–Ñ�j�Anakhā�i’Ü�j�Adantā�iŽ•�j�Ataco�i”畆�j‚É’�ˆÓ‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ�펞Œü‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

‘̂⓪‚Ì�œ‚É‚à’�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�Akāyagatāsati‚ÍŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Ledi Sayadaw�@�@The Manuals of Dhamma“ú–{Œê–ó

 

�g‘Ì‚Ìrūpa‚ƃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ìnāma‚̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚ð•ª�Í“I‚É‹æ•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚»‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Ö‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚ªˆÀ’肵‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�Akāyagatāsati‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Í’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

�w”ç�A‚·‚¶�A�œ‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è�A“÷‚ÆŒŒ‚ª‘Ì‚©‚ç�Á‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚à�A–{–]‚¾�BŽ„‚Í�lŠÔ‚Ì‹­‚³�A—Í�AŠˆ—͂ŒB�¬‚ª‰Â”\‚ÈŽ–‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚܂Ōˆ‚µ‚Ä—ã‚Ý‘±‚¯‚鎖‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚â‚߂Ȃ¢�B�x

AN2,5�@”±�iŒY”±•i�jŽ©—͂Ŋw‚ñ‚¾Ž–�@AN2.5 Upaññāta-Sutta �@�@�@AN, Duka-nipāta, 9. Upaññāta-Sutta, p. 35, 6th Syn. Edn.

 

 

 

“àŠÏ‚Ö‚¢‚½‚é‚Q‚‚̃Aƒvƒ��[ƒ`

samatha�iŽâ�Ã�j‚Ì�C�s‚ð–]‚Ü‚¸�A�ƒ�ˆ‚Èvipassanā�A‚·‚Ȃ킿sukkha-vipassaka52�i’�Žß52 �@vipassana‚¾‚¯‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚é�l�j ‚Ì�C�s‚ð’Ç‹�‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ–]‚ÞŽÒ‚Í�Akāyagatāsati‚ÌŠm—§‚É�¬Œ÷‚µ‚½Œã�A‚·‚®‚Évipassana‚É�i‚ނׂ«‚Å‚·�B

‚à‚µkāyagatāsati‚ð�æ‚É�C�s‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–]‚Ü‚¸�Akāyagatāsati‚𔺂Á‚ÄVipassanā‚ð‹Î•ׂÉ�C�s‚·‚é‚‚à‚è‚Å‚ ‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A�C�sŽÒ‚ª–{“–‚É•K—v‚È’qŒd‚ƋΕׂ³‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A�¬Œ÷‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

udayabbaya-ñāṇa�i�S�g‚ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì”­�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é’mޝ�j‚ÆŠÖ˜A‚µ‚½kāyagatāsati‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì”­�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”ñ�í‚ɉ¿’l�‚‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B

samatha�iŽâ�Ã�j‚Å‚Í�AŒÄ‹C‚Æ‹z‹C‚Ìkāyagatāsati‚ð�C�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A�FŠE‚ÌŽl”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è‚Å‚ ‚érūpāvacara catuttha jhāna‚܂ŒB‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

kesā�i“ª”¯�j�Alomā�i‘Ì–Ñ�j‚ȂǂÌ�g‘Ì‚Ì32‚Ì•”•ª‚Ìkāyagatāsati‚Ìvaṇṇa manasikāra53‚ð�C�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A8‚‚Ìsamāpattis54‚·‚ׂĂð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A“¯‚¶kāyagatāsati‚Ìpaṭikūla-manasikāra55‚ð�C�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚Ì‘T’è‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

�i’�Žß53 �@�F‚âŠOŠÏ‚ɑ΂·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì—Uˆö�B �g‘Ì‚Ì32‚Ì•”•ª‚ð�n—¶‚·‚é�C�sˆê•”‚Å‚·�B�j

�i’�Žß54 �@8‚‚̎�‘±‚³‚ꂽˆÓޝ �@�FŠE‚Æ–³�FŠE‚Ì8‚‚̃gƒ‰ƒ“ƒX�B�j

�i’�Žß55 �@�@�@Šõ‚܂킵‚¢‚±‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�n—¶�B�j

[paṭi‹t‚炤-kūla’ç–h] •s–ù‰õ�A‰}‹t�AŒ™ˆ«Š´

manasi�S‚̂Ȃ©‚É�@kāra�ikaroti�j�ì‚é�A‚É—R—ˆ‚µ�A�u’�ˆÓ�v�uŒÅ‚Ü‚Á‚½�l‚¦�v�@�@�@�uŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�lŽ@�v

 

‚Ü‚½�A•s�òŠÏ�iŽ©�g‚⑼ŽÒ‚Ì�¶‚«‚½�g‘Ì‚ª•…”s�E”’�œ‰»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚­9’iŠK‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚长’n–»‘z‚Å�AŽ·’…‚ð’f‚¿�A•sˆú�iŒ´‘¥“I‚É�«�sˆ×‚ð’f‚–@‘¥�j‚É‚à“K‚·‚é�j‚àpaṭikūla-manasikāra�iŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�lŽ@�j‚Ì‚P‚Â�B

“`“�“I‚ÉŠ¯”\“I‚È�î”M‚ɑ΂·‚é�u‰ð“Å�Ü�v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

�wƒMƒŠƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ_Œo�x�iAN 10.60�j‚Å‚Í�AAnandaŽt‚ª‚±‚ÌŠÏ‘z‚ð�¥‚¦‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë�A•a‚ɋꂵ‚Þ‘m—µ‚ª‘¦�À‚ÉŽ¡–ü‚µ‚½‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�wƒTƒ“ƒpƒTƒ_ƒjƒ„Œo�x�iDN 28�j‚Å‚Í�ASariputtaŽt‚Í�A31‚Ì�g‘Ì•”ˆÊ‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�uŽl‚‚̕û–@‚ÅŽ‹Šo‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚×�A‚±‚Ì•û–@‚ª�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚à—ˆ�¢‚É‚à’è’…‚µ‚È‚¢�A“r�Ø‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�lŠÔ‚̈ӎ¯‚Ì—¬‚ê‚ð’m‚é�v‚½‚ß‚Ì�o”­“_‚Æ‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É—p‚¢‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŠÈŒ‰‚ÉŠT�à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�wƒ”ƒBƒoƒ“ƒKŒo�x�iSN 51.20�j‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‘Î�Û‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—͂̂S‚Šî”Õ�iiddhipāda�j‚ðˆç‚Þ‚½‚߂ɗp‚¢‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

•§‹³Œo“T‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚Ìkāyagatāsati‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚Í—l�X‚È•û–@‚ÅŠÏ‘z‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A�g‘Ì‚Ì31‚Ì•”ˆÊ‚ð�S‚Ì’†‚Å“Á’肵‚ÄáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

“y‚Ì—v‘f

“ª”¯�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê�Fkesā�j�A‘Ì–Ñ�ilomā�j�A’Ü�inakhā�j�AŽ•�idantā�j�A”畆�itaco�j�A

“÷�imaṃsaṃ�j�AäF�inahāru�j�A�œ�iaṭṭhi�j�A�œ�‘�iaṭṭhimiñjaṃ�j�A�t‘Ÿ�ivakkaṃ�j�A

�S‘Ÿ�ihadayaṃ�j�AŠÌ‘Ÿ�iyakanaṃ�j�A‹¹–Œ�ikilomakaṃ�j�AäB‘Ÿ�ipihakaṃ�j�A”x�ipapphāsaṃ�j�A

“à‘Ÿentrails�iantaṃ�j�A’°ŠÔ–Œmesentery�iantaguṇaṃ�j�A–¢�Á‰»‚Ì�H•¨�iudariyaṃ�j�A•Öfeces�ikarīsaṃ�j�A

�…‚Ì—v‘f

’_�`bile (pittaṃ), ”S‰tphlegm (semhaṃ), ”^pus (pubbo), ŒŒblood (lohitaṃ), оsweat (sedo), މ–bfat (medo),

—Ütears (assu), ”玉skin-oil (vasā), ‘Á‰tsaliva (kheḷo), ”S‰tmucus (siṅghānikā), ŠÖ�߉t (lasikā), ”Aurine (muttaṃ).

 

32”Ô–Ú‚Ì�g‘Ì•”ˆÊ‚Í�A”]�imatthaluṅga�j‚Å‚·‚ª�AVisuddhimagga‚Ì31‚Ì�g‘Ì•”ˆÊ‚Ì—ñ‹“‚É‚Í�A“`“�“I‚É�u�œ�‘�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚éaṭṭthimiñjaṃ‚ɈÖق̂¤‚¿‚É”]‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B

�l‘̂̎å—v‚È“à‘Ÿ‚̈ʒu‚ðŽ¦‚·�}

 

 

 

 

�S�g‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�S�Š‚ð’m‚é

kāyapassaddhi—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì•½�³) �gŒy‰õ�«

cittapassaddhi—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì•½�Ã) �SŒy‰õ�«

kāyalahutā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì•‚—Íbuoyancy of mental proper- ties) �gŒyˆÀ

cittalahutā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì•‚—Íbuoyancy of mind) �SŒyˆÀ

kāyamudutā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I“Á�«‚Ì�_“î�«pliancy of mental properties) �g�_“î�«

cittamudutā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�_“î�«pliancy of mind) �S�_“î�«

kāyakammaññatā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì“K‰ž�«adaptability of mental properties) �g“K‹Æ�«

cittakammaññatā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì“K‰ž�«adaptability of mind) �S“K‹Æ�«

kāyapāguññatā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�n’Bƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì�n—û“xproficiency of mental properties) �g—û’B�«

cittapāguññatā—(proficiency of mind) �S—û’B�«

kāyujukatā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì�³‚µ‚³rectitude of mental properties) �g’[’¼�«

cittujukatā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�³‚µ‚³rectitude of mind)�S’[’¼�«

 

 

7‚‚Ìvisuddhis�i�ò‰»�j�@�@Rathavinītasutta�@MN24 �@Chariots at the Ready�@�@“`ŽÔŒo ’†•”24

(1) Sīla-visuddhi (“¹“¿‚Ì�ò‰»)�A�@�@�@�@ �@Œ¾“®‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚·‚é

(2) Citta-visuddhi (ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ò‰»)�A�@�@�@�@�@kāyagata sati ‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ

(3) Diṭṭhi-visuddhi (Œ©‰ð‚Ì�ò‰») �A�@�@�@�@ nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A‚U‘匳‘f‚ð•ª�Í“I”Fޝ‚·‚é�@

�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ŒÜå]‚̃`ƒFƒbƒN�@�u‚ ‚邪‚Ü‚Ü�v‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é

(4) Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa-visuddhi (‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)�A�@�@Œ´ˆö‚©‚猋‰Ê‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɋ^‚¢‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚é

kankha‹^˜f�AŠú‘Ò           �@vitaraṇa “x’E�A‰z“x

‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì�oŒ»‚ÆŒ´ˆö‚𖾊m‚É”Fޝ‚·‚é

Žl‘匳‘f‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Íkamma�Acitta�Autu�Aāhāra     •¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[(Žl‘匳‘f)‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‚S‚‚̌´ˆö

viññāṇa‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚̒mŠo‚Ì‘Î�Û

 

(5) Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Å‚ ‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚¤‚łȂ¢‚à‚̂̒mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)

‚±‚ê‚ŋꂵ‚݂̎n‚Ü‚è‚Æ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�B

(6) Paṭipadañāṇadassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Ì’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì’†‚ÉŽO‘Š‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é

paṭipadā�if�D�j line of conduct�G mode of progress�@�@ˆê•àˆê•à‚Ì•à‚«•û�@�s“¹       �¨�@”ª�¹“¹

bhanga—n‰ð�A‘̂̓Jƒ‰�[ƒp‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å�A”g“®‚ɉ߂¬‚È‚¢�BŒÅ‘̂ł͂Ȃ­�A�í‚ɕω»‚·‚éudayabaya‚Å‚ ‚é�B

anicca‚̑̊´

�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚­‚à‚̂ɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚ð“–‚Ä‚é�Kе‚ð‚‚­‚é

�S‚Ƒ̂ªŒ‹‚т‚¢‚½nāma-rūpa‚Å‘Î�Û‚ð”c‚¦‚邯޷’…‚Æ�Kе‚ɂȂè�A‚»‚ê‚炪‹ê‚µ‚݂ƂȂé

—Ö‰ô‚©‚ç‘«‚ð‰“‚´‚¯‚é

Š´Šo‚É”½‰ž‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�@�@�@‚È‚º”½‰ž‚·‚é‚Ì‚©�H�@ƒTƒoƒCƒoƒ‹‚Ì‚½‚߂ɑ¦’f‰ñ˜H‚ð�ì‚éƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ª‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�B

(7) Ñāṇadassana-visuddhi (’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@�@�@4‚‚Ìmagga ñāṇas‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é

’qŒd‚ÅŠÏ�Æ‚·‚é�@�@’qŒd‚Æ‚Í�AŠ´Šonāma-rūpa‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‘Î�Û‚ð•߂炦‚È‚¢‚Å�Anāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ

‹ï‘Ì“I‚ɂ͊´Šo‚ðanicca‚ÅŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚ç‚ê‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚𕪕ʂµ‚½rūpa‚Ærūpa‚Ì�Õ“Ë‚ðnāma‚Æ‚µ‚đ̌±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B

‚æ‚è�Ú�ׂÈ�à–¾‚âcatu dhātu vavatthāna�iŽl‘匳‘f‚Ì•ª�Í�j�Arūpa-vipassana�i•¨—�“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j�Anāma-vipassana�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A

�uLakkhaṇa Dīpanī�v�A�uVijjā- magga Dīpanī�v�A�uǍhāra Dīpanī�v�A�uAnatta Dīpanī�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

 

‚V‚‚̎žŠÔ

 

ˆÓޝ

ŽžŠÔ

visuddhi(�ò‰»)

“à—e

1

•\‘w

ŽžŒv

Sīla

Œ¾“®‚ð�®‚¦‚é

2

’†‘w

�S�Œv

Citta

Š´�îƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚ð•ª�Í

3

�[‘w

‘Ì“àŽžŒv

Diṭṭhi

Žv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚ð•ª�Í

4

‘w‚ÌŠO‘¤

ŽžŒv‚ÌŠO‘¤

Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa(‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž)

�‡‚̉F’ˆ–@‘¥‚ÌŒÀŠE‚ð’m‚é

5

’qŒd

�‡‚Æ‘k‚ÌŽž

Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana

“¹‚Ì•ª•ʂ͎žŠÔ‚ð‘k‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©

6

“VŠE

‘k

Paṭipadañāṇadassana

ŽžŠÔ‚ð‘k‚èŽn‚ß‚é

7

–³�FŠE

ŽžŠÔ‚ÌŒ¹

Ñāṇadassana

‘k‚邯‘ÌŠ´‚·‚錳‘f�A‚ÆŽžŠÔˆÈ‘O

 

ŽQ�Æ�@�@ŽžŠÔ‚ÌŠO‘¤‚ªŸ¸žÏnibbāna

 

 

sankhāra upekkhā ñāna

anusaya‹x‰ÎŽR‚ÌŽí‚Å‚ ‚ékilesa”Ï”Y‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚éŠÏ’q‚ÍŽâ�Âð•ۂ‚±‚Ƃł ‚é�B

‚±‚¿‚炪‚·‚é‚Ì‚Ísati‚Æsampajāna ‚¾‚¯‚Å�AŒã‚Ídhamm‚Ɉς˂é�B

 

 

 

ŒÜŠW�i‚²‚ª‚¢�j‚Ì�œ‹Ž�@�@pañca nīvaraṇān‚Ƃ͑T’è‚ðŽ×–‚‚·‚é5‚‚Ì�áŠQ�A‚‚܂è5‚‚̔ϔY‚Ì‘��Ì�B

ŠWnīvaraṇa‚Ƃ͔Fޝ‚𕢂¤�áŠQ‚Ì‚±‚Æ

Nīvaraṇasutta �@Hindrances�@AN9.64�@�@�@AN9.64. �k�C�s‚Ì�l–WŠQ‚ÌŒo�@‘�Žx•”‹ã�W”O�ˆ•i

 

Kāmacchanda-—~ˆ¤�@�@�@   �@�@Kāma; ŒÜ�ª‚©‚ç‚Ì—~‚Ì�î•ñ‚ð—ö‚µ‚ª‚é�ichanda�jŠW�@�@Š´Šo‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚é

vyāpāda-áÑœ‹�i‚µ‚ñ‚É�j     �@�@“{‚è�E‘ž‚µ‚Ý�E“GˆÓ�B

thīna-middhaŒ‘‘Ó�E–°‹C  �@�@ �g‘Ì“I‚ȑӑĂƃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚È–³‹C—Í     惛’¾�i‚±‚ñ‚¶‚ñ�j�‡–° �i‚·‚¢‚ß‚ñ�j�B

uddhacca-kukkucca�{‹“�Eˆ«�ì�i‚¶‚傤‚± ‚¨‚³�j�S‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�B‰ß‹Ž‚̊ԈႢ‚ɑ΂µ‚Ă̌ã‰÷�B

vicikicchā‹^�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‹C‚ðŽU‚炳‚ê‚é�A�n—¶‚µ‚È‚¢�AŒÅ‚­‚Ȃ邱‚Æ�BŠw‚Ñ‚©‚ç‚Ì—£’E�A�Ë–Ï‘z

[vi�@”½‚·‚é + cikicchatiŽv”O‚·‚é]�@�gdis”½�@�{ reflect�n—¶�C�h to be distracted in thought�@‹C‚ðŽU‚炳‚ê‚é�ËŽv”O‚Å‚«‚È‚¢

vicita�Fa�D[vicinati�ƒci ‚Ì pp�D] ‘I•Ê‚¹‚é�CŠÈ•Ê‚¹‚é�@[pp�Dof vicināti] considered�G discriminated�G selected

icchā�Ff�D[�V�ƒicchati] —~‹��CŠó‹��@desire�G wish�@�@�@�@�@�@‘I•Ê‚·‚é—~‹��H

•ʂ̌¾—t‚Å‚Í�Aˆ¤—~�Aˆ«�S�A‚à‚Ì—J‚¢�A‚´‚í‚‚«�A‚Ƃ܂ǂ¢

 

kāmacchanda‚ÍæÃ—~‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚邪�Akāma‚Ƃ͗~ŠEkāmaloka‚Ì—~‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Í�A—~–]‚Ì—~lobha‚Æ—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A�uŠáލ•@�ã�g‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŠî�€‚É‚·‚é�¢ŠE�v‚Æ—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ù‚¤‚ª�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒBáÒ‘z‚·‚鎞‚ɂ͂킩‚è‚â‚·‚¢�B

—~ŠEkāmaloka‚ł̃�ƒCƒ“ƒe�[ƒ}‚͌ܖ傩‚ç‚Ì�M�†‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�u�g‘Ì‚ðŠy‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚é�v‚±‚ƂȂ̂Å�A‚±‚ê‚܂ł̔Fޝ•û–@‚Ì�Kе‚Å‚Í�A‚¢‚­‚çáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚à‘T’èjāna‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚È‚¢�B

‘T’è‚Æ‚Í‘Î�Û‚ª‚TŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚©‚ç‚æ‚è‚à”÷�ׂȎŸŒ³‚ɈÚ�s‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Ì�€”õ‚Æ‘Š‰ž‚µ‚¢ŽÀ‘H‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚ª‘½‚¢‚Ì‚Å�Ajāna‘ÌŒ±‚ÍáÒ‘z‚·‚é�l�X‚Ì‚P–œ�l‚É‚P�l‚µ‚©“¾‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�@

  

 

Žß‘¸‚Í�AŒÜŠW‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚ð�AŽØ‹à“z—ê‚Éšg‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�u�¹–å‰ÊŒo�v DN2�¹–傽‚邱‚Ƃ̉ʂ̌o

�u‘剤‚æ�A”ä‹u‚Í‚±‚ê‚çŽÌ’f‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÜŠW‚ð�A•‰�Â�A•a‹C�A˜S�–�A“z—ê�A�r–ì‚ð‚ä‚­—·˜H‚̂悤‚ɂ݂Ȃµ‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�A”ä‹u‚Í‚±‚ê‚çŒÜŠW‚ðŽÌ’f‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�A–³ŽØ‹à�A–³•a�A�S‘©‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú�AŽ©—R�l�AˆÀ‚炬‚Ì�ê�Š‚Æ‚Ý‚È‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v

 

 

�uŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�v‚©‚ç�uŽl‘T’è�v‚Ö‚ÆŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�AŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�@�¨�@–ž‘«�@�¨�@Šì‚Ñ�@�¨�@ŒyˆÀ�@�¨�@Šy�@�¨�@�S‚Ì“�ˆê‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B

 

ŒÜŠW‚ð–Å‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�AŽl‘T’è‚Ì�u‘æˆê‘T�v‚ÉŽŠ‚é�€”õ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

�uŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�v‚Í�A�uŽâŽ~‚ÌáÒ‘z�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�S‚Ì“­‚«‚ð�Â߂羂ç‚ê‚é‰Ê•ñ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‰½ŒÌ‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�uŒÜŠW‚Ì’âŽ~�ó‘Ô�v‚Í�A�Ăѓú�í�¶Šˆ‚É–ß‚ê‚Î�AŠÈ’P‚É•ö‚ꋎ‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

�uŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�v‚ðŽå–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚½�C�s‚Í�A”ª�³“¹‚Ì�u�³”O�v�A‚‚܂è�uŽl”O�ˆ�v‚Å‚·�B

 

 

ŒÜŠW‚Ö‚Ì‘Î�ô

 

�Ç�ó

ŒÜ‘TŽx‚ł̑Î�ô

bala‚ł̑Î�ô

kāmacchanda�@

kāma Š´Šo+ icca�D‚Ý +anda–Ó–Ú

Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̕Î�D‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–Ó–Ú‚É‚³‚ê‚é

‰ß‹Ž‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ”½•œ‚·‚é�@�@

Š´Šo‚Ö‚Ì‘z‚¢‚ÉŽx”z‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é

ekgaggata

�iˆê“_�W’†

ˆê‘ÌŠ´�j

 

 

Sati�@awareness

�u‚¢‚Ü�E‚±‚±�v‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é

saddha�@�@‚·‚ׂĂ̊î‘b

–Ó�M‚ł͂Ȃ­‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚½�M�S

paññā�@�@ŠÏ”O‚Ìanicca‘ÌŒ±

byāpāda

vyāpada�j

‹ƒ‚«‚͎펪‚Ȃ̂ŋƒ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‘�‚¦‚é�B

 

‰ß‹Ž‚Æ–¢—ˆ‚Ì‚±‚ƂŌ™ˆ«‚·‚鎞‚É•½�Âł¢‚邯‚»‚ꂪ�Á‚¦‚é‚̂ł»‚ÌŽž‚ªƒ`ƒƒƒ“ƒX�B

pīti�@Šì‚Ñ‚Ì�S

‘Î�Û‚É‹zŽû‚³‚ê‚邯�Aˆ«ˆÓ‚Í—}�§‚³‚ê‚é

saddha�@�@‚·‚ׂĂ̊î‘b

‰½‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‹AˆË‚Ȃ̂©�H�n—¶‚·‚é

Žß‘¸‚Ì‹³‚¦�A“¿�AŽ‘Ž¿

 

uddhacca

kukkucca

�{‹“�@“®—h�@�@�@“ª‚ÉŒŒ‚ª�ã‚Á‚½�ó‘Ô

�¨’¾�E�S”z�@�@�@“ª‚ÉŒŒ‚ª‚¢‚©‚È‚¢

 

sukha�g‘̂̊y

‘Ì‚ªŒy‚­‚È‚è�A�ジ‚è‚Æ•sˆÀ‚É‘Î�R

Samadi

anicca‚̑̌±‚ð‚µ‘±‚¯�Asampajāno�iƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð�¬“¯‚³‚¹‚È‚¢�j

thīna

middha

惛’¾‚±‚ñ‚¶‚ñ�AŒ‘‘Ó�A‘Ó‘Ä

�‡–°‚·‚¢‚ß‚ñ�A–°‹C

vitakka‘Î�Û‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚é�B

‰½“x‚Å‚à“ü‚é

Viriya“w—Í�@‰p—Y‚Ì—E‹C

ŽU•à‚µ‚Ă܂½�¿‚é

Sati�@awareness

�u‚¢‚Ü�E‚±‚±�v‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é

vicikicchā

vigataޏ‚¤+cikicchā�ãcit’m‚éŠè–]

’m‚낤‚Æ‚·‚é—~‹�‚ÌŒ‡”@

anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚߂Ɍ«–¾‚łȂ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚éŒXŒü

–³’m‚Ì�u‹^�v‚Æ‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ÅŠm‚©‚ß‚½‚肹‚¸‚É�A”»’è‚·‚邱‚Æ�B

Vicāra

‘Î�Û‚Ö‚Ì�W’†‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚Ä�AŒp‘±“I‚É—¯‚Ü‚é

 

paññā   •½�Ã�S‚Í’m�«‚ł͂Ȃ­ŽÀ�Û‚Éanicca‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é

 

’qŒd‚Ƃ͊‰–]‚⌙ˆ«‚â–³’m‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ

 

 

 ‰ú—¥‚ðŽû‚ß‚½Œã�A�‰‘T‚É“ü‚é‘O‚Ì’iŠK‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŒÜŠW‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AнŠì�EŠì‰x�A�g‘̂̌yˆÀ�i‚«‚傤‚ ‚ñ�j�EˆÀŠy‚ª�¶‚¶�Aappana samadhi�‰‘T‚Ö‚Æ“ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚­�€”õ‚ª�®‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

ŒÜ‘TŽx

vitakka�ËáÒ‘z‚Ì‘Î�Û‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚é�BŠO‚É�o‚Ä‚à‰½“x‚à‰½“x‚à“ü‚邱‚Ƃ̂ł«‚é�S�B�q�i‚¶‚ñ�j�F

‘ӑĂƖ³‹C—Í�ithīna middha�j‚Ì�áŠQ‚ð—}�§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽv�l‘Î�Û�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Όċz‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŒü‚¯‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒP—û‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B

tharka‚Í‘½‚­‚Ìarammana�iŽv�l‘Î�Û�j‚ÌŠÔ‚ð�s‚«—ˆ‚·‚邱‚ƂɗR—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ’âŽ~‚·‚邯�A�uvitharka�v‚·‚Ȃ킿vitakka‚ª”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è1‚‚̎v�l‘Î�Û�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŒÄ‹z‚âƒJƒV�[ƒi‚Ì‘Î�Û�j‚É—¯‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

vicaara�iƒ”ƒBƒJƒ‰�j�ËáÒ‘z‚ÉŒü‚¯‚½�S‚ð•Û‚Â�S�AŽx‚¦‚é�SŽf�i‚µ�j�F

‚»‚Ì‘Î�ۂɑ΂·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÌŒp‘±“I‚É—¯‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚Ö‚Ì�W’†‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

vicāra‚Í�Avi‚Í’âŽ~�A�ucāra�v‚Í“®‚«‰ñ‚í‚邱‚ƂɗR—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Vitakka‚Ævicāra‚Í�A‰Ô‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä”ò‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚éƒ~ƒcƒoƒ`‚Æšg‚¦‚ç‚ê�A‰Ô‚ÌŽüˆÍ‚ðƒuƒ‰ƒuƒ‰‚Æ”ò‚тȂª‚ç�A‰Ô‚©‚ç–¨‚ð‹z‚¤—lŽq‚Å‚·�B

Vicāra‚͈ꎞ“I‚Évicikicca�i�n—¶‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�j‚Ì–WŠQ‚ð—}�§‚·‚é“­‚«‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

pīti�iƒsƒeƒB�j�ËŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�S�B�@Šì�i‚«�j

sukha�iƒXƒJ�j�Ë�g‘Ì“I‚ÈŠy�BŠy�i‚ç‚­�j

ekaggata�iƒGƒJ�[ƒKƒbƒ^�[�j�ˈê‘ÌŠ´�B�@ˆê‹«�«�i‚¢‚Á‚«‚傤‚¹‚¢�j�F

 

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‘Î�Û‚É‹zŽû‚³‚ê‚邯�Aˆ«ˆÓ‚ÌŽv�l‚Í—}�§‚³‚ê�A”MˆÓ‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�K•Ÿ�ipīti ‚à‚µ‚­‚Í �gpreethi�j‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Ípīti‚Ìjhānic—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚è�Aˆ«ˆÓ�ivyāpada�j‚Ì–W‚°‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�K‚¹‚ÍŽå‚É•\–Ê“I‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

“÷‘Ì“I‚È�K•Ÿ�isukha�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�g‘Ì‚ªŒy‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ìjhānic‚Ì—vˆö‚Í�A—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ³‚Æ•sˆÀ�iuddhacca kukkucca�j‚Ì�áŠQ‚É‘Î�R‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ÉŽv�l‘Î�Û‚É‹zŽû‚³‚ê�Aˆê“_�W’†�iekgaggata�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌrūpalōka jhānic�ó‘Ô‚ÌŽå—v‚Èjhānic—v‘f‚Å‚ ‚è�A�W’†�isamādhi�j‚Ì–{Ž¿‚Å‚·�B�@

‚±‚̈ê“_�W’†‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‚È—~–]�ikāmachanda�j‚ðˆêŽž“I‚É‘jŠQ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

kāmacchandaЉ–]�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@ekgaggata�iˆê‹«�«�j

vyāpādaŒ™ˆ«�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ �@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@pīti

uddhacca-kukkuccaˆÚ‚è‹C�@�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@sukha

thīna-middha‘Ó‚¯•È�i–°‹C�j�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@vitakka�@Žv”O‘Î�ۂւ̃`ƒƒƒŒƒ“ƒW

vicikicchā�n—¶‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�@�@�@�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@Vicāra�@Žv”O‚̈ێ�

 

 

 

ŒˆˆÓ

‚½‚Æ‚¦Ž„‚̔畆‚Ƌ؂Æ�œ‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è�AŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂̓÷‚ÆŒŒ‚ªŒÍ‚ê‰Ê‚Ă悤‚Æ‚à�A�lŠÔ‚Ì”\—Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ì“w—Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�s—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚é‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚Í“w—͂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ð‹–‚³‚È‚¢�B

AN2.5 Upaññāta-Sutta�@�@�@AN 2.1–10. �s”±ŒY‚Ì�Í�@‹ß‚µ‚­’m‚ç‚ꂽ‚à‚̂̌o�@�@‘�Žx•”AN, Duka-nipāta, 9 Upaññāta-Sutta p. 53. 6th Syn. Edn.�j

 

 

5‚‚ÌBala‚̈ç�¬

Samatha�Avipassana�A�¹‚Ȃ铹‚Ɖʕñ�Anibbāna‚Ì’B�¬‚É•K—v‚È5‚‚Ìbala‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìbala‚ª’~�Ï‚³‚ê‚Ă͂¶‚ß‚Ä�A–»‘z‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

1‚‚Ìbala‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Šè–]‚⌈ˆÓ‚ðŽ�‚½‚¸‚É�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

bala‚ª‚ƂĂà’á‚¢‚Ì‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚Å‚«‚È‚¢Œ´ˆö‚ðpāramīs�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Ídvihetuka�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚ÍŽž‘ã‚É�Ó”C‚𕉂킹‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Bala‚Ì“Á’¥‚ƈç�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�C�s–@�@

‹@”\

bala

”½‹`‚Ìdhamma

‹ï‘Ì—á�@�@�C�s–@

�¬‰Ê

 

 

 

 

 

‰ñ˜H‚ÌŽã‘Ì

saddhā

taṇhā

Љ–]

paccayāmisa�i•¨Ž¿“I—vˆö�j ‚Ælokāmisa �i�¢ŠÔ‘Ì�j‚Ì�§Œä

Љ–]‚Ì�œ‹Ž

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�[–ž

vīriya�A

kosajja

‘Ó‘Ä

kosajja‚Ƃ͑ӑÄ�A‹ê’ɂɑς¦‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�Apaṭipatti�iŽÀ‘H�j‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‹°‚ê’m‚炸‚ÌŒ‡”@

•½‰¸‚Æ�[ŽÀ‚ÌƒŠƒYƒ€

•ω»‚ðŽ@’m

sati

muṭṭhasacca

•ω»‚É‹C‚¯‚È‚¢

muṭṭhasacca�i•ω»‚ª‹C‚¯‚È‚¢�j‚Ì�§Œä

anicca‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚µ‘±‚¯‚é

�W’†‚̈ێ�

Samādhi

 

vikkhepa

�i‹ó‘z�j

3‚‚Ì�W’†’iŠK‚Ì2‚–Ú

�W’†‚Å‚«‚é

‘½ŽŸŒ³‚É

•ª—Þ

Paññā

 

sammoha

�i–Ï‘z�j

—L‚ð–³�A–³‚ð—L‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�C�³

‘½‘w‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚é

2ŽŸŒ³‚©‚ç3ŽŸŒ³‚Ö

 

 

santosa dhamma�i–ž‘«‚Ì‹³‚¦�j‚ð�…Žç‚µ�A‹u‚â�X‚É�Z‚Ý�Adhutaugas (�C�s) ‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

1. Cīvara-santosa – �@–@ˆß‚Ì–ž‘«Š´�B�@the yellow robe �iof a Buddhist monk�j

2. Piṇḍapāta-santosa – �H•¨‚Ì–ž‘«“x�B

3. Senāsana-santosa – �h”‘‚Ì–ž‘«“x�B

4. Gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāra-santosa – ˆã–ò•i‚Ì–ž‘«“x�B

SN 16.1 Kassapavagga�@Santuṭṭhasutta �@SN 16.1 –ž‚¿‘«‚è‚Ä‚¢‚éŽÒ‚ÌŒo

 

 

3‚‚Ìbala

saddhā�Avīriya�Asati‚Ì3‚‚Ìbala‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚Í�Aānāpāna sati‚ȂǂÌSatipaṭṭhāna‚Ì1‚‚â�Akāyagatāsati‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚½‚è�ASamatha‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

kāyagatāsati‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ�l‚Í�AŒÄ‹C�E‹z‹C�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚͑̂Ì�œ�X‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

4‚‚Ìbala

Samādhi‚Ìbala‚ª‹­‚­‚È‚é‚Æ�AJhānasamāpatti‚܂œž’B‚Å‚«‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�Apaññā bala‚ªŽã‚¢‚½‚ß�Avipassana‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Ü‚Å�オ‚Á‚Ä‚­‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

dhamma‚ÆŽO‘ ‚ðŠw‚Ñ�Aparamattha dhamma (‹†‹É‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ) ‚É‚¨‚¢‚ÄŒ«–¾‚ɂȂè�Apaññā bala‚ª‹­‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì4‚‚̃oƒbƒOƒOƒ‰ƒ“ƒh‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AtaṇhāŠ‰ˆ¤�Akosajjaœæ‘Ó�Amuṭṭhasacca–Y‹p�AvikkhepaŽU—�‚̗̈悩‚ç�o‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢ƒP�[ƒX‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

5‚‚Ìbala‚Ì‚¤‚¿�Avīriya bala‚Æpaññā bala‚àiddhipāda�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—͂̊î”Õ�j‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚Ìbala‚ª—Í‚ðŽ�‚¿�A’²�®‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìbala‚ªŽã‚¢‚½‚ß‚Évipassana‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ŽÀ—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽß‰Þ‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É�¢‘­“I‚Ȉ«�iills�j‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ꂽSāvatthiŽs�iKosala�‘‚ÌŽñ“s�j‚Ì5‰­500–œ�l‚Ì�¢‘ÑŽå‚̃P�[ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

�o“T�H

 

Iddhipādā�Aindriya�Abala‚Ì‹@”\‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A‚È‚ºŽ©•ª‚ÌŠè–]‚ªŽã‚¢‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚Èpaṭipakkha�i”½‚·‚é—Í�j‚ª”Þ‚ç‚ð�P‚¤‚Ì‚©‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚Ü‚½�A‚ǂ̂悤‚ÈDhamma‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Šè–]‚à�¶‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚¤‚µ‚ÄŒ»�݂łÍariya vaṇsa dhammas ‚Í�Á–Å‚Ì�£ŒË�Û‚É•m‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

iddhi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚Ç‚±‚ë‚©�AIddhipādā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚à‚µ‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@chanda‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ç‚±‚ë‚©�Achanda‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

–³”\‚Æ”s–k‚ð”F‚ß‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŒ»�ó‚ðŽ©ŒÈ•ÙŒì‚·‚é�l‚½‚¿‚Å‚·�B Vīriya�Acitta�AVīmaṇsa‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðkāyagatāsati‚É’…ŽÀ‚É“K—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂƂÍ�Apāda�iŠî‘b�j‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É‘Š“–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

saṇvega89‚ɂ܂‚í‚éˆí˜b‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ�Adhamma‚Ì�C�s‚Å‚ ‚édhutauga90‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�C�s‚É—ã‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í�AVīriya‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚S‚‚Ì�_’ʂ̊î”Õ�iŽl�_‘«�j91‚̂悤‚È�[‰“‚Èdhamma‚É�g‚ð’u‚­‚±‚Æ‚Í�Avīmaṇsa‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É‘Š“–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�i’�Žß89�@�@Saṇvega�@�@‚±‚Ì�¢‚̔ߎS‚³‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ĉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚é‹°•|�j

�i’�Žß90�@�@Dhutauga�@�C�s�j

�i’�Žß91�@Saṇyutta-Nikāya, Mahāvagga-Saṇyutta, 7. Iddhipāda-Saṇyutta, 1. Cāpāla-vagga, 6.

SN51.6�@1. Cāpālavagga�@Samattasutta �@�@�@SN51.6Š®‘S‚È‚é‚à‚̂̌o

 

Intention or purpose or desire or zeal (chanda) �@�@—~�_‘« �@ ‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂悤‚Ɗ肤‚±‚Æ

Effort or energy or will (viriya) �@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‹Î�_‘« �@ ‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂悤‚Æ“w—Í‚·‚邱‚Æ

Consciousness or mind or thoughts (citta) �@�@�@�@�S�_‘« �@�@�S‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂悤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Æ

Investigation or discrimination (vīmaṃsā)�@�@�@�@�@ŠÏ�_‘« �@ ’qŒd‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŽvˆÒŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂邱‚Æ

 

‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Ìpāda‚ªŠm—§‚³‚ê‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Ìpāramīs‚É�]‚Á‚Ä‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ìiddhi‚ªŠmŽÀ‚É’B�¬‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A’�Žß�‘‚Å‚Í�Aiddhipāda‚ð1‚‚àŽ�‚½‚È‚¢�l‚Í caṇḍāla92�i’�Žß�@�g•ª‚Ì’á‚¢�l�j‚Ì‘§Žq‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚邪�Apāda‚ð1‚‚łàŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�c’é‚Ì‘§Žq‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚邯‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B caṇḍālas‚Ì‘§Žq‚½‚¿‚Í�A�c’é‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A”Þ‚ç‚ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ª‹’‚àpāda‚à‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�c’é‚Ì‘§Žq‚ª�í‚É�c’é‚ð–ÚŽw‚·‚Ì‚Í�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂̑f’n‚ð”õ‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŒ«–¾‚È�l‚Í‚±‚ÌSāsana‚Ì’†‚ÅŠeŽ©‚Ìpāramīs‚É‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāyadiṭṭhi (�lŠi�M”O)‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹�A‰Â”\‚È�‚‚¢“ž’B“_‚Ì—˜‰v‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A4‚‚ÌIddhipādā‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ“w‚ß‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B

 

 

 

 

 

ñāṇa�i’mޝ�EŠÏ’q�j‚Ì—Í�@�@�@�@�@�@ñāṇa‚ð’iŠK“I‚Ɉç‚Þ  

udayabbaya-ñāṇa�i�S�g‚ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì”­�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é’mޝ�j‚ÆŠÖ˜A‚µ‚½kāyagatāsati‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì”­�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”ñ�í‚ɉ¿’l�‚‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

5‚‚̒mޝ‚ÌŒõ

1) Kammassakatā-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@�@Ž©�g‚Ì�àŽY‚Íkamma‚¾‚¯‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Ì’mޝ

2) Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa�@�@�@ Dhamma�ināma‚Ærūpa�j‚Ì•ª�͂ƗBˆê‚Ì‘¶�݂̒mޝ

3) Paccaya-vavatthāna-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@ˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW�ināma‚Ærūpa‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ƃvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚Ì•ª�Í“I’mޝ

4) Lakkhaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@ŽO‘Š‚Ì“Á’¥‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ

5) Nibbāṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@Ÿ¸žÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ

 

‚P. Kammassakatā-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@kamma‚ª—Ö‰ô‚ðŒp‘±‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤’mޝ

‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�¶–½‘͎̂©‚ç‚Ì�sˆ×‚Å‚ ‚ékamma‚ðŒp�³‚·‚邱‚Ƃŗ։ô‚Ì’†‚ðœfœr‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤’mޝ‚ðŠî�€‚É‚µ‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðkammassakatā-ñāṇa-sammādiṭṭhi‚ƌĂт܂·�B‚±‚ê‚Í•§‘ɂ̌ŗL‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ł͂Ȃ­�Aƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‹³‚ðŠÜ‚ß‘½‚­‚ÌŒ«�l‚½‚¿‚ª‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é’mޝ‚Å‚·�B�@

Ž©•ª‚Æ‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma‚ÌŽY•¨‚ɉ߂¬‚È‚¢

AN 5.57 Abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasutta�@�@ AN 5.57 Šô“x‚ƂȂ­’�Ž‹‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«�󋵂̌o�@

 

2. Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@dhamma‚𕪕ʂ·‚é’mޝ�@ vavatthāna•ª•Ê‚·‚é�@

nāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é’mޝ‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚Í�A’P‚È‚éDhammā-nāma (ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹Œ»�Û) ‚Ærūpa (•¨—�ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[Œ»�Û) ‚µ‚©‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A�l‚à�¶–½‘Ì‚à�°‚à�¶–½‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Ì—�‰ð�B

 

3. Paccaya-vavatthāna-ñāṇa              ‰��i�ðŒ�‚É‚æ‚éˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW�j‚𕪕ʂ·‚é’mޝ

(a) nāma‚Ærūpa‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B

(b) ‰�‹N‚Ì12‚̂‚Ȃª‚è‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B

(i)   Ahetuka-diṭṭhi �@�@�@(‘¶�݂̖³ˆö�«‚ÌŒ©‰ð)�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ �sˆ×‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Ƃ̊֘A�«‚ð”Û’è

(ii)  Visama-hetu-diṭṭhi �@ (”ñŒ´ˆö‚ðŒ´ˆö‚Æ‚·‚錩‰ð)�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ ŽŠ�‚‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ª‘n‘¢Žå‚Å‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚錩‰ð

(iii)  Pubbekta-hetu-diṭṭhi  (�¶–½‘̂̉ߋŽ�¢‚ÌŽ©”­“I�sˆ×‚¾‚¯‚ðŒ´ˆö‚Æ‚·‚錩‰ð)

 

•K‘R‚Å‚à‹ô‘R‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�@�@�@�@�_‚Ì�h–½‚Æ�l‚ÌŽ©—R

‰Æ‚ª‰ÎŽ–‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚Í�A—vˆö‚Æ�ðŒ�‚ª‘µ‚Á‚Ä�‰‚߂ċN‚±‚éˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä�A�h–½�i•K‘R�j‚Å‚àŽ©—R�i‹ô‘R�j‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�B

‚±‚̈ö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ

�u�_‚ª‘S‚Ä‚ð�ì‚茈’肵‚½‚Ì‚¾‚ª�A�l‚ɂ͎©—RˆÓŽv‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚悤‚ÈŠ¨ˆá‚¢‚ª‹N‚±‚é�B

�u�_‚Í‘S’m‘S”\�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠT”O‚ð‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�ì‚è�ã‚°�AŽŸ‚É‚»‚¤‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œ»ŽÀ‚É�Ƃ炵�‡‚킹‚½Œ‹‰Ê�A�ã‹L‚̂悤‚ÈŽå’£‚ð�l‚¦‚é�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�M‹Â‚ł͂Ȃ­�ŸŽè‚ÈŠT”O�A‚»‚µ‚Ę_—�‚ł͂Ȃ­’ �K�‡‚킹‚Å‚µ‚©‚È‚¢�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�_‚ð‘S’m‘S”\‚Æ‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�A�l‚ÌŽ©—R‚ª�ß‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚Æ‚¢‚¤˜b‚ð�ì‚è�ã‚°‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�B

 

4. Lakkhaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@ŽO‘Š‚Ì“Á’¥‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ

(i) ‰�‹N‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚énāma‚Ærūpa‚ª‹}‘¬‚É�¶‚¶‚Ä‚Í�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤anicca‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B

(ii) ”ñ�í‚É‹°‚낵‚¢‹ê‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B

(iii)nāma‚Ærūpa‚Í�¶–½‘̂̎À‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Anatta‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�BŸ¸žÏnibbāna‚¾‚¯‚É–{Ž¿atta‚ª‚ ‚é

arahat‚ªLakkaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa‚ÌŒõ‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‚·‚ׂĂÌâq‚ê�A‚·‚ׂĂ̑«‚©‚¹�A�¶–½‘Ì‚ðSaṇsāra�i—Ö‰ô“]�¶�j‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¯‚étaṇhā‚Ì‚à‚‚ê�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�AŸ¸žÏ‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é

 

5. Nibbāṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@Ÿ¸žÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ

�¶–½‘Ì‚ª‘¶�݂̈«�zŠÂ‚Ì’†‚Å‚³‚Ü‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ�ADhamma‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂÌâq‚ê�A‘«‚©‚¹�Ataṇhā‚Ì‚à‚‚ê�A‹ê‚ªŠ®‘S‚É’âŽ~‚·‚ésanti�i�â‘Ε½˜a�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�ó‘ԂɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ�B

5Ží‚ÌŒõ‚ªŽŸ�X‚Æ’B�¬‚³‚ê‚邯�A5Ží‚Ì“O’ê“I‚È–³’m�ikamma�Adhamma�A‰��AŽO‘Š�AŸ¸žÏ�j‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é�B

4‰ºˆÊŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̈«�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌ë‚Á‚½�M”O�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ê‚Ì’âŽ~‚ª‚±‚Ì’mޝ‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

anatta‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ‚ð“¾‚é‚Æsakkāya-diṭṭhi‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚­‰Â”\�«‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Írūpa, nāma, khandha, āyatana, dhātu, paṭicca-samuppāda‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̒mޝ‚Å‚·�B

anatta bhāvanā‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸Sīla-visuddhi ‚ð–ž‚½‚·‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�¬‚è�AŽŸ‚Ékāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ�AŒƒ‚µ‚­•sˆÀ’è‚È�S‚ð�Âß�A�§Œä‚µ‚½Œã‚É�ASamatha‚Ævipassana‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚É“w—Í‚ð’�‚¬‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚¤‚µ‚½“w—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ädiṭṭhi‚Ìanusaya—̈悪�Á–Å‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‚·‚ׂĂÌuppanna�i�¶‹N‚µ‚½�j‚Æanuppanna�i–¢�¶‚Ì�j micchā diṭṭhis‚Æduccaritas [du-carita]�iˆ«�s�j ‚ª�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

‹ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é

Dukkha-sacca (‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�) ‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

1. Piḷanaṭṭho �@�@�@— —}ˆ³‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B

2. Saṅkhataṭṭho �@ — Œ´ˆö‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B

3. Santāpaṭṭho �@�@— Œp‘±“I‚É”R‚¦‚é�A”M�i‰Î�j‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B

4. Vipariṇāmaṭṭho  — •ω»‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âdhamma‚Í‚·‚ׂÄDukkha-sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŒ«ŽÒ‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä”ñ�í‚É‹°‚ê‚é‚ׂ«ŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Ì‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ�g‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚у�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“IŒ»�Û‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄDukkha-sacca‚Å‚·�B

 

‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�^—�‚ª‚à‚Â4‚‚̓Á’¥‚Ì�à–¾

‹ê‚Ì—}ˆ³

4‚‚̓Á’¥‚Æ‚Ípīḷanaṭṭha, saṅkhataṭṭha, santāpaṭṭha, vipariṇāmaṭṭha‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì‚¤‚¿�Apīḷanaṭṭha‚Í‹ê‚ÌŽå‚È“Á’¥‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽc‚è‚Ì3‚‚͂»‚Ì•t‘®•¨‚Å‚·�Bpīḷanaṭṭha‚Í�u—}ˆ³�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚Ì—}ˆ³‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̕û–@‚ÅŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

1. saṅkhata‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�@ �@�@�ðŒ�•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽ‚à‚Ì�@�@�@conditioned�G prepared�G produced by a cause

2. santāpa‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�@�@�@�@”M�C‰Î�C‹ê”Y�C”M”Y�D heat�G torment�G grief�D�@�@[saṁ+tap]�@cf.�@ātapi

3. vipariṇāma‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�@�@ •ω»�@�@[vi•ª�C—£�C•Ê�CˆÙ�C”½�D+�@pariṇāma“WŠJ] change�@�@�@

 

ˆö‰Ê—¥‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’è‚ß‚ç‚ꂽŒ»�Û‚Í�AŽ·’…‚·‚é�¶–½‘̂ɎŸ‚̂悤‚È•û–@‚Å•‰’S‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

�‰‚ß‚Ísaṅkhata‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A’†ŠÔ‚Ísantāpa‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�ÅŒã‚É‚Ívipariṇāma‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A�¶–½‘̂ɕ‰’S‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

�‰‚ß�A’†ŠÔ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�ÅŒã‚É•‰’S‚ð‚©‚¯‚邱‚Ì3‚‚̕û–@‚Í�Apīḷanaṭṭha—}ˆ³‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�H�@ˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚͔̂M‚ð�¶‚Ý�A”M‚͕ω»‚ð�¶‚¶‚³‚¹‚é‚Ì‚Å�AˆÀ’è‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃŋꂵ‚݂ɂȂé�B

 

Samudaya-Sacca�i‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ªŒ¹‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��j‚̉ðŽß

Samudaya-Sacca‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

1.�@ Āyūhanaṭṭho�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚݂̌´ˆö‚ƂȂé‚à‚Ì‚ð’~�Ï‚·‚é“Á�«

2. �@Nidānaṭṭho�@�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð�₦‚¸‹Ÿ‹‹‚·‚é�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‹ê‚µ‚݂̋Ÿ‹‹Œ¹‚ƂȂé“Á�«

3. �@Saṇyogaṭṭho�@�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƃ̌‹�‡‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÖ˜A‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·“Á�«

4. �@Palibodhaṭṭho�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚ð–W‚°�A�áŠQ‚ƂȂé“Á�«

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âdhamma‚Í‚·‚ׂÄSamudaya-Sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BSamudaya-Sacca‚ª‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—ނ̋ꂵ‚݂̑�‘å‚ðŽÀ�Û‚É�•‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

taṇhā‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ð–ž‚½‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ÅSamudaya-Sacca‚Å‚·�B

 

Nirodha-Sacca (‹ê‚Ì�Á–łɊւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�) ‚̉ðŽß

Nirodha-sacca‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

1. Nissaranaṭṭho�@�@‹ê”Y‚©‚ç‚Ì“¦”ð�A‰ð•ú‚Ì“Á�«

2. Pavivekaṭṭho�@�@ ”Ï”Y‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é“Á�«

3. Amataṭṭho�@�@�@  Ž€‚â•ö‰ó‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚é�ó‘ԂɂȂé“Á�«

4. Asaṅkhataṭṭho�@   –³�ªŒ¹�iNibbāna�@–³ŠÖ˜A�j‚Ì“Á�«

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚‚·‚ׂĂÌdhamma‚ÍNirodha-sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

Nibbāna‚¾‚¯‚ª�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�ANirodha-sacca‚Å‚·�B

 

magga-Sacca�i‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å‚ÉŽŠ‚é“¹‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��j‚̉ðŽß

magga-Sacca‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

1. Niyyānaṭṭho�@�@�@‰ð•ú‚Ü‚½‚Í‹~�ςɓ±‚­“Á�«

2. Hetuṭṭho�@�@�@�@�@arahat‚Ì‹«’n‚ÉŽŠ‚éŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé“Á�«

3. Dassanaṭṭho�@�@�@Saṇsāra�i—Ö‰ô�j‚ł͖²‚É‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢4‚‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é“Á�«

4. Adhipateyyaṭṭho�@ 3Ží—Þ‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ð�Ž•ž‚µ�AŽ©ŒÈ‚Ì�§Œä‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é“Á�«

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âdhamma‚Í‚·‚ׂÄmagga-Sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

”ª�¹“¹‚݂̂ª�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âmagga-Sacca‚Å‚·�B

 

(1) ‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Apariññā�iŠ®‘S‚È—�‰ð�j‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�B

(2) ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ªŒ¹‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Apahāna-pariññā�iŠ®‘S‚È�Ž•ž�A’fŽÌ�A•úŠü�j‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�B

(3) ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–łɊւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Asacchikaraṇa�iŠo‚è‚·‚Ȃ킿–ʂƌü‚©‚Á‚Ä�^—�‚ðŒ©‚é�j‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�B

(4) ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–Å‚ÉŽŠ‚é�¹‚Ȃ铹‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ª�¬’·‚·‚é‹@”\‚Å‚·�B

 

‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µŠo‚Á‚½�l‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ªŒ¹‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–łɊւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–Å‚ÉŽŠ‚é“¹‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ÌŽc‚è‚Ì12‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚ðŽ©“®“I‚ÉŠo‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

‚³‚ç‚É�A‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�A–³�í�A‹ê�A–³—Í�ianatta�j‚Æ‚¢‚¤‘¶�Ý‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̓Á�«‚͈͓̔à‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̉ðŽß‚Ì‚¤‚¿�A•ω»�ivipariṇāmaṭṭha�jŽ©‘Ì‚ª–³�í‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚ª–³�í‚Æ‹ê‚µ‚݂̓Á�«‚̗̈æ‚É“ü‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íimpersonality–³—͂̓Á�«‚͈̔͂ɂàŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A–³�í�A‹ê�Aselflessness–³—Í‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‘O‚É�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽl�¹’ú‚Ì16‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚àŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

samma-padhāna�@�@�@padhāna�F�u�s—Í�v

”ª�³“¹‚Ì‘æ6’iŠK�isammā-vāyāma�j‚ðŒ`�¬‚·‚é4‚‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢�s—Í�isamma-padhāna�j‚Í�A

�i1�j”ð‚¯‚é“w—Í�isaṃvara-padhāna�j�A�@�@�@�@�@Ž×ˆ«‚È�l‚¦‚Ȃǂ̕s‘P�iakusala�j�ó‘Ô‚ð”ð‚¯‚é“w—Í

�i2�j�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—Í�ipahāna-padhāna�j�A�@�@�@�@•s‘P‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—Í

�i3�j”­“W‚·‚é“w—Í�ibhāvanā-padhāna�j�A�@�@�@“¹‚Ì7—v‘f�ibojjhaṅga�j‚Ì‘P�ikusala�j�ó‘Ô‚ð”­“W‚³‚¹‚é“w—Í

�i4�jˆÛŽ�‚·‚é“w—Í�ianurakkhaṇa-padhāna�j�A�@‘P‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚é“w—Í

 

�C�sŽÒ‚͈ӎu‚𕱂¢‹N‚±‚µ‚Ä�Aˆ«‚â‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢•s‘P‚È‚à‚̂̔­�¶‚ð”ð‚¯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð�Ž•ž‚µ�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‘P‚È‚é‚à‚̂𔭓W‚³‚¹�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A�¬’·‚³‚¹�A�¬�n‚³‚¹�A”­’B‚ÌŠ®‘S‚ÈŠ®�¬‚Ö‚Æ“±‚­�B‚»‚µ‚Ä“w—Í‚µ�A�¸—͂𕱂¢‹N‚±‚µ�A�¸�_‚ð“­‚©‚¹�A•±“¬‚·‚éúW�@

AN 4.13�@Padhānasutta�@�@AN 4.13. �¸—ã‚ÌŒo

 

�i1�j �C�s‘m‚æ�A”ð‚¯‚é‚ׂ«“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂©�H‘m—µ‚Í�AŒ`�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢�A–¡�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í�g‘Ì“I‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̈ó�Û‚ð’mŠo‚·‚邯‚«�A‘S‘Ì‚É‚à•”•ª‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A–³–h”õ‚ÈŠ´Šo‚̂܂܂ł¢‚邯�AæÃ—~‚â”ß‚µ‚݂ȂÇ�Aˆ«‚â•sŒ’‘S‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð’Ç‚¢•¥‚¤‚悤“w‚߂܂·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŠÄŽ‹‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð—}�§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð‰ñ”ð‚Ì“w—͂ƌĂт܂·�B

�i2�j ŽŸ‚É�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚©�H‘m—µ‚Í�A“÷—~‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚̈«‚â•sŒ’‘S‚È�ó‘Ô‚ª�¶‚¶‚½�ê�‡‚Ì�l‚¦‚ðˆê�ØŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽÌ‚Ä�A’Ç‚¢•¥‚¢�A”j‰ó‚µ�A�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—͂ƌĂт܂·�B

�i3�j ŽŸ‚É”­“W‚³‚¹‚é“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚©�H‘m—µ‚ÍŒå‚è‚Ì—v‘f‚ð”­’B‚³‚¹�AŒÇ“Æ�A–³Ž·’…�A�Á–Å�A‚»‚µ‚ĉð•ú‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�isati�j�Adhamma‚Ì’T‹��idhamma-vicaya�j�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�iviriya�j�AнŠì�ipīti�j�A�ɸ�ipassaddhi�j�A�W’†�isamādhi�j�A•½�Ã�iupekkhā�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð”­“W‚Ì“w—͂ƌĂÔ�B

�i4�j ˆÛŽ�‚Ì“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚©�H‘m—µ‚Í�AŠ[�œ�A’Ž‚Ì‚í‚¢‚½Ž€‘Ì�A�Â�•‚¢Ž€‘Ì�A‰»”^‚µ‚½Ž€‘Ì�AŒŠ‚¾‚炯‚ÌŽ€‘Ì�AŽî‚ê�オ‚Á‚½Ž€‘̂ȂǂÌ�S�Û‚Ì�A�W’†‚Ì�D‚Ü‚µ‚¢‘Î�Û‚ð�S‚É‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ—¯‚ß‚é�B‚±‚ê‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Ì“w—͂ƌĂÔúW �iA.IV�A14�j�B

 

 

 

6 dhātu�i—v‘f�j‚Ì’mޝ

rūpa‚Ænāma�i•¨—�ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ŠE‚ƃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹ŠE�j‚Ì’¼Šo“I‚È’mޝ‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‘æ2‚ÌŒõ‚Å‚ ‚éDhamma-vavatthāna‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

ŠÈŒ‰‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�AŽŸ‚Ì6—v‘f‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’¼Šo“I‚É’m‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚ÌŒõ‚ªŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

(1) Pathavī-dhātu—�@(Šg’£‚Ì—v‘f)

(2) Āpo-dhātu — �@�@(‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚Ì—v‘f)

(3) Tejo dhātu—�@�@�@(‰^“®ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì—v‘f)

(4) Vāyo-dhātu — �@�@(ŽxŽ�‚Ü‚½‚Í“®‚«‚Ì—v‘f)

(5) Ākāsa-dhātu—�@�@�@(‹óŠÔ‚Ì—v‘f)�A

(6) Viññāṇa-dhātu— �@(ˆÓޝ‚Ì—v‘f)�B

 

“ú�í‚Å‚Í�uŒÂ�v�A�u�¶–½‘Ì�v�A�uŽ©ŒÈ�v�A�u�°�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‹å‚ðŽg‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A

ŒÂ�A�¶–½‘Ì�AŽ©ŒÈ�A�°‚ȂǂƂ¢‚¤‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�Apathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚µ‚©‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª�uŒÂ�v�A�u‘¶�Ý�v�A�uŽ©ŒÈ�v�A�u�°�v‚ȂǂƌĂԂà‚Ì‚Í�Aˆê”ʉ»‚³‚ꂽŠT”O“I‚ÈŒê‹å�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u–¼‘O�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’P‚È‚éŠT”O‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‹ï‘Ì“I‚ȗႦ�@�@�@Œ`‚É•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é–¼‘O�@�@�@–¼‘O‚ÍŠT”O‚ÅŽÀŽ¿‚ł͂Ȃ¢

‚±‚Ì�¢‚ɂ͖؂â’|‚Å�ì‚ç‚ꂽ—l�X‚È•¨‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�u‰Æ�v�u�C“¹‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�u‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨�iƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚Ì�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Í–Ø�Þ‚Ì–¼‘O‚Å‚à’|‚Ì–¼‘O‚Å‚à‚È‚­�A“Á’è‚Ì‹@”\‚Ì‚½‚߂Ɍ`‚ð�\’z‚µ‚Ä‚à‚̂ɗ^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ–¼‘O‚Å‚·�B

–Ø‚â’|‚ª‘å’n‚©‚ç�¶‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ð�u‰Æ�v‚Ƃ͌Ă΂¸�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚à—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰Æ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ`‚Ì•¨‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A‰Æ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰¼‚Ì–¼‘O‚ª“Ë‘R‚ɋ󂩂ç�~‚Á‚Ä‚­‚é‚©‚̂悤‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂͂Ȃ­�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͖؂ƒ|‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž‹“_‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚É’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�u‰Æ�v‚Í�A‰Æ‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ꂽŒã‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚éŒ`Ž®“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�AŒ»ŽÀ‚ł͂Ȃ¢�A‚Æabhidhamma‚Í�à‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̉ƂªŽæ‚è‰ó‚³‚ê�A‘m‰@‚Ì•~’n“à‚É�C“¹‰@‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�C“¹‰@‚ÌŒ`‚ªŒ»‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�u�C“¹‰@�v‚ƌĂ΂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‰Æ‚ÌŒ`‚Í�Á‚¦�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚à�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚Ì�C“¹‰@‚ªŽæ‚è‰ó‚³‚ê�AŽ›‰@‚â�듃‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚邯�AŽ›‰@‚â�듃‚ÌŒ`‚ªŒ»‚ê�A�uŽ›‰@�v‚â�u�듃�v‚ƌĂ΂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�u�C“¹‰@�v‚Ƃ͌Ă΂ꂸ�A�u�C“¹‰@�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚»‚ÌŽ›‰@‚ª‹xŒe�Ђɉü‘¢‚³‚ê‚邯�A�uŽ›‰@�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�Á‚¦�A�u‹xŒe�Š�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�oŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚»‚Ì‹xŒe�Š‚ª‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨‚ɉü‘¢‚³‚ê‚邯�A�u‹xŒe�Š�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�Á‚¦�A�u‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�oŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒ`‚ª�Á–Å‚³‚ê‚邯�A–¼‘O‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�BŒ`‚ªŒ»‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A–¼‘O‚àŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Í�A—§–؂̎‘�Þ‚Å‚ ‚éŠÔ‚Í–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚½‚Æ‚¦�u‰Æ�v�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�u‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨ƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚ÌŒ`‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‚â‚Í‚è–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Í‚»‚̂܂܂ł·�B‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨‚ª‰ó‚³‚ê‚ÄŒš’zŽ‘�Þ‚ª�Ï‚Ý�ã‚°‚ç‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u–Ø�Þ‚ÌŽR�v�u’|�Þ‚ÌŽR�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ª�W�‡“I‚ÉŒš�Ý‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚ɂ̂݌»‚ê‚é�u‰Æ�v�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�uƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚Ȃǂ̌`‚Í�A�Å�‰‚©‚ç‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŒ`‚Å‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘΂µ‚Ä�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Í�A�»�Þ‚³‚ê‚½Žž‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ`‚Å�Å�‰‚©‚ç‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ�v�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�uƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A–Ø�Þ‚Æ’|�Þ‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚Æ�à‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

ˆê”Ê“I�^ŽÀ‚Å‚Í�A‚½‚Æ‚¦�u‰Æ‚Í‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Ímusāvāda�i‰R�j‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚È‚º‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚Í�l�X‚ÉŠµ�K“I‚Ɏ󂯓ü‚ê‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒê‹å‚Å‚ ‚è�A’N‚©‚ðéx‚·‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ‚Í‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚̂͊ԈႢ‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H

‚»‚ê‚Í�AŒš’zŽÒ‚ª‰Æ‚ðŒš‚Ä‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɂ̂݌»‚ê‚éŒ`Ž®“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�A�l�X‚ÍŠµ�K“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ð�u‰Æ�v‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚邾‚¯‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

’N‚©‚ª‘¼ŽÒ‚É�u‚ǂꂪ�u‰Æ�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v‚Æ�q‚Ë‚é‚Æ�AŒãŽÒ‚ÍŒš•¨‚ðŽw�·‚µ‚Ä�u‚±‚ꂪ�u‰Æ�v‚Å‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

е�K‚É‚æ‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚̂ł·‚ª�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚ÍŒë‚è‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¤Ž‹“_‚É—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

 

Abhidhamma‚ł͉½‚ðŒë‚è‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H

Žw‚Å�G‚ê‚Ă݂܂·�B‰Æ‚â–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚É�G‚ê‚ç‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©‚Æ–â‚í‚ê‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ�v‚ÍŒ`Ž®ŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚Á‚ÄŽÀ‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�AŽw‚Å�G‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚镨‘̂ł ‚é–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚¾‚¯‚ª�AŽw‚Å�G‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ð�u‰Æ�v‚ÆŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ`Ž®‚Ì–¼‘O‚ð–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ÉŒë‚Á‚Ä“K—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚µ�u‰Æ�v‚ª–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Ì–¼‘O‚Å‚ ‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A‰Æ‚ª–؂̂悤‚É—§‚Á‚Ä‚à�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Å‚ ‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚ ‚è�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ª‘¼‚Ì�\‘¢•¨‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�í‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚É•t��‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚¤‚ł͂Ȃ­�A‰Æ‚ÌŒ`Ž®‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚Ì‚Ý�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ“¾‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ÌŒ´—�‚ð�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�uƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚̃P�[ƒX‚É“–‚Ă͂߂Ä�Aе�K‚ÆAbhidhamma‚̈Ⴂ‚ð•ª�Í�AŒŸ“¢‚µ�A—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

е�K‚Í�¢‘­“I�¢ŠE‚ÅŽg‚í‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚Å�A”Û’è‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BAbhidhamma‚̃Aƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚¾‚¯‚ª�¢‘­‚ð�æ‚è‰z‚¦�A’´�¢‘­“I‚È�¢ŠE‚É“ž’B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

ƒ\ƒtƒ@�A‰¤�À�Aƒxƒ“ƒ`�Aƒ{�[ƒg�A‰×ŽÔ‚ȂǂÌ�u�\’z•¨�v‚Í�Aе�K‚É�]‚¤‚ƃ\ƒtƒ@�A‰¤�À�Aƒxƒ“ƒ`�Aƒ{�[ƒg�A‰×ŽÔ‚Ȃǂª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AAbhidhamma‚ÌŽ‹“_‚É‚æ‚邯�Aƒ\ƒtƒ@�Aƒxƒ“ƒ`�Aƒ{�[ƒg�A‰×ŽÔ‚Ȃǂ͂Ȃ­�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�Þ—¿‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

”S“y‚Å“©Ší‚Ì“ç�AƒRƒbƒv�AŽM‚ð‚‚­‚邯�Aе�K‚ł͓ç�AƒRƒbƒv�AŽM‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�AAbhidhamma‚ÌŽ‹“_‚Å‚Í�A“ç�AƒRƒbƒv�AŽM‚Í‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚͔̂S“y‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚̈Ⴂ‚ð•ª�Í‚µ�A‹á–¡�i”äŠr�j‚µ�A—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

“ú�í‰ï˜b‚Å‚Í�AŒÂ�A�¶–½‘Ì�AŽ©ŒÈ�A�°‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�AŒÂ‚à�¶–½‘Ì‚à�AŽ©ŒÈ‚à�°‚à‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚Ì‚Ípathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�BDeva‚àBrahmā‚à‹�‚à�…‹�‚à�Û‚à”n‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �—�«‚à’j�«‚à�A�u’N�X�v‚à�uŽ„�v‚à�u”Þ�v‚à‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�Apathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

“ª�A‘«�AŽè�A–Ú�A•@‚͂Ȃ­�A“ª–Ñ�A‘Ì–Ñ�A’Ü�AŽ•�A”畆�A“÷�A‹Ø�A�œ�A�œ�‘�A�t‘Ÿ�A�S‘Ÿ�AŠÌ‘Ÿ�A‹¹–Œ�AäB‘Ÿ�A”x�A’°�A’°ŠÔ–Œ�AˆÝ�A•Ö‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�Apathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚¾‚¯‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Saṇsāra‚É‚¢‚éŠÔ’†‚Í�A‘½Ží‚Ì•¨‘̂Ƃµ‚Ä�í‚ÉŒë‚Á‚Ä”Fޝ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½‘å�¬‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŒ`‘Ô‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�A’m‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä•ª�Í‚·‚邯�A—v‘f‚Ì‘Í�Ï�A—v‘f‚̉ò�A—v‘f‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�A—v‘f‚ÌŽR‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚È’mޝ‚ª�uDhamma‚Ì•ª�Í“I’mޝ‚ÌŒõ�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Pathavī‚Ì•ª�Í

‚±‚±‚Å�APathavī‚Ȃǂ̎l‘匳‘f‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

(1) Pathavī (Šg’£‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (“y‚ÌŒ³‘f)

Pathavī‚Í�d‚³‚Ü‚½‚Í�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Ü‚½‚Í�d‚³‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̓y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Å‚·�B

(2) Āpo (‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (�…‚ÌŒ³‘f)

Āpo‚Í‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Ì�…‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Å‚·�B

(3) Tejo (‰^“®ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (‰Î‚ÌŒ³‘f)

Tejo‚Í”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̉΂̌³‘f‚Å‚·�B

(4) Vāyo (‰^“®‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽxŽ�‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (•—‚ÌŒ³‘f)

Vāyo‚͉^“®‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽxŽ�‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È“®‚«‚âŽx‚¦‚Í�A‹†‹É“I‚ȈӖ¡‚ł̕—Œ³‘f‚Å‚·�B

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì Žl‘匳‘f‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð�A“O’ê“I‚ÉŒ¤‹†‚µ‚Ä�A�S‚µ‚ÄŠw‚т܂·�B

Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa‚ÌŒõ‚ªŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̗v‘f�A‚‚܂è“y�A�…�A‰Î�A•—‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉð�à‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‹†‹É“I‚ȈӖ¡‚ł̓yŒ³‘f‚Í�A’P‚É�d‚³‚Æ‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B—±Žq‚Ì�uŒ´Žq�v‚ð10–œ‚Ì•”•ª‚É•ªŠ„‚·‚邯‰¼’è‚·‚邯�A�i‹†‹É“I‚ȈӖ¡‚Å�j‚¢‚©‚È‚é�d‚¢•¨Ž¿‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚«‚ê‚¢‚ȉÍ�…‚É�A’n’†‚©‚ç‚É‚¶‚Ý�o‚é—N‚«�…‚Ì’†‚É�A‘¾—z‚⌎‚â�¯‚⃋ƒr�[‚ÌŒõ‚Ì’†‚É�A�à‚â�^èJ‚Ì“ºèt‚̉¹‚Ì’†‚É�A‚»‚æ•—�A‹­•—‚â—’‚Ì’†‚É�A–F‚µ‚¢��‚è‚â•…‚Á‚½“õ‚¢‚Ì’†‚È‚Ç�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂ̒†‚É‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̓yŒ³‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

I. �@Œo“T‚É‚æ‚é�Ø–¾

(1)  4—v‘f‚Í‹¤‘¶‚µ�A•ª—£•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B

(2) �uEkaṇ mahā-bhūtaṇ paṭicca tayo mahā-bhūtā�Atayo mahā-bhūte paṭicca ekaṇ mahā-bhūtaṇ�Adve mahā-bhūte paṭicca dve�@mahā-bhūtā�v�@�@�@Paṭṭhānapakaraṇa�@�@Dhammānuloma �@1.16. Micchattaniyatattika

mahā-bhūta‚Ì1‚‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚ÄŽc‚è‚Ì3‚‚ª�¶‚¶�Amahā-bhūta‚Ì3‚‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚ÄŽc‚è‚Ì1‚‚ª�¶‚¶�Amahā-bhūta‚Ì2‚‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚ÄŽc‚è‚Ì2‚‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

(3) ’�Žß‚ɂ͎Ÿ‚̂悤‚É�‘‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·: Pathavī“yŒ³‘f‚É‚Í�A�…Œ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚é‹@”\‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

(4) �…�A•—�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ì“Á�«‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚¹‚¸‚ɂ͑¶�݂ł«‚È‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

�ã‹L‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚©‚ç”»’f‚·‚邯�A�ã‚Å�q‚ׂ½—l�X‚ÈŽí—Þ‚Ì�…�A�F�A‰¹�A•—�A“õ‚¢‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f‚É–ž‚¿‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‰º‹L‚ªƒeƒLƒXƒg�iŒo“T�j‚É‚æ‚é— •t‚¯‚Å‚·�B

 

MN109�@Mahāpuṇṇamasutta�@�gCattāro kho, bhikkhu, mahābhūtā hetu, cattāro mahābhūtā paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāya. 

AN 11.17�@GopālasuttaIdha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ (�c) �ecattāri mahābhūtāni, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṁ upādāyarūpan�fti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti. �@

SN 55.17�@Dutiyamittāmaccasutta �@Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ aññathattaṁ—pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā—na tveva buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṁ. 

SN 22.82�@Puṇṇamasutta

�gCattāro kho, bhikkhu, mahābhūtā hetu, cattāro mahābhūtā paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāya. 

 

 

II. “Á�«characteristic‚É‚æ‚é�Ø–¾

�…‚̉ò‚â•—‚̉ò‚Í�A‰º‘w‚ª�ã‘w‚ðŽx‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ÌŽxŽ�‚ð‚·‚é�ó‘Ô‚ÍĀpo�i�…Œ³‘f�j‚Ì“Á�«characteristic‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç‚ÎĀpo‚Ì“Á�«‚Í‹Ã�W�«‚¾‚¯‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚Ü‚½Tejo‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç‚ÎTejo‚Ì“Á�«‚Í”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚¾‚¯‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽxŽ�‚Æ‚ÍPathavVāyo‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚·�B

ŽxŽ�‚Í�A�d‚³‚Æ‘g‚Ý�‡‚킳‚Á‚½�ê�‡‚ɂ̂݉”\‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì2‚‚̂¤‚¿�A�d‚³‚Í‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å“yPathavŒÄ‚΂ê�AŽxŽ�‚Í‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å•—Vāyo‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å�A•—Œ³‘f‚ÌŽ�‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f‚Ì�d‚³‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©”­“I‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�d‚³‚ÆŽxŽ�‚̈Ⴂ‚ðŽŽ‚µ‚Ă݂Ă­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

�…‚Æ•—‚É�d‚³‚Ì“Á�« (kakkhaḷa-lakkhaṇa) ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚©‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ͓yŒ³‘f‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¾—zŒõ‚Ȃǂ̌õ�A�à‚̉¹‚Ȃǂ̉¹�A–F��‚Ȃǂ̓õ‚¢‚ȂǂɂÍ�d‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª”ñ�í‚ÉŽã‚¢‚½‚ß�A�Ø–¾‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�݂̓eƒLƒXƒg�iŒo“T�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�Ø–¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å�´‚ç‚©‚È�…�A•—�AŒŽ‚ÌŒõ�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢‚Ì—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃ𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚߂ł·�B

 

(1) “yŒ³‘f‚Í�d‚³‚Æ‚¢‚¤�i�¶—ˆ‚Ì�jŒÅ—L‚Ì�«Ž¿property‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�B�@

(2) “yŒ³‘f‚É‚Í�A�uŒ´Žq�v‚Ì 10 –œ•ª‚Ì 1 ’ö“x‚Å‚à�d‚¢•¨Ž¿‚͂܂Á‚½‚­‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B

“yŒ³‘f‚Í’P‚È‚é�d‚³‚Å‚ ‚Á‚ÄŽÀ‘̂͂Ȃ¢‚ª�A”äŠr“I�d‚¢‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚ê‚ΔäŠr“I�_‚ç‚©‚¢‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚é�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AVajira�i‹à�„�A—‹Œõ�j‚Ì�n‚Ì�d‚³‚ðˆê•û‚Ì‹É�AŒŽŒõ‚Ì•¨Ž¿ƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚Ì�d‚³‚ð‚à‚¤ˆê•û‚̋ɂƂµ‚Ä�A“yŒ³‘f‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A2‹É‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�d‚³‚Æ�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Ì’ö“x‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ì“yŒ³‘f‚Ì�d‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚Í�Aе�K“I‚È”Fޝ‚ł͂Ȃ­�A‹†‹É‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�n—¶‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒŽŒõ‚ȂǂÌ�d‚³‚Í�Aе�K“I‚È”Fޝ‚É�]‚Á‚½�n—¶‚ł͌Ÿ�o‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‰½‰­�A‰½�\–œ�A‰½–œ‚à‚Ì’P‚È‚é�d‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚ ‚é“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ªĀpo�i‹Ã�W—v‘f�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă܂Ƃ߂ç‚ê‚邯�A�uŒ´Žq�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ`‚Ì–¼‘O‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚½Œ´Žq‚ª‰½‰­�A‰½�\–œ�A‰½–œ‚Æ�W‚Ü‚Á‚Ä�AƒVƒ‰ƒ~�A’Ž‚È‚Ç‚ÌŒ`‚Ì–¼‘O‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‘Ì�Ï‚ª�™�X‚ɑ傫‚­‚È‚ê‚Î�A�¶•¨‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�Å�¬‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�‚‚³4800—R�{‚ÌAsurinda�iƒAƒXƒ‰‚̉¤�j‚Ü‚Å�AŠO•”‚Ì•¨‘Ì‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�Å�¬‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�‚‚³168000—R�{‚ÌMeruŽR�i�{–íŽR�j�A�[‚³24000—R�{‚Ì‘å’nGreat Earth“`“�“I–¼�Ì‚Í�HPanka prabha�H‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

ƒVƒ‰ƒ~�AŒ´Žq‚Ȃǂ̕¨‘̂Ɋ܂܂ê‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̕¨Ž¿‚̉ò‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f�i�d‚³�j‚ªŠî–{‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì“yŒ³‘fˆÈŠO‚É�A�d‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚—v‘f‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�…Œ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚à“yŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì“yŒ³‘f‚Ì“­‚«‚̈̑傳‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

MeruŽR‚Ü‚½‚Í‘å’n‚Ì“yŒ³‘f‚ð‹†‹É‚ÌˆÓ–¡‚Å�n—¶‚µ‚½‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A�uŒ´Žq�i�Å�¬’PˆÊ�j�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚³‚¦‚à‚È‚¢’P‚È‚é�d‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚¾‚¯‚ð�n—¶‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚Í‹¾‚ɉf‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Œ´ŽqƒŒƒxƒ‹‚³‚¦‚à�¬‚¶‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�´‚ç‚©‚È�…‚̉ò‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Œ´ŽqƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É•‚‚©‚ñ‚¾�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̓yŒ³‘f‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ɂ͌`‚ÌŠT”O‚ª�¬‚´‚Á‚½‚à‚̂ł·�BŒ»�Û‚Ì”­�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð�n—¶�iŠÏ‘z�j‚·‚é�Û‚É�A�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠÏ”O‚ª�¬“¯‚³‚ê‚邯�A“Á’¥‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‘¸ŽÒPuṇṇa Mahāthera4‚Í‹¾‚ɉf‚锽ŽË‘œ‚ðšg‚¦‚ÉŒ³‘f‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚é�C�s‚𑸎ÒĀnanda‚É‹³‚¦�A‘¸ŽÒĀnanda‚Í‚±‚Ìšg‚¦˜b‚݂̂ÅSotāpanna ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�@‚Ç‚¤‚µ‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ÅSotāpanna‚ɂȂꂽ‚Ì‚©�H‰½‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©�H

’�Žß4�@�@�@�@ Abhidhamma Piṭaka, Paṭṭhāna, Pāḷi, Book 1, page 19, 6th Syn, Edn.

 

MeruŽR�i�{–íŽR�j‚â‘å’n‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̑Î�Û�i�¶•¨�E–³�¶•¨‚Ì—¼•û�j‚ð�n—¶�iŠÏ‘z�j‚·‚é�Û‚É�A“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚܂ł¢‚©‚È‚é•¨Ž¿‚Æ‚à�¬‚º‚邱‚ƂȂ­�i‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å�j�d‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚¾‚Ƃ͂Á‚«‚è‚Æ—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A”÷�¶•¨‚â–³�¶•¨‚Ì‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é‘Î�Û‚Ì“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗eˆÕ‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

‹¾‚ɉf‚é‚à‚Ì�A�…‚ɉf‚é‚à‚Ì�A–؂̉e�AŽR‚̉e‚È‚Ç�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ�{–íŽR‚̂悤‚ɑ傫‚­‚Ä‚à�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚³‚¦ŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A�Á–Å‚µ‚½‚è”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�A�u‚«‚âˆî�Ȃ̊ԂÉ100‰ñˆÈ�ã�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

“¯—l‚É�A�{–íŽR‚قǂ̑傫‚³‚Å�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é•ûŒü‚É�L‘å‚É�Z“§‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Í�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚àŽÀ‘Ì‚â‰ò‚ðŒ‡‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚è�A�Á–Å‚µ‚½‚è”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�A�u‚«‚âˆî�Ȃ̊ԂÉ�A100‰ñˆÈ�ã‚à�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

�l‚ªŽ©•ª‚̑̂ɂ ‚é“yŒ³‘f‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚Ä�uŒõ�v‚𓾂é‚É‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂̊e•”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚ÄŠe•”•ª‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Γª‚Ȃǂ̕”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邯‚«‚Í�AŠO•”‚Æ“à•”‚ð‹æ•Ê‚¹‚¸‚ÉŠÏ‘z‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�i‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŠÏ‘z‚Å‚Í�j�F‚Ì—v‘f‚ªŽ×–‚‚ɂȂé�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠT”O‚àŽ×–‚‚ɂȂé�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B’m“I”\—Í‚ð”ñ�í‚É‹­‚­“­‚©‚¹‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‘̂̉º•”‚©‚çŽñ‚©‚牺�H�˜‚©‚牺�H‘«‚Ì— ‚Ü‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂̊e•”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚ÄŠe•”•ª‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚É�g‘̂̂·‚ׂĂ̕”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚½Œã�A“ª‚ÌPathavī‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚鎞‚Í‚¢‚‚łà�A‘«‚Ì— ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Ü‚Å�g‘̂̑¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̕”•ª‚𓯎ž‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̗̂v‘f‚ðŠo‚ê‚Î�A–³�”‚̉F’ˆ‚Æ�¢ŠEŽüŠú‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�݂̗v‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ÌPathavī�i“yŒ³‘f�j‚ðŠo‚ê‚Î�A�…Œ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f‚Ì—�‰ð‚Í”ñ�í‚É—eˆÕ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ÅPathavī‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊ȒP‚È•ª�Í‚Í�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Āpo‚Ì•ª�Í

‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Í�A�…Œ³‘f‚Í’P‚È‚é‹Ã�W�«‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì‹Ã�W�«�A‚‚܂苆‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚ª‹­‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Ípaggharaṇa�i޼‚è‹C‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«�j‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�…Œ³‘f‚Å‚·�B

paggharaṇa�F[nt�D] trickling“H‚é�G oozing˜R‚ê‚é�G dripping“H‚è—Ž‚¿‚é

‚±‚Ì‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚Í�A’P‚È‚é‹Ã�W�«�iābandhana kiriyā�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uŒ´Žq�v‚Ì10–œ•ª‚Ì1‚É‚àŽÀ‘̂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�…Œ³‘f‚Í�A“¯‚¶ŽÀ‘Ì“I�icorporeal�jŒ³‘fƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚É‹¤‘¶‚·‚鑼‚ÌŒ³‘f�A‚‚܂è“y—v‘f�A•——v‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚ðŒ‹�‡‚·‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚Ɉˋ’‚µ�‡‚Á‚Ä‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�…Œ³‘f‚ª�Á‚¦‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̗v‘f‚à�uŽž‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪŽÀ‘Ì“I�icorporeal�j‚ȃOƒ‹�[ƒv‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�…Œ³‘f‚Ì—L—p�«‚Å‚·�B

ŽÀ‘Ì“IƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚Ì‚¨‚©‚°‚Å�A�Å�¬‚Ì�uŒ´Žq�v‚Å‚ ‚éParamāṇu�iaṇu�iŒ´Žq�j‚Ì36ƒp�[ƒc�j‚©‚ç�A�¶–½‘ÌŠE‚ÌAsurinda�iƒAƒXƒ‰‚̉¤�j�AŠOŠE‚Ì�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‘å’n‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Ü‚Å�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`�AƒTƒCƒY�AŽŸŒ³‚Å‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�…Œ³‘fˆÈŠO‚É�AŒ³‘f‚ð‚܂Ƃ߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚錳‘f‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�‚“x168000yojana‚Ì�{–íŽR‚Ì‹Ã�W—Í‚ª”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ÌŽRŽ©‘Ì‚ª�uŽž‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�‚“x164000yojana‚ÌCakkavāḷaŽR‚Ì‹Ã�W—Í‚ª”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�ACakkavāḷaŽRŽ©‘Ì‚ª�uŽž‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘å’n‚Ì‹Ã�W—Í‚ª”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‘å’nŽ©‘Ì‚ª�uŽž‚É�Á–Å‚µ�AŒã‚ɂ͋󂫒n‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚܂Ƃ߂é‹Ã�W—Í‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‘å’n‚É‚ ‚é“yŒ³‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f‚Í�AŒÝ‚¢‚ÉŽx‚¦�‡‚Á‚½‚èˆË‹’‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A•ö‰ó‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BNibbāna‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�AŒ`�¬‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚‚·‚ׂĂÌparamattha dhamma�i�^‚Ìdhamma�j‚Í�A�u‚«‚âˆî�Ȃ̊Ԃł³‚¦�AŽx‰‡‚â�•‚¯‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Α¶‘±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‘å’n‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚½‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A‹Ã�W—Í‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ð�d‚³�i“yŒ³‘f�j‚Æ�¬“¯‚µ‚Ă͂¢‚¯‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�F�Ê‚â�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Í�AŽ×–‚‚ɂȂ肪‚¿‚Å‚·�B�F�Ê‚â�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠT”O‚ªdhamma‚Ì•ª�Í“I’mޝ‚ð–W‚°‚邯�AŒã‚ÅŠÏ‘z‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�^‚Ìaniccā,dukkhā,anatta‚Í�Aparamattha dhammas�i‹†‹É‚Ì�^ŽÀ�j‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚ɂ̂ݎÀŒ»‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

�…Œ³‘f‚Í’P‚È‚é‹Ã�W•¨‚Å‚ ‚邯–¾Šm‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‹¾‚â�…–ʂ̒†‚̉J�A‰_�A‘¾—z�AŒŽ�A–Ø�X‚Ì‘œ‚ÉŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�{–íŽR‚Æ‘å’n‚É‚àŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

�{–íŽR‚Æ‘å’n‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A�lŠÔ�A�_�X�ABrahmās�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘̂̌³‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͔̂ñ�í‚ÉŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�¶–½‘̗̂v‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

�¶–½‘̂̌³‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂̓¹‚ðŠJ‚­‚½‚ß‚É�A�{–íŽR‚Æ‘å’n‚©‚ç�à–¾‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B

“ª‚©‚ç‘«‚Ì— ‚܂Ŏ©•ª‚̑̂̒†‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð“O’ê“I‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚½Œã‚ɂ̂Ý�A‘¼‚Ì�¶–½‘̂̒†‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð�n—¶�iŠÏ‘z�j‚·‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B

 

 

Tejo‚Ì•ª�Í

‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̉Ό³‘f‚Í�A’P‚É”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Í�A‹¤‘¶‚·‚鑼‚Ì3‚‚̌³‘f‚ð�¬�n‚³‚¹�A‹­‚­‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B”M‚Ɨ₽‚³‚͂ǂ¿‚ç‚à�A“¯‚¶ŽÀ‘Ì“I�icorporeal�jƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚Å�\�¬‚·‚鑼‚ÌŒ³‘f‚É”M‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä�¬�n‚³‚¹�A‹­‚­‚·‚é—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŒ{‚ª‘ƒ‚ÉŽY‚ñ‚¾—‘‚̂悤‚É�A•êŒ{‚ª�₦‚¸—‘‚ð‰·‚ß‚Ä”M‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä�‰‚߂ė‘‚Í�¬�n‚µ�A�—‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B•êŒ{‚ª—‘‚ð‰·‚ß‚Ä”M‚ð—^‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�—‚Í�¶‚܂ꂸ�A—‘‚ª•ê�e‚̑ٓà‚É‚¢‚éŠÔ‚Ɏ󂯂½”M‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚é‚Æ‚·‚®‚É—‘‚Í•…‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�ATejoŒ³‘f‚Í•êŒ{‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŽc‚è‚Ì3‚‚̌³‘f‚Í—‘‚̉©�g‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Æ‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邱‚Ƃł̂Ý�A�d‚³ (“yŒ³‘f) ‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ƃ̑g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ł̂Ý�A‹Ã�W—Í�i�…Œ³‘f�j‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê�A”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³�i‰ÎŒ³‘f�j‚Ƃ̑g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ł̂Ý�A�U“®�i•—Œ³‘f�j‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚͉Ό³‘f‚È‚µ‚Å‚Í�³�í‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‘åŠC‚Ì�…�AŠC‚Ì�…�A‚±‚Ì‘å’n‚ðŽx‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�…‚Í�A—₽‚¢‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚Ì�§Œä‚̉º‚Å‘¶�Ý‚µ‘±‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‘å’n‚à�i—₽‚¢�j‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‘¼‚Ì—v‘f‚Æ�¬“¯‚¹‚¸‚ɉΌ³‘f‚݂̂ð�n—¶‚·‚é�ê�‡�A—₽‚¢•¨‚̗₽‚³‚Æ”M‚¢•¨‚Ì”M‚³‚¾‚¯‚ð�n—¶‚µ�A�F�AŒ`�A‘å‚«‚³�A�¡–@‚ÌŠT”O‚Æ�¬“¯‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̉Ό³‘f‚É‚Í�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚³‚¦�d‚³‚ÌŽÀ‘Ì‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚ª–¾Šm‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚邯�A‚±‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ɂ͂¢‚©‚Ȃ鎟Œ³‚̌őÌsolid‚ÌŽÀ‘Ì‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª–¾Šm‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í‹¾‚â�…–ʂɉf‚鑾—z�AŒŽ�A‰_�A‰J‚ª’mŠo‚ł͌©‚¦‚é‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A‚¢‚©‚È‚éŽÀ‘Ì‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B

Ž©•ª‚̑̂̒†‚Å‚±‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�ê�‡�AŽ©•ª‚Ì’mޝ‚Å”cˆ¬‚Å‚«‚é‘̂̕”•ª‚¾‚¯‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‘Ì‘S‘̂ł±‚Ì—v‘f‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A–³�”‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¶�݂̒†‚Å‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚±‚ÅTejo‚Ì•ª�Í‚Í�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

16ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ÌŠÏ’q

1.–¼�F•ª—£’q�ināmarūpa-pariccheda-ñāṇa�j :

Œ»�Û”F’m‚É‚¨‚¯‚éˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì•ª—£�B

2.‰��ÛŽó’q�ipaccaya-pariggaha-ñāṇa�j :

ˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì‘ŠŒÝ�ðŒ�•t‚¯�Eˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Ì—�‰ð�B

3.ŽvˆÒ’q�isammasana-ñāṇa�j :

�ã‹L‚̈ö‰Ê‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–Å‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä‚Ì�uŽO‘Š�v�i–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä�j‚Ì—�‰ð�B

4.�¶–Å’q�iudayabbaya-ñāṇa�j :

�¶�¬�Á–ł̂æ‚è�[‚­–¾�ð‚È—�‰ð�B�‚‚¢�W’†�A•½�³�A‘Î�Û‚Ì”÷�׉»�AŽžŠÔŠ´Šo‚Ì�L’£�E‘rޏ�A‹­‚¢Œõ‚âƒCƒ��[ƒW�inimitta ƒjƒ~ƒbƒ^�j‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Ȃǂ𔺂¤�B

5.‰ó–Å’q�ibhaṅga-ñāṇa�j :

�¶�¬�Á–Å‚Ì�Á–ł݂̂ɒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢�A‘Î�Û‚Ì�Á–Å‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚Ì�Á–Å‚ðŠ´“¾�B

6.•|ˆØ’q�ibhaya-ñāṇa�j :

�Á–ł̌p‘±“IŠÏŽ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚ðŠëŒ¯‚È‚à‚̂Ɗ´“¾�B‚½‚¾‚µ‚»‚ÌŠëŒ¯Š´Šo‚ÆŽ©ŒÈ‚Ì“¯ˆê‰»‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚±‚Ƃŋ°‚ê‚Í–³‚¢�B

7.‰ßг’q�iādīnava-ñāṇa�j :

�Á–ł̌p‘±“IŠÏŽ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚ð�A‹ê‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å�A�K•Ÿ‚͂Ȃ­�A–³—˜‰v�E•s—˜‰v�i‰ßг�j‚Å‚ ‚邯д“¾�B

8.‰}—£’q�inibbidā-ñāṇa�j :

�Á–ł̌p‘±“IŠÏŽ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚ð�A–£—Í‚ª–³‚¢‘Þ‹ü‚Å‘a‚Ü‚µ‚¢Œ¶–Å‚µ‚½‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠ´“¾�B

9.’E—~’q�imuñcitukamyatā-ñāṇa�j :

�ã‹L6-8‚𓥂܂¦‚½�ã‚Å�A‚»‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚©‚ç’E‚µ‚½‚¢�AŽ©—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é�B

10.�ÈŽ@’q�ipaṭisaṅkhā-ñāṇa�j :

áÒ‘z‚ð•úŠü‚¹‚¸�AáÒ‘z‚±‚»‚ª—Bˆê‚Ì‰ðŒˆŽè’i‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦’¼‚µ�AáÒ‘z‚É—¯‚܂葱‚¯‚é�B

11.�sŽÌ’q�isaṅkhārupekkhā-ñāṇa�j :

Œ»�Û‚ð‚æ‚è�[‚­‹­‚¢’�ˆÓ—Í‚Å�A‘Î�Û‚©‚犮‘S‚É‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚Ä•½�ÂɊώ@‚·‚é�B�u’†“¹�v�u‹ó�v‚É“ž’B[5]�B

12.(’ú)���‡’q�i(sacca)anuloma-ñāṇa�j :

�ã‹L4-11‚Ì�u”ª’q�v‚Ì�W�¬‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŸ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B

13.Ží�©’q�igotrabhu-ñāṇa�j :

Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ւ̈Ú�s�B

14.“¹’q�imagga-ñāṇa�j :

Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�Bˆê™‹“ß�B

15.‰Ê’q�iphala-ñāṇa�j :

Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�B“ñ™‹“ß�B

16.ŠÏŽ@’q�i”½�È’q�j�ipaccavekkhaṇa-ñāṇa�j :

Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�jŒoŒ±‚Ì”½�È�i�U‚è•Ô‚è�j�B4‚Ì�¶–Å’q�i�¶�¬�Á–Å�j‚©‚çáÒ‘z�ÄŠJ

 

�\˜ZŠÏ’q‚Æ�w�´�ò“¹˜_�x‚Ì�u޵�´�ò�v‚Ƃ̑ΉžŠÖŒW

޵�´�ò

�\˜ZŠÏ’q

Œ©�´�ò�iditthi-visuddhi�j

–¼�F•ª—£’q�ināmarūpa-pariccheda-ñāṇa�j[7]

“x‹^�´�ò�ikankhā-vitaraṇa-visuddhi�j

‰��ÛŽó’q�ipaccaya-pariggaha-ñāṇa�j[8]

“¹”ñ“¹’qŒ©�´�ò�imaggāmagga-ñāṇadassana-visuddhi�j

ŽvˆÒ’q�isammasana-ñāṇa�j
�¶–Å’q�iudayabbaya-ñāṇa�j[9]

�s“¹’qŒ©�´�ò�ipaṭipadā-ñanadassana-visuddhi�j

‰ó–Å’q�ibhaṅga-ñāṇa�j
•|ˆØ’q�ibhaya-ñāṇa�j
‰ßг’q�iādīnava-ñāṇa�j
‰}—£’q�inibbidā-ñāṇa�j
’E—~’q�imuñcitukamyatā-ñāṇa�j
�ÈŽ@’q�ipaṭisaṅkhā-ñāṇa�j
�sŽÌ’q�isaṅkhārupekkhā-ñāṇa�j
(
’ú)���‡’q�i(sacca)anuloma-ñāṇa�j

Ží�©’q�igotrabhu-ñāṇa�j

’qŒ©�´�ò�iñāṇadassana-visuddhi�j

“¹’q�imagga-ñāṇa�j
‰Ê’q�iphala-ñāṇa�j

ŠÏŽ@’q�i”½�È’q�j�ipaccavekkhaṇa-ñāṇa�j

 

޵�´�ò‚Ì1‚͉ú—¥�A2‚Í‘T’è�iƒTƒ}ƒ^áÒ‘z�j�A3�`7ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z

 

 

‘æˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i–¼�F•ª—£’q�j�\ ˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Ì‹æ•ʂɋC‚­‚±‚Æ�B‹qŠÏ“I‚ÈŠÏŽ@

�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚̂͂½‚¾Œ»�Û‚¾‚¯‚Å�A�P�í“I‚È‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚­�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ‚à‚È‚­�AŽÀ‘Ì‚à‚È‚­�A�uŽ„�v‚à‚È‚­�AŽ©‰ä‚à‚È‚­�A�lŠi‚à‚È‚­�A‚½‚¾�ƒ�ˆ‚ÈŒ»�Û‚ª‚ ‚邾‚¯‚Æ’m‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì�uŽ„�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�A�S‚Ì‘n‚è�o‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B�S‚Í�A‰ä‚Ɖ䂪�g‚Ì�d‰×‚ð‘n‚è�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚ÌŒå‚è‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�uŽ„�v�«�A�uŽ„�v�«‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iŽ×Œ©�j‚ª�ª�₳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚𓾂邽‚ß‚É�AˆÓޝ�iƒi�[ƒ}�F–¼�A�S�A�¸�_�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�iƒ‹�[ƒp�F�F�A�g‘Ì�A•¨Ž¿�j‚𕪗£‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�BˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ðƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚Ä�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ�AŽÀ‘Ì�A�°‚Æ‚µ‚Ă͌©‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚̈ӎ¯‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚Ì‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚é‚̂͑Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B

‚Ó‚½‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚ЂƂ‚̓i�[ƒ}�iˆÓޝ�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ЂƂ‚̓‹�[ƒp�i‘Î�Û�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̂ӂ½‚‚̂à‚Ì‚ð”ñ�í‚ɂ͂Á‚«‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚½Žž�A‚»‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‘æˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Í�A–³‰ä�ianatta�j‚ð’m‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì‹C‚«‚ª‚ ‚é�B‘Î�Û‚Æ‹C‚«‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚̂ӂ½‚‚ð”ñ�í‚ɂ͂Á‚«‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo‚Æ‹C‚«‚ÍŽ©‘RŒ»�Û‚Å‚·‚ª�AˆÓޝ‚Í‘Î�Û‚Æ‚¢‚¤�ðŒ�‚Å�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–Ú‚Ì‘O‚É‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B–Ú‚ðŠJ‚¯‚½�uŠÔ‚É�A‰½‚©‚ª‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì–Ú‚É”ò‚Ñ�ž‚ñ‚Å‚«‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì‹C‚«�A‚±‚ÌŒ©‚éˆÓޝ‚ª‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚±‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‘Î�ۂƈӎ¯‚Æ‚¢‚¤“ñ‚‚̂à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B–¼�F•ª—£’q‚Æ‚Í�A‚±‚¤‚µ‚½Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B

Œ`‚Í‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A’j‚Å‚à�—‚Å‚à‚È‚¢‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚É‚Í�AŒ`�ó‚àŠOŒ`‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í’P‚È‚é�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�B�d‚³‚Í‚½‚¾�d‚³‚Å‚ ‚è�A�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Í‚½‚¾�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Å‚·�B“®‚«‚Í‚½‚¾“®‚«‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BáÒ‘z‚·‚é�Û‚É‚Í�A‚½‚¾�«Ž¿‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�«Ž¿‚Í‘¶�ݎ҂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A‘¶�ݎ҂Ȃǂ¢‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B�S‚Æ�g‘Ì‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂ł·�B

�S‚ª•½�ÂɂȂè�A�ƒ�ˆ‚È�«Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚éŽž‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ꂪ’P‚É�ƒ�ˆ‚È�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä�A‘¶�ݎ҂ł͂Ȃ­�A’j‚Å‚à�—‚Å‚à‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BæÃ—~‚Æ‚Í�—‚Å‚à’j‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BæÃ—~‚Æ‚Í�A‚½‚¾‰½‚©‚ð—~‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�i•à‚Ì–]‚݂͑S‚­‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

–¼�F•ª—£’q‚Æ‚¢‚¤“´Ž@’q‚ÉŽŠ‚Á‚½�i�ƒ�ˆ‚È�«Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚é�jŽž�A‚»‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚𓾂½�ó‘Ô‚ªŒ©�´�ò‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‘æˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ƂƂà‚É‚â‚Á‚Ä—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B

�HŽ–‚ð‚·‚éŽž�A�S‚Æ�g‘Ì‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A�uŽ„�v‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�H‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�S‚Æ�g‘̂Ȃ̂ł·‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�AŽ„‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A‚½‚¾�S‚Æ�g‘̂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ðƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚±‚ÌŒ©�´�ò‚𓾂½‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‘æ“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰��ÛŽó’q�j �\ ˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‘ŠŒÝ‚Ì�ðŒ�•t�Aˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ

�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ª�AŒÝ‚¢‚ð�ðŒ�•t‚¯�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ�A—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘æ“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̃‹�[ƒp�i•¨Ž¿“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚Í�A‚±‚̃i�[ƒ}�i�¸�_“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í‚»‚Ì‹t�A‚ȂǂȂÇ�A�󋵂ɉž‚¶‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì—¼ŽÒ‚Í�AŒÝ‚¢‚ð�ðŒ�•t‚¯�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�ðŒ�•t‚¯‚ð’m‚è�A‚»‚Ì�ðŒ�‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚¾‚Æ’m‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚±‚Ì‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Í�A‚±‚̈ӎ¯‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Å‚·�B‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç�AˆÓޝ‚ª�¶‚¶‚½‚̂ł·�BˆÓޝ‚Í‚»‚ꎩ�g‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰¹‚̈ӎ¯‚͉¹‚ª‚ ‚é‚䂦‚É�¶‚¸‚é‚̂ł·�B’·‚¢ŠúŠÔ�AáÒ‘z‚𑱂¯‚ê‚Î�uŽ„‚ª’�ˆÓ‚ð‚µ‚½Žž‚¾‚¯�AŽ„‚͉¹‚ð•·‚­�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤—�‰ð‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰¹‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AˆÓޝ‚ª�¶‚¶‚È‚¯‚ê‚Ή¹‚Í•·‚±‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̎žŠÔ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–²‚Ì’†‚É‚¢‚é‚©‚̂悤‚É�A–³ˆÓޝ‚ɉ½‚©‚ð‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‚Ó‚ç‚Ó‚ç‚Æ‰ß‚²‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚œˑR�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–Ú‚ðŠo‚Ü‚µ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�uŒ©‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂪ–{“–‚É‹Á‚­‚ׂ«‚±‚Ƃł ‚é‚Ì‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�uŒ©‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð�A�^‚É�V‚µ‚¢‰½‚©‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚½‚¾‰½‚©‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚±‚»‚ª�A�^‚É‹Á‚­‚ׂ«‚±‚ƂȂ̂ł·�B

Šá‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�A’†—§“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚¾‚¯‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͉õ‚Å‚à‚È‚­�A•s‰õ‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð‰õ‚©•s‰õ‚Æ‚µ‚ĉðŽß‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚͕ʂ̃vƒ�ƒZƒX�A‚‚܂è�¸�_“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚ªŒ©‚½‚à‚Ì‚ð�D‚ÞŽž�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚Í‚âŠá‚̈ӎ¯�iŠáޝ�j‚ł͂Ȃ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŒq‚ª‚è‚͕ʂ̈ӎ¯‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�S‚ª‰ðŽß‚ð‚·‚éŽž�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚͂〈‚éˆÓޝ‚ł͂Ȃ­�A�S‚̈ӎ¯‚Ȃ̂ł·�B

‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‰½‚©‚ðŒ©‚éŽž�A�ƒ�ˆ‚ÉŒ©‚é‚Ì‚ªŠáޝ‚Å�A‚»‚ÌŽž‚É‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽ©•ª‚ª‰½‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚·‚ç’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚½‚¾�ƒ�ˆ‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚邾‚¯‚Ȃ̂ł·�BŽ©•ª‚ªŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é‚͕̂ʂ̒iŠK‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð�D‚Þ‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒˆ’è‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B

‘æŽO‚Ì“´Ž@’q�iŽvˆÒ’q�j �\ ˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�ۂ̈ö‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚é�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä‚ð’m‚邱‚Æ

áÒ‘z‚·‚é�Û‚É�A–³�í�ianicca�F‰i‘±“I‚łȂ¢‚±‚Æ�j�A‹ê�idukkha�F•s–ž‘«�j�A–³‰ä�ianatta�FƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‰º‚ɂȂ¢‚±‚Æ�j‚Æ‚¢‚¤�AŽ©‘RŒ»�Û‚ÌŽO‚‚̓Á�«‘S‚Ä‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆê‚‚̑Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Æ�AŽO‚‚̓Á�«�i–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä�j‚̈ê‚‚̑¤–Ê‚¾‚¯‚ð�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚µŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�P�í“I‚ÈŽÀ‘̂͑¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�AŽ�‘±‚·‚é�d‚¢’†�SŠj‚Í‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A�°‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘S‚Ă̓vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ȃ̂ł·�B

áÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�A‰½‚©‚ªŒ»‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚΂炭‚Ì‚ ‚¢‚¾—¯‚Ü‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�Á‚¦‚Ă䂭‚Ì‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘S‚Ä‚ª‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚Æ‚µ‚½“®‚«‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽv�l‚⊴Šo‚ª�A‰f‰æ‚̃Xƒ��[ƒ‚�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̂悤‚È�A‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚Æ‚µ‚½“®‚«‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�A�¶�¬‚µ�A‚µ‚΂炭—¯‚Ü‚è�A�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�AŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽž�X‚Í�A�­‚µ•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚©‚ç�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̕ω»‚à�A‚Ü‚½�A–³�í‚̈ê‚‚̑¤–ʂȂ̂ł·�B

‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�¶‚¸‚ׂ«�\•ª‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç�¶‚¶�A�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚»‚Ì–{�«‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ç�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�¶�¬‚·‚é–{�«‚ð‚à‚‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŠ®‘S‚É�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤–{�«‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽó�iŠ´Šo�j‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í–³�í‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̎ó�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í‹ê‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̎ó�A‚à‚µ‚­‚Í–³‰ä‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̎ó‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂé‚̂ł·�B

áÒ‘z‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽó‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A‚»‚ꂪ‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·–¾�ð‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚É—¯‚Ü‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚³‚ç‚É–¾�ð‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚ƂĂà�d—v‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚¢‚©‚È‚éŽí—Þ‚Ì�¸�_“I�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚ɉ½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚±‚¤‚µ‚½‘S‚Ă̂±‚Æ‚ð‘�‚¶‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�Aˆê‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚͉½‚à‰ðŽß‚¹‚¸�A•¨Ž–‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠe�uŠÔ�AŠeŒ»�Û‚ðŒÂ•Ê“I‚ÉŒ©‚Ü‚·�BŠe�X‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÆŒ»�Û‚ðŒÂ•Ê“I‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½Žž�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í–{“–‚É‚»‚Ì–{�«‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B•¨Ž–‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚½‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠÏ”O‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

•¨Ž–‚ª�¶‚¶‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŒ´ˆö‚Æ�ðŒ�‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ–Å‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŒ´ˆö‚à�ðŒ�‚à•K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�\•ª‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì‚¢‚©‚Ȃ鎩‘RŒ»�ۂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚àŒ¾‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠè–]‚É‚Í�]‚í‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�BáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‹­‚¢�W’†—Í‚ðˆç‚Ä‚ê‚Î�AŽv�l‚ÍŽž�XŽ~‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð–]‚Þ‚©‚炳͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�ðŒ�‚̂䂦‚É‚»‚¤‚È‚é‚̂ł·�B

‰½‚à‚Ì‚à�u•¨‘Ì�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰F’ˆ‘S‘Ì‚ªˆê‚‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ȃ̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A•¨‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂ł·�B‰½‚©‚𕨑̂Ƃµ‚ÄŒ©‚鎞�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚½‚©‚à•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A“dŽq‚â—zŽq‚â’†�«Žq‚ðƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�í‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒÝ‚¢‚ÉŒ‹�‡‚µ‚½Žž‚à‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚͕ω»‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B

‚à‚µ‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�A‘S‚Ă̎v�l‚ª�g‘̂ɉe‹¿‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶Žæ‚ê‚é‚­‚ç‚¢•qŠ´‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚È‚ç�AŽv�l‚É‘S‚­‚¤‚ñ‚´‚肵‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽv�l‚ª•‚‚©‚Ԃ܂܂ɂ͔C‚¹‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚æ‚èƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚ɂȂè�AƒlƒKƒeƒBƒu‚ÈŽv�l‚͂ǂñ‚Ç‚ñŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚­‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚ɂȂê‚Î�AŽv�l‚É’^“M‚µ‰ß‚¬‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ­‚È‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

áÒ‘z‚Æ‚Í�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ‚â�uŽ„�v‚͂Ȃ­�A‚½‚¾‹C‚«‚̘A‘±�AáÒ‘z‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚̘A‘±‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚ªáÒ‘z‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A’P‚ɘA‘±‚·‚éˆÓޝ�A‹C‚«‚ɉ߂¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚ÉŽŠ‚Á‚Ă͂¶‚ß‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Í”�—Ž‚·‚é‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ª�A–{“–‚É”�‚ª‚ê—Ž‚¿‚é‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚ªáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚ªáÒ‘z‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A’P‚ɘA‘±‚·‚éˆÓޝ�A‹C‚«‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚±‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚É“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö‚Í�i‚߂܂¹‚ñ�B

‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�¶–Å’q�j �\ Œ»�Û‚Ì�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ“¹‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ

‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚ð‰ß‚¬‚邯�A‚à‚Í‚â�Aƒi�[ƒ}�Aƒ‹�[ƒp�A–³�í�A‹ê�A–³‰ä‚È‚Ç�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éŽv�l‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B•¨Ž–�iŠ´Šo�j‚ª�¶�¬‚µ�A�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ð”ñ�í‚ɉs‚­�A–¾‚ç‚©‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂé‚̂ł·�B

‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Í�AŒ»�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Ì�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–ł𓴎@‚·‚é’qŒd‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AƒEƒ_ƒ„ƒbƒoƒ„�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BƒEƒ_ƒ„�iudayo�j‚Æ‚Í�¶‚¶‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�Aƒoƒ„�ivayo�j‚Ƃ͖ł·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì“ñ‚‚ª�‡‚킳‚Á‚Ä�Audayabbaya ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‚ª‚‚­‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‰½‚É‚µ‚Ä‚àˆÈ‘O‚Ƃ͈قȂÁ‚Ă͂¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚Ì�A‚»‚ê‚͈ȑO‚Ì‚à‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚邯‚±‚낪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ–³�킪–{“–‚ɈӖ¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Í�u‚à‚͂⑶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚é‘O‚Í�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ÍŽ©•ª‚ª�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©•sˆÀ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚̓i�[ƒ}‚Ȃ̂©�A ‚±‚ê‚̓‹�[ƒp‚Ȃ̂©�A ‚±‚ê‚Í–³�í‚Ȃ̂©�A ‚±‚ê‚Í‹ê�i•s–ž‘«�j‚Ȃ̂©�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‚±‚¤‚µ‚½–À‚¢‚Í‘S‚ċނÁ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘z‚Í‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñŽ©‘R‚È‚à‚̂ɂȂè�A“w—Í‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚è‚¹‚¸‚Æ‚à�i‚ñ‚ł䂫�A‚»‚ê‚䂦�A�S‚ª‚ƂĂàƒoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚̂Ƃꂽ�ó‘ԂɂȂé‚̂ł·�B�S‚Í‚±‚¤‚µ‚½ƒEƒyƒbƒJ�[�iŽÌ�j‚̑ԓx‚ð‚à‚¿‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A”ñ�í‚É‹­—͂ȕ½�³‚ªˆç‚‚̂ł·�B

‚±‚Ì•½�³‚É‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ì“Á�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̈ê‚‚ª�A‹°•|‚àŠì‚Ñ‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŠì‚т͂ ‚éŽí‚̃��[ƒo�iæÃ—~�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A‰½‚©‚ð�D‚Þ‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‹»•±‚͂Ȃ­�A�K•Ÿ‚Å‚à•s�K‚Å‚à‚È‚­�A�S‚Í‘å•Ï—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�Aƒoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚̂Ƃꂽ�ó‘ԂɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í”ñ�í‚É–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚Í�S‚ª‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BƒTƒ}ƒ^áÒ‘z�iƒA�[ƒi�[ƒp�[ƒiáÒ‘z�j‚Å‚à�A‚±‚ÌŽí‚ÌŒõ‚ÍŒoŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�W’†‚Æ�S‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ðŽ¦‚·ƒTƒCƒ“‚Å‚·�B

‘æŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰ó–Å’q�j �\ �¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚Ì�Á–ł݂̂ɒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚Ì�Á–Å‚ðŠ´“¾‚·‚邱‚Æ

�Á–Å‚ð‚æ‚è–¾‚ç‚©‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚µ�A�¶�¬‚ɂ͓¯‚¶‚¾‚¯‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂í‚È‚¢�B’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¦‚Î�¶�¬‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚邪�A�Á–Å‚Æ�Áޏ‚É‚æ‚葽‚­‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�B’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤‚Æ‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚͂₻‚±‚ɂ͂Ȃ¢�B‹C‚±‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚½�uŠÔ‚É�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚¤‹Ž‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í‚à‚¤‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚¿‚ç‚è‚ÆŒ©‚¦‚邾‚¯‚Å�A‚à‚͂₻‚±‚ɂ͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B

‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚·‚邽‚Ñ‚É�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�A‚½‚Æ‚¦“®‚«‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ�AŽŸ‚©‚玟‚Ö‚Æ”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚Ì�Á–łɔñ�í‚É–¾‚ç‚©‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŒ`‚É‚Í‚à‚¤’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¨‚炸�AŠ´Šo‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‘S‚Ă̌`‚ƌŌ`�«‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�B‚‚܂è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŒ`‚ƌŌ`�«‚É�A‚à‚¤’�ˆÓ‚𕥂í‚È‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚½‚¾Š´Šo‚Æ�A‚»‚Ì”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚Ì�Á–łɂ̂ݒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�B

‘Î�Û‚ª”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚Å�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª�A‘æˆê‚̃oƒ“ƒK�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi‚¾�B’qŒd�iˆÓޝ�H�j‚Ì�Á–Å‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª�A‘æ“ñ‚̃oƒ“ƒK�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi‚¾�B‚±‚Ì“ñ‚‚ð�‡‚킹‚Ä�A‘æŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚ ‚é‰ó–Å’q�iƒoƒ“ƒK�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi�j‚ªŠ®�¬‚·‚é�B

�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�­‚µ�l‚¦‚é�B‘æ“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¶�¬‚â‹C‚«�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽv�l‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‘½‚­‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�l‚¦‚é�B‘æŽO‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AáÒ‘z�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚æ‚葽‚­�l‚¦‚é�B‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽv�l‚Í”äŠr“I�­‚È‚¢�B‘æŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚Í�AŽv�l‚͂قڑ¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�B�Á–Å‚ª”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚«‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‰É‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B

‘æ˜Z‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i•|ˆØ’q�j �\ ƒi�[ƒ}‚ƃ‹�[ƒp‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠëŒ¯‚È‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ

‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚ ‚Ü‚èŠì‚тɖž‚¿‚Ä‚¨‚炸�AˆÓ‹C�·‚ñ‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�BŠëŒ¯‚ÆŒ©‚Ă͂¢‚邪‹°‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª“´Ž@’q‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚¾�B‹°•|‚Í�A“¯ˆê‰»‚©‚ç—ˆ‚é�B“¯ˆê‰»‚ª‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A•¨Ž–‚ð’P‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ă䂭”ñ�lŠi“I‚È‚à‚̂Ƒ¨‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ƃ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚È‚¢�B‚¾‚©‚ç‹°•|‚à‚È‚¢�B’N‚à‚±‚ê‚É“¯ˆê‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚¸�A‚»‚ê‚É‚µ‚ª‚݂‚­‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚µ‚ėЂ邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B

‘掵‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰ßг’q�j �\ �¶�¬‚Æ�Á–ł̕s—˜‰v�i‰ßг�j‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ

ˆê”Ê‚É�l�X‚Í�A‚æ‚è‚æ‚¢�ê�Š�A‚æ‚è‚æ‚¢�¢ŠE‚É�Ä�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Í‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚±‚Æ‚¾‚낤‚Æ�l‚¦‚é�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�A–È–§‚©‚–¾‚ç‚©‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚·‚ê‚Î�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ɂ͗�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é�B

�u‰½‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�H ‘S‚Ă͂±‚ñ‚Ȃɑ¬‚­�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚»‚à‚»‚à‰½‚©‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚É�A‰½‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚邾‚낤�I�v

‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�¶‹N‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͊댯‚Ȃ̂¾�B‰½‚©‚ª–ž‘«‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ä‚­‚ê‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚𓾂悤‚Æ�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚·‚çŠëŒ¯‚Ȃ̂¾�B‚‚܂è�A�¶‹N‚·‚é‚à‚̂͂½‚¾�ƒ�ˆ‚È‹ê‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚Ü‚½�Á–Å‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚à�ƒ�ˆ‚È‹ê‚Ȃ̂¾�B

�¶�¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͈À‘S‚¾�B‰½Ž–‚à‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŽÀ‚ɈÀ‘S‚¾�B‰½‚©‚ª‹N‚±‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B‚»‚±‚ɈÀ‘S‚͂Ȃ¢�B‰½‚à�¶�¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª�K•Ÿ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚¾�B

‘攪‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰}—£’q�j �\ �[‚­Œ¶–Å‚µ�A‰½Ž–‚à�K‚¹‚ÉŽv‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ

‰½‚©‚ð‘S‚­–£—Í‚ðŽ¸‚í‚¹‚é‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�uŒ¶–Å�v‚¾�BŒ¶–Å‚·‚é�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚͉½Ž–‚É‚à‚à‚Í‚âŠì‚΂Ȃ¢’qŒd‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂½‘Þ‹ü‚ð‚àˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�BáÒ‘z‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‘Þ‹ü‚ł͂Ȃ¢�B�¶�¬‚µ‚Ä‚Í�Á–Å‚µ�A‚Ü‚½�¶�¬‚µ‚Ä‚Í�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä�AŽhŒƒ‚ðŽó‚¯‚é‚à‚̂Ȃlj½‚à‚È‚¢�A“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ª�I‚í‚è‚È‚­�A‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ�¶‹N‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚¾‚Æ”Fޝ‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤�A‚»‚¤‚µ‚½ˆÓ–¡‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‘Þ‹ü‚¾�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�AŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ̂ł«‚é‚à‚̂Ȃlj½‚à‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B‘S‚Ă͂ƂĂà‘Þ‹ü‚Ȃ̂¾�B

Sabbe sangkhara aniccia�I �u‘S‚Ă̌»�Û‚Í–³�í‚Å‚ ‚é�v

’qŒd‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚鎞�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�i‹ê�j‚ɂ܂é‚Å–£—Í‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚­‚È‚é�B‚±‚ꂪ�´�ò‚Ì“¹‚¾�BŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�S‚ª—�‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚à‚¤‚È‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽ·’…‚©‚ç�AŠ®‘S‚É—£‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B

‘æ‹ã‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i’E—~’q�j �\ Ž©—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚邱‚Æ

‘S‚Ă̂à‚Ì‚ðŠëŒ¯‚ÆŠÏŽ@�i‘æ˜Z‚Ì“´Ž@’q�j‚µ�A‘S‚Ä‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–Å‚ð•s—˜‰v�i‘掵‚Ì“´Ž@’q�j‚È‚à‚̂Ɗώ@‚µ�A‘S‚Ă̂à‚Ì‚ð–£—Í‚ðŠ´‚¶‚鉿’l‚̂Ȃ¢‚à‚̂Ɗώ@�i‘攪‚Ì“´Ž@’q�j‚µ‚½Œã�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‘S‚Ă̂à‚Ì‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é�B

�¶�¬�Á–Å‚ªŽÀ‚ɑދü‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ�A‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‚»‚ê‚Æ‚Æ‚à‚É‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—~‚¹‚¸�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç—£‚ꂽ‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢�A”²‚¯�o‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚©‚ç’E�o‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ—~‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‘S‚­–O‚«–O‚«‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Í’E—~’q‚ƌĂ΂ê�A�u’E�o‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚邱‚Æ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

áÒ‘zŽÒ‚ÍáÒ‘z‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ÆáÒ‘z‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤�B‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Æ�AáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‹C‚«‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é�B‚±‚ê‚͂‚܂è�A‚à‚¤‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‰½Ž–‚É‚à‹C‚«‚½‚­‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚¾�B

‘æ�\‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�ÈŽ@’q�j �\ áÒ‘z�iŠÏŽ@�j‚ɖ߂邱‚Æ

’�ˆÓ�[‚­‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�B‘Þ‹ü‚ðŠ´‚¶‚½Žž‚Í�u‚æ‚­‚Ȃ肂‚ ‚é�v‚Æ�A‚½‚¾�ÄŠm”F‚·‚é‚Ì‚¾�B

áÒ‘z‚̓vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì�S�i˜H�S�j‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŒ»�݂ɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�S‚¾�B�s“®‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A�S‚ÍŠî‘b“I‚È�ó‘Ô�i—L•ª�S�j‚ð‹­‚ß‚é�B‚±‚ê‚Í�¶–½‚ƈӎ¯‚̘A‘±�«‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚é�S‚¾‚ª�AáÒ‘z‚ð�[‚߂邯�A‚»‚±‚É’·‚­‚Í—¯‚Ü‚ç‚È‚­‚È‚é�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A—L•ª�S‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚͂ǂñ‚Ç‚ñ’Z‚­‚È‚é�B

�l‚¦‚邯�A‚»‚±‚É“¯ˆê�«‚ª�¶‚¶‚é�BŽv�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�uŽ©•ª�v‚ª�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚¾‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�BŽv�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚ɘA‘±�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚̂悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é�BŽv�l‚ÍŒq‚®‚Ì‚¾�B�l‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�Aˆê‚‚Ì�o—ˆŽ–‚ƕʂÌ�o—ˆŽ–‚ÌŠÔ‚ÉŒq‚ª‚è‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�BŽv�l‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŒq‚ª‚è‚à˜A‘±�«‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B‰½‚©‚ª�¶�¬‚µ�A�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚½‚¾�A‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚¾�BˆÓ–¡‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B

‚¾‚©‚ç�A�l‚¦‰ß‚¬‚È‚¢‚悤‚ÉŒx��‚·‚é�BŽv�l‚ªŽ©‘R‚É•‚‚©‚ñ‚Å‚«‚½‚ç�A‚½‚¾‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚«�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽè•ú‚·�B�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽv�l‚É“¯ˆê‰»‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�BŽv�l‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚ç�A‚½‚¾Žv�l‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚Æ‹C‚­‚±‚Æ‚¾�B

’Ê�í�A�l‚Í‚±‚ÌŽv�l‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ�AˆÓޝ‚ÌŽ�‘±‹@”\�i—L•ª�S�j‚ð‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ�L‚­�A’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚à‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邪�AáÒ‘z‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A�S‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·‰s‚­‚È‚è�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽv�l‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·�¬‚³‚­‚È‚é�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A“¯‚¶ŽžŠÔ‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚æ‚葽‚­‚Ì‹C‚«‚ð‚à‚‚±‚ƂɂȂé�B‹C‚«‚ª‚±‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚̃Xƒpƒ“‚Ì’†‚É‚¬‚Á‚µ‚è‹l‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ‚É�W’†‚µ‚½�S‚ð”õ‚¦‚½áÒ‘zŽÒ‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�Aˆê•b‚Í”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚¾�BŽžŠÔ‚ª‘å‚«‚­˜c‚Þ‚Ì‚¾�B

‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ÌŒã‚Í�A‘S‚Ä‚ª‚æ‚èŠy‚µ‚­�A‚æ‚è�K‚¹‚É�A‚æ‚èŽhŒƒ‚É–ž‚¿‚Ä�A‚æ‚èŠì‚тɖž‚¿‚½‚à‚̂ɂȂ邾‚낤‚Æ�l‚¦‚é�l‚½‚¿‚à‚¢‚é�B‚»‚¤‚Í‚¢‚©‚È‚¢�BŽ–‘Ԃ͉º�~‚µ‚Ă䂭�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢“´Ž@’q‚𓾂Ä�A‚µ‚©‚à�K‚¹‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B‚µ‚©‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A‚±‚ê‚̓Xƒ‰ƒ“ƒv‚ł͂Ȃ¢�B

�u‚±‚Ì�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͑ދü‚ÅŒ¶–Å‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä—Ç‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͉½‚à‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚½Žž‚É�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚ ‚éƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�B

‘æ�\ˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�sŽÌ’q�j �\ ‘Î�Û‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚Ä•½�ÂɊώ@‚µ�u’†“¹�v�u‹ó�v‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ

‚æ‚è�[‚­‹­‚¢’�ˆÓ—Í‚ð‚à‚Á‚ăvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邯�A�S‚Í‚æ‚è—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä�©‚ɂȂé�B‹C‚«‚ƃTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚Í‚³‚ç‚É‹­‚­‚È‚è�A�S‚Í‘Î�Û‚©‚犮‘S‚É‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚½�ó‘ԂɂȂé�B‚±‚ꂪ�sŽÌ’q‚¾�B

”ñ�í‚É–È–§‚É�A‚µ‚©‚µ‘Î�Û‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚½‘Ô“x‚Å�AŠ®‘S‚È”ñ“¯ˆê‰»‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ÅŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ðŽ©ŒÈ‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚¹‚¸‚É�AŠ®‘S‚È•½�³‚ð•Û‚¿‚È‚ª‚ç�AŠ®‘S‚É‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚©‚ç�؂藣‚³‚ꂽ‘Ô“x‚Æ�A“¯Žž‚É‹­‚¢’�ˆÓ—Í‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B�u‚±‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎄‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�v�BŒå‚è‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�Ø‚èŠJ‚­‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽí‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È”ñ“¯ˆê‰»‚ª•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚é�B

�S‚Í‘Î�Û‚©‚犮‘S‚Ȃ鋗—£‚ð•Û‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”ñ“¯ˆê‰»‚ª“O’ꂵ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A•Ê—l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃւ̖]‚݂͂à‚Í‚â‘S‚­‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A‚ƂĂà’P�ƒ‚É�A‚½‚¾ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚±‚ꂪ�S‚Ì�Å�‚‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚¾�B‰½‚©‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ—~‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂à‚Í‚â‚È‚­�A‚½‚¾Š®‘S‚È’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚¾�B

ƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰�i�s�j‚Æ‚Í�A�ðŒ�•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽŒ»�Û‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Å�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A�¸�_“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ•¨Ž¿“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚¾�B‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�BƒEƒyƒbƒJ�[�iŽÌ�j‚Ƃ͕½�³‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�B•½�³‚ɂ͑½‚­‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚ª‚ ‚é�B‚»‚̈ê‚‚ª�A“x‚ð‰z‚¦‚ÄŠæ’£‚è‰ß‚¬‚¸�AƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‰ß‚¬‚邱‚Æ‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚̃oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚¾�BŒå‚è‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�Ø‚èŠJ‚­‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽí‚Ì‹­—͂ȃoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚à—v‹�‚³‚ê‚é�B

�K•Ÿ‚͈ê‚‚̋ɒ[‚Å‚ ‚è�A•s�K‚͂܂½•ʂ̋ɒ[‚¾�B�K•Ÿ‚Å‚à•s�K‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Í�A‚ ‚éŽí‚̃EƒyƒbƒJ�[‚ɂȂé�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�K•Ÿ‚Å‚à•s�K‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�B

‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚¢‚Â‚àŽ©‘R‚É�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì�ê‚ɂ҂Á‚½‚è�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‰½‚©‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä’mŠo‚ª‹N‚±‚邯�A’�ˆÓ‚ÍŠù‚É‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚é�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤‚±‚Ƃɂ·‚ç“w—Í‚·‚é•K—v‚͂Ȃ¢�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ÈŒ`‚Å�A‚½‚¾‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚¾�B ŽÀ‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�A‚±‚ꂪ’†“¹‚Ȃ̂¾�B

‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�A‚ ‚é‚̂͑S‘Ì“I‚ÅŠ®‘S‚È’�ˆÓ‚¾‚¯‚Å�A�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Í‚®‚Á‚ƃVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é�BáÒ‘z‚Í�A‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñƒVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B

‘æ�\“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i���‡’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B

‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚±‚¿‚瑤‚É‚à�A‚à‚¤ˆê•û‚Ì‘¤‚É‚à‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í’†ŠÔ‚É‚¢‚邯‚ê‚Ç‚à�AŠù‚É‚±‚¿‚瑤‚ÍŽè•ú‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B–߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚¢‚¢‚¦�Aƒ��[ƒv‚©‚ç‚ÍŽè‚𗣂µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚̂ł·‚©‚ç�A–ß‚ê‚é‚Í‚¸‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚¿‚瑤‚ðŽè•ú‚µ‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚à‚¤�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�S‚ªŠ®‘S‚È‚é’âŽ~‚Ö‚Æ�A‘¦‚¿�¸�_“IŒ»�Û‚Æ•¨Ž¿“IŒ»�Û‚Ì�I‚í‚è�AŸ¸žÏ‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·�B

‘æ�\ŽO‚Ì“´Ž@’q�iŽí�©’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ւ̈Ú�s�B

‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�A�¸�_“I�E•¨Ž¿“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì’âŽ~‚Ö‚Æ’…’n‚·‚é�Bƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì‚±‚Ì’âŽ~�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�u“¹�S�v‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¨‚è�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ªŸ¸žÏ‚¾�B

‚±‚ê‚Í‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ‚È‘¬‚³‚Å�A”ñ�í‚É’Z‚¢�”�u‚̘A‘±‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É‹N‚±‚é�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�A‚¨‚»‚ç‚­‚Í�番‚̈ê•b�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í•S–œ•ª‚̈ê•b‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚½�A”ñ�í‚É’Z‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚µ‚©Ž�‘±‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�S‚Ì�ó‘Ԃ͘A‘±“I‚É‹N‚±‚è�A‚»‚ÌŽž‚É‚Í‚à‚¤Œã–߂肷‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ÌŒã‚ɂ͊®‘S‚È�ÃŽâ�AŠ®‘S‚È�ÃŽ~‚ª‚ ‚é�B�¶�¬‚·‚é‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A�Á–Å‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚à‚¤ŠÏŽ@‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚à‚Í‚âŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B

ŠÏŽ@‚ª‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚ÌŠO‘¤‚É‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂¢‚¯‚È‚¢�B‚¾‚©‚çáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ª‚±‚ÌŸ¸žÏ‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É‚ ‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Í‚à‚¤Ÿ¸žÏ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ă͂¢‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�BŽ©�g‚Ì�¸�_“I‚È�ó‘Ô‚ð�AŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚·‚ç‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B

‘æ�\Žl‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i“¹’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�B“¹�S�B

ˆê™‹“߂̊ԂɋN‚±‚邱‚Æ�B

‘æ�\ŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰Ê’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�B‰Ê�S�B

“ñ™‹“ß‚ ‚é‚¢‚ÍŽO™‹“߂̊ԂɋN‚±‚邱‚Æ�B

“¹�S‚ÌŒã‚É‚Í�A’¼‚¿‚ɉÊ�S‚ª‘±‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̉Ê�S�iŒ‹‰Ê‚̈ӎ¯�j‚Í“¹�S‚Æ“¯‚¶‚à‚Ì‚Å�A—Bˆê‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�A‚»‚ꂪ”Ï”Y‚Ì�ª�â‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚΂炭‚·‚邯�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‘æ�\˜Z‚Ì“´Ž@’q�iŠÏŽ@’q�F”½�È’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�jŒoŒ±‚Ì”½�È�i�U‚è•Ô‚è�j�B

‰Ê�S‚ÌŒã‚É�AŠÏŽ@’q‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚̓´Ž@’q‚ª‚ ‚é�B‚»‚±‚Å‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�A�u‰½‚©‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½�I ˆê�u‘O‚Í�A‚·‚²‚­ˆÀ‚ç‚©‚Å�A�¶�¬‚à�¶–Å‚à‚È‚­�A‚ƂĂà�©‚Å�A‚Æ‚Ä‚à–¾‚ç‚©‚Å�AŠ®‘S‚È•½ˆÀ‚¾‚Á‚½�v‚Ɖ½‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚ðŽv‚¢•Ô‚·�B

‚±‚Ì”½�È‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A�S‚Í”ñ�í‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚ĈÀ‚ç‚©‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚ÄŸ¸žÏ‚Ì�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é�B‚±‚ÌŠÏŽ@’q‚Í�AŽÀ‚̂Ƃ±‚ëˆêŽí‚ÌŽv�l‚¾�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�l‚¦‚Ä�AŠ®‘S‚È•½ˆÀ‚Æ‚Í�A�¸�_“I‚Æ•¨Ž¿“I‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È’âŽ~‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B

Žè•ú‚µ‚½‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ�A�S‚ÍŒÜå]‚̂ǂê‚àŠÏŽ@‚Å‚«‚È‚é�B–³�í‚à‹ê‚à–³‰ä‚à�A‚Ü‚½‰ä‚à�AŠÏŽ@‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚È‚é�BŠ®‘S‚È�Ãæ�‚Æ’âŽ~‚ª�A‚½‚¾’m‚ç‚ê‚é‚݂̂¾�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚ÄáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�AŸ¸žÏ‚Ƃ͌»�Û‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È’âŽ~‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B

Ÿ¸žÏ‚Ƃ͈ê‚‚̌oŒ±‚¾�B‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É‚Í�A‘Î�Û‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚ª’âŽ~‚·‚é�B‚»‚Ì“ñ‚‚̂à‚Ì‚ª’âŽ~‚·‚é�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚É‚Í�A‘S‚Ä‚ª�Ià�‚µ‚½‚悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚΂炭‚ÌŒã�AáÒ‘z‚Ö‚Æ�Ăі߂é�BáÒ‘z‚Ö‚Æ�Ăі߂Á‚½Žž‚Í�A‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�¶–Å’q�j‚Å‚ ‚é�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚©‚ç�ÄŠJ‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B‚±‚ꂪ�A‚±‚̃uƒŒ�[ƒNƒXƒ‹�[‚Ì‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚̑¤–Ê‚¾�BƒuƒŒ�[ƒNƒXƒ‹�[‚ÌŒã�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð�Ä‚Ñ�A”ñ�í‚ɂ͂Á‚«‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�B

‚ЂƂ½‚уuƒŒ�[ƒNƒXƒ‹�[‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�A‚±‚êˆÈŠO‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ª–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̉ð’E‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚蓾‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B

 

 

�ÅŒã‚ÉŠm”F‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚­‚±‚Æ

ŠÏ”O‚â‰ðŽß‚݂̂ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A’¼�ÚŒoŒ±‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�S‚ª�A‚Ü‚³‚É�u‚¢‚Ü�E‚±‚±�v‚Å—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä�A�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚Å‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鉽‚Å‚ ‚ê’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‘±‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚Í�AˆÀ’肪‚ ‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ă܂½Ž©—R‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠ®‘S‚È’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽv�l‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

•¨Œê‚â�l�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í�󋵂ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A—~�[‚­‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚‚܂è—~–]‚Í�AŽv�l‚𔺂¤‚킯‚Å‚·�B“{‚è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ªŒ¾‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚à�l‚¦‚邱‚ƂȂµ‚É�A• ‚𗧂Ă邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

 

Šo‚é�uŠÔ

�X‚Ì’†‚ȂǂÌ�l‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å–{‹C‚Å�^–Ê–Ú‚É“O’ê“I‚Ƀ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�Až�“V‚½‚¿‚ª�•‚¯‚Ä‚­‚ê‚é�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í‘T’è‚ɂ͓ü‚ê‚È‚¢‚̂Ş�“V‚Ì�•‚¯‚͂Ȃ¢�B�@

�¸�_“I‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚ª�‚‚­‚È‚ê‚΂Ȃé‚Ù‚Ç�A�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì‚ª�•‚¯‚Ä‚­‚ê‚é�B

‘T’è‚É“ü‚Á‚Ä�S‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚ª•Ï‚Á‚½‚ç�A�u‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚¤‚µ‚È‚³‚¢�v‚Æ–â‘è“_‚ð’¼�Ú‚É�S‚ÉŽwަ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‹³‚¦‚Ä‚­‚ê‚é�B

‘T’è‚É“ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ�Až�“V‚ƃRƒ“ƒ^ƒNƒg‚ð‚Æ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�B

ž�“V‚̓qƒg‚Ì�S‚ª“ǂ߂é‚Ì‚Å�A–{‹C‚łȂ¢‚ƃ_ƒ��B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì–{‹C‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í–{�l‚ɂ͂킩‚ç‚È‚¢�B

 

ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z‚ª‚©‚È‚è�i‚Þ‚Æ

‚·‚ׂĂª–³�킾‚Æ•ª‚©‚é

ƒi�[ƒ}‚ƃ‹�[ƒp‚ð“O’ê“I‚É’m‚Á‚Ä�A�S‚Ƒ̂̕ω»‚Ì—¬‚ê‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä�A

Ž©•ª‚àŠÜ‚߉½‚à‚©‚à“O’ê“I‚ÉŒ™‚ɂȂé

‚·‚ׂĂª–³ˆÓ–¡‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚é

—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ªˆê‚‚à‚È‚­‚È‚é�B

áÒ‘z‚·‚é‚Ì‚àŒ™‚ɂȂé�B

áÒ‘z‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é‚Ì‚àŒ™‚ɂȂé

‚±‚̂悤‚Ȃǂ¤‚µ‚悤‚à‚È‚¢Š´�î‚̂悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�o‚Ä‚­‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘I‚Ô“¹‚Í‚P‚‚µ‚©‚È‚¢�B

‚±‚ê‚®‚ç‚¢�A�¸�_“I‚É–³�í‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂª–³ˆÓ–¡‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A�uŽÌ‚Ä‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓŽu‚à‚µ‚­‚Í‘z‚¢‚ª�o‚Ä‚­‚é�B

�u‘S•”�AŽÌ‚Ä‚é�v

‚±‚±‚ÅáÒ‘z‚ðŽ~‚ß‚½‚ç‚»‚ê‚Å‘S•”‚ª�I‚í‚é�B

‚à‚¤�­‚µáÒ‘z‚𑱂¯‚邯�AŽŸ‚Ì’iŠK‚Ì‹«’n‚ª�¶‚¶‚é�B

 

 ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z�@vipassanā-bhāvanā�@

Manual of Vipassana Meditation�@U Ko Lay’˜�@“ú–{Œê–ó

The manuals of Dhamma �@˜_‘ ‚Ì’�‰ð�@Ledi Sayadaw “ú–{Œê–ó     �@‰pŒêƒeƒLƒXƒg”Å�@PDF”Å

 

 

The Art of Living “ú–{Œê–ó ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‹Z     The Art of Living�@‰pŒê�@PDF�@�@

The Art of Dying “ú–{Œê–ó�@‚±‚Ì�¢‚©‚狎‚é‹Z    The Art of Dying�@‰pŒê�@PDF�@�@�@�@

�u‹†‹É‚Ì�ɸ‚Ö�v‚Ì•”•ª“ú–{–ó

 

 

 

 

ƒRƒ‰ƒ€

“NŠw�C�s‚Ì�‡�˜�@�@ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Æ—Ö‰ô‚ð�m’è‚·‚éˆê”Ê“I“NŠw‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ�@�@�@�@�@—��«‚Æ•§‹³‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ì‘Šˆá“_�@�@

 

ŽÀ�C‚ð‚Í‚¶‚ß‚é‚É‚ ‚½‚è�A�l‚Í�󂢂à‚Ì‚©‚ç�[‚¢‚à‚Ì‚Ö�A‘eŽG‚È‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç”÷�ׂȂà‚̂ւÆ�i‚ނƃXƒ€�[ƒY‚É‚¢‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‘½‚¢�B

‚·‚ׂĂ͊Ԓf‚È‚­Ž�‘±‚·‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚É‚©‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŽÀ�C‚ÍŽn‚ß‚©‚ç�I‚í‚è‚܂ňêŠÑ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A‚±‚ÌŠÔ‚É—â’g‚ð‚¨‚Ì‚¸‚©‚ç’m‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B

‚¾‚ª�A–ÚŽw‚·‚ׂ«‚Í‹ó‚Ì�L‘傳‚ÆŠC‚Ì�[‰“‚³‚É“ž‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�A‚»‚±‚ł͂¶‚߂Ă»‚ê‚ð‘Ì“¾‚µ‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚¦‚é�B

�u”g‚ÆŠC�v‚Ìšg‚¦ �@ •”•ª‚Æ‘S‘Ì�«�@

 

�_˜b�@�u‹ó�v‚Ì‘¶�Ý�@ˆÅ‚Ì—Í�AˆÅ‚©‚ç�¶‚Ý�o‚½ŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ

”Fޝ�A—��«�AŽ©‰ä‚Ì�¬‚è—§‚¿‚ÆŒÀŠE

�¬�‡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðTPO‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•ª‰»‚³‚¹�AŽŸ‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓Jƒ‰ƒ_‚ð’Ê‚µ‚đД½ˆê’v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉê‚‚ɂȂé�B

ƒJƒ‰ƒ_‚Ì–ðŠ„�@ŠíН

’²‘Ì�@ƒˆƒK�E�‡‹C“¹�E‘¾‹ÉŒ��E•à‚«•û�EŽp�¨�E�À‚è•û�E‘Ì‘€

ŒÄ‹z–@�@�@�@”g“®‚̑̊´�@–µ�‚‚ªˆê‚‚̒†‚ÉŽû‚Ü‚éŽÀ�K

áÒ‘z�@�@�@ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ�@•@‚Ì“ª�@

Œõ‚̊‚̉ô‚è�@100“ú�@�@�@�¸�_‚̉Î�@�@ŠÔ‚ÆŽv�l‚ðŒ©‚Â‚ß‚é‚±‚Æ

‰A—z‚Ì�‡ˆê�@�@100“ú�@�@�@Œõ‚Ì•úŽË�@�@�^Žì‚Ì’a�¶�@‘æ“ñ‚Ì�Ä�¶

‹F‚è�@�@–³ˆ×‚̈×�@�@–³“w—Í�@�@let it be�@�@áÒ‘z‚ð‹F‚è‚É�¬’·‚³‚¹‚é�B

 

 

Žó“®“I‚Å�©‚Ȃӂ½‚‚ÌáÒ‘z

1. ŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é

 ŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚¢‚‚łà‚Ç‚±‚Å‚à�A‚½‚Æ‚¦2¤3•ª‚µ‚©‚È‚­‚Ä‚à‚Å‚«‚éƒ�ƒ\ƒbƒh‚Å‚·�B‹¹‚Ü‚½‚Í• ‚ª�AŒÄ‹z‚ƂƂà‚É�オ‚Á‚Ă͉º‚ª‚é‚Ì‚ð�A’P�ƒ‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ðŽŽ‚µ‚Ă݂܂·�B

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv 1�F‹z‚¤‘§‚ðŒ©‚é

–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�AŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂܂·�B�Å�‰‚É�A‹z‚¤‘§‚ª•@�E‚É“ü‚è�A”x‚Ì’†‚É—Ž‚¿‚Ä‚¢‚­‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv 2�F‚»‚ê‚É‘±‚­�AŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚é

‹z‚¤‘§‚Ì�ÅŒã�A‘§‚ð“f‚«Žn‚ß‚é‘O‚É�A‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚É‚Í�A‚Ƃق¤‚à‚È‚¢‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv 3�F“f‚­‘§‚ðŒ©‚é

�¡�A“f‚­‘§‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv 4: ‚»‚ê‚É‘±‚­�AŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚é

“f‚­‘§‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ ‚é�A‘æ2‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð2¤3‰ñ‚â‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚­‚è‚©‚¦‚µ‚ð‚½‚¾Œ©‚Ä�A‚Ç‚ñ‚Ȃӂ¤‚É‚à‚»‚ê‚ð•Ï‚¦‚¸�AŽ©‘R‚ÈƒŠƒYƒ€‚ð‚½‚¾Œ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv 5: ‹z‚¤‘§‚ð�”‚¦‚é

ŽŸ‚É�A‹z‚¤‘§‚ð�”‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B‘§‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä�A1�A�i“f‚­‘§‚Í�”‚¦‚È‚¢‚Å�j‚Ü‚½‘§‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä�A2�A......‚»‚µ‚Ä10‚Ü‚Å�”‚¦‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A10‚©‚ç1‚܂Ŗ߂è‚Ü‚·�BŽž�X�AŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð–Y‚ꂽ‚è�A10‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�”‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ÌŽž‚Í�A‚à‚¤ˆê“x1‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚·�B

 

¢‚Q‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�B

‚P‚‚͌©‚邱‚Æ�A“Á‚É’¸‚Æ’ê‚É‚ ‚éŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ(ƒMƒƒƒbƒv)‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚¾�B

‚»‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�ʼnœ‚Ì’†�S‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÌŽÀ‘¶‚¾�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä2‚–ڂÍ�AŒÄ‹z‚ð�”‚¦‘±‚¯‚邱‚Æ�B‚Å‚à10ˆÈ�ã‚ɂ͂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�B10‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚ç�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç1‚܂ŋt‚É–ß‚è‚È‚³‚¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‹z‚¤‘§‚¾‚¯‚ð�”‚¦‚邿‚¤‚É�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‹C‚«‚ð�•‚¯‚é�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�B‚³‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ�A“f‚­‘§‚ð�”‚¦Žn‚ß‚½‚è�A10‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�”‚¦‚½‚肵‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚¾‚낤�B

‚à‚µ‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚È‚ç�A‘±‚¯‚È‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ͖³ŒÀ‚̉¿’l‚ª‚ ‚é�B�v Osho

 

2. ‚­‚‚났‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK

‚±‚̃�ƒ\ƒbƒh‚Í�A“Á‚É•a‹C‚ÌŽž‚É—LŒø‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Æ‚ ‚È‚½‚̃{ƒfƒBƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘Ì)‚Ƃ̒²˜a‚ ‚éŠÖŒW‚ð‚‚­‚肾‚·‚½‚ß�A‚»‚±‚Ɉ¤‚Ì‚ ‚é‚‚Ȃª‚肪‹N‚±‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚·‚邯�A‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Ì–ü‚µ‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�ϋɓI‚É“­‚«Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv1: �g‘Ì

�u‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯‰½“x‚à�g‘Ì‚ð’�ˆÓ�[‚­Œ©‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B�g‘̂̂ǂ±‚©�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎŽñ�A“ª‚â‘«�E�E�E‚ɋْ£‚ð“`‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©�AŠ´‚¶‚Ă݂Ă­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ĉӎ¯“I‚É‚»‚±‚ð‚­‚Â‚ë‚ª‚¹‚Ă݂Ă­‚¾‚³‚¢�B�g‘̂̂»‚Ì•”•ª‚É‚½‚¾�s‚Á‚Ä�A˜b‚µ‚©‚¯�Aˆ¤‚ð�ž‚ß‚Ä�w‚­‚‚낢‚Å‚²‚ç‚ñ�x‚Æ�AŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Ž©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂̂ǂ̕”•ª‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì•”•ª‚͘b‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚ ‚È‚½‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Æ‚É�A‹Á‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�g‘̂ł·�I

–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�A‚‚Ü�æ‚©‚瓪‚Ü‚Å�g‘Ì‚Ì“à‘¤‚É�s‚«�A‹Ù’£‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�Š‚ð’T‚µ‚Ă݂܂·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A—F’B‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚邿‚¤‚É‚»‚Ì•”•ª‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Æ‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�g‘Ì‚É�A‰ï˜b‚³‚¹‚Ă݂܂·�B

�w‹°‚ê‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢�B‹°‚ª‚ç‚È‚­‚Ä‚à‚¢‚¢�BŽ„‚ª‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚Ä‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚ ‚°‚é‚©‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚­‚‚낢‚Å‚¢‚¢�B�x‚Æ�g‘̂Ɍ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚Æ‚»‚̃Rƒc‚ðŠw‚Ô‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̂Ƃ«�A�g‘̂͂­‚‚낢‚Å�s‚«‚Ü‚·�B�v

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv2: ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh

�u‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�AŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚𓥂Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÉƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚µ�g‘Ì‚ª‚ ‚È‚½‚̘b‚ð•·‚­‚È‚ç�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚à‚Ü‚½˜b‚ð•·‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚¸�A�Å�‰‚Í�g‘Ì‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B

‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚Ì�l�X‚ª“r’†‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽn‚߂ϸ”s‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë‚©‚çŽn‚߂邯ޏ”s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚²‚Æ‚Í�A�‡�˜�³‚µ‚­�s‚È‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B

‚à‚µ�g‘Ì‚ðŽ©•ª‚̈ӎu‚Å‚­‚‚낪‚¹‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂé‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚àŽ©•ª‚̈ӎu‚Å‚­‚‚낪‚¹‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�g‘Ì‚æ‚è•¡ŽG‚ÈŒ»�Û‚Å‚·‚ª�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽ©•ª‚̘b‚ð•·‚­‚±‚ƂɈê“x‚Å‚àŽ©�M‚ðŽ�‚Á‚½‚ç�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚à‚ ‚È‚½‚̘b‚ð•·‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�­‚µ’·‚­‚©‚©‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�A˜b‚ð•·‚­‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�v

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv3: ƒn�[ƒg

�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚­‚‚낢‚¾‚ç�Aƒn�[ƒg‚ð‚­‚Â‚ë‚ª‚¹Žn‚߂܂·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÆŠ´�î‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚³‚ç‚É‚à‚Á‚Æ•¡ŽG‚Å‚à‚Á‚Æ”÷–­‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�¡‚â�A‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Ì“à‘¤‚É‚ ‚éˆÌ‘å‚È�M—Š‚Æ‚Æ‚à‚É�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�g‘̂ɂƂÁ‚ĉ”\‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂƂÁ‚ĉ”\‚È‚ç‚Î�Aƒn�[ƒg‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‚»‚ê‚͉”\‚Å‚·�B�v

 

ƒXƒeƒbƒv4: ŽÀ‘¶

�u‚±‚Ì3‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð’ʂ蔲‚¯‚½Žž‚ɂ̂Ý�A4”Ԗڂ̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚É�s‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�g‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ƃn�[ƒg‚ð‰z‚¦‚½�AŽÀ‘¶‚Ì�ʼnœ‚Ì’†�S‚É�s‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‘¶�݂̂܂³‚É’†�S‚Å‚·�B

‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‚à�A‚­‚‚낪‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚Ì‚­‚‚났‚Í�A‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è‚Ì�Å‘å‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚Æ�AнŠì‚ÆŽó—e‚Ì‹†‹É‚ð�AŠm‚©‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�u‚¢‚Ì‚¿�v‚ÍŽŠ•Ÿ‚ÆŠì‚тŖž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä�U“®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B£

 

 

 

Œõ�@�@åKåN�\Žš‰ï‚̉ðŽß

åKåN�\Žš‰ï‚̉º•”‘g�D‚Å‚ ‚éƒ�ƒbƒW‚âƒ`ƒƒƒvƒ^�[‚Ì�W‰ï‚Å‚Í�A�q‘¶�Ý�r�iBeing�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚±‚̂悤‚È�à–¾‚ª‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Æ‚Í�AŽžŠÔ‚ð’´‚¦‚ĉi‰“‚É�A‚ ‚葱‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚̈ê‚‚Í�A�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ƃ͕�•Õ“I‚Ȉӎ¯�A‚‚܂è‰F’ˆˆÓޝ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B

�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ª•ú�o‚·‚éƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Í�qŒõ�r‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ªŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚Æ‚¢‚¤”͈͂̊O‚É‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͊ԈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì’è‹`‚ÍŽž‹ó‚Ì“à‘¤‚Ì‘¶�݂Ȃ̂Å�A‚±‚Ì•¶�͂ɂ͖µ�‚‚ª‚ ‚é�B

‚±‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚·‚Ȃ킿�qŒõ�r‚ª�AŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª’Ê�í—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì�qŒõ�r‚ª�U“®‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚肦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª’Ê�í—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é”g“®‚Å‚Í�Aˆê•b‚ ‚½‚è‚ɂǂꂾ‚¯“®‚­‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�U“®‚ªŒv‘ª‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A‚±‚̂悤‚È”g“®‚ÍŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚͈͓̔à‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Æ‘¶�Ý‚ª•úŽË‚·‚é�qŒõ�r‚Í�A’P‚É�q‚ ‚é�r‚̂ł·�B’P‚É‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­Œõ‚É‚Í�U“®‚ª‚ ‚é

‚±‚ÌŠT”O‚Í�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚à‚µ�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ªŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚Í�A�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ì‘S‘Ì‘œ‚à�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚à�AŒˆ‚µ‚Ä’m‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚RŽŸŒ³‚Ì‹óŠÔ‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚Ì’†‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�A�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̓÷‘Ì‚ðŽ�‚ÂŽp‚Å�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AáÒ‘z‚Æ“àŠÏ‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä“¾‚ç‚ê‚é�AŒ©’Ê‚µ‚Ì—Ç‚¢Ž‹“_‚©‚ç’­‚ß‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�^‚ÌŽp‚ɋ߂­‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B�@

 

�@�q‘¶�Ý�r‚·‚Ȃ킿�q‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ�r�iIS ness�j‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚–³ŒÀ‚Ì’m�«‚Å‚ ‚è�A–³ŒÀ‚̉”\�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Æ‚Í�AŒ°�݉»‚³‚ꂽ�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�ö�Ý“I‚È�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r�A‚‚܂茰�݉»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚ƑΔ䂷‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

’†�‘‚ÌŽv‘z‚Å‚Í�A‘OŽÒ‚ª�q—z�r�AŒãŽÒ‚ª�q‰A�r‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’†�‘‚ÌŽv‘z‚Å‚Í�A�q‰A�r‚Æ�q—z�r‚ª�A–œ•¨‚É“­‚­Žå‚È‚Q‚‚̗͂ł ‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì‚Q‚‚̗͓͂¯Žž‚É�¶‚¶�AŒÝ‚¢‚ɕ₢�‡‚¢‚È‚ª‚ç‹@”\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Q‚‚̗͂̃oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚Í�₦ŠÔ‚È‚­•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉˆË‘¶‚·‚éŠÖŒW‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¾—z‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚­‚É‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‹u‚Ì�ã‚É�~‚è’�‚®Œõ‚Ì—lŽq‚ª•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚­‚悤‚É�A‰A‚Æ—z‚Í“ü‚ê‘Ö‚í‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�q—z�r‚ÍŒ°�݉»‚µ‚½�qŒõ�r‚Å‚ ‚é‚̂ɑ΂µ�A�q‰A�r‚Í�ö�Ý“I‚È�qŒõ�r‚Å‚ ‚è�A�q—z�r‚ð•⊮‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�q‰A�r‚͂܂¾Œ°�݉»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œõ‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

�@‚³‚Ä�A‚±‚̂悤‚È—�‰ð‚Ì‚à‚Æ‚É�A�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�q‘¶�Ý�r‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł ‚邯�AåKåN�\Žš‰ï‚Ì•¶�‘‚ɂ͋L‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�u’mŠo‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A”½‰f‚³‚ꂸ�A‚䂦‚ÉŒ`‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢�v�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚–³ŒÀ‚Ì’m�«‚ª�AŒ`‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢‚Æ‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ÄŽ©‘Ì‚ðŒ»ŽÀ‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚Ü‚½�A‰½‚É‚à”½‰f‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ÄŽ©‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ó�ۂ𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚¦‚¦�A‚±‚ê‚͓‚¢–â‚¢‚Å‚·�B�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Í�A‚»‚̉i‰“‚É‘±‚­Šˆ“®‚ðŠg‘債�A•¡ŽG‚³‚ð‘�‚µ‘±‚¯‚é�i‰»‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�A�q�¶–½�r‚â�AŽžŠÔ‚â‹óŠÔ‚â�¡–@�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�U“®‚ð‘n‘¢‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AŽ©‘Ì‚ðŒ»ŽÀ‰»‚µ�AŽ©‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ó�ۂ𓾂Ă¢‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�BŠg‘å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‹óŠÔ‚Æ�¡–@‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A�q�¶–½�r‚Í’mŠo‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂èˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚ÉŠOŠE‚Ì”½‰f‚ð•ÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�q�¶–½�r‚ÆŠOŠE‚ð�¬‚è—§‚½‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚à�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ȃ̂Å�A�qŒõ�r‚ªŽ©‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ó�ۂ𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚̈ӎ¯‚ÌŒ°�݉»‚µ‚½•”•ª‚Å‚ ‚é�qŒõ�r‚ªŽ©‘Ì‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A�q�¶–½�r‚ª•K—v‚Ȃ̂ł·�B

ˆÈ‘O‚É�‘‚¢‚½‹LŽ–‚ÅŽ„‚Í�A—ÊŽq—ÍŠw‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ðŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚½ŽŸ‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ð—p‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�u�qŒõ�r‚̂Ȃ¢�q�¶–½�r‚ɂ͖ړI‚ð’B‚·‚é”\—Í‚ª‚È‚¢�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�q�¶–½�r‚𔺂í‚È‚¢�qŒõ�r‚É‚Í�A–Ú“I‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª‚È‚¢�B�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂ł·�B‚‚܂è�A�qŒõ�r‚Æ�q�¶–½�r‚Í�A‚ ‚é–Ú“I‚Ì‚½‚߂Ɉê‘̂ƂȂÁ‚Ä‹@”\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

�@•¨—�Šw‚É‚Í�A�qŒõ�r‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽÀ�Ø‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‘f�°‚炵‚¢ŽÀŒ±‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�ƒ�ˆ‚È”’‚¢Œõ‚ðƒvƒŠƒYƒ€‚É’Ê‚·‚Æ�A‰½‚ª‹N‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AƒvƒŠƒYƒ€‚Ì“à•”‚ÅŒõ‚Í‹ü�Ü‚µ�A“ø‚̂悤‚È‚¢‚­‚‚à‚Ì�F‚ª�o‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Ô�AƒIƒŒƒ“ƒW�A‰©�F�AƒOƒŠ�[ƒ“�Aƒuƒ‹�[�A—•�F�Aއ‚Å‚·�B‚݂Ȃ³‚ñ‚àŠw�Z‚ÅŒ©‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃłµ‚傤�B

‚³‚Ä�A‚à‚µ�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð”’‚¢Œõ‚É‚½‚Æ‚¦‚邯‚·‚ê‚Î�AˆÙ‚È‚é�U“®�”‚ðŽ�‚Â�A‘½�”‚Ì�U“®‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·”’‚¢Œõ‚ðƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[‚É’Ê‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‘n‘¢‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ͕K—v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚ŃvƒŠƒYƒ€‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[‚Ì‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

�@‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒvƒŠƒYƒ€‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚­‚é�Ô‚¢Œõ‚ª“®•¨ŠE‚ð•\‚µ�A�‚¢Œõ‚Í�lŠÔŠE‚ð•\‚µ�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�F‚à‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ð�Û’¥‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‰¼’肵‚Ă݂܂·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È‘n‘¢‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�uŒ¸ŽZƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—��v�isubtraction�j‚ƌĂÑ�A—�‰ð‚ÌŒ®‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä–œ•¨‚â‰F’ˆ‚ª�u–³�v‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚Ì‚©�A‚Ü‚½�A‰F’ˆ‚ÉŽn‚Ü‚è‚Í‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�¬—�‚µ�A–À‹{‚É“ü‚è�ž‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚à‚̂ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚à‚µ•ʂ̊ϓ_‚©‚ç�l‚¦‚Ă݂½‚ç‚Ç‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚‚܂èŽn‚Ü‚è‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂͂Ȃ©‚Á‚½‚̂ł ‚è�A�q‘¶�Ý�r�iBeing�j‚‚܂è�q‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ�r�iIS ness�j‚¾‚¯‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚̂ł ‚è�A‰F’ˆ‚Ì‘n‘¢‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�A‚ ‚éƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—�‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

‘n‘¢‚Æ‚Í�A–³‚©‚牽‚©‚ð�ì‚è�o‚·‚±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­‚»‚Ì‹t‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘n‘¢‚Æ‚Í�A�u‚·‚ׂĂðŠÜ‚Þ‚à‚Ì�v‚©‚牽‚©‚ð‘n‚邽‚ß‚É�s‚È‚¤ƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—�‚Å‚·�B‘n‘¢‚Æ‚Í�A‘�–¾‚©‚ˆÓ�}“I‚ÉŒ¸ŽZƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—�‚ð�s‚È‚¤‚±‚ƂȂ̂ł·�B

 

�@Ž„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚Ì”]‚Í�AŠî–{“I‚É‚Í�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð“Á’è‚Ì•û–@‚ʼnð“Ç‚·‚é‘•’u‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚̈ӎ¯‚Í�AƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[‚ð’ʉ߂µ‚½�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚̈ӎ¯‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“]‰»‚·‚Ȃ킿“÷‘̂̎€‚ÌŒã‚É‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚̈ӎ¯‚ªƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð‰ð“Ç‚·‚é•û–@‚Í�A�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‘O‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚Æ‚Í�ĂшقȂé‚à‚̂ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A“à�È‚â�n�l‚ÉŽ—‚½•û–@‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

–³ŒÀ‚Ì�qˆ¤�rˆ¤‚Ì’è‹`‚ª•s�Ú‚±‚»‚ª—Bˆê‚Ì�q�^ŽÀ�r‚Å‚·�B‘¼‚Ì‚à‚̂͂·‚ׂȶ‰e‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚à‚¢‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚Å‚Í�A‚È‚ºŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B�q�¶–½�r‚Ì–Ú“I‚Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�B

 

�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�AˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚–³ŒÀ‚Ì’m�«�A‚‚܂薳ŒÀ‚̉”\�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚å‚©�H

Œõ‚Æ’m�«�iˆÓޝ�j‚Æ‘¶�Ý‚ð‚Í‚¶‚ß‚©‚ç‘O’ñ‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ‹‚Ԃ‚¯‚é�ª‹’‚͉½‚Ȃ̂¾‚낤‚©�H�@

ŽO‘ ‚ł͌õ‚ÍŽž‹ó‚̃Vƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚è�A

’m�«‚ÍŸ¸žÏnibbāna‚Æ•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�d‚Ȃ镔•ª‚Å�¶‚¶‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A

‘¶�݂͟¸žÏnibbāna‚Æ•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�Õ“Ë‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�¶‚¶‚é�¶–½‘Ì�isatta�A—L�î�A�¶‚«‚Æ‚µ�¶‚¯‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚Å‚ ‚é�B

�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ª–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�B

ŠmŽÀ‚É�A‚»‚µ‚Ę_—�“I‚É‚àŒ¾‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚ª–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A–³ŒÀ‚É‚ ‚é�ö�Ý“I‚ȉ”\�«‚ð�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�AŽÀ�Û‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ւƕς¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚·‚łɌ©‚Ä‚«‚½‚悤‚É�A•¨Ž–‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A‰½‚©‚ð‰½‚©‚É”½‰f‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�¶•¨‚ª‚±‚Ì”½‰f‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚±‚»‚ª�A‰F’ˆ‚̈̑å‚È�qŒõ�r‚̈ꕔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�oŒ»‚µ‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�B

ŽO‘ ‚ł͌õ‚͉F’ˆ‚ÌŽž‹ó‚̃Vƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒõ‚Ì�oŒ»‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚©‚çƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä—Ö‰ô‚ª‰i‘±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A

Œõ‚Ì�oŒ»‚Í�A‚¢‚Ü—Ö‰ô‚Ì’†‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹C‚©‚¹‚Ä‚­‚ê‚éƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì—Ö‰ô‚©‚ç—£’E‚·‚邽‚߂̓®‹@‚Å‚ ‚é�B

 

 

�@Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª�l�¶‚ÅŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A“Ë‚«‹l‚ß‚ê‚Î�A‘n‘¢Žå‚ÌŒoŒ±‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚±‚»‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B

ŽO‘ ‚Å‚Í�AŠeŽ©‚̑̌±‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹ŠE‚É‘¶‘±‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘n‘¢Žå‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚é–³�FŠE‚Ì�¶–½‘̂Ƌ¤—L‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‰Â”\‚¾‚ª�A

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚é—�—R‚ÍBrahman‚Æ‚Ì�‡ˆê‚⋤—L‚ł͂Ȃ­�A‚±‚Ì—Ö‰ô‚©‚ç—£’E‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß‚Ékamma‚ÌŽí‚Ȃǂ̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ðŽ�‚ÂŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚é�B

 

‚‚܂è�A–³ŒÀ‚É‚ ‚é�ö�Ý“I‚ȉ”\�«‚ª�qŒ»ŽÀ�r‚ƂȂè�AŒoŒ±‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�¬’·‚·‚邱‚ƂɊñ—^‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏ„‚½‚¿‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽg–½‚Í�A‰½‚Æ‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚±‚Ƃłµ‚傤�B

ŒoŒ±‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�¬’·‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚ð�¶‚¶‚³‚¹‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚é‚Ì‚Å�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð•t‰Á‚³‚¹‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A”r�œ‚·‚é�¬’·‚ÉŠñ—^‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚¾‚Æ�AŽO‘ ‚ł͉ðŽß‚·‚é�B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ŽQ�lŽ‘—¿

Pure Dhamma�@Sōtapanna ‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É

 

�S�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�j‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Æ‚ÅNibbāna‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

�€”õ‚Æ‚µ‚Ă͕s“¹“¿‚È�¶Šˆ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä�A�´‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð‚¨‚­‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚»‚¤‚·‚邯‰½‚ª‰˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A•s“¹“¿‚Ȃ̂©‚ªŽÀŠ´‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪ�uŒ©‰ð�v‚Ȃ̂Å�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�ì‚è�ã‚°‚Ä‚«‚½�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‚è�A�C�³‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½anicca‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚­‚Æ�AЉ–]‚̂Ȃ¢’†—§‚µ‚½Œ©‰ð‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä“¯‚¶“¹‚ð•à‚ñ‚¾�æ’B‚Ì�u‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƌꂵ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é˜b�v‚ð•·‚­‚±‚Æ‚Å�A—â—Á‚Æ‚µ‚½�´™w�inirāmisa sukha�j‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽâ�ÂƂµ‚½‰¸‚â‚©‚³‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪNibbāna‚Ì�‰Šú‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Å‚·�B

 

 

‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É�Z‚Þ‚½‚߂Ɏ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽv�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂·‚ׂÄsankhāra‚Å‚·�B

�Å�‰‚Í�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éapunnābhi�i•s“¿�j abhisankhāra‚Ì•s“KŠm‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邿‚¤“w‚߂܂·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‹‘�â‚·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ÅSotapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚­‚É‚Í�\•ª‚Å‚·�B

ˆê“x‚±‚¤‚È‚ê‚Î�A�´‚ß‚ç‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íapunnābhi�i•s“¿�j abhisankhāra‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ³‚ð’m‚èŽn‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç‘T’è‚Ì�S‹«�ianenjhabhi abhisankhāra�j‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚³‚¦Š´‚¶Žn‚߂邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

‚Í‚¶‚߂Ƀ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŠT—v‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ä�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð�¶Šˆ‚âáÒ‘z‚̂Ȃ©‚ÅŽÀŠ´‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

The Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma

Nibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ªŒˆ‚߂邱‚ƂȂ̂Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃ͌À‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邽‚ß‚É�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÆŽÀ‘H‚ÆáÒ‘z‚Æ�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B

Œã‚Í�uŽž‚ª–ž‚¿‚é�v‚Ì‚ð‘҂‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

 

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚͂܂¸�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B

10‚ ‚éŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�imicchā diṭṭhi�j‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©1‚‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚³‚¦‚Ü‚¾•à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

–¢’m‚Ì–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ̓��[ƒhƒ}ƒbƒv‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B

‰½‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚í‚©‚炸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚ß�A–Ú“I’n‚ª‚Ç‚±‚É‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ¦‚·’n�}‚ª‚È‚­‚Ă͎n‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Sotāpanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B

’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª�Å‚à“‚­�A‹­’²‚µ‚«‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç�Å‚à�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B

 

‚»‚ÌŒã�A�Å�I–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɓ¹‚ð•à‚«Žn‚ß‚é‚Ì‚Í1�l‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·

 

 

Sōtapanna Stage of Nibbāna

The Sotāpanna Stage

Why a Sotāpanna is Better off than any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire

Myths about the Sotāpanna Stage

Anulōma Patilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda – Key to Sōtapanna Stage

Sotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna

Sōtapanna Anugāmi – No More Births in the Apāyā

Four Conditions for Attaining Sotāpanna Magga/Phala

Sotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna

Sammā Diṭṭhi – Realization, Not Memorization

Assāda, Ādīnava, Nissarana

Sakkaya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me) View?

How Does One Know whether the Sotāpanna Stage is Reached?

Akusala Citta – How Does a Sotāpanna Avoids Apayagami Citta

What is the only Akusala Removed by a Sotāpanna?

Uadayavaya Nana 

Micca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage

12. Key Factors to be Considered when �gMeditating�h for the Sotāpanna Stage 

Why do People Enjoy Immoral Deeds? – Diṭṭhi is Key

Key to Sotāpanna Stage – Diṭṭhi and Vicikicca

10. Attaining the Sotāpanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava

Wrong Views (micchā Ditthi) – A Simpler Analysis

11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjanga

Sotapanna Stage and Tilakkhana

 

 

 

ŽQ�lŽ‘—¿

How to Evaluate Weights of Different Kamma

Assāda, Ādīnava, Nissarana – Introduction

The Way to Nibbāna – Removal of Āsavā

Conditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna

What is Intention in Kamma?

 

Supreme Qualities of Buddha, Dhamma, Sangha

The Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them

Lobha, Dosa, Moha versus Rāga, Patigha, Avijja

Evidence for Rebirth

Dhamma and Science�@

Is It Necessary for a Buddhist to Eliminate Sensual Desires?

Conditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna

13. Kammaṭṭhāna (Recitations) for the Sotāpanna Stage

Peace of Mind to Nibbāna – The Key Step

11. Magga Phala via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga

 

Sotapanna Stage and Distorted Saññā

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O�A“Á‚Éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta

ŒÜå]pancakkhandha�i‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì�j‚Ìudayavaya�i�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å�j‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Äanicca‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�uanuloma ñāna�v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‰�‹N�à

Žn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢•‚¶‚ç‚ꂽ“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�A

–³ŒÀ‚̉F’ˆ‚̃VƒXƒeƒ€�ichakkawata�j

‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ�A

‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

 

anicca, dukkha, anatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚¯‚ÅSotapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚é‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢ƒ}ƒbƒv‚ÌŒ©‚‚¯•û‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Ü‚½�AáÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‰ú—¥‚ðŽç‚邱‚Æ‚Æ�A‚ÆŽ©•ª‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̃Rƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª�ðŒ�‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚¤‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�r—§‚¿�AáÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ˜‚¢ˆÓŽu‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͊´�î‚âŽv�l‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚ÄŽÀ‘H‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Ìanicca‚ðŠw‚Ԃ͖̂{‚ð“ǂނ¾‚¯‚ł͉‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BvipassanāáÒ‘z‚Å‚Íanicca saññ₯‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚ðŽ©•ª‚̑̂ɋC‚«‘±‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Aanicca‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚̓_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð’®‚«�AŒ©�A’m‚è�Aޝ‚è�A‘ÌŠ´‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AŽ©‘R‚É—{‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ì�¢‚ªanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚Á‚Ä‚­‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚܂łÌ�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ɕω»‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̕ω»‚ª�I‚í‚邯Samma Ditthi‚·‚Ȃ킿‚±‚Ì�¢‚ð�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

sakāya ditthi�iSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Ì1‚Â�j‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð

‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Ímicchā ditthi�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

micchā ditthi‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì–{Ž¿“I‚È“Á’¥‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 

 

               

31ŠE

ŠE

“`“�

�\�¬‚·‚郂ƒm

Œ»‘㕨—�Šw

“Á’¥

0

‚ ‚Ì�¢

�_

DhammāˆÈ‘O

�â‘Ηë“x

ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª‚O

28�`31

–³�FŠE

�_

dhammā�Agati

ƒ_�[ƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[

•Õ‚­Œ´�‰ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[

12�`27

�FŠE

�_

bhūta

ƒ_�[ƒNƒ}ƒ^�[

ƒvƒ‰ƒ“ƒNŽ¿—ʈȉº‚Ì”÷�ו¨Ž¿

6�`11

—~ŠE

“V

�ׂ©‚¢dhātu

‘f—±Žq�AŒ´Žq�A”g“®

‘f—±Žq‚Æ’†‘wˆÓޝ‚ðŠî�€

5

—~ŠE

�lŠÔ

‘e‚¢dhātu

•¨Ž¿‚Æ•\‘wˆÓޝ�i�S�j

•¨Ž¿‚Æ�S‚ðŠî�€‚É‚·‚é

•\‘wˆÓޝ‚Í•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[

1�`4

—~ŠE

‰ºˆÊ

‘e‚¢dhātu

•¨Ž¿‚Æ–@‘¥

•¨Ž¿‚ðŠî�€‚É‚µ‚½�¢ŠE

 

 

‚·‚é‚ÆŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̎å‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŽ�‚‰”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�ii�jŒ´ˆö‚È‚µ‚É‚·‚ׂĂª�¶‚܂ꂽ�iahētukaditthi�j�B

�iii�j—Ç‚¢–Ê‚àˆ«‚¢–Ê‚àŒø‰Ê‚ð�¶‚܂Ȃ¢�iakiriya ditthi�j�B

�iiii�jŽ€Œã‚͂Ȃ¢�inatthika ditthi�j�B

 

‚±‚̂悤‚È�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�A�«—ˆ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿—ˆ�¢‚Å�Aapāyas�i�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�j‚Ì“]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚éˆö‰Ê�ikammavipāka�j‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•ûmicchā ditthi‚Í10ŒÂ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

�i1�j—^‚¦‚邱‚ƂɂÍkammic‚̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢

�i2�jŽØ‹à‚ð•Ô�Ï‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚È‚¢�i‘¼‚Ì�l‚ª‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂµ‚½‚±‚Ƃɑ΂µ‚Ä�j

�i3�j�¹‚È‚é�l‚Æabhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðŽ�‚Âyogis‚ð‘¸�d‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢

�i4�jŒ´ˆökamma‚ÍŒ‹‰Êvipāka‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢�@�@

�i5�j•ê�e‚Ì–Ê“|‚ð‚݂Ăàkammic‚̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢

�i6�j•ƒ�e‚Ì–Ê“|‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚àkammic‚̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢

�i7�j‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�i�unatti ayanlōkō�v�j

�i8�jParalowa�i–»ŠE�j‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�i�unatti parōlōkō�v �j

�i9�joupapātika�i‘¦Žž‚ÌŠ®‘SŒ`‘Ô‚Ì’a�¶�j‚Ì’a�¶‚͂Ȃ¢

�i10�j‰ß‹Ž�¢‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�¹�l‚Æyogis‚Í‘¶�݂Ȃ¢

 

�i7�j-�i10�j‚Ì�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A

Micca Ditthi, Gandhabba, and Sotapanna Stage‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

paralowa‚Æ‚Ígandhabba‚Æ‚µ‚ĘA‘±‚µ‚½’a�¶‚ÌŠÔ‚É‚ ‚é�ê�Ђł ‚é–»ŠE‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B

Hidden World of the Gandhabba: Netherworld (Para Lōka)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

 

 

ƒL�[ƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�Aƒqƒg‚Ímōha�i“¹“¿“I‚É–Ó–Ú�j‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Åavijjā�i–³–¾�j‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�s“®‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�iapāyas�j‚ł̓]�¶‚ª‚ ‚肦‚ékammā bhava‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚ékammā�isankhāra�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�AƒgƒŠƒK�[‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�Apancanīvarana�i‚T‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚Å‚ ‚銉–]�AŒ™ˆ«�A‘Ó‚¯•È�i–°‹C�j�@ˆÚ‚è‹C�A‹^‚¢�j‚ª�u�S‚𕢂¢�v�A‚Ü‚¾Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l‚Í�A‹­—Í‚Èakusala-mūla PSƒTƒCƒNƒ‹�iŒ»�¢‚Å‹N‚±‚鈫“¿‚̉�‹N�j‚ª”­“®‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Akāmaccanda nīvarana�iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–Ó–Ú‚É‚³‚ê‚é�áŠQ�j‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŽx”z‚µ‚½�󋵉º‚Å‚Í�A�u—Ç‚¢“¹“¿“I”wŒi�v‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚ªƒŒƒCƒv‚ð”Æ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤˜b‚ð•·‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

kāmaccanda‚Í�ukāmaŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy+ icca�D‚«+anda–Ó–Ú�A‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɈ¤’…‚µ‚Ä–Ó–Ú‚É‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‘¼‚Ì�l‚ƈê��‚Ƀxƒbƒh‚É‚¢‚é”z‹ôŽÒ‚ÌŽp‚ÉŒƒ“{‚µ‚½�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĔƂ³‚ꂽŽE�l‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̘b‚à•·‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚é�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�Anīvarana�i�áŠQ�j‚Ì‚Q”Ô–Ú‚Å‚ ‚évyāpada�i‘žˆ«�j‚ª”Þ‚ç‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚𕢂Á‚½‚½‚߂ɋN‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚ª�Å‹­‚Ìnīvarana‚Å‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚à•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚éƒP�[ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bthina middha (‘Ó‘Ä), uddacca kukkucca�i•sˆÀ‚ÌŒp‘±�AˆÚ‚è‹C�j�Avicikicca �i‹^‚¢�AŠm�M‚ÌŒ‡—Ž�j‚Å‚·�B

 

 

 

 Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìpancanīvarana‚̈ꕔ‚ª‰i‹v‚É�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Íapāyas ‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é‹­—Í‚Èakusala-mūla PS ƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ªSōtapanna‚ɑ΂µ‚Ă̓gƒŠƒK�[‚³‚ê‚È‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B

Key to Calming the Mind – The Five Hindrances

‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

magga phala�iŽÀ‚Ì‚ ‚铹�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ägati‚͉i‘±“I‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bmagga phala‚ÌŽ¿‚ª�‚‚¢‚Ù‚Ç�A‚æ‚葽‚­‚̕ω»‚ª‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B

11.ˆÙ‚È‚éƒ^ƒCƒv‚ÌPSƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�APaticca samuppāda Cycles‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�uvipāka‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é�vavyākata PS‚Í�AAvyākata Paticca Samuppāda for Vipāka Viññāna‚Ì‹LŽ–‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�ukammā�¶�¬�vPSƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�A�ubad kammā�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�ugood kammā�v‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é2‚‚̊T‚˂ȃJƒeƒSƒŠ�[‚É•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BAkusala-mūla Paticca samuppāda�h and �gKusala-mūla Paticca samuppāda�h

‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÌŠÔ‚ÅŒ‹‰Ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�ukammā�¶�¬�vPSƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�AIdappaccayatā Paticca Samuppāda‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‘¼‚É‚à‘½‚­‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�d—v‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�󋵂ÅPS‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‹@”\‚·‚é‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

�Å�‰‚Ékāyānupassanā‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è�AŽŸ‚É‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�uanupassanā�v‚É�i‚݂܂·�B 4‚‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŠ®—¹‚·‚邯�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªŠ®—¹‚µ�AŠ®‘S‚É�usammā sati�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŠ®‘S‚É�usammā samadhi�v�A‚‚܂èƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

•‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚Í’Ê�í4’iŠK‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚ÍSotapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·�B

•�¬Šw�Z‚ɒʂ킸‚É’†Šw�Z‚É’Ê‚¤‚±‚Æ‚à�A�‚�Z‚𑲋Ƃ¹‚¸‚É‘åŠw‚̃R�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚é‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A4‚‚̎è�‡‚ðŒn“�“I‚É�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚ÉŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚Æ”­Œ¾‚ð�§Œä‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�ukāyānupassanā�v‚Ì–Ú“I‚Å‚·�B�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

•‚±‚ê‚Í�Akāyānupassanā‚ð�s‚¢‚È‚ª‚瑼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚É�u‚ ‚Ü‚è‘å‚«‚È—˜‰v‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

•‚»‚µ‚Ä�Akāyānupassanā‚ð‚Í‚¶‚߂邯‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃ͌ˆ‚µ‚ĂȂ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‹­�§“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A�Kе‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bƒqƒg‚Í—˜‰v‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚à‚Á‚Æ‘O�i‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è“ü‚ꑱ‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邤‚¿‚É�A‚·‚®‚É4‚‚·‚ׂĂð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Akāyānupassanā‚͂Ȃñ‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚àŠî–{’†‚ÌŠî–{‚Å‚·�B

 

4.�uCakkhu Sutta�iSN 25.1�j�v‚©‚ç�F

–|–ó�F

�u”ä‹u‚æ�Acakkhu‚Æ‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚̈ê‚‚ł ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�Ý’†‚ɂ͗\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•ω»‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�isota�Aghāna�Ajivhā�Akāyō�Amanō‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�j�B

–‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ª‚±‚̂悤‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Šm�M‚Æ�M”O‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�A�M‹Â’Ç��ŽÒ�isaddhānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�¹‚È‚éŠE�isam­mat­tani­yā­maṃ �j‚É“ü‚è�A�¹�l‚̗̈æ�isappurisabhūmiṃ�j‚É“ü‚è�A�^ŽÀ‚ÌŽ©‘R�iputhujjanabhūmiṃ�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚½�l‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í’n�–‚Å�A“®•¨‚ÌŽq‹{‚Å�A‚Ü‚½‚͋󕠂̗H—ì�i‰ì‹S�j‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B saddhānusārī‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�¹‚È‚é’a�¶‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna’iŠK‚É‹C‚­‚Ü‚Å�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚ɃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�jŽ€‚Ê‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

’qŒd‚Å�n�l‚µ‚½Œã�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ꂽ�l‚Í�ADhamma-follower�idhammānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�c�v�iŽc‚è‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Ì�ê�‡‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�j�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�Ä‚Ñapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ­�A�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Samma ditthi

Sōtapanna‚Í�u•Ï‚í‚ç‚È‚¢Ž©ŒÈ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­

2.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�u�°�v‚ª•s•ςʼni‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iƒfƒBƒbƒeƒB�j‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邾‚¯‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O‚ɉˆ‚Á‚½‚à‚̂ł·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ•s‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä‚à�j�B

�¶–½‘̂ɂÍ�u–{“–‚Ì–{Ž¿�v�i�u�°�v‚‚܂è�uātma�v�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚邯�Asakkāya ditthi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚͂Ȃ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B PaticcaSamuppāda‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Alifestream‚Í�i‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or an Ātma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì”Fޝ‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚é‚Æ�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚Í�³‚µ‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚ł͕s‰Â”\‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í”ŽŽm�†‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�¬Šw�Z‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

 

Sōtapanna‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ìsanyōjanā‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚Â�A‚‚܂è�uãJ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚‚Ȃ¬�j�v‚𗣂·‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyās�j‚©‚ç‰i‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�Asammā ditthi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@

ƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh�usammā�v‚Í�usan�v+�umā�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�usan‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A

•�umā hōtijāti�Ajāti�v‚Í�A�uŒJ‚è•Ô‚·�o�¶‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

•�umā mē bāla samāgamō�v‚Í�A�uDhamma‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Ƃ̊֌W‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asammā ditthi‚Ƃ͊Ԉá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ìsammā ditthi‚ðŠl“¾‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 Sōtapanna ‚Í�A“Á’è‚ÌŽž�X‚ÉŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð—D�æ‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�ASakadāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŒ¸�­‚µ�AAnāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Sōtapanna‚ɂ͂ł«‚È‚¢6‚‚̂±‚Æ

 

‚Ü‚¸‘æˆê‚É�AArahant‚¾‚¯‚ª‚¢‚¸‚ê‚Ìdasa akusala�i10‚Ì•s‘P�j‚É‚àŠ®‘S‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ð�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àˆê“x‚̓Rƒ~ƒbƒg‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚ɂ͂ł«‚È‚¢6‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•ê�e‚╃�e‚ðŽE‚·�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽE‚·�AŽß‘¸‚ð��‚‚¯‚é�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Å•ª—ô‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�Amicchā ditthi ‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚·‚é�B

•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚æ‚艺‚Ì�l‚ªdasa akusala‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Å‚³‚¦�Amicchā ditthi ‚¾‚¯‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�œ‹Ž‚µ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Ídasa akusala‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚àŠì‚ñ‚ŃRƒ~ƒbƒg‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�ã‹L‚Ì6‚‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̉”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Key to Sōtapanna Stage – Ditthi and Vicikiccā‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

•s‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð”ð‚¯‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

Dhamma‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A‰ñ”ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ̗˜“_‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ílobha�i“Á‚É‘¼‚ÌŽ�‚¿•¨‚ɑ΂·‚é‹É“x‚Ì—~�j‚Ædōsa�i‘ž‚µ‚Ý�j‚ðŒ¸�­‚³‚¹�Arāga �iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�j‚Æpatigha�i–€ŽC‚‚܂è“{‚è‚â“{‚è‚ÌŒXŒü�j‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

 

 

 

 

”½–Ê‹³Žt‚Æ‚µ‚ẴAƒ‰ƒnƒ“

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð‚Í‚¶‚߂̒iŠK‚É‚àŽŠ‚ç‚È‚¢‚Ì‚É�œ‹Ž‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚È‚¢

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�C�s‚ð�‰�SŽÒ‚ª‚â‚邯ŠQ‚ɂȂé�B

‚¾‚©‚炱‚»•sŠÒ‚ɂȂé‚܂ł͉½‚ð‚â‚Á‚Ă͂¢‚¯‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚𔽖ʋ³Žt‚Æ‚µ‚ăAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚©‚çŠw‚Ô

 

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É‚È‚é‚Æ

“ž’B‚µ‚½‹«’n(‰Ê)

‰ð•ú‚³‚ꂽŒ‹

‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª�I‚í‚é‚܂ł̗։ô

—a—¬

1. —L�gŒ© �@‰ñ˜H‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ª�uŽ„�v
2. ‹^
�i‹³‚¦‚ɑ΂µ‚Ă̋^‚¢�j
3. ‰ú‹ÖŽæ
�iŒë‚Á‚½‰ú—¥�E‹Ö�§‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…�j

‰º•ªŒ‹

�Å‘å7‰ñ�A—~ŠE‚Æ“VŠE‚ð—Ö‰ô‚·‚é

ˆê—ˆ

ˆê“x‚¾‚¯�l‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—Ö‰ô‚·‚é

•sŠÒ

4. —~‚ÌæÃ‚è�iƒJ�[ƒ}ƒ‰�[ƒK�j
5. •®“{
�iáÑœ‹, ƒpƒeƒBƒK�j

—~ŠE‹y‚Ñ“VŠE‚É‚Í�Ăъ҂ç‚È‚¢

ˆ¢—…Š¿

6. �FæÃ
7. 
–³�FæÃ
8. –�,
‚¤‚ʂڂê
9. �{‹“
10. –³–¾

�㕪Œ‹

ŽOŠE‚ɂ͖߂炸—Ö‰ô‚©‚ç‰ð•ú

Source: Ñāṇamoli & Bodhi (2001), Middle-Length Discourses, pp. 41-43.

 

 

 

 

Conditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna

Revised August 3, 2016; Revised November 19, 2018

The following Table shows the conditions to be fulfilled (i.e., factors to be eliminated) to attain each stage of Nibbāna. For example, in order to attain the Sōtapanna stage, three of the ten samyōjana (or the ten fetters) are removed, akusala citta #1, 2, 5, 6, and 11 are removed; also, the apāyagāmi strength in the other citta also removed, etc.

 

ŽŸ‚Ì•\‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌŠeƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚Ì‚ ‚é�ðŒ��i‚‚܂è�A�í�œ‚·‚é—vˆö�j‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A10ŒÂ‚Ìsamyōjana�i‘«‚©‚¹�j‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê�Aakusala citta�”1�A2�A5�A6�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ11‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‘¼‚ÌCitta‚̃Aƒpƒbƒ`ƒƒƒ~‹­‚³‚à�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

3‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚Ísakkāyaditthi�Avicikiccā�Asilabbataparāmāsa

 

Sanyōjana‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyoga�i�usan�v+�uyoga�v�A�uyoga�v‚Í�S‘©‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j10‚Ì�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̂‚Ȃ¬�j�v

vicikicca (tendency to do unwise things due to not knowing the anicca nature).

vicikiccā     vi + chi + ki +iccā‚©‚ç”h�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž„‚½‚¿‚̘c‚ñ‚¾Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�D‚Ý�i�uiccā�v�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A—~‹�‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ăAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�i�uki�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�ukriya�v�j‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�uƒ`ƒƒ�v‚̓`ƒbƒ^‚·‚È‚í‚¿Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iŽv�l�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚Èditthi‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�uvi�v‚𕪗£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·
sakkāya ditthi 
�@�@
�uŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̑̂ł·�v�B‰½‚æ‚è‚à”ü‚µ‚­•ۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
silabbata parāmāsa    
 “Á’è‚̉ú—¥/‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û

 

 

thina middha (frozen or lazy mind) ‘Ó‘Ä,      middha–³‹C—Í‚Ì,‚¯‚¾‚é‚¢

uddacca kukkucca (tendency to do lowly things with high-mindedness),  

�iе�K“I‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ³‚â‰A‹C‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�j

uddacca‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�A—͂₨‹à‚ȂǂÅ�u�Œ‚Á•¥‚¤�v�B

kukkucca‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�A“®•¨‚É‚à“K‚µ‚½�u”Ú‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ�v‚ð‚â‚낤‚Æ‚·‚é�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì“Á�«‚Í—¼•û‚Æ‚à�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�³‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢ŽU�Ý‚µ‚½�S

Issa        j�@�@�@�@ealousy�@�@޹“i

maccariya �@ �@�@�@hiding wealth due to extreme greed�@�@ƒPƒ`

 

 

 

Sanyojana

Asava (Asaya)

Kilesa (Asobhana Cetasika)

Sōtapanna

sakkāya ditthi
vicikiccā
silabbata parāmāsa

ditthāsava

Removed: ditthi, vicikiccā, thina, middha, issa, maccariya, kukkucca
Reduced: lōbha, dōsa, mōha to rāga, patigha, avijjā

Sakadāgāmi

kāmarāga (reduced)
patigha (reduced)

kāmāsāva (reduced)

Reduced: kāma rāga and patigha

Anāgāmi

kāma rāga
patigha

kāmāsāva

Removed: kāma rāga and patigha

Arahant

rupa rāga
arupa raga
māna
uddacca
avijjā

bhavāsava
avijjāsava

Removed: avijjā, ahirika, anatoppa, uddacca, māna

 

 

 

 

Akusala Citta

Anusaya

 

Sōtapanna

1,2,5,6,11
Also removes apāyagāmi strength in the rest

ditthi
vicikiccā

 

Sakadāgām

weakens 9, 10
also weakens kāma rāga in 3,4,7,8

kāma rāga (reduced)
patigha (reduced)

 

Anāgāmi

9,10
also removes kāma rāga in 3,4,7,8

kāma rāga
patigha

 

Arahant

3,4,7,8,12
(see below for a list of akusala citta)

bhava rāga
māna
avijjā

 

 

The ability to commit akusala kamma also is removed in stages as one progresses, and are completely removed only at the Arahant stage. It is important to note that a Sōtapanna completely removes only one akusala kamma, that of having wrong views (micchā diṭṭhi): �gWhat is the only Akusala Removed by a Sōtapanna?�g. But this leads to the removal of many kilesa (mental impurities); see the Table.

Āsava and anusaya are discussed in the post, �gGati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings)�g. Kilesa are discussed in �gDiṭṭhi (Wrong Views), Sammā Diṭṭhi (Good/Correct Views)�g. For a discussion on Dasa Samyōjana, see, �gDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process�h.

 

akusalaƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ðƒRƒ~ƒbƒg‚·‚é‹@”\‚à1‚‚ª�i‚ނɂ‚ê‚Ä’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚ł̂݊®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Í1‚‚ÌakusalaƒJƒ“ƒ}‚Ì‚Ý‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�imicchādiṭṭhi�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚­‚̃LƒŒƒT�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I•s�ƒ•¨�j‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B•\‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Āsava‚Æanusaya‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uGati�iƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[�j�AAnusaya�iTemptations�j�AĀsava�iCravings�j�v‚Ì‹LŽ–‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Kilesa�i”Ï”Y‚ÌŽí�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uƒfƒBƒW�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[�j�AƒTƒ€ƒ‚ƒfƒBƒW�i—Ç‚¢/�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒ…�[�j�v‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B DasaSamyōjana‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uDasaSamyōjana–“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚¨‚¯‚éãJ�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

The 12 types of akusala citta are listed in, �gAkusala Citta and Akusala Vipaka Citta�g. But I thought it would be more explanatory to list them. The numbers below correspond to the numbers  in the Table.

Lōbha (Greedy) Citta (Also has the mōha root)

1. Citta connected with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done with habit.

2. Citta connected with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.

3. Citta NOT connected with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done with habit.

4. Citta NOT connected with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.

5. Citta connected with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done with habit.

6. Citta connected with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done reluctantly.

7. Citta NOT connected with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done with habit.

8. Citta NOT connected with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done reluctantly.

Dōsa (Hateful) Citta (Also has the mōha root)

9. Citta associated with hate, accompanied by  displeasure, done with habit.

10. Citta associated with hate, accompanied by  displeasure, done reluctantly.

Mōha Citta (only with the mōha root)

11. Citta accompanied by neutral mind, associated with vicikiccā (not aware of bad consequences)

12. Citta accompanied by neutral mind, associated with uddacca (unfocused).

 

12Ží—Þ‚ÌakusalaCitta‚Í�A�uakusalaCitta‚ÆakusalavipākaCitta�v‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðƒŠƒXƒg‚·‚é•û‚ª‚æ‚è�à–¾“I‚Å‚ ‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BˆÈ‰º‚Ì”Ô�†‚Í�A•\‚Ì”Ô�†‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Lōbha�iGreedy�jCitta�imō​​ha‚̃‹�[ƒc‚à‚ ‚é�j

1.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚½�B

2.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚â‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

3.Citta‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚­�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

4.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚­�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚Æ�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

5.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

6.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚Æ‚â‚Á‚½�B

7.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚­�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

8.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚â‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

Dōsa�iHateful�jCitta�imō​​haroot‚àŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�j

9.Œ™ˆ«Š´‚𔺂¤•s‰õŠ´‚𔺂¤Citta�B

10.Œ™ˆ«Š´‚𔺂¤Œ™ˆ«Š´‚𔺂¤Citta‚Í‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

MōhaCitta�imō​​haƒ‹�[ƒg‚Ì‚Ý�j

11.vicikiccā‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¤Citta�iˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�j

12.’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¤Citta�B

 

Notes:

1. Even though recent Abhidhamma literature categorize lōbha and dōsa citta as asankhārika (unprompted) and sasankhārika (prompted), in original Abhidhamma, they were not categorized as such.

2. For example, the two dōsa-mula cittā are:

  1. Dōmanassa sahagata paṭigha-sampayutta citta.
  2. Dōmanassa sahagata sasankhārika paṭigha-sampayutta citta.

 

ƒm�[ƒg�F

1.�ŋ߂ÌAbhidhamma‚Ì•¶Œ£‚Å‚Í�Alōbha‚Ædōsacitta‚ðasankhārika�iƒvƒ�ƒ“ƒvƒg‚È‚µ�j‚Æsasankhārika�iƒvƒ�ƒ“ƒvƒg•t‚«�j‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•ª—Þ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒ³‚ÌAbhidhamma‚ł͂»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

 

2.‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A2‚‚Ìdōsa-mulacittā‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

Dōmanassasahagatapaṭigha-sampayuttacitta�B

Dōmanassasahagatasasankhārikapaṭigha-sampayuttacitta�B

�Å�‰‚ÌCitta‚Í�Asaṃsāric‚Ì�Kе‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”­�¶‚·‚邽‚ß�A‚æ‚è‹­—͂ł·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�Ä”R‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�l‚Í�A’Ê�í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‹­—Í‚ÈCitta‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ˆê•û�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚̂Ȃ¢•Ê‚Ì�l‚Í�A�u‹­�§“I‚É�vŽÀ�s‚³‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈCitta‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uŒÀŠE‚É’Ç‚¢‚â‚ç‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«�v�A‚Ü‚½‚Í’mŠo‚³‚ꂽ�uŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy�v‚ª—U˜f“I‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A•s–{ˆÓ‚È‚ª‚ç�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É�u�V‚µ‚¢�u‚³‚ñ�v‚ð‘g‚Ý�ž‚Þ‚©�A�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ðŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�usasankhārika�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Å‚·�B

 

 

 

 

 

Āsava�@�@ˆê”Ô‰œ’ê‚É‚ ‚é•s�ƒ‚Ì“D

Sōtapanna �@�@�@Ditthāsava‚ÍSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚łȂ­‚È‚è

Sakadāgāmi 

Anāgāmi �@�@�@�@Kāmāsava‚ð�œ‹Ž

Arahant�@�@�@�@ Bhavāsāva‚Æavijjāsāva‚ÍArahanthood‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·

 

 

 

—~–]�EЉ–]�irāga�j�@‚Æ“{‚è�ipaṭigha�j�@�@�@�@

Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�iKāma āsava�j‚Ì—~–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚È‚­SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Kāma āsava‚Í�ASakadāgāmi‚Å’iŠK“I‚É�팸‚³‚ê�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Nibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A�u‘e‚¢�vŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�u�Š—L‚·‚é�v‚à‚̂ւ̗~‹�‚ª’ቺ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sōtapanna‹­‚¢æÃ—~�ilōbha�j‚Æ‘žˆ«�idōsa�j‚݂̂ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Kāmarāga‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̈¤’…‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

“Á’è‚ÌŽž‚ÉŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð—D�æ‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�ASakadāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŒ¸�­‚µ�AAnāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Sotāpanna‚Íkāma assāda‚̊댯‚ð�uŒ©‚½�v‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Sakadāgāmi �@‹­‚¢æÃ—~�ilōbha�j‚Æ‘žˆ«�idōsa�j‚ð�í�œ

Anāgāmi �@�@�@rupa rāga‚Æarupa rāga‚݂̂ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Arupa‚Æarupa lōka �i4‚‚Ìrupa jhān₯4‚‚Ìarupa jhānā�j‚Ì jhānic ‚̉õŠy‚ɑ΂·‚é—~‹�‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

“{‚è�ipaṭigha�j‚ɂ͈Ⴂ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B paṭigha‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Anāgāmi‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Akāma rāga‚Æpaṭigha‚Ì—¼•û‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚͉ß�“‚ÈŒ¾—t‚â�sˆ×‚É‹C•ª‚ðŠQ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�A•ñ•œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŒyŽ‹‚³‚ê‚Ä‹C•ª‚ðŠQ‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂¾ƒ}ƒi‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚Ђǂ­ˆµ‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯д‚¶‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚¢‚­‚ç‚©�¬—�‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Arahant �@�@māna‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

Ž·’…

Upādāna�i�uupa�v+�uādāna�v�A‚±‚±‚Å�uupa�v‚Í�u•‚¶‚é�v�A�uādāna�v‚Í�uˆø‚­�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚Í�uˆø‚¢‚ĕ‚¶‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚ª–{“–‚É–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚¯‚ðˆø‚Á’£‚Á‚ĕ‚¶‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ª�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä—Ç‚¢‚à‚̂ƈ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͈«‚¢�l‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä�i•K—v‚Ȃ狭�§“I‚É�j�A—Ç‚¢�l‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ĉç‚Ä‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�A�e‚Æ‹³Žt‚ªŽq‹Ÿ‚Ì�«—ˆ‚ɑ傫‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B

�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�A�u“¹�v‚Ì‚¸‚Á‚ÆŒã‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àNibbāna‚ÌSakadāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Å‚·�B‚Ü‚¸�A”ñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sōtapanna�@�@�@�@�uupādāna�v‚̊댯‚ðŒå‚è�Aapāyā‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é�ň«‚Ì�Kе‚¾‚¯‚É‹C‚«‚Ü‚·

Sakadāgāmi �@�@�@�@�@�uupādāna�v‚ð�œŠO‚·‚é

Anāgāmi�@�@�@�@�@‚·‚ׂĂÌ�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤

Arahant

 

 

 

Š´Šo“I‰õŠy�AƒZƒbƒNƒX,�HŽ–�A

 

Sōtapanna�@�@‚Ü‚¾ƒZƒbƒNƒX‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŒ‹�¥ˆÈŠO‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�«�sˆ×‚É‚Í�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�A�l‚͂܂¾—~–]‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Sakadāgāmi 

Anāgāmi�@�@�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ðŽæ“¾�BƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴​​Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚̂Ŏ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÅŠm”F‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP�B

•�’Ê‚Ì�l‚ª�usōmanassa�v�i�usuva�v+�umanasa�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—Ç‚¢Š´�î�v+�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†�v�j‚Æ�l‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̌´ˆö‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚͈ˑ¶�iˆ¤’…�AŽ·’…�j‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚݂̂ł·�B

‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邱‚ƂƂ»‚ê‚Ɉ¤’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̈Ⴂ‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‘f“G‚ÈŽÊ�^‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ꂽ‚è�A‘f“G‚ȉ¹Šy‚ð’®‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚éƒP�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B

Ž·’…‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ­�u‚à‚̂𖡂키�v‘ÌŒ±‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚鎞“_‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗eˆÕ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚µ‚©’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Arahant

 

�ЗL

Sōtapanna�@�u�Š—L�v‚·‚éˆÓ—~‚Í‚ ‚é�B

Sakadāgāmi ‚Ü‚¾�ukāma assāda�v‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŠì‚Ñ‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�u�Š—L�v‚·‚éˆÓ—~‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚¢‚¢‰Æ‚ðŽØ‚è‚邾‚¯‚Å�\•ª‚Å�A‚¢‚¢‰Æ‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û�ASakadāgāmi‚Í�u•¨‚ð�Š—L‚·‚邱‚Æ�v‚Ì•‰’S‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

Anāgāmi kāma assāda‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚ƂɓÁ•ʂȊÖ�S‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͋󕠂ð–ü‚·‚½‚ß‚É�HŽ–‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚µ‚©‚µ�A’ñ‹Ÿ‚³‚ê‚邯‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ܂·�B�jAnāgāmi‚Í�A‚¢‚©‚Ȃ銴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚æ‚è‚à�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚ð—D�悳‚¹‚Ü‚·�B

Arahant

 

 

“]�¶�@31—̈æ

Sōtapanna�@�@‚Ü‚¾kāma lōka—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aapāyā‚Å‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Sakadāgāmi Sakadāgāmi‚Í�lŠÔŠE‚æ‚è�ã‚̗̈æ‚ł̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Anāgāmi�@�@Ž€‚Ì�Û‚É—\–ñ‚³‚ꂽrūpa—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚µ‚Äkāma lōka‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Arahant�@�@ ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í�Ajhānic‚ȉõŠy‚³‚¦‚à–]‚ñ‚Å‚¨‚炸�AŽ€Œã‚Í31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

 

 

 

ŽO‘Š

Sōtapanna �í�œ‚³‚ê‚é2”Ô–Ú‚Ìsamyōjana‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì–|–ó‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ê‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̋^”O‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚̂悤‚È‹^”O‚ªŽO‘Š‚É‚Ç‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð’m‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B

Vicikiccā‚Ívi + chi + ki +iccā‚©‚ç”h�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž„‚½‚¿‚̘c‚ñ‚¾Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�D‚Ý�i�uiccā�v�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A—~‹�‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ăAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�i�uki�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�ukriya�v�j‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�uƒ`ƒƒ�v‚ÍCitta‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iŽv�l�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚Èditthi‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�uvi�v‚𕪗£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B

 

Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�l‚ªvicikiccā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A–£—Í“I‚È�ðŒ�‰º‚Å•s“¹“¿‚Èapāyagāmi ‚Ì�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚͂ǂñ‚È�󋵉º‚Å‚à‚»‚̂悤‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Í�A‚ǂ̊ˆ“®‚ª•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹^‚¢‚ð•ø‚­‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

anicca‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͈ê˜A‚̉ú—¥‚â‹VŽ®‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ’‰ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚炳͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �¡‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚Í’·Šú“I‚ɂ͎À‚肪‚È‚­�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�[‚­’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽsammā ditthi‚𓾂é‚É‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚̉ú—¥�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚é�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ȂقÇ�S‚ª�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Sakadāgāmi 

Anāgāmi

Arahant anicca, dukkha, anatta‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÍŠe’iŠK‚Å�™�X‚É‘�‰Á‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚ł̂݊®—¹‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B

 

Ž„�uasmi māna�v

Sōtapanna �@�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v‚Ȃǂ̗§�ê‚ðŽæ‚é‚±‚Ƃ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ�u’mŒb‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚é�v�i�udassanēna sampannō�v�j‚ɂȂé�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�u‚½‚¾Œ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Æ�A‚»‚ꂪ�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚ÄŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì2‚‚͈قȂ邱‚Ƃł·�B

Sakadāgāmi 

Anāgāmi‚»‚µ‚Ä�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾māna�i‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̃vƒ‰ƒCƒh�j‚Æuddacca�i‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—D‰zŠ´�j‚ƂƂà‚Éavijjā‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“xŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Asmi māna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚émāna‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg‚Í�AAnagami‚Å‚àŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

Arahant �Å�I“I‚É�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ăAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�uŽ„�v�i�uasmi māna�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�j‚Ì”Fޝ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ìkāma lōka, rupa lōka, arupa lōka�i 31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�j“]�¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O‚É�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚·‚éáÒ‘z‚Í�¶ŽY“I‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�Aanatta ‚ðŒë‚Á‚Ä�u–³‰ä�A”ñŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ƉðŽß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�uŽ„�v‚ÌŠ´�î‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�AArahantƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł݂̂ł·�B

mana ‚Æ uddacca‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚éŒÀ‚è�A�uŽ„�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚͂܂¾‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

sankhāra

Sōtapanna

Sakadāgāmi 

Anāgāmi

ArahantŽÀ�Û�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsankhāra‚ÍŽÀ‚è‚È‚«‚à‚̂ł ‚邱‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂ݔFޝ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¾—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邷‚邱‚Æ‚·‚ç‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚͌ċz�ikāya sankhāra‚Ȃ̂Å�j‚Å‚³‚¦•‰’S‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚邯Œ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B

 

 

—Ö‰ô

Sōtapanna

Sakadāgāmi 

Anāgāmi Anāgāmi‚Í�Adeva‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ðŠÜ‚ß�Akāma lōka‚̂ǂ±‚É‚àŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚Íbrahma‚̗̈æ‚ł̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Arahant�@�@�@“ñ“x‚Æ—Ö‰ô‚̂Ȃ©‚Å�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‰ð’E

 

 

Œ©‚邱‚Æ

Sōtapanna

Sakadāgāmi 

Anāgāmi

Arahant�@�@ This is a cyclic process: when one completes the first round, one starts the next round with enhanced paññā, and can �gsee more�h. The �gseeing�h will be complete only at the Arahant stage.

 

 

 

 

 

The Grand Unified Theory of Dhammā – Introduction

Revised May 20, 2016; December 22, 2018; July 6, 2019; August 21, 2019

1. According to Buddha Dhamma, EVERYTHING in existence can be put into four ultimate realities (paramattha):

These entities described in detail in the Tables and Summaries and  Abhidhamma sections; see, �gAbhidhamma – Introduction.�h

Nibbāna and those other three entities are mutually exclusive (things in this world are absent in Nibbāna); see, �gPaṭha­ma­nib­bā­na­paṭi­saṃ­yutta­ Sutta (Ud 8.1)�h (English translation: �gThe First Discourse about Nibbāna�g).

 

1. Buddha Dhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚Í4‚‚̋†‹É‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ�iparamattha�j‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·

�l‚¦�icitta�j

Žv�l‚ÌŽ¿‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I—vˆö�icētasika�j

•¨Ž¿�irūpa�j

Nibbāna

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽÀŽ¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ATables and Summaries  ‚¨‚æ‚ÑAbhidhamma – Introduction.

‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚ª�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�݂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�ðŒ�•t‚«‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪŒ´ˆö‚Ì‘¶�݂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŒ´ˆö‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì3‚‚̂¢‚¸‚ê‚à”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ•§–@‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�ª–{“I‚Ȉö‰ÊŠÖŒW�iPa andicca Samuppāda�j‚Å‚·�B

Œ´ˆö‚Í�”‘½‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚ł·�BæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A–³’m�A”ñæÃ—~�A”ñ‘žˆ«�A”ñ–³’m‚Å‚·�B

Nibbāna‚Æ‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̖{Ž¿‚Í‘ŠŒÝ‚É”r‘¼“I‚Å‚·�i‚±‚Ì�¢‚̃‚ƒm‚ÍNibbāna‚ɂ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�BPaṭha­ma­nib­bā­na­paṭi­saṃ­yutta­ Sutta (Ud 8.1) �@�@�@The First Discourse about Nibbāna.

2. Nibbāna results with the removal of the three roots of greed, hate, ignorance (rāgakkhyō, dōsakkhayō, mōhakkhayō Nibbānam).

Since it does not arise due to causes, Nibbāna is permanent.

 

2.Nibbāna‚Í�AæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚Ì3‚‚̃‹�[ƒc�irāgakkhyō�Adōsakkhayō�Amōhakkhayō Nibbānam�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½Œ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B

 

•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É�A�Å�‰‚É3‚‚̓¹“¿“I�ªŒ¹‚Å‚ ‚éæÃ—~‚ª‚È‚¢�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚È‚¢�A–³’m‚ª‚È‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�ATilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�usan�v‚Å‚ ‚éæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A–³’m‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚悤‚É“w‚߂܂·�BWhat is �gSan�h? Meaning of Sansāra (or Saṃsāra)�B�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ꂪNibbāna‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B

Œ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”­�¶‚µ‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�ANibbāna‚͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B

 

3. The citta arise and decay at a fast rate: billions of citta can arise and pass away each second. But as we will see in the Abhidhamma section, �gactive thoughts�h occur relatively infrequently in �gfast bursts�h or citta vithi. Cētasika is �gembedded�h in each citta. There are 89 types of cittā in all, and 52 types of cētasikas; see, �gTables and Summaries.�h Thus the mental realm is very complicated.

For an introduction to the mind, see �gAmazingly Fast Time Evolution of a Thought (Citta),�h �gThe Amazing Mind – Critical Role of Nāmagotta (Memories),�h and �gDo I Have �gA Mind�h That Is Fixed and �gMine�h?�h in that order.

3. citta‚Í”­�¶‚·‚邯�A‚·‚®‚É�Š‚¦‚Ü‚·�B–ˆ•b‚²‚Æ‚É�”�\‰­‚Ìcitta‚ª”­�¶‚µ�A�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A Abhidhamma‚ÅŒ©‚邿‚¤‚É�A�u‘�‚¢‚Ђç‚ß‚«�iày—ô�j�v‚·‚Ȃ킿citta vithi‚Å‚Í�uŠˆ”­‚ÈŽv�l�v‚Í”äŠr“I‚Ü‚ê‚É‚µ‚©”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Cētasika‚ÍŠecitta‚É�u–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v�B‘S•”‚Å89Ží—Þ‚Ìcitt₯52Ží—Þ‚Ìcētasikas‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BTables and Summaries‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̗̈æ‚Í”ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�B

 

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�‡�˜‚ÉAmazingly Fast Time Evolution of a Thought (Citta),�h �gThe Amazing Mind – Critical Role of Nāmagotta (Memories),�h ‚¨‚æ‚Ñ �gDo I Have �gA Mind�h That Is Fixed and �gMine�h?‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. Matter (rūpa) constitutes of 28 basic units, of which only four are truly fundamental. However, the smallest indivisible unit of matter is called a �gsuddhāṭṭhaka�g; see, �gRupa – Generation Mechanisms�h and �gThe Origin of Matter – Suddhashtaka.�h These suddhāṭṭhaka have very long lifetimes of a mahā kappa (basically the age of the universe).  Suddhāṭṭhaka are the building blocks of any �gtangible thing�h in this world.

Any saṅkata in �gthis world�h is subject to change. Each saṅkata (basically any material thing) has a lifetime that could be shorter than a second or as long as billions of years (for a star for example).

4.•¨Ž¿�irūpa�j‚Í28‚ÌŠî–{’PˆÊ‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿4‚‚¾‚¯‚ª–{“–‚É�Å‚àŠî–{‚Å‚·�B•ªŠ„‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�Å�¬‚Ì•¨Ž¿’PˆÊ‚Í�usuddhāṭṭhaka�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BRupa – Generation Mechanisms�h and �gThe Origin of Matter – Suddhashtaka‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìsuddhāṭṭhaka‚Í�Amahā kappa�iŠî–{“I‚ɂ͉F’ˆ‚ÌŽž‘ã�j‚Ì”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢Žõ–½‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Suddhāṭṭhaka‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�u‹ï‘Ì“I‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì�v‚Ì�\�¬—v‘f‚Å‚·�B

�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚É‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkata‚Í•Ï�X‚³‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠesaṅkata�iŠî–{“I‚É‚·‚ׂĂ̕¨Ž¿�j‚ÌŽõ–½‚Í�A1•b‚æ‚è’Z‚¢�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚ê‚Î�A�”�\‰­”N‚É‹y‚Ô�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�¯‚Ì�ê�‡�j�B

 

5. Many people confuse �gudayavaya�h or �gformation and the breakup of a saṅkata�h means anything, including suddhāṭṭhaka, is perpetually in flux. They try to tie this with �gimpermanence�h  which they incorrectly translate anicca to be.  In the contrary, a suddhāṭṭhaka has a very long lifetime.

For a discussion on udayavaya ñāna, see, �gUdayavaya Ñāna.�h

5. ‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�uudayavaya�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�usaṅkata‚ÌŒ`�¬‚Æ•ö‰ó�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠÔˆá‚¦‚Ä�Asuddhāṭṭhaka‚ðŠÜ‚ß�A‰½‚Å‚à‰i‹v‚É—¬“®“I‚Å‚ ‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð�u–³�í�i”ñ‰i‹v�j�v‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¯‚Ä�Aanicca‚ðŒë‚Á‚Ä–|–󂵂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Æ‚Í‹t‚É�Asuddhāṭṭhaka‚Í”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢Žõ–½‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

�lŠÔ�A“®•¨�AŽ÷–؂ȂǂÌ�u•¡�‡•¨�v‚¾‚¯‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”Fޝ‚Å‚«‚鎞ŠÔƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚Å•…”s‚ÆŽ€‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‹à‚̉„‚×–_‚Í�A”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢ŠÔ•…‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BDoes any Object (Rupa) Last only 17 Thought Moments?‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

udayavayañāna‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AUdayavaya Ñāna‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

 

6. The �gresult�h of this udayavaya nature of all saṅkata embedded in the Three Characteristics of �gthis world�h: anicca, dukkha, anatta. But anicca is NOT impermanence, and anatta is NOT �gno-self�h; see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations.�h

And all this is due to �gudayavaya�h of saṅkata, all that we experience; see, �gRoot Cause of Anicca – Five Stages of a Sankata.�h

 

6. ‚ׂĂÌsaṅkata‚Íudayavaya‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì�uŒ‹‰Ê�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ª–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aanicca‚Í”ñ‰i‘±�«‚ł͂Ȃ­�Aanatta‚Í�u–³‰ä�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

ŠÈ’P‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�A�ii�j�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Å‚Í�K‚¹‚ȉ½‚©‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚àˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B �iii�j‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽæ‚è—�‚µ‹ê‚µ‚Ý�A�iiii�j‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í–³—͂ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�iƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�AˆÈ‰º‚É�à–¾‚·‚é31—̈æ‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚É‚¨‚¯‚鎄‚½‚¿‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì“Á’¥‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B

‹à‚̉„‚×–_‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽõ–½‚É”ä‚ׂĎÀŽ¿“I‚ɉi‘±“I‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�u–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚é�ó‘ԂɈێ�‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ€‚ñ‚¾‚Æ‚«�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚à‚Ì�j‚ðŽc‚³‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä‚±‚ê‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÍ�Asaṅkata‚Ìudayavaya‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�BRoot Cause of Anicca – Five Stages of a Sankata‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

7. Therefore, there is NOTHING �gin this world�h that is permanent (except �gnāma gotta�g; see below). Everything is constantly changing. That is the fundamental reason why nothing in �gthis world�h will meet one�fs expectations; see, �gSecond Law of Thermodynamics is Part of Anicca!�g.

The only exception is �gnāma gotta,�h which are the permanent records of a given �glifestream�h; see, �gRecent Evidence for Unbroken Memory Records (HSAM).�h That is how one with abhiññā powers can go back and look at one�fs past lives; some children can recall their past lives too. That record is permanent.

 

7.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂ͉i‘±“I‚È‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�ināmagotta‚ð�œ‚­�BˆÈ‰º‚ðŽQ�Æ�j�B‚·‚ׂĂª�í‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚àŠú‘҂ɉž‚¦‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�ª–{“I‚È—�—R‚Å‚·�BSecond Law of Thermodynamics is Part of Anicca!‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

ˆê•”‚Ì‚à‚̂͑¼‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚æ‚è‚à’·‚­Ž�‘±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰i‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰½‚à‚Ì‚à�ðŒ�•t‚«‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŒ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚è”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Α¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚ª�ðŒ�•t‚«‚Å‚ ‚é�A‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B

—Bˆê‚Ì—áŠO‚Í�unāmagotta�v‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚Í“Á’è‚Ìlifestream‚̉i‘±“I‚È‹L˜^‚Å‚·�BRecent Evidence for Unbroken Memory Records (HSAM)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ꂪ�Aabhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚ª‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ð�U‚è•Ô‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�Bˆê•”‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚àŽv‚¢�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‹L˜^‚͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B

8. This world made of citta, cētasika, and rūpa is very complicated. Living beings can be born in 31 realms out of which we can �gsee�h only two realms: human and animal.

Think about the fact that all biological matter arises from just four bases of DNA, and all computer codes based on two units, 0 and 1. Thus, one could see how complex the mind is when there are 89 types of cittā, and 52 types of cētasikas are involved!

 

8.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í�A citta, cētasika, rūpa‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê�A”ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�B�¶‚«•¨‚Í31—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚»‚Ì’†‚Å�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Ì2‚‚̗̈悵‚©�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘ÌŠw“I•¨Ž¿‚ªDNA‚Ì4‰–Šî‚݂̂©‚ç”­�¶‚µ�A‚·‚ׂẴRƒ“ƒsƒ…�[ƒ^�[ƒR�[ƒh‚ª0‚Æ1‚Ì2‚‚̒PˆÊ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂Ă­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚·‚邯�A89‚Ìcitt₯52‚Ìcētasikas‚ÌŠÖ—^‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ƃ͂¢‚©‚É•¡ŽG‚È‚à‚̂Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�I

 

9. Nibbāna, in contrast to citta, cētasika, and rūpa, is UNCONDITIONED. Nibbāna attained by removing all root causes. Thus Nibbāna itself does not arise due to root causes and therefore is permanent.

All causes (and all �ggati�g) removed at the Arahant stage. However, an Arahant lives as a normal human being until death and is not reborn anywhere in �gthis world.�h Let us first examine what the Buddha meant by �gthis world�h in the next section.

 

9.nibbāna‚Í�Acitta�Acētasika�Arūpa‚Ƃ͑Î�Æ“I‚É�A–³�ðŒ�‚Å‚·�Bnibbāna‚Í�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂŒB�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AnibbānaŽ©‘Ì‚Í�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Ì‚½‚߂ɔ­�¶‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A‰i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B

 

Nibbāna‚Í4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ü‚½‚̓Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�iSōtapanna�j�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒXƒŠƒ^�[ƒ“�iSakadāgāmi�j�Aƒmƒ“ƒŠƒ^�[ƒ“�iAnāgāmi�j�A‚»‚µ‚ÄArahant�B

Še’iŠK‚Å�Aˆê•”‚̗̈æ‚Å�o�¶‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚鈫‚¢ƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[‚·‚Ȃ킿�ugati�v‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�BGati, Bhava, and Jāti.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Aniraya‚É“K‚µ‚½‘žˆ«‚Ìgati�A petas�i‹ó• ‚Ì—H—ì�A‰ì‹S�j‚É“K‚µ‚½æÃ—~‚Ìgati‚ȂǂªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚·‚ׂĂ̌´ˆö�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚·‚ׂĂÌgati�j‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ÍŽ€‚ʂ܂ŕ�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚«�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å�‰‚É�AŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚𒲂ׂĂ݂܂µ‚傤�B

 

Thirty-one Planes of Existence

Here is a video from Carl Sagan to get an idea of how vast our �gdetectable universe�h is:

The �gworldview�h of the Buddha is not merely about the living beings on this planet. Our Solar system is one of an infinite number of �gworld-systems�h (planetary systems). In the EACH planetary system with life (scientists have not found even one yet, but they are out there!), there are 31 �gplanes of existence.�h As we find out below, we can �gsee�h only two of these realms: our human realm and the animal realm. Thus our �gworld�h is much more complicated than even present-day science believes.

As some of you may already know, science cannot account for 95% of the mass of the universe, which they label �gdark energy�h and �gdark matter�h; see, �gThe 4 Percent Universe�h by Richard Panek (2011), or do a Google search on �gdark energy and dark matter�h. That is why I say that the Buddha transcended �gthis world�h; see, �gPower of the Human Mind – introduction.�h He was able to �gsee�h the whole of existence: see �gGodel�fs Incompleteness Theorem�h under �gDhamma and Science.�h

The Buddha has described these different realms of existence in many suttā, and a convenient summary is at: �g31 Realms of Existence�g. For a detailed discussion see, �g31 Realms Associated with the Earth�g. In the following, I will use a visual to simplify things a bit and to provide a simple description of Nibbāna with respect to this �gwider world of existence.�h

Imagine a sphere with 31 shells, with a small sphere in the middle. Thus the total volume of the big sphere is filled by the center sphere and surrounding shells. The 31 sections represent the 31 planes of existence. I emphasize that this is just a visual. The reality is different. For example, animal and human realms co-exist. Also, both time and space are infinite.

 

‚±‚ꂪ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�uŒŸ�o‰Â”\‚ȉF’ˆ�v‚ª‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç�L‘å‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂̃J�[ƒ‹ƒZ�[ƒKƒ“‚̃rƒfƒI‚Å‚·�B

Humility - Carl Sagan�@ 4:54�@�@https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o8GA2w-qrcg&feature=emb_logo

 

Žß‘¸‚Ì�u�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚Í�A‚±‚̘f�¯‚Ì�¶–½‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¾—zŒn‚Í�A–³�”‚Ì�uworld-systems�v�i˜f�¯Œn�j‚Ì1‚‚ł·�B�¶–½‚Ì‚ ‚éŠe˜f�¯ƒVƒXƒeƒ€�i‰ÈŠwŽÒ‚͂܂¾1‚Â‚à”­Œ©‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�I�j‚É‚Í�A31‚Ì�u‘¶�݂̊E�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Ì2‚‚̗̈悵‚©�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�u�¢ŠE�v‚Í�AŒ»�݂̉Ȋw‚Å�M‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�B

 

‚²‘¶‚¶‚Ì•û‚à‚¢‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰ÈŠw‚͉F’ˆ‚ÌŽ¿—Ê‚Ì95�“‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�uƒ_�[ƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�v‚Æ�uƒ_�[ƒNƒ}ƒ^�[�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Richard Panek�i2011�j‚É‚æ‚é�uThe 4 Percent Universe�v�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒ_�[ƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ƃ_�[ƒNƒ}ƒ^�[�v‚ÅGoogleŒŸ�õ‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�BPower of the Human Mind – introduction.

Žß‘¸‚Í‘¶�Ý‘S‘Ì‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽß‘¸‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 Godel�fs Incompleteness Theorem�h under �gDhamma and Science.�h

 

“Á’è‚ÌŠE‚É‚¢‚é‘¶�Ý‚Í�AŽ€‚Ì�Û‚É31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�uŽž‚É‹N‚±‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ�ƒJƒjƒYƒ€‚Ì�Ø‹’‚Í—ÊŽq—ÍŠw‚©‚ç�™�X‚ÉŒ»‚êŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�BQuantum Entanglement –  We are all Connected‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Žß‘¸‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȑ¶�ݗ̈æ‚𑽂­‚Ìsutta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A•Ö—˜‚È—v–ñ‚Í31 Realms of Existence�g. , �Ú�ׂÍ31 Realms Associated with the Earth‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�AƒrƒWƒ…ƒAƒ‹‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�A•¨Ž–‚ð�­‚µ’P�ƒ‰»‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢‘¶�Ý‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éNibbāna‚ÌŠÈ’P‚È�à–¾‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

31ŒÂ‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Æ�^‚ñ’†‚É�¬‚³‚È‹…‚ª‚ ‚é‘å‚«‚È‹…‘Ì‚ð‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ă݂Ă­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‘å‚«‚È‹…‘̂̑�‘Ì�Ï‚Í�A’†�S‹…‚ÆŽüˆÍ‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B 31‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚Ì31—̈æ�iŠE�j‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚éƒrƒWƒ…ƒAƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹­’²‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒ»ŽÀ‚͈Ⴂ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A“®•¨‚Æ�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Í‹¤‘¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�AŽžŠÔ‚à‹óŠÔ‚à–³ŒÀ‚Å‚·�B

 

1. The inner 11 shells represent the kāma lōka, where all five physical sense faculties are present.

The sixth through eleventh shells represent the realms of the devā (wrongly translated as gods by many). Devas do not have dense bodies with flesh and blood, and thus, they do not have the physical ailments. They do not generate greedy thoughts.

 

1.“à‘¤‚Ì11‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�A5‚‚̂·‚ׂĂ̕¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Ì‹@”\‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚ékāmalōka‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�Å‚à“à‘¤‚Ì‹…‚Í�A�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚éniraya�i’n�–�j‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚Í“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª�lŠÔ‚ÌŠE‚æ‚è‚à�‚‚¢—̈悪2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�lŠÔ‚ÌŠE‚Í5”Ԗڂ̃VƒFƒ‹‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä–³’m‚ª‚·‚ׂĖ ‰„‚·‚é�ÅŒã‚̗̈æ‚Å‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚·‚ׂĂð”r�œ‚µ‚ÄNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤“_‚Å�A“Æ“Á‚Å‚·�B

6”Ô–Ú‚©‚ç11”Ԗڂ̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�Adevā‚̗̈æ‚ð•\‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ªŒë‚Á‚Ä�_�X‚Æ–|–󂵂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�j�BDevas ‚Í“÷‚ÆŒŒ‚Å•¢‚í‚ê–§�W‚µ‚½�u‘Ì�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A“÷‘Ì“I‚È•a‹C‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍæÃ—~‚ÈŽv�l‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

2.  The next 16 shells represent realms where only two physical sense faculties (eye and ear) are active, in addition to mind. These beings have very fine bodies, even less dense than dēvā. These are called rūpa lōkā.

2.ŽŸ‚Ì16ŒÂ‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä2‚‚̕¨—�Š´Šo‚Ì‹@”\�i–Ú‚ÆŽ¨�j‚݂̂ªƒAƒNƒeƒBƒu‚ȗ̈æ‚ð•\‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¶�݂ɂ͔ñ�í‚É”÷�ׂȑ̂ª‚ ‚è�Adēv₿‚è‚à–§“x‚ª’á‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Írūpalōk₯ŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. The last four shells represent the arūpa lōkā, where beings have ultra-fine bodies and only the mind faculty; they do not have physical senses.

3.�ÅŒã‚Ì4‚‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�Aarūpalōkā‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A‘¶�݂͒´”÷�ׂȑ̂ðŽ�‚¿�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‹@”\‚݂̂ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ɂ͓÷‘Ì“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

4. In rūpa and arūpa lōkā, living beings are in jhānic states, and those beings do not have either greed or hate; but they still have ignorance.

The 16 realms in the rūpa lōka correspond to the four lower jhānā, and the four realms in the arūpa lōka correspond to the four higher jhānā.

4.rūpalōk₯arūpa lōkā‚Å‚Í�A�¶‚«•¨‚Íjhānic�ó‘Ô‚É‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚É‚ÍæÃ—~‚à‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚͂܂¾–³’m‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�lŠÔ‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānic‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�lŠÔ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìlōkā‚É�uˆêŽž“I‚É�Z‚Þ�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BPower of the Human Mind – Anariya or Mundane Jhanas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

rūpalōka‚Ì16‚̗̈æ‚͉ºˆÊ4‚‚Ìjhānā‚ɑΉž‚µ�Aarūpalōka‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚Í�ãˆÊ4‚‚Ìjhānā‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

5. Now, a lot of you may be thinking, �gHow do I know all this is true? Is there any evidence?�h. There are a lot of things we do not know about �gthis world.�h We cannot rely on our senses or even science to verify/confirm these; see, �gWrong Views (Micca Diṭṭhi) – A Simpler Analysis�h and �gDhamma and Science.�h

Furthermore, the newest findings (yet unconfirmed) in string theory indicate that we live in a 10-dimensional world (of course we cannot see the other spatial dimensions), not a 3-dimensional world. For a fun look at different spatial dimensions, see, �gWhat Happens in Other Dimensions.�h

5.‚³‚Ä�A‚ ‚È‚½•û‚Ì‘½‚­‚Í‚±‚¤�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�u‚±‚ꂪ–{“–‚¾‚Ƃǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚΂킩‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H�Ø‹’‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H�vŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠ´Šo‚â‰ÈŠw‚É‚³‚¦‚±‚ê‚ç‚ðŒŸ�Ø/Šm”F‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É—Š‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BWrong Views (Micca Diṭṭhi) – A Simpler Analysis�h and �gDhamma and Science.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‚±‚Ì50”N‚Ù‚Ç‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̉F’ˆ‚É‚Í�­�”‚Ì‹â‰Í‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð‰ÈŠw‚ª”F‚߂܂µ‚½�iŒ»�Ý�A‰ÈŠw‚Å‚Í�”�\‰­‚Ì‹â‰Í‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠm”F‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�I�j�B

‚³‚ç‚É�AƒXƒgƒŠƒ“ƒO—�˜_‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�Å�V‚Ì”­Œ©�i‚Ü‚¾Šm”F‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª3ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł͂Ȃ­�A10ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE�i‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ‘¼‚Ì‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�j‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȋóŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ÌŠy‚µ‚¢ŠOŠÏ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AWhat Happens in Other Dimensions‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

6. Any living being (including each of us) has been in all realms in this beginning-less saṃsāra (or samsāra). We have been in the niraya (hell), and we have been at the highest (except the five pure abodes in rūpa lōka which can be accessed only by Anāgāmi or Non-Returners).

6.‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨�iŽ„‚½‚¿ˆê�lˆê�l‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢saṃsāra‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̗̈æ‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Íniraya�i’n�–�j‚É‚à�A�Å�‚‚̗̈æ‚É‚à‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�iAnāgāmi‚·‚Ȃ킿Non-Returners‚¾‚¯‚ªƒAƒNƒZƒX‚Å‚«‚érūpalōka‚Ì5‚‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚ȗ̈æ‚ð�œ‚­�j�B

 

7. Above the human realm, there is relatively less suffering (except at death, which is inevitable). However, unless one has achieved at least the Stream Entry (Sōtapanna) stage, even a living being in the highest plane can fall to any lower level. Therefore, a normal human is bound to end up in the niraya (hell) at some point; once there one will spend a long agonizing time there and eventually come out. Each of us has done this many times over. The cause of births in different realms is explained in terms of �gkamma seeds�h; see, �gSaṅkhāra, Kamma, Kamma Bīja, Kamma Vipaka�g).

 

7.�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Ì�ã‚Å‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚݂͔äŠr“I�­‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�i•K‘R‚ÌŽ€‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�j�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�iSōtapanna�jƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A�Å�‚‘w‚É‚¢‚é�¶–½‘̂ł³‚¦�A‚æ‚è’á‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É—Ž‚¿‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�³�í‚È�lŠÔ‚Í‚¢‚‚©niraya�i’n�–�j‚É�s‚«’…‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤�B’·‚¢‹ê”Y‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð‚»‚±‚ňê“x”ï‚₵�A�Å�I“I‚É�o‚Ä‚­‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ„‚½‚¿ˆê�lˆê�l‚ª‚±‚ê‚ð‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BˆÙ‚È‚é—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�o�¶‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í�A�uƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�v‚ÌŠÏ“_‚©‚ç�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BSaṅkhāra, Kamma, Kamma Bīja, Kamma Vipaka‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

8. So, each living being moves from one realm to another, but spends the most time in the four lower worlds, mainly because once fallen there, it is hard to come out. This �gsaṃsāric wandering�h is the critical point to think about and comprehend.

 

8.‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚Í‚ ‚é—̈悩‚ç•ʂ̗̈æ‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽå‚ɉº‚Ì4‚‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å�Å‚à‘½‚­‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚É—Ž‚¿‚邯�o‚Ä‚­‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B‚±‚Ì�usaṃsāric ‚Ì•ú˜Q�v‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ð�l‚¦�A—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B

 

9. As one moves away from the center, the level of suffering decreases and the level of mundane pleasure increases up to the 11th realm. After that in the rūpa and arūpa lōkā it is mainly the jhānic pleasures, not the sense pleasures; see, �gThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?�g.

 

9.’†�S‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é‚ɂ‚ê�A‹ê’ɂ̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ÍŒ¸�­‚µ�A�¢‘­‚̉õŠy‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Í11”Ԗڂ̗̈æ‚܂ł͑�‰Á‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�Arūpa‚Æarūpalōkā‚ł͎å‚Éjhānic‚̉õŠy‚Å‚ ‚è�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

10. The human realm and the animal realm are the only ones where a being is born to parents. In all other realms, living beings are born instantaneously, formed fully, within an instant (cittakkhana) of dying in the previous life. That is an opapātika birth. That is why the Buddha said, �gmanō pubbaṅgamā dhammā�c�c�c..�g. The mind is the root cause, not matter.

As discussed in the Abhidhamma section, even the humans and animals start their �gbhava�h opapatically as gandhabbā; see, �gGandhabba (Manomaya Kaya).�h They begin building a cittakkhana �gdense physical body�h after getting into a womb.

 

10.�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Í�A—¼�e‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é—Bˆê‚̂Ƃ±‚ë‚Å‚·�B‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�A‘O‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŽ€‚Ê�uŠÔ�icittakkhana�j‚É�AŽŸ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł͊®‘S‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪopapātika‚Ì’a�¶‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚ª�gmanōƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í pubbaṅgamā�æ�s‚·‚é dhammāƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Å�c�c�c..�g�i–@‹åŒoDhammapada, I. 1 & 2�j‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚è�A•¨Ž¿‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�@�@

AbhidhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Å‚³‚¦�Agandhabb₯‚µ‚Ä‘¦�À‚É�ubhava�v‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�BGandhabba (Manomaya Kaya)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�BŽq‹{‚É“ü‚Á‚½Œã�A‚·‚®‚É�icittakkhana�j�u–§‚È“÷‘Ì�v‚ð�ì‚èŽn‚߂܂·�B

 

11.  A person who becomes an Arahant or attains Nibbāna, will not be reborn in any of these 31 realms. Thus, Nibbāna is not difficult to understand: see, �gNibbāna – Is it Difficult to Understand?�g, and �gWhat are Rupa? Relation to Nibbāna�g, and other posts (by the way, you can type a keyword in the �gSearch box�h at top right to get a list of relevant posts).

When one attains Nibbāna or Arahanthood, he/she looks just like any other human but has no attachments to any worldly things. Until death, an Arahant is subjected to kamma vipāka. When that kammic power is used up, he dies and is not reborn because he/she will not �gwillingly grasp�h (or �gupādāna�g) any of the possible births.

 

11.ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂȂé�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�l‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ANibbāna‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͓̂‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BNibbāna – Is it Difficult to Understand?�g, and �gWhat are Rupa? Relation to Nibbāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‚±‚Ìšg‚¦‚Å‚Í�ANibbāna‚Í31‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚é‘å‚«‚È‹…‘Ì‚©‚çŠO‚É�o‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B 31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ì“]�¶‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BNibbāna‚Í�A�P‹v“I‚Èsukha ‚·‚Ȃ킿nirāmisa sukha‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�ê�Ђł·�B

Nibbāna‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚̂ւ̈¤’…‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ€‚ʂ܂Å�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Íkamma vipāka‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìkammicƒpƒ��[‚ªŽg‚¢‰Ê‚½‚³‚ê‚邯�A”Þ‚Í”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‰Â”\‚È�o�¶‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð�uˆÓŽu‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ĉ¬‚é�v�i‚·‚Ȃ킿upādāna�j‚µ‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A”Þ‚ÍŽ€‚É�A�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

12. Why are we trapped in the 31 realms? Because we perceive that there is happiness to be had in �gthis world.�h We are not aware that there is much suffering in the lower four realms. Many people look at their lives and say, �gwhere is this suffering the Buddha was talking about?�h: It is the hidden suffering that is there not only in this world but mostly in the lowest four realms. The problem is that once fallen there, it is hard to come back up. In those realms – animal realm included – beings are more like robots. They do not have developed minds like humans.

No one or no external force is keeping us in �gthis world�h of 31 realms. Content with sense pleasures, do not see the suffering �gin the long term�h or even in this life as we get old. Thus we are clinging to everything in this world like an octopus grabbing its prey with all eight legs. And we are not aware that there is a better kind of pleasure in Nibbāna, in detaching from �gthis world�h; see, �gThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?�g. (Also, unless a Buddha comes along, we do not know about the 31 realms and are not aware of the suffering in the lower four realms).

12.‚È‚º31—̈æ‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H �u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚É‚Í�K•Ÿ‚ª‚ ‚邯д‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚Å‘½‚­‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A�uŽß‘¸‚ª˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‹ê‚µ‚݂͂ǂ±‚É‚ ‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A�Å‚à‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚É‚ ‚é‚͉̂B‚ꂽ‹ê‚µ‚݂ł·�B–â‘è‚Í�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñ‚»‚±‚É—Ž‚¿‚邯�AŒ³‚É–ß‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚àŠÜ‚Þ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‘¶�݂̓�ƒ{ƒbƒg‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�lŠÔ‚̂悤‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð”­’B‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

31—̈æ‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂƂǂ߂悤‚Æ‚·‚éŽÒ‚âŠO•”‚̗͂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̂ ‚éƒRƒ“ƒeƒ“ƒc‚Í�A�u’·Šú“I‚É�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”N‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ^ƒR‚ª8–{‚Ì‹r‚·‚ׂĂŊl•¨‚ð’͂ނ悤‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂ɂµ‚ª‚݂‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚©‚ç�؂藣‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ANibbāna‚É‚à‚Á‚Æ—Ç‚¢Ží—Þ‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B �i‚Ü‚½�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ª—ˆ‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í31—̈æ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’m‚炸�A‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð”Fޝ‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B�j

 

13. Can we taste Nibbānic �gpleasure�h?. Yes. We can feel it in increments, even below the Stream Entry (Sōtapanna) stage; see, �gHow to Taste Nibbāna.�h That is nirāmisa sukha, the �gpleasure of giving up worldly things.�h

This nirāmisa sukha has �gquantum jumps�h (substantial instantaneous changes) at the four stages of Nibbāna: Stream Entry, Once-Returner, Non-Returner, Arahant. Thus when one is on the Path, one can experience nirāmisa sukha at varying degrees, all the way to Nibbānic bliss, during this very lifetime; see, at the end of �gThe Four Stages in Attaining Nibbāna.�h

13.Nibbāna‚Ì�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚𖡂키‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚Í‚¢�BƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�iSōtapanna�jƒXƒe�[ƒW‚̉º‚©‚ç‚Å‚à�A’iŠK“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BHow to Taste Nibbāna‚ð‚²——‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ꂪ�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚éŠì‚тł ‚énirāmisa sukha‚Å‚·�B

 

‚±‚Ìnirāmisa sukha‚Í�ANibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å�u—ÊŽqƒWƒƒƒ“ƒv�v�iŽÀŽ¿“I‚È�uŠÔ“I‚ȕω»�j‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ª�u“¹�v‚É‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚±‚̈ê�¶‚ÌŠÔ‚Å�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȓö“x‚Ånirāmisa sukha‚ðŒoŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BThe Four Stages in Attaining Nibbāna‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

14. All these 31 realms are in our solar system (cakkavāla or Chakrawāta in Sinhala). They are associated with the Earth. There are billions of such cakkavāla (planetary systems) in existence at all times with living beings.

We have been born in almost all of these realms in our saṃsāric journey that has no traceable beginning.

Continues the discussion in, �gOur Two Worlds: Material and Mental�g, �c�c..

 

14.‚±‚ê‚ç31—̈æ‚Í‚·‚ׂđ¾—zŒn‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í’n‹…‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚ȃJƒbƒJƒuƒ‰�i˜f�¯Œn�j‚Í�A�¶–½‘̂Ƌ¤‚É�í‚ɉ½�\‰­‚Æ‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A�¬‹K–Í�A’†‹K–Í�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘å‹K–Í‚È�¯’c‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�uworld systems�v�i‹â‰Í�A‹â‰ÍƒNƒ‰ƒXƒ^�[�A‚¨‚æ‚уX�[ƒp�[ƒNƒ‰ƒXƒ^�[�H�j‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰i‹v“I‚È‚à‚̂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚Í’a�¶‚µ�A�Å�I“I‚ɂ͖łт܂·�B‰ß‹Ž100”N‚قǂ̊ԂÉ�A‰ÈŠwŽÒ‚½‚¿‚ÍŠe‹â‰Í“à‚ɉ½�\‰­‚à‚̘f�¯Œn‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚µ‚ÄŽ„‚½‚¿‚̉F’ˆ‚ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È‹â‰Í‚ª�”�\‰­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�I

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̗̈æ‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚·‚ׂĂÅ�A’Ç�Չ”\‚ÈŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢�Asaṃsāric‚È—·‚Ì’†‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?

Revised November 16, 2019

All Religions Are The Same?

1. When I hear the common statement, �gall religions are the same, they teach you how to live a MORAL LIFE�h, I cringe. That is because I think about all those people who are unaware of the actual message of the Buddha. In particular, this is the mindset of those who follow �gsecular Buddhism.�h

Yet, even to understand that message of the Buddha, one needs to live a moral life first.

 

1.�u‚·‚ׂĂÌ�@‹³‚Í“¯‚¶‚Å�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‚·‚é•û–@‚ð‹³‚¦‚Ä‚­‚ê‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹¤’Ê‚Ì�º–¾‚ð�AŽ„‚Í‚¤‚ñ‚´‚肵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÌŽÀ�ۂ̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B“Á‚É�A‚±‚ê‚Í�u�¢‘­“I•§‹³�v‚É�]‚¤�l�X‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³‚ª“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•û–@‚ð‹³‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͎–ŽÀ‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A–³�_˜_ŽÒ‚ª�@‹³“I‚È�l�X‚Æ“¯‚¶‚­‚ç‚¢“¹“¿“I‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�Ø‹’‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BMorality in everyday life-Science-2014-Hofmann‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A•§–@‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÍŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ð‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‚¤‚Ü‚­�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A’·Šú“IŒ©’n‚©‚猩‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚Í’N‚ð‚à�•‚¯‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A‚±‚ÌŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Two Paths Described by the Buddha

2. I have made a one-pager, which should be referenced here.

Buddha Dhamma - In a Chart

This chart can be viewed in a separate panel by clicking on �gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and printed for reference. There are a few key things that need explanation first:

Most of these steps (not all) are in other religions as well as in conventional or secular �gBuddhism.�h They describe how to live a moral life. The goal of most other religions is to gain a (permanent) heavenly life at death. In the current versions of distorted �gBuddhism�h also, the joys of heavenly lives are highlighted.  Sometimes one is even encouraged to �genjoy such heavenly lives�h before attaining Nibbāna.

 

2.‚±‚±‚ÅŽQ�Æ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é1ƒy�[ƒW‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�u•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹�v‚Í�A�u•�’Ê‚Ìsammā diṭṭhi�v‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚é�Ô‚¢ƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚ÅŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚̃{ƒbƒNƒX‚Í�Asammā saṅkappa�Asammā�Avaca�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñsammā�@kammaṃta‚Ì‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é/—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‹�‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ð�u�l‚¦�A˜b‚µ�A“¹“¿“I‚É�s“®‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�u•�’Ê‚Ìsammā samadhi�v‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚̂قƂñ‚Ç�i‚·‚ׂĂł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì�@‹³‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A�]—ˆ‚̂܂½‚Í�¢‘­“I‚È�u•§‹³�v‚É‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ð�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³‚Ì–Ú•W‚Í�AŽ€‚Ì�Û‚É�i‰i‹v“I‚È�j“V�‘‚̂悤‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃł·�B˜c‚ñ‚¾�u•§‹³�v‚ÌŒ»�݂̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚à�A“V�‘‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ª‹­’²‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‘O‚É�A�u‚»‚̂悤‚È“V�‘‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�v‚±‚Æ‚ª�§—コ‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

What Is �gGood Birth�h?

3. This misconception in �gBuddhism�h arises because the rarity of a �ggood rebirth�h has not been comprehended; see, �gHow the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the Human Realm�g. This is why the Buddha said, �gno happiness can be found anywhere in the 31 realms�h (which is the true meaning of anicca).

When one is trying to attain that understanding, one is called a Sōtapanna magga anugämi; see, �gSōtapanna Anugami and a Sōtapanna�g.

 

3.�u•§‹³�v‚É‚¨‚¯‚邱‚ÌŒë‰ð‚Í�A�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ÌŠó�­�«‚ª—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɔ­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �uŽß‘¸‚ª�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚̃`ƒƒƒ“ƒX‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚½‚©�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢How the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the Human Realm�B‚±‚ꂪ�u31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�K•Ÿ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�i‚±‚ê‚Íanicca‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�j�B

 

“V�‘‚ł̓]�¶‚ª—ˆ�¢‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A4‚‚Ì�ʼnºˆÊ—̈æ�iapapyā�j‚Å‚Ì�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚̈ꕔ‚Ì”ä‹u’B‚ªŽg‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚錾—t‚Í�A�uBuddha Maithree�iŽŸ‚̃uƒbƒ_ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Åmetteyya�@–íèÓ•ìŽF�@�j‚ÌŽž‚ÉNibbāna‚É�s‚¯‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ă݂܂¹‚ñ‚©�HBuddha Maithree‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É�lŠÔ‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð’N‚ª•Û�Ø‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B’N‚à‚ª‚±‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚Ü‚ê‚È‹@‰ï‚ð—˜—p‚µ‚Ä�A�¡“w—Í‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�I

anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�A�l‚Í�í‚É�P‹v“I‚È“V�‘�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³�j‚Å‚Ì�«—ˆ‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚·‚Ȃ킿“V�‘‚Ì�¢ŠE�i“`“�“I‚È�u•§‹³“k�v�j‚ł̈ꎞ“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð•]‰¿‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�]—ˆ‚Ì�u•§‹³“k�v‚ÆBhauddhaya‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�AA Buddhist or a Bhauddhaya?‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ŽÀ�Û‚É�A’´‰z“I‚È�ilokottara�j‚·‚Ȃ킿�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Í�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚̊댯�«‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚𓾂悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«�ASōtapanna magga anugämi‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna Anugami and a Sōtapanna

 

 

Two Eightfold Paths

In the �gMahā Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)�g, the Buddha discussed that one must first follow the mundane eightfold path. That will remove the ten types of wrong views (micchā diṭṭhi) that are listed in #3 of that post. After that one needs to comprehend the Tilakkhana (anicca, dukkha, anatta) to some extent to start on the Noble Eightfold Path.

 

2‚‚̔ª�³“¹

Mahā Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)‚Å‚Í�A•§‚Í�Å�‰‚É•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹‚Ì“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�A‚»‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�”3‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é10Ží—Þ‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�imicchā diṭṭhi�j‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AŽO‘Š�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. Thus one starts on the Noble Eightfold Path starting with lokottara (transcendental) sammā diṭṭhi of a Sōtapanna (set of blue boxes in the chart). One has seen a �gglimpse of Nibbāna�g, i.e., one KNOWS that permanent happiness is not possible anywhere in the 31 realms and that whatever effort one makes to achieve such happiness is like chasing a mirage.

And one becomes more compassionate towards all living beings (not just humans) because one can see that each living being is suffering because of ignorance of the Buddha�fs key message. One also realizes that one needs to fulfill obligations to others in order to �gpay back old debts�h; one is bound to the rebirth process not only via cravings for worldly things but also via unpaid debts from previous lives.

 

4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A1‚‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ìlokottara�i’´‰z“I�jsammā diṭṭhi�iƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg“à‚Ì�‚¢ƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚̃Zƒbƒg�j‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚é�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uNibbāna‚ðŠ_ŠÔŒ©‚é�v�A‚‚܂è31—̈æ‚ł͉i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̂ ‚ç‚ä‚é“w—Í‚Í�A凋C˜O‚Å‚ ‚éƒ~ƒ‰�[ƒWƒ…‚ð’Ç‚¤‚悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

2‚‚̃P�[ƒX‚Ì�usammādiṭṭhi�v‚̉¡‚̃{ƒbƒNƒX‚̈Ⴂ‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B•½–}‚È“¹‚Ì’†‚Å�A�usammāsaṅkappa�Asammāvaca�Asammākammaṃta�v‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‰ñ”ð‚µ�A—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚ð–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚½�u“¹“¿“I‚ÈŽv�l�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�s“®�v‚Å‚·�B

�¹‚Ȃ铹‚Å‚Í�A�usammāsaṅkappa�Asammāvaca�Asammākammaṃta�v‚Í�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚½�uŽv�l�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A‚¨‚æ‚уAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Å‚·�B•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂɂÍ�uˆÓ–¡‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚Ì‚Å�A�l‚Í•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢�B’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‚±‚Ƃ͎À‚ðŒ‹‚Î‚È‚¢‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­ŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚ß‚É�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ª‹ê‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨�i�lŠÔ‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�j‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚æ‚èŽv‚¢‚â‚肪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A�uŒÃ‚¢ŽØ‹à‚ð•Ô�Ï‚·‚é�v‚½‚߂ɂÍ�A‘¼ŽÒ‚Ö‚Ì‹`–±‚ð‰Ê‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚à”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‘O�¢‚©‚ç‚Ì–¢•¥‚¢‚ÌŽØ‹à‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É�S‘©‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

Noble Eightfold Path

5. The decision to become a Sōtapanna magga anugami (the path to the Sōtapanna stage) can be made anytime after getting to the �gred boxes�h, i.e., while one is on the mundane Eightfold Path.

The key is to comprehend the �gtrue nature of this world of 31 realms�h that the Buddha described. That says it is not possible to achieve/maintain anything that can be kept to one�fs satisfaction (anicca.) Thus one gets to suffer (dukkha), and thus, one is truly helpless in the rebirth process (anatta). This realization itself is like lifting a heavy load that one has been carrying, the first true taste of Nibbāna.

5.Sōtapanna magga anugami�iSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ö‚Ì“¹�j‚ɂȂ錈’è‚Í�A�u�Ô‚¢” �v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Œã�A‚‚܂è�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ”ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Å‚·�B

 

‚ ‚éˆÓ–¡‚Å�ASōtapannamagga anugami‚Í–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ÅBhauddhaya‚Å‚·�BA Buddhist or a Bhauddhaya?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�BTipiṭaka‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�uCūla Sōtapanna�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’PŒê‚ª“¯‚¶�l•¨‚ð•\‚·‚½‚߂Ɏg—p‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŽß‘¸‚ª�q‚ׂ½�u31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚‚܂è�A–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚­‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚é�ianicca�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Þ�idukkha�j‚½‚ß�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ł͖{“–‚É–³—Í�ianatta�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì”Fޝ‚±‚»‚ª�A•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚½�d‚¢‰×•¨‚ðŽ�‚¿�ã‚°‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚Ì‚Å�ANibbāna‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì–{“–‚Ì–¡‚Å‚·�B

 

6. This �gchange of mindset�h for a Sōtapanna is PERMANENT, i.e., it will not change even in future rebirths. One has attained an �gunbreakable�h level of confidence (saddha) in the Buddha, Dhamma, and Saṅgha.

And a Sōtapanna can follow the rest of the 7 steps in the Noble Eightfold Path even without help from others. Thus one will attain the next three stages of Nibbāna (Sakadāgāmi, Anāgāmi, Arahant) successively by following those steps.

6. Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚Ì�u�l‚¦•û‚̕ω»�v‚͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�«—ˆ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚Ä‚à•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽß‘¸�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�u”j‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�M—Š�iƒTƒ_�[�j‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚»‚µ‚Ä�ASannatapanna‚Í‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì�•‚¯‚ª‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�A”ª�³“¹‚ÌŽc‚è​​‚Ì7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽè�‡‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�AŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̒iŠK‚ÌNibbāna�iSakadāgāmi, Anāgāmi, Arahant�j‚à�Aˆø‚«‘±‚¢‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

Mundane Eightfold Path

7. In the Maha Chattarisaka Sutta, the Buddha outlined how one needs to first follow the mundane (�glokiya�g) Eightfold Path; see, �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)�g. This is a first NECESSARY step in order to get rid of the worse kinds of �ggunk�h that has been built up over countless lives.

 

7. Maha Chattarisaka Sutta‚ÌŽß‘¸‚Í�A•½–}‚È�i�ulokiya�v�j”ª�³“¹‚ð�Å�‰‚É‚½‚Ç‚é•û–@‚ðŠT�à‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)‚ðŽQ�Æ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�”‚¦‚«‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̗։ô‚Å’~�Ï‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½�Aˆ«‚¢�u‚­‚¸�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚߂ɕK—v‚È�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B

 

‰½•S”N‚à‚ÌŠÔ‰B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½Žß‘¸‚̃†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B�¡“ú‚ÉŠµ�K“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚Ì•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�¡“úŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�u•§‹³�v‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B

‚±‚Ì‚»‚Ì•\–Ê“I‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�¢‘­“I‚È�v•§‹³‚Í�A‘¼‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ©‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚ê‚قLjႢ‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l�X‚ª�u•§‹³�v‚Ì•½–}‚ÈŠT”O‚É‹¤–‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASammā Diṭṭhi‚Í�A�u“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•û–@�v‚Ì�u�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�‰‚É•K—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Å“¹“¿“I�s“®‚̉¶Œb‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè�i�uniramisa sukha�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å�BHow to Taste NibbānaŽQ�Æ�j�Aanicca, dukkha, anatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‰i‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚ð‹�‚ß‚Ä�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É�æ‚è�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

The Sōtapanna Stage

Revised February 24, 2020

It is imperative to learn the correct Dhamma from an Ariya in order to attain the Sōtapanna stage (one of the four requirements); see, �gFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala�g. We will discuss a simile for attaining the Sōtapanna stage in that regard. The Sabbāsava Sutta is briefly discussed to show the importance of removing wrong views first.

 

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�i4‚‚̗vŒ�‚Ì1‚Â�j‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AAriya‚©‚ç�³‚µ‚¢ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚Ì“_‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̚g‚¦‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Sabbāsava Sutta‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ�A‚Ü‚¸ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Ì�d—v�«‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

A Simile for Sammā Diṭṭhi (attaining the Sōtapanna Stage)

1. Suppose a man lives in an area that is normally full of sense pleasures. But there are occasional flooding, droughts, and also Earthquakes. When such calamities occur, he gets distraught and thus his mind is not at ease most of the time.

2. Then one day, an old friend (who has been on travel for many years) comes back and tells him that the reason he left was to find a better place to live. The friend says that he did some research and found out that this land is inherently unstable and within several years is going to be destroyed in an Earthquake.

3. The man tells the friend that he had heard about such wonderful places from other people before. He had followed them at times, but every time came back after trekking for some time because he could not see any benefit. Plus, he says, �ghow do I know what you say is right? I know that everything is not perfect here, but can you show evidence for your theory that there is going to be a big Earthquake? Also, how can I believe you that this place you found is so wonderful?�h

4. The friend shows him all the evidence that he had gathered why this area is unsuitable for living in the long run. He also shows evidence about the prosperity of the new place and also describes him the travel path.

5. The man spends a lot of time reading about and contemplating on all the evidence that he received. Then he begins to realize that what the friend is saying is true. He decides to take an exploratory trip on that path and makes suitable preparations as suggested by the friend.

6. He starts on the trip and is encouraged by seeing some �glandmarks�h that the friend told him about. Even though once in a while he thinks about all the �gpleasures�h he could have had if he stayed home, these �glandmarks�h give him encouragement to go further and then reaches one of the four �gmajor stopovers�h that the friend told about.

7. Thus it is very important to first find out all about what the goal is (Nibbāna), correct instructions to get there (the Path), and most of all why it is not profitable or wise to stay home (i.e., to stay in �gthis world�h). The last one is the critical one to comprehend first because unless one sees the dangers of the status quo, one will not be motivated to take action (to start on the Path).

8. Realizing the inherent instability of �gthis world�h is the true understanding of the Three Characteristics: anicca, dukkha, anatta. He realizes that there is no point in the current struggle in trying to make permanent peace in a place (�gthis world�h) which is inherently not set up to provide that relief (see, �gThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma�h). And that Nibbāna means ultimate, permanent peace of mind. Just this realization leads to the �gpoint-of-no-return�h, the Sōtapanna stage.

9. One day the Buddha asked Ven. Sariputta to clarify what is meant by �gsōta�h and �gSōtapanna�g. Ven. Sariputta said, �gsōta�h is the Noble Eightfold Path, and a �gSōtapanna�h is one who follows the path correctly. To follow the Path, the first one needs to have a map or the layout of �gour existence�h.

10. After attaining the Sōtapanna stage, he KNOWS what needs to be done and HOW it is to be done. Then he diligently follows the Path and attains the next three stages, culminating in Nibbāna.

 

1.�lŠÔ‚ª’Ê�í�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɖž‚¿‚½’nˆæ‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‰¼’肵‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽž�Ü�^�…�Aб‚΂Â�A‚³‚ç‚ɂ͒n�k‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�Г‹N‚±‚邯�A”Þ‚ÍŽæ‚è—�‚µ�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A”Þ‚Í‚¢‚­‚ç‚©•x‚ð’~�Ï‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉œ‚Å‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚É‚Í�u‚·‚ׂĂª‘å�ä•v‚¾�v‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

2.‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚ ‚é“ú�A�i’·”N—·�s‚É�o‚©‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�jŒÃ‚¢—F�l‚ª–ß‚Á‚Ä‚«‚Ä�A”Þ‚ª‹Ž‚Á‚½—�—R‚Í‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢�Z‹�‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邽‚ß‚¾‚Á‚½‚Ɣނɘb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B—F�l‚ª‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì’²�¸‚ð�s‚Á‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë�A‚±‚Ì“y’n‚Í–{Ž¿“I‚É•sˆÀ’è‚Å‚ ‚è�A�””NˆÈ“à‚É’n�k‚Å”j‰ó‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂ邱‚Ƃ𔭌©‚µ‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�A”Þ‚Í”ñ�í‚ɔɉh‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�Š‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯�A�^�…�Aб‚΂Â�A‚Ü‚½‚Í’n�k‚Ì�S”z‚ª‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�ê�Š‚Ö‚Í’·—·‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

3.’j‚Í—F�l‚É�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‘f�°‚炵‚¢�ê�Š‚É‚Â‚¢‚ĈȑO‚É‘¼‚Ì�l‚©‚ç•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚邯˜b‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚ÅŽž�X�A‚»‚¤‚¢‚¤�l‚½‚¿‚ð’Ç�Õ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‰½‚Ì—˜“_‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚¢‚‚łàƒgƒŒƒbƒLƒ“ƒO‚ÌŒã‚ɂ͌³‚É–ß‚Á‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚³‚ç‚É�A”Þ‚ÍŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚·‚ׂĂªŠ®àø‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃ͒m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘å‚«‚È’n�k‚ª”­�¶‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤—�˜_‚â�Ø‹’‚ðŽ¦‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚Ü‚½�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ªŒ©‚‚¯‚½�ê�Š‚ª‚ƂĂà‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚Ƃǂ¤‚µ‚Ä�M‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v

4.—F�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì’nˆæ‚ª’·Šú“I‚É�¶‚«‚é‚̂ɓK‚³‚È‚¢—�—R‚ðŽû�W‚µ‚½�Ø‹’‚ð‚·‚×‚Ä”Þ‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”ނ͂܂½�A�V‚µ‚¢�ê�Š‚Ì”É‰h‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�Ø‹’‚ðŽ¦‚µ�A‚Ü‚½”Þ‚É—·˜H‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�Ø‹’‚É‚Í�à“¾—Í‚ª‚ ‚è�A’j‚Í—F�l‚Ì�•Œ¾‚É�]‚¢�A—·˜H‚ª‚Ç‚±‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃɂµ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ÍSōtapanna Magga Anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚ƂɎ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

5.’j‚Í‘½‚­‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ä�AŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚½‚·‚ׂĂÌ�Ø‹’‚ɂ‚¢‚ēǂÝ�A�n�l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚ç”Þ‚Í—F�l‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª–{“–‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B”Þ‚Í‚»‚Ì“¹‚ð’T�õ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒˆ‚ß�A—F�l‚Ì’ñˆÄ‚É�]‚Á‚Ä“K�Ø‚È�€”õ‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Žž�X�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�€”õ‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂªŽžŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂɂȂé‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚Ɣނ͎v‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Ø‹’‚ð•]‰¿‚µ‘±‚¯‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A”Þ‚Í‚»‚Ì—·‚É�o‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·Šm�M‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

6.”Þ‚Í—·�s‚ðŽn‚ß�A—F�l‚ª”Þ‚ÉŒ¾‚Á‚½‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì�uƒ‰ƒ“ƒhƒ}�[ƒN�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃŗã‚Ü‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‰Æ‚É‚¢‚ê‚Γ¾‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚·‚ׂĂÌ�u‰õŠy�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚½‚܂ɔނÍ�l‚¦‚邯‚«‚à‚ ‚邪�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u–Úˆó�v‚͔ނɂ³‚ç‚É�i‚ނ悤‚É—ã‚Ü‚µ�A—F�l‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½4‚‚Ì�uŽå—v‚È“r’†—§‚¿Šñ‚è�Š�v‚Ì1‚‚ɓž’B‚·‚é�B

”Þ‚ª‚»‚Ì—§‚¿Šñ‚è�Ђɒ…‚­‚Æ�A”Þ‚Í—F�l‚ÌŒ‹˜_‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠ®‘S‚ÉŠm�M‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�¡‚̔ނ͖߂邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B

7.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚É–Ú•W‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©�iNibbāna�j�A‚»‚±‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚­‚½‚ß‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Žwަ�i“¹�j�A‚»‚µ‚ĉ½‚æ‚è‚à�A‰Æ‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ�i‚‚܂è�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚»‚̂܂܂ł¢‚邱‚Æ�j‚ª‚È‚º“K�Ø‚Å‚àŒ«–¾‚Å‚à‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ©‚‚¯�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ÅŒã‚Ì1‚‚͂ªƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å�AŒ»�ó‚̊댯�«‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�s“®‚ð‹N‚±‚·ˆÓ—~‚ª‚łȂ¢�i“¹‚ð•à‚«Žn‚ß‚é�j‚±‚Æ‚ð�Å�‰‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B

8.�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̌ŗL‚Ì•sˆÀ’è�«‚ðŽÀŠ´‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A3‚‚̓Á�«�ianicca, dukkha, anatta�j‚Ì�^‚Ì—�‰ð‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í�A–{Ž¿“I‚É‹~�Ï‚ª�ݒ肳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�Š�i‚‚܂è�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v�j‚Å�P‹v“I‚È•½˜a‚ð�ì‚낤‚Æ‚·‚錻�݂̓¬‘ˆ‚ɂ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚·�i�uƒOƒ‰ƒ“ƒhƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì“�ˆê—�˜_�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�j�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�ANibbāna‚Ƃ͋†‹É‚Ì�A‰i‘±“I‚È�S‚Ì•½ˆÀ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽÀŠ´‚¾‚¯‚ª�A�uŒ³‚É–ß‚ç‚È‚¢’n“_�v‚É“±‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B

 

9.‚ ‚é“ú�AŽß‘¸‚ÍSariputta‘¸ŽÒ‚É�usōta�v‚Æ�usōtapanna �v‚̈Ӗ¡‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�q‚˂܂µ‚½�B ƒTƒŠƒvƒbƒ^‚Í�A�usōta�v‚Í�¹‚È‚é8‚‚̓¹‚Å‚ ‚è�A�usōtapanna�v‚Í‚»‚Ì“¹‚ð�³‚µ‚­‚½‚Ç‚éŽÒ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚É‚Í�A�Å�‰‚É’n�}�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¶�Ý�v‚̃ŒƒCƒAƒEƒg‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÌŒÀ‚ç‚ê‚½Š´Šo‚Ì”\—͂Ŋ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚È�¢ŠE‚Ì‚²‚­ˆê•”‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‰ÈŠw‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚½‚炳‚ꂽ‹Z�p‚Ì�i•à‚É‚æ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚ð‚à‚¤�­‚µŒ©Žn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚à‘S‘Ì‘œ‚̂قñ‚̂킸‚©‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B

‘S‘Ì‘œ‚Í”ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚·‚ׂĂðŠw‚Ô•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽžŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�AAbhidhamma‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A�Ú�ׂðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j�BŽß‘¸‚Í‚±‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì‘¶�݂̖{Ž¿‚ð3‚‚̓Á’¥�iTilakkhana�j‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚É‹Ã�k‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì“Á�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�æ‚ɉ½‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ɑ΂µ‚ĉ½‚ð‚·‚×‚«‚©‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Å‚ ‚éSammāDiṭṭhi‚ÅSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

10. SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã�A”ނ͉½‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤‚Ì‚©‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A”Þ‚Í”M�S‚É“¹‚ð�i‚Ý�AŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ�ANibbāna‚Å�Å�‚’ª‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

The Way to the Sōtapanna Stage

The key here is that without knowing about the Buddha�fs world view (31 realms of existence and the suffering in the four lower realms, see �gThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma�g), one does not comprehend the �gsaṃsāric suffering�h; most suffering is incurred when one is born in any of the four lowest realms. This is important because it is possible that (especially young and wealthy people) may not experience that much physical and mental suffering in this life. And in order to have faith in the Buddha�fs world view, one needs to spend some time examining the evidence for it.

 

‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ�i31—Ìˆæ‚Æ4‚‚̉ºˆÊ—̈æ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�u‘s‘å‚È“�ˆê—�˜_�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�u”ߎS‚ȋꂵ‚Ý�v‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B�Å‚à‹ê‚µ‚Þ‚Ì‚Í�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å“]�¶‚µ‚½Žž‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶�i“Á‚ÉŽá‚­‚Ä—T•Ÿ‚È�l�X�j‚Å‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚­‚Ì“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚у�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚È‚¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚ÄŽß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð�M—Š‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A‚»‚Ì�Ø‹’‚𒲂ׂ邽‚߂ɎžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

1. When one clearly sees why it is not fruitful to stay in �gthis world�h of 31 realms, he/she has understood the true nature, the three characteristics anicca, dukkha, anatta, of �gthis world�h.

This clear vision or Sammā Diṭṭhi itself (the realization that there is nothing �gsubstantial�h to be had by staying in �gthis world�h), makes the mind to determine that there is no point in doing immoral things (those that cause rebirth in the four lower realms).

 

1. 31—̈æ‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂƂǂ܂邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚º—LˆÓ‹`‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚©‚𖾊m‚ÉŒ©‚邯�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚Ì–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿Sammā DiṭṭhiŽ©‘Ì�i�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂƂǂ܂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä“¾‚ç‚ê‚é�uŽÀŽ¿“I‚È�v‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŽÀŠ´�j‚ª�A•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ�i4‚‚̉ºˆÊ—̈æ‚É“]�¶‚·‚錴ˆö‚é�j‚ɂ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ”»’f‚³‚¹‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. We strive to gain or own �gthings�h in this world because we perceive that we can achieve happiness eventually; this is sakkāya diṭṭhi or sathkāya diṭṭhi (both �gsakka�h and �gsath�h mean �ggood�h or fruitful, and �gkāya�h means �gkriya�h or actions; diṭṭhi means wrong view: thus both these mean our wrong view that our actions to acquire �gthings�h or to �gseek happiness�h are good and fruitful.

When one truly understands anicca, dukkha, anatta, this wrong view is removed. One realizes that nothing we do can lead to permanent happiness �gin this world�h.

 

2.�Å�I“I‚É�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å�u‚à‚Ì�v‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚Ȃ킿�Š—L‚·‚邿‚¤‚É“w‚߂܂·�B‚±‚ê‚Ísakkāya diṭṭhi‚·‚Ȃ킿sathkāya diṭṭhi�i�usakka�v‚Æ�usath�v‚Í�u—Ç‚¢�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽÀ‚肪‚ ‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�ukāya�v‚Í�ukriya�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�s“®�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�Adiṭṭhi‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �u‚à‚Ì�v‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚é�s“®�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�K•Ÿ‚ð‹�‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͗ǂ¢‚±‚ƂŎÀ‚è‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚͂Ȃ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͉½‚à�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̉i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢‚±‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. Furthermore, for one who has clearly seen anicca, dukkha, anatta, the mind does not allow serious wrongdoings (vici + ki+ichcha = liking for wrong actions or things) that could lead to birth in the lower four realms; there is no doubt regarding the �gworld vision�h that he/she realized. Thus vicikicca, or the liking for unfruitful and harmful actions, is removed at the Sōtapanna stage.

3.‚³‚ç‚É�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚𖾊m‚ÉŒ©‚½�l‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͉ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�[��‚È•s�³�sˆ×�ivici + ki + ichcha =ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚â•¨Ž–‚ð�D‚Þ�j‚ð‹–‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚ªŽÀŠ´‚µ‚½�u�¢ŠE‚̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚É‹^‚¢‚Ì—]’n‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Avicikicca�A‚·‚Ȃ킿ŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢—LŠQ‚È�s“®‚ւ̕Έ¤‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. It is clear that all that is needed to be done is to contemplate the true nature of the world. It is done by purifying the mind, and cannot be done just by following certain rituals, such as just obeying precepts on certain days.

Thus the idea of �gsīlabbata paramasa�h or �gNibbāna can be attained by following rituals�h is removed at the Sōtapanna stage. One realizes what the Buddha said by �gsaṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ�g, i.e., �gsīla�h or moral behavior is achieved by the constraint of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, at ALL TIMES, not by �gobserving precepts�h for a day or even several days.

 

4.‚â‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚邱‚ƂȂ̂Å�A“Á’è‚Ì“ú‚̉ú—¥‚â‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚¾‚¯‚Å�n�l‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�usīlabbata paramasa�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uNibbāna‚Í‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�usaṃvaraṭṭhenasīlaṃ�v�A‚‚܂è�usīla�v‚·‚Ȃ킿“¹“¿“I�s“®‚Æ‚Í�A1“ú‚â�”“úŠÔ‚Ì�u‰ú—¥‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�v‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A�펞‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä–Ú�Aލ�A•@�A�ã�A‘Ì�A�S‚Ì�§–ñ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽß‘¸‚ª�à‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

5. For one who has become �gdassanā sampanno�h (one with true and clear vision), the mindset changes not by following formal procedures, but by understanding the futility of breaking any precepts or wrongdoings. Even if one does a wrong act, the mistake is realized and one takes care to avoid it.

 

5.�udassanā sampanno�v�i�^ŽÀ‚Å–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�j‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A�l‚¦•û‚ªŒ`Ž®“I‚ÈŽè�‡‚É�]‚¤‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A‰ú—¥‚â•s�³‚ð”Æ‚·‚±‚Ƃ̖³‰v‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ĕςí‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AŠÔˆá‚¢‚É‹C‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚æ‚¤‚É‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

 

6. Please keep in mind that this is not to discourage people from observing precepts as a formality. This is a good thing to do for those who are starting on the Path, and also a good habit to create in children. It is customary in Buddhist countries for whole families to go to the temple and observe �gpañca sīla�h (five precepts) or �gaṭṭhaṅgika sīla�h (eight precepts) on Poya (Full Moon) days.

 

6.‚Ç‚¤‚¼‚±‚ê‚Í�l�X‚ª‰ú—¥‚ðŒ`Ž®“I‚È‚à‚̂Ƃ݂邱‚Æ‚ð‚â‚ß‚³‚¹‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A“¹‚ð•à‚«Žn‚ß‚½�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—Ç‚¢‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�AŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚Ì‘n‘¢‚É‚à—Ç‚¢�Kе‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•§‹³‚Ì�‘‚Å‚Í�A‰Æ‘°‘Sˆõ‚ªŽ›‰@‚É�s‚Á‚Ä�APoya�i–žŒŽ�j‚Ì“ú‚É�upañcasīla�v�i5‚‚̉ú—¥�j‚Ü‚½‚Í�uaṭṭhaṅgikasīla�v�i8‚‚̉ú—¥�j‚ðŽç‚é‚Ì‚ª�Kе‚Å‚·�B

 

Key Points from the Sabbāsava Sutta (MN 2)

The key to attaining Nibbāna is to remove the āsavā (residue from the fermentation of bad thoughts/habits over many saṃsāric births). This will be discussed under the key Dhamma Concepts.

In the Sabbāsava Sutta, the Buddha listed seven steps to remove the āsavā and to purify the mind thus paving the way to Nibbāna.  These seven steps are listed below:

Nibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̌®‚Í�Aāsavā�i‘½‚­‚Ì“]�¶‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉ«ˆÓ‚Ì‚ ‚éŽv�l/�Kе‚ƂȂÁ‚½ŽcŸæ�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŽå—v‚ÈDhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sabbāsava Sutta‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Íāsavā‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð—ñ‹“‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚µ‚ÄNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ðŠJ‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ðˆÈ‰º‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

1. Removal by clear vision (�gdassanā pahātabbā�h, where dassana is vision and pahātabbā is removal). This is a clear understanding of anicca, dukkha, anatta.

2. Removal by the restrained use of the senses (�gsaṃvarā pahātabbā�h, where saṃvara is the disciplined use of the sense faculties: not to over-indulge in the senses).

3. Removal by good and frequent associations (�gpaṭisevanā pahātabbā�h, where sevana is an association: for example, with good friends and good deeds).

4. Removal by tolerance and patience (�gadhivāsanā pahātabbā�h). For example, even if one is tempted to steal because one is hungry, one should contemplate the consequences and bear the hunger.

5. Removal by staying clear of �gbad influences and environments�h (�gparivajjanā pahātabbā�h). One needs to avoid bad friends, bad locations for living (due to floods, bad neighbors, etc), avoiding unsuitable times to go out, etc.

6. Removal by getting rid of certain things (�gvinodanā pahātabbā�h). One needs to get rid of bad thoughts that come to mind, for example, for excessive sensory pleasure, hate, etc.

7. Removal by meditation (�gbhāvanā pahātabbā�h). When one has a clear vision in #1, it becomes apparent what to contemplate.

1.–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�i�udassanāƒ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“pahātabbā�œ‹Ž�v‚±‚ê‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–¾Šm‚È—�‰ð‚Å‚·�B

2.Š´Šo‚Ì�§ŒÀ‚³‚ꂽŽg—p‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�isaṃvara‚ÍŠ´Šo‚Ì‹@”\‚Ì‹K—¥‚ ‚éŽg—p�FŠ´Šo‚ɉߓx‚É’^‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�j�B

3.‘P‚É•p”ɂɊւí‚è‚É‚æ‚é�í�œ�i�upaṭi�{sevanāŠÖ‚í‚è�v�@�@‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A—Ç‚«—F�l‚â‘P‚¢�s‚¢‚Ƃ̊ւí‚è�j

4.”E‘ςɂæ‚é�œ‹Ž�uadhivāsanā�v‹ó• ‚Ì‚½‚߂ɓ�‚Þ—U˜f‚É‹ì‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚àŒ‹‰Ê‚ð�n�l‚µ�A‹ó• ‚ɑς¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

5.ˆ«‚¢‰e‹¿‚Ɗ‹«‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ä�í�œ�iparivajjanā�jˆ«‚¢—F’B�A�Z‹��ê�Š�i�^�…�A—×�l‚Ȃǂɂæ‚é�j•s“K�؂ȎžŠÔ‚ð”ð‚¯‚é�B

6.“Á’è‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­�ivinodanāpah�j‰ß“x‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy�A‘žˆ«‚È‚Ç�A“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ôˆ«‚¢�l‚¦‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

7.áÒ‘z‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�ibhāvanā�j �”1‚Ì–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚ ‚邯�A‰½‚ð�l‚¦‚ê‚΂悢‚©‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

The clear vision is the first on the list. Just like one should not undertake a journey without learning about the destination, the path, and the reason for the journey, one needs to start getting rid of  by first having a clear vision of the Buddha�fs world view (see, �gThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma�g) and understanding what these āsavā are and how they arise. More on this topic will be discussed in the �gKey Dhamma Concepts�h section.

The diṭṭhāsava is removed by the Sōtapanna through clear vision. Once one understood the true nature of �gthis world�h by contemplating on anicca, dukkha, anatta, one would not commit any immoral acts to gain anything in �gthis world�h; see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta�g. This alone saves one from future rebirths in the lower four realms.

The other five steps listed in the Sabbāsava Sutta, as one can clearly see, are common sense things to do. They need to be followed at any stage. Actually those steps can be used by anyone to enhance the quality of life and to remove any bad habits that they have, for example, alcohol or drug use, to eating too much. A clear vision of why those are bad, and why they need to be stopped is an important step.

 

–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ªƒŠƒXƒg‚Ì�Å�‰‚Å‚·�B–Ú“I’n�A“¹�A‚»‚µ‚Ä—�—R‚ð’m‚炸‚É—·‚ðŽn‚ß‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‚Ü‚¸Žß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç�uāsavā�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i�uƒOƒ‰ƒ“ƒhƒ†ƒjƒtƒ@ƒCƒh�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�jƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì—�˜_�v�j‚Æ‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�uāsavā�v‚Ƃ͉½‚©�A‚»‚ê‚炪‚ǂ̂悤‚É”­�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ�B‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uŽå—v‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

āsavā‚Í4‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Fkāmāsava�iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�j�Adiṭṭhāsava�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚É‚æ‚銉–]�j�Abhavāsava�i‘¶�݂ւ̊‰–]�j�Aavijjāsava�i–³’m‚É‚æ‚銉–]�j�B

diṭṭhāsava‚Í�A–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð�n�l‚µ‚Ä�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ʼn½‚©‚𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uAnicca�ADukkha�AAnatta�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ꂾ‚¯‚Å�A‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sōtapanna‚ɂ͂܂¾‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìāsava‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽå‚É�ASattaBojjhaṅga�i7‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga�j‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éáÒ‘z‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

SabbāsavaSutta‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚鑼‚Ì5‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ‚í‚©‚é�펯“I‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚ǂ̒iŠK‚Å‚à�]‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A�¶Šˆ‚ÌŽ¿‚ð�‚‚ß�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚â–ò•¨‚ÌŽg—p‚â�H‚׉߂¬‚Ȃǂ̈«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A‚¾‚ê‚Å‚àŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚炪‚È‚ºˆ«‚¢‚Ì‚©�A‚È‚º’âŽ~‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©​​‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̖¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B

Mahā Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta‚Í�A7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚·‚ׂĂð‘½�­ˆÙ‚È‚é•û–@‚ŃJƒo�[‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BAnapānasati bhāvanā �iŒÄ‹záÒ‘z”łł͂Ȃ¢�j‚Í�A‚±‚±‚ÅŽå—v‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

 

Anulōma Patilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda – Key to Sōtapanna Stage

March 15, 2019

1. Just before his Enlightenment, the Buddha figured how beings are born endlessly due to their own way of thinking. That knowledge is embedded in Paṭicca Samuppāda, translated as, �gDependent Origination�h.

Anulōma Paṭicca Samuppāda describes the forward progression of events leading to eventual suffering. Patilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda describes the backward progression to see that indeed avijjā must be removed (by cultivating wisdom or paññā) in order to stop future suffering from arising.

 

1.Œå‚è‚Ì’¼‘O‚É�AŽß‘¸‚ÍŠeŽ©‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�u‘¶�Ý�v‚Í�I‚í‚è‚È‚­�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚­‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì’mޝ‚ÍPaṭicca Samuppāda‚Ì’†‚É‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê�A�uDependent Origination�v‘ŠŒÝˆË‘¶”­�¶‚Æ‚µ‚Ä–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Íavijjā �i–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�u–³–¾�v�j‚ÉŠî‚«�A�¶–½‘ÌŽ©�g‚ÌŽv�lƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�isaṅkhāra�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ì�¶–½‘̂̋NŒ¹‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Anulōma PaṭiccaSamuppāda‚Í�A�Å�I“I‚ȋꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚éƒCƒxƒ“ƒg‚Ì�‡•ûŒü‚Ì�i�s‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Patilōma PaṭiccaSamuppāda‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̔­�¶‚ð–h‚®‚½‚ß‚É�Aavijjā‚ð�í�œ‚·‚é�i’qŒd‚·‚Ȃ킿paññā‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�j•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‹t�‡‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. �gPaṭha­ma­ Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.1)�h and �gDutiya ­Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.2)�gstate how the Buddha comprehended anulōma and patilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda during the night of the Enlightenment.

Most people are quite familiar with how suffering originates with saṅ­khā­ra generation due to the ignorance of the Four Noble Truths (avijjā), and then goes through the familiar steps: �gavijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅ­khā­ra­pac­cayā viññāṇaṃ, ..and ends with �g.. Evametassa kevalassa duk­khak­khan­dhassa samudayo hotī�hti OR �gthe whole mass of suffering�h.

 

2. Paṭha­ma­ Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.1)‚¨‚æ‚ÑDutiya ­Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.2)‚Í�AŒå‚è‚Ì–é‚ÉŽß‘¸‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É anulōma‚Æpatilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚Ì‚©‚ð�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A4‚‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�iavijjā�j‚½‚ß‚Ésaṅkhāra‚ª”­�¶‚µ‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‹Nˆö‚·‚é‚©‚ð‚æ‚­’m‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŽŸ‚ÉŠµ‚ê�e‚µ‚ñ‚¾Žè�‡‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bavijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅ­khā­ra­pac­cayā viññāṇaṃ, .. ‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�g.. Evametassa kevalassa duk­khak­khan­dhassa samudayo hotī�hti 

�@‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̑S•”‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ł·�B�@

 

3. It is also important to trace the steps backwards and see how future suffering can be stopped by cultivating paññā: �gavijjānirodhā saṅ­khā­ra­nirodho, saṅ­khā­ra­nirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpa­nirodho, nāmarūpa­nirodhā saḷāya­tana­nirodho, saḷāya­tana­nirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka­pari­deva­duk­kha­do­manas­supāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa duk­khak­khan­dhassa nirodho hotī�fti�g.

In fact, if one really contemplates on this process, one can get some deep insights.

 

3.Œã•û‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð’Ç‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ÍPANNA‚ðˆç�¬‚µ‚Ä’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é•û–@‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�Bjātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka­pari­deva­duk­kha­do­manas­supāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa duk­khak­khan­dhassa nirodho hotī�fti�g.

 

 jāti‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�i�ÅŒã‚É�j‹ê‚µ‚݂̔­�¶‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�¡“x‚ÍŒã‚ëŒü‚«‚É�i‚ñ‚ł݂܂µ‚傤�B bhava‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Äjāti�i’a�¶�j‚ÍŽ~‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚ê‚Íupādāna,  taṇhā, vedanā, phassa, saḷāya­tana, nāmarūpa, viññāṇa, saṅ­khā­ra‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�Favijjā‚ð�í�œ‚¹‚¸‚Ésaṅkhāra‚Ì”­�¶‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂÌgati‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�B

ŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä–{“–‚É�n�l‚·‚邯�A�[‚¢“´Ž@‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. It is quite clear that in order to stop �gthe whole mass of suffering�h, one MUST stop each of those 10 factors (jāti, bhava, upādāna,  taṇhā, vedanā, phassa, saḷāya­tana, nāmarūpa, iññāṇa, and saṅ­khā­ra) from arising.

The removal of avijjā (and cultivation of paññā) is done by following the Eightfold path, which has two components; see, for example, �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g. There are no shortcuts!

4.�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̑S‘Ì�v‚ðŽ~‚߂邽‚߂ɂÍ�A”­�¶‚·‚é10‚Ì—vˆö�ijāti�Abhava�Aupādāna�Ataṇhā�Avedanā�Aphassa�Asaḷāyatana�Anāmarūpa�Aviññāṇa�Asaṅkhāra�j‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚ðŽ~‚߂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Anirōdha‚Í�u”­�¶‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�Aavijjā‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂ݎÀ�s‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚à‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Ípaññā‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B

avijjā‚Ì�œ‹Ž�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñpaññā‚̈ç�¬�j‚Í�A2‚•”–傪‚ ‚锪�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‹ß“¹‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�I

 

5. We concluded in #4 above that in order to stop future suffering from arising we must stop those 10 terms from arising. This appears not to make sense with some of those terms when we try to reconcile that with the fact that an Arahant has stopped those from arising.

Let us discuss briefly a few of those terms.

5.�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚Å�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̔­�¶‚ð–h‚®‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ì”­�¶‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯Œ‹˜_•t‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�oŒ»‚ð‘jŽ~‚µ‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Æ—pŒê‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªˆê’v‚³‚¹‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚͈Ӗ¡‚ð‚È‚³‚È‚¢‚悤‚Å‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Îvēdanā�Aphassa�Aviññāna�Asaṅkhāra‚ª‚Ü‚¾�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚éƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ł͔­�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚ªƒEƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‘S‘̂ɎU�Ý‚·‚鑽‚­‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�i“Á‚ÉPaṭicca SamuppādaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�j�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚ª�uuddēsa�vƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASutta – Introduction‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ðŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B

 

6. Basically all current English translations just provide word-by-word translations of that �guddēsa version�h without any explanation. For example, the English translation of the first sutta in #1 above states, �g..because of consciousness: mind and body, because of mind and body: the six sense spheres, because of the six sense spheres: contact, because of contact: feeling, because of feeling�c because of continuation: birth, because of birth: old age, death, grief, lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair all arise, and so there is an origination of this whole mass of suffering.�h.; see, �gThe First Discourse about the Awakening Tree (UD 1.1)�g.

Furthermore, it is not clear what is meant by �gcontinuation�h (for bhava), which leads to jāti (births), and thus �gthis whole mass of suffering�h.

 

6.Šî–{“I‚É�AŒ»�݂̂·‚ׂẲpŒê‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�A�à–¾‚È‚µ‚Å‚»‚Ì�uuddasaƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Ì’PŒê‚²‚Ƃɖ|–ó‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ìsutta‚̉pŒê‚Ì–|–ó‚É‚Í�A�uˆÓޝ‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�F�S‚Æ‘Ì�A�S‚Ƒ̂̂½‚ß�F6‚‚̊´ŠoŠíН�A6‚‚̊´ŠoŠíН‚Ì‚½‚ß�F�Ú�G�A�Ú�G‚Ì‚½‚ß�FŠ´Šo�AŠ´Šo‚Ì‚½‚ß...Œp‘±‚Ì‚½‚ß�F’a�¶�A’a�¶‚Ì‚½‚ß�F˜V”N�AŽ€�A”ß‚µ‚Ý�A’Q‚«�A’É‚Ý�A”ß‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�â–]‚ª‚·‚ׂĔ­�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚±‚Ì‘S‘̂̋ꂵ‚݂̋NŒ¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe First Discourse about the Awakening Tree (UD 1.1)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

2”Ô–Ú‚Ìsutta‚É‚æ‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂÄ�iˆÓޝ�A6‚‚̊´Šo�A�Ú�G�AŠ´�î�j‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ł͔­�¶‚µ‚È‚¢‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�A�uŒp‘±�v�ibhava‚Ì�ê�‡�j‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚ł͂Ȃ­�A‚»‚ꂪjāti�i�o�¶�j�A‚‚܂è�u‚±‚Ì‘S‘̂̋ꂵ‚Ý�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. For example, the step, �gavijjā paccayā saṅ­khā­ra�h really should be �gavijjā paccayā abhisaṅ­khā­ra�g.

It is those abhisaṅ­khā­ra that lead to future births and thus future suffering!

 

7.‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uavijjā paccayā saṅkhāra�v‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�uavijjā paccayā abhisaṅkhāra�v‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Sankhāra – What It Really Means‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AArahant‚Ísaṅkhāra‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aabhisaṅkhāra‚Í�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�«—ˆ‚Ì�o�¶�A‚Ђ¢‚Ä‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìabhisaṅkhāra‚Å‚·�I

 

8. The next step is written in suttā as �gsaṅ­khā­ra paccayā viññāna�h and that is the uddēsa version.

An Arahant would have �gpurified viññāna�h and NOT �gdefiled viññāna�g. This is explained at, �gViññāna Aggregate�g.

 

8.ŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ísuttā‚Å�usaṅkhāra�@paccayā�@viññāna�v‚Æ�‘‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ꂪuddēsaƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�B

�uabhisaṅkhāra�@paccayā�@viññāna�v‚Æ�à–¾‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚¢‚¤�Aviññāna‚Æ‚Í�u‰˜‚ꂽˆÓޝ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í�u�ò‰»‚³‚ꂽviññāna�v‚ðŽ�‚¿�A�u‰˜‚ꂽviññāna�v‚ÍŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ÍViññāna Aggregate‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. Another confusing step could be �gnāmarūpa paccayā salāyatana�g, where �gsalāyatana�h or �gsix āyatana�h are normally translated as �gsix sense faculties�h. Of course, a living Arahant has perfectly good sense faculties (indriya). 

Those six indriya (or sense faculties) become salāyatana when one acts with avijjā and use them to accumulate �gsan�g; see, �gNāmarūpa paccayā Salāyatana�g.

 

9.‚à‚¤1‚‚Ì�¬—�‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�unāmarūpa paccayā salāyatana�v‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�A�usalāyatana�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�usix ayatana�v‚Í�A’Ê�í�u6‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì‹@”\�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚éƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‹@”\‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iindriya�j�B

 

avijjā‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�s“®‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�usan�v‚ð’~�Ï‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì6‚‚Ìindriya�i‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š´Šo‹@”\�j‚Ísalāyatana‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BNāmarūpa paccayā Salāyatana‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

10. In next step of �gsalāyatana paccayā phassa�g, it is really �gsalāyatana paccayā samphassa�g. When those indriya are used as āyatana, one �gmakes contact with a defiled mind�h and that defiled contact is �gsamphassa�h (�gsan�h + �gphassa�g).

Therefore, an Arahant would have only �gphassa�h and NOT �gsamphassa�g.

 

10.ŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ì�usalāyatana paccayā phassa�v‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�usalāyatana paccayā samphassa�v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìindriya ‚ðāyatana‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚·‚é�ê�‡�A�u‰˜‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Æ�Ú�G‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̉˜‚ꂽ�Ú�G‚Ísamphassa (�gsan�h + �gphassa�g)‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ADifference between Phassa and Samphassa‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É‚Í�uphassa�v‚݂̂ª‚ ‚è�A�usamphassa�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

11. Now when those sense inputs are evaluated with a defiled mind, one generates �gmind-made vēdanā�h or �gsamphassa jā vēdanā�g. These are greedy, angry, jealous, types of vēdanā generated due to the defilements in the mind.

This explained in detail in the post, �gVēdanā (Feelings) Arise in Two Ways�g.

 

11.‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ª‰˜‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å•]‰¿‚³‚ê‚邯�A�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½vēdanā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�usamphassa jā vēdanā�v‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉˜‚ê‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÉæÃ—~�A“{‚è�A޹“i‚Ȃǂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìvēdanā‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚̂悤‚È�u‰˜‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�ì‚ç‚ꂽvēdanā�v‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂ͑¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í6‚‚Ìindriya‚Æ‚Ì�Ú�G‚É‚æ‚è�A�i‰˜‚ê‚̂Ȃ¢�jvēdanā‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A’N‚©‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ð‘ł‚Æ�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B•…‚Á‚½‹�“û‚͋ꖡ‚ª‚ ‚è�AƒP�[ƒL‚͊¢–¡‚ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í•…‚Á‚½‹�“û‚ð‚¾‚·ŽÒ‚É“{‚è‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚¸�AƒP�[ƒL‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚àˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AVēdanā (Feelings) Arise in Two Ways‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

12. The next confusion is at the step, �gbhava paccayā jāti�g, which is translated in #5 as, �gbecause of continuation: birth�h.  I am not sure what is meant by �gcontinuation�h there.

The correct interpretation is given at, �gBhava and Jāti – States of Existence and Births Therein�g.

 

12.ŽŸ‚Ì�¬—�‚Í�A�ubhava paccayā jāti�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�”5‚Å‚Í�uŒp‘±‚Ì‚½‚ß�F’a�¶�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�uŒp‘±�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ÍBhava and Jāti – States of Existence and Births Therein‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. If one can spend some time reading those posts and the links given in them, one should be able to get a good idea of how different types jāti originate via abhisaṅ­khā­ra (one�fs own thoughts).

If we do bad (or apuñña) abhisaṅ­khā­ra in this life, we may be born as animal or worse. If we do good (or puñña) abhisaṅ­khā­ra in this life, we may be born as devas, Brahmā, or humans again.

 

13.‚»‚ê‚ç‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Æ‚»‚±‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ð“ǂ߂Î�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ìjāti‚ªabhisaṅkhāra�iŽ©•ª‚Ì�l‚¦�j‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É”­�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÌNibbāna‚Í�A�u•s•Ï‚Ì�u�°�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�l‚Ì‘Ì�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s“®�j‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Ìbhava‚Æjāti‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ìabhisaṅkhāra‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘O�¢‚Å”|‚í‚ꂽ—Ç‚«abhisaṅkhāra‚Ì‚½‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚܂ꂽ‚̂ł·�B

‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªˆ«‚¢�i‚·‚Ȃ킿apuñña�jabhisaṅkhāra‚ð�s‚¤‚Æ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚©�A‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚àˆ«‚¢‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚µŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å—Ç‚¢�i‚·‚Ȃ킿puñña�jabhisaṅkhāra‚ð‚·‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ídevas, Brahmā�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�Ä‚Ñ�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

14. However, there in no birth in the 31 realms that can bring a permanent state of happiness. Any deva or brahma existence will come to an end, and then one could be born in the apāyās.

When one truly understands that, one has the �gvision�h of a Sōtapanna, i.e., one would have gotten rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi (and vicikiccā and silabbata parāmāsa all at the same time).

 

14.‚µ‚©‚µ�A31—̈æ‚É‚Í�A‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ�ó‘Ô‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚±‚ë‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚¢‚©‚È‚édevas, Brahmā‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚à�I‚í‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Äapāyā‚Å�¶‚܂ꂱ‚ƂɂȂ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚̉i‰“‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ�ó‘Ô�i‚‚܂è�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�j‚ªŽÀŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B

–{“–‚É‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASōtapanna‚Ì�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Asakkāya diṭṭhi�ivicikiccā�i‹^‚¢�j ‚Æsilabbata parāmāsa�i“Á’è‚Ì�@”h‚Ì‹K‘¥‚â‹VŽ®‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…�j‚𓯎ž‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

15. More details can be found in the �gPaṭicca Samuppāda�h section. The �gLiving Dhamma�h section there is an attempt to provide a systematic approach to learn and practice Buddha Dhamma (of course, with more details in other sections).

 

 

15.�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍPaṭicca Samuppāda‚ð‚²——‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�BLiving Dhamma‚Å‚Í�A•§–@‚ðŠw‚Ñ�AŽÀ‘H‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚ȃAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚Í—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢ˆã—Ëً}Ž–‘Ô‚É‘˜‹ö‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�i‚»‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚é”ñ‰i‘±�«‚ð‚͂邩‚É’´‚¦‚éanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�j�B‰ñ•œ‚µ‚½‚ç�A�”�TŠÔŒã‚É–ß‚Á‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B

ŠF‚³‚ñ�ANibbāna‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚傤�I

 

 

 

Assāda, Ādīnava, Nissarana – Introduction

November 1, 2017

1. This subsection replaces the old subsection, �gĀsvāda (Mind-Made Pleasures), Ādeenava (Bad Outcomes), Nissarana (Relinquish)�h. I had used Sinhala terms in that series, without realizing it. Also, I have basically re-written some of the posts — including the Introduction — to have a logical flow.

 

1.‚±‚ê‚Í�AŒÃ‚¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚ ‚é�uĀsvāda�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�A‰õŠy�j�AĀdeenava�iˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�j�ANissarana�i•úŠü�j—·‚Ì�Ià��v‚É‘ã‚í‚é‚à‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚Í‚»‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY‚ŃVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ɋC•t‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚Ü‚½�AIntroduction‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð˜_—�“I‚È—¬‚ê‚É‚È‚é‚æ‚¤‚É�‘‚«’¼‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚ê‚Í�uPaṭiccaSamuppāda�v‚Ì�€–Ú‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ»�Ý‚Í�A‚æ‚è“K�Ø‚È�uSōtapanna Stage�v‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. There are two main categories of �gpleasures�h that one experiences: (i) Those arising due to kamma vipāka, and (ii) mind-made �gpleasures�h where we keep generating more vacī saṅkhāra  (thinking/talking to ourselves in our minds) recalling such an experience of the first kind. 

But if we get �gattached to that taste�h and start thinking how good it is and crave for more, now we are generating vacī saṅkhāra (thinking/talking to ourselves about how good it is), then we are generating �gnew kamma�g. This second type is called assāda (āsvāda in Sinhala).

 

2.�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚É‚Í�AŽå‚É2‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�ii�jkammavipāka‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‹N‚«‚é‚à‚Ì‚Æ�A�iii�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚Å�A‘æˆêŽí‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚·vacī saṅkhāra �i“Ƃ茾‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŒ¾ŒêŠˆ“®�j‚ð”­�¶‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A—F’B‚©‚ç‘¡‚ç‚ꂽƒP�[ƒL‚ð�H‚ׂ邯�A–¡‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�u‚¢‚¢Š´‚¶�v‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�‰‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ�[‚É‘®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Íkammavipāka‚Å‚ ‚è�A�u�V‚µ‚¢kamma‚Í�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�BAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda for Vipāka Viññāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u‚»‚Ì�D‚݂ɂ±‚¾‚í‚Á‚Ä�v‚»‚ꂪ‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚¢‚©‚ð�l‚¦Žn‚ß�A‚à‚Á‚Æ—~‚µ‚ª‚é‚È‚ç�Avaci saṅkhāra�i‚»‚ꂪ‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚¢‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚É�l‚¦/˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µ�A�u�V‚µ‚¢kamma�v‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì2”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Í�Aassāda‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. Therefore, assāda are basically �gmind-made pleasures�h, i.e., only those in the second category.

It is important to realize that vacī saṅkhāra are associated with speech and also �gtalking to ourselves�h: �gCorrect Meaning of Vaci Saṅkhāra�g.

 

3.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aassāda‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�v‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A2”Ԗڂ̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

�Å�‰‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŠ´Šo“ü—͂̂½‚߂Ɏ©“®“I‚É”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Amanō saṅkhāra‚ð‰î‚µ‚½kammavipāka/ gati‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Manō saṅkhāra‚Í‚ ‚ç‚ä‚écitta‚Å”­�¶‚·‚évedan₯saññā‚Å‚ ‚邯’è‹`‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@�@�[‘wˆÓޝ‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚é

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�‰Šú‚ÌŠ´�î‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�Avacī saṅkhāra�ivitakka /vicāra‚Æ‚µ‚Ä’è‹`‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚鎩•ªŽ©�g‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯�A‚»‚ÌŒãŽÀ�ۂ̃Xƒs�[ƒ`�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µŽn‚ß�AŽŸ‚Ékāya saṅkhāra�i�g‘Ì“I“®�ì�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ívackṅya�@ ‚Ìsaṅkhāra‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�A‰˜‚ꂽgati‚ð•Ï�X‚·‚錮‚Å‚·�B

Vacī saṅkhāra‚Ƃ̓Xƒs�[ƒ`‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ­�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Ƙb‚·�v‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�BCorrect Meaning of Vaci Saṅkhāra

 

4. There is nothing we can do to stop the first kind. For example, even an Arahant WILL feel the �gtastiness�h of sugar or a nice meal (or saltiness of salt or unpleasantness of some medications/foods, etc). But he/she WILL NOT become attached to that taste and crave for more.

So, it is important to distinguish between AUTOMATIC generation of manō saṅkhāra (due to vipāka) and CONSCIOUS generation of vacī and kāya saṅkhāra: �gHow Are Gati and Kilesa Incorporated into Thoughts?�g.

 

4.‘æˆêŽí‚ðŽ~‚߂邽‚߂Ɏ„‚½‚¿‚ɂł«‚邱‚Ƃ͉½‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦�A�»“œ‚Ì�u‚¨‚¢‚µ‚³�v‚â‘f“G‚È�HŽ–�i‚Ü‚½‚͉–‚̉––¡‚âˆê•”‚̈ã–ò•i/�H•i‚Ì•s‰õŠ´‚È‚Ç�j‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‚»‚Ì�D‚݂Ɏ·’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ­�A‚æ‚葽‚­‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�Ø–]‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

assāda‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì‚»‚ê‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éˆÓޝ“I‚ÈŽv�l�ivacī saṅkhāra�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚±‚Å�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½”ߎS‚È—·‚ð‰„’·‚³‚¹‚鈫‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Amanō saṅkhāra‚ÌŽ©“®�¶�¬�ivipāka‚É‚æ‚é�j‚Æ�Avac‚æ‚Ñkāya saṅkhāra‚̈ӎ¯‚³‚ꂽ(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½)�¶�¬‚ð‹æ•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�BHow Are Gati and Kilesa Incorporated into Thoughts?

 

5. It is those CONSCIOUS generation of vacī and kāya saṅkhāra that contribute to future suffering (and also lead to tāpa or �gheat�h in the mind right now): �gSuffering in This Life – Role of Mental Impurities�g.

This important concept of gati is not discussed in current Theravada literature, but it can explain many other concepts.

 

5.�«—ˆ‚Ì‹ê’É�i‚»‚µ‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Ìtāpa ‚·‚Ȃ킿�u”M�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�j‚̈êˆö‚ƂȂévacī ‚Ækāyasaṅkhāra‚̈ӎ¯‚³‚ꂽ�¶�¬‚Å‚·�BSuffering in This Life – Role of Mental Impurities

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í–ò•¨�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹�A�H‚׉߂¬‚Ȃǂð�í‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Å�u’†“Å�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Å�«—ˆ‚Ì�o—ˆŽ–‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�Avacī saṅkhāra�iŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚é�j‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A˜b‚µŽn‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä•¨Ž–‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�uŒÃ‚¢ˆ«‚¢�Kе�v‚ð‹­‰»‚µ�A�u�V‚µ‚¢ˆ«‚¢�Kе�v‚·‚Ȃ킿gati‚ð�ì‚è�o‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Kе‚âgati‚Í�Asamsāric gati‚â�V‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚É‚Í�ugati�v�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�Kе/�«Ši�j‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠÈ’P‚È�à–¾‚ÍThe Law of Attraction, Habits, Character (Gati), and Cravings (Āsavas)�A‰ÈŠw“I‚È�à–¾‚ÍHow Habits are Formed and Broken – A Scientific View

gati‚Ì�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Í�AŒ»�Ý‚Ì�ã�À•”•§‹³‚Å‚Í�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì‘½‚­‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�à–¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

6. The more we enjoy such �gmind-made pleasures�h or assāda, the more established those associated gati become. For example, a drug user/alcoholic is constantly thinking about either past experiences or the next, and is �gbuilding up�h that gati. Then it will become increasingly difficult to be drug/alcohol free.

Therefore, ādīnava means �gbad consequences or dangers�h. In this case, what we perceive as �gmental pleasures�h (assāda) WILL have bad consequences both in this life and in future lives: In the above example, one is likely to be matched with an �galcoholic mother�h in the next birth, and be born an alcoholic.

 

6.Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿assāda‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Ù‚Ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚½gati‚ªŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A–ò•¨Žg—pŽÒ/ƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆË‘¶�ÇŽÒ‚Í�í‚É‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Ü‚½‚Í–¢—ˆ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð�l‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚Ìgati‚ð�u�\’z�v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç–ò•¨/ƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðŽæ‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·�¢“ï‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìgati‚Í�A‚»‚Ì–{�l‚ª�Ø–]‚·‚é/�l‚¦‚é‚à‚̂ƂȂè�A�uupādāna paccayā bhava�v‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄPaṭicca samuppāda‚ª‹@”\‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bvacī saṅkhāra‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚Ä�ubhava‚·‚Ȃ킿�Œ‚Á‚½�ó‘Ô‚Ì‘¶�Ý�v‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Œ‚¤�ó‘Ô‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚ÅPSƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ªŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñŽÀ�ۂ̈ùŽð‚ªˆø‚«‘±‚«‚Ü‚·�BˆùŽð‚Íkāya saṅkhāra‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚®‚ɃAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹’†“łɂȂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aādīnava‚Í�uˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠëŒ¯�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v�iassada�j‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Æ�«—ˆ‚Ì—ˆ�¢‚Ì—¼•û‚Ɉ«‰e‹¿‚ð‹y‚Ú‚µ‚Ü‚·�F�ã‹L‚Ì—á‚Å‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì�o�¶Žž‚É�uƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹’†“ł̕ê�e�v‚ƃ}ƒbƒ`ƒ“ƒO‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A�«—ˆ‚̃Aƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆË‘¶�ǂɂȂé‘ÙŽ™‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. This is another way to express the First Noble Truth. What a normal person thinks as �gsōmanassa�h (�gsuva�h + �gmanasa�h or �ggood feelings in the mind�h) CAN actually be the cause for FUTURE suffering, but ONLY IF one gets attached, as discussed above.

However, to first get to the Sōtapanna stage, one needs at least to �gsee with wisdom�h that assāda do lead to ādīnava; when that understanding sinks in, that will prevent one from committing apāyagāmi kamma, i.e., one�fs mind will get rid of the coarse level of assāda. This subsection can help gain that �gvision�h.

 

7.‚±‚ê‚Í�A�u‹ê’ú�v�i�‰‚ß‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—��j‚ð•\Œ»‚·‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚Å‚·

•�’Ê‚Ì�l‚ª�usōmanassa�v�i�usuva�v+�umanasa�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—Ç‚¢Š´�î�v+�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†�v�j‚Æ�l‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̌´ˆö‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�ã‹L‚̂悤‚É�AˆË‘¶�iˆ¤’…�AŽ·’…�j‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚݂̂ł·�B

‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邱‚ƂƂ»‚ê‚Ɉ¤’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̈Ⴂ‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‘f“G‚ÈŽÊ�^‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ê‚é�B‘f“G‚ȉ¹Šy‚ð’®‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ê‚é�A‚È‚Ç�B

‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ­�u‚à‚̂𖡂키�v‘ÌŒ±‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚鎞“_‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗eˆÕ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚܂Ŋ®‘S‚ɂ͒B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚æ‚葽‚­‚ÌŠw�K‚Æ’¾Žv–Ù�l‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�iSatipaṭṭhāna bhāvanā�j�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�A�Å�‰‚ÉSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Aassāda‚ªādīnava‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Æ‚ð�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�u’qŒd‚ÅŒ©‚é�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�[‚܂邯�Aapāyagāmi kamma‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŠT‚˂ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Ìassāda‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃TƒuƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. When one fully understands the bad consequences (ādīnava) of these mind-made pleasures (assāda), that means one has understood the First Noble Truth as well as the causes for it, how to eliminate those causes, and the way to do it, i.e., all four Noble Truths.

But it is a step-by-step process that starts with the Sōtapanna Anugāmi stage and culminates at the Arahant stage.

 

8.‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉õŠy�iassāda�j‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�iādīnava�j‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒ´ˆö�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ð”r�œ‚·‚é•û–@�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s‚¤•û–@‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·‚»‚ê�A‚·‚Ȃ킿4‚‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Å‚·�B

 

‚»‚ê‚Ísamsāric‚Ì—·‚Ì�Ià�‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�ANissarana�i�ucarana�v‚Í�u—·�v�A�i�unis�v+�ucharana�v�A�unissarana�v‚ƉC‚𓥂Þ�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ÍSōtapanna AnugāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è�AArahantƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å�I‚í‚é’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B

 

9. It will take several posts to explain the above in detail. However, understanding them will help with Paṭicca samuppāda cycles and also with Satipaṭṭhāna/Ānāpana bhāvanā.

In the following we will discuss a couple of more examples of assāda, ādīnava and nissarana in simple terms.

 

9.�ã‹L‚ð�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�APaṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ÆSatipaṭṭhāna/Ānāpana bhāvanā‚É‚à–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

�uƒŠƒrƒ“ƒOƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̊î–{Ž–�€‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B “Á‚É‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�”3‚Æ�”4‚ÅŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Í�d—v‚Å‚·�B

Assāda‚Í�A‘O�q‚̂悤‚Éāsava‚Æanusaya�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñgati‚É‚àŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒTƒCƒg‚ɂ͑½‚­‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰E�ã‚Ì�uŒŸ�õ�vƒ{ƒ^ƒ“‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

ˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�Aassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. There are many things that we know which provide instant gratification, but are harmful in the long term. A good example is smoking. A smoker gets an enjoyment with smoking. Furthermore, he/she wants it to be repeated again and again, and that is assāda. But it has been proven without a doubt that long-term smoking causes many health problems including cancer.

Of course he finally gave up smoking when he was about to be hospitalized. By the time he clearly saw the �gādīnava�h (when he actually experienced the bad consequences), it was too late. The damage had been done.

 

10.‚·‚®‚É–ž‘«Š´‚ª“¾‚ç‚ꂱ‚Ƃ͂½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͗LŠQ‚Å‚·�B—Ç‚¢—Ⴊ‹i‰Œ‚Å‚·�B‹i‰ŒŽÒ‚Í‹i‰Œ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�B‚³‚ç‚É”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‚»‚ꂪ‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚ê‚Íassāda‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A’·ŠúŠÔ‚Ì‹i‰Œ‚ÍŠà‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚­‚ÌŒ’�N–â‘è‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚±‚Ƃ͊ԈႢ‚È‚­�Ø–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‹i‰Œ‚Í”N�XŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‹i‰Œ‚·‚é�l‚͂܂¾‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰Œ‘�‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é”N’·‚Ì—F�l‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚È‚º”Þ‚ª‚»‚ê‚𑱂¯‚é‚Ì‚©‚ƔނÉ�q‚˂܂µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í�Kе‚ª�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ð‰ó‚·‚͓̂‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚͉½”N‚à‘O‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Å�A”ނ͈«‚¢•Ȃ̂½‚߂ɖS‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�ÅŒã‚Ì�””NŠÔ‚Í•a‰@‚ʼn߂²‚µ�A”x‚̈ꕔ‚ª�­‚µ‚¸‚ÂŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê�A�Å�I“I‚ɂقƂñ‚ǂ̎žŠÔ�AŽ_‘f‚ðƒ{ƒ“ƒx‚©‚ç�ێ悵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A”Þ‚Í“ü‰@‚·‚é’¼‘O‚ɂ悤‚â‚­‹i‰Œ‚ð‚â‚߂܂µ‚½�B �uādānava�v�i”Þ‚ªŽÀ�ۂɈ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�j‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚½Žž‚Í‚·‚łɒx‚·‚¬‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚܂ł̃_ƒ��[ƒW‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚½‚߂ł·�B

 

11. However, his children clearly saw what he went through, and understood that smoking may provide temporary enjoyment (assāda), but is bound to bring about bad consequences (ādīnava). Thus they stayed away from smoking (nissarana).

Heavy drinking, use of drugs, association with bad friends, are more such relatively �geasy to see�h examples.

 

11.‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚͔ނªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‹i‰Œ‚͈ꎞ“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚³‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�iassāda�j�Aˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚ɈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iādīnava�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‹i‰Œ‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�inissarana�j�B

 

‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴​​Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚É�Å�I“I‚ɂ͗LŒø‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�Ø–¾‚·‚é�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�S”z‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚ɉ½‚©‚ð•úŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iŒø‰Ê“I‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�BŽÀ�Û�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‹­�§“I‚È�u‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�v‚Í�A‚æ‚葽‚­‚̃XƒgƒŒƒX‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ñ‘±‚¯‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É�uˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ�v‚ð‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

ŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�Ú�ׂɕª�Í‚·‚é‘O‚É�A�uassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana�v‚Ì�u”äŠr“IŒ©‚â‚·‚¢�v—Ⴊ‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�A”ñ�í‚É–¾Šm‚È—á‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A�H—~‚ɂӂ¯‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚鈫‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�‘‚Ŕ얞‚Ì–â‘è‚ð•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‰ß�H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éˆê�lˆê�l‚É‘½‚­‚ÌŒ’�N�ã‚Ì–â‘è‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l�X‚̈ã—Ôï‚Ì‘�‰Á‚É‚à‚‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‰ß�H‚Ì�uassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana�v‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B

Œƒ‚µ‚¢ˆùŽð�A–ò•¨‚ÌŽg—p�Aˆ«ˆÓ‚Ì‚ ‚é—F�l‚Ƃ̊֌W‚Í�A”äŠr“I�uŒ©‚â‚·‚¢�v—á‚Å‚·�B

 

12. However, we can systematically understand the �groot causes�h for ALL such problems by using the guidelines provided by the Buddha. Once we understand the actual root causes, at least some of us can think through and avoid not only such �gmundane problems�h, but start seeing even more long-term benefits: It is the same line of reasoning that eventually leads to the four stages of Nibbāna.

And one can clearly see their �gjoy in heart�h and the calmness of their minds even though they have very few possessions and do not seek gratification in many sense pleasures that others value so highly.

 

12.‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’ñ‹Ÿ‚³‚ꂽƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̖â‘è‚Ì�u�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö�v‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚ç�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àˆê•”‚Ì�l‚Í�l‚¦‚ĉñ”ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª�u�¢‘­“I‚È–â‘è�v‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A�A‚³‚ç‚É’·Šú“I‚È—˜“_‚ð‚àŒ©Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�I“I‚É4‚‚̒iŠK‚ÌNibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶�l‚¦•û‚Å‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A•§–@‚Í�u’·Šú“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­�v‚±‚ƂɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�u’ZŠú“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý�v‚̈ꕔ‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚̂ɂà–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ì–¾Šm‚È—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�A•§‹³‚Ì‘m—µ‚ÌŒ’�N�ó‘Ô‚ð‚¢‚Â‚Å‚à‚݂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚ǂ̕§‹³‚Ì�‘‚Å‚à�A•½‹Ï‚µ‚Ä‘m—µ‚Í�u�¢‘ÑŽå�v‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚ÉŒ’�N‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í‹i‰Œ‚µ‚½‚è�A�H‚׉߂¬‚½‚肵‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚Ü‚½�A�Š—L•¨‚ª”ñ�í‚É�­‚È‚­�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚ª�‚‚­•]‰¿‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鑽‚­‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɖž‘«‚ð‹�‚߂Ă¢‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�u�S‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉¸‚â‚©‚³‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. This last point is worth thinking about some more. If one thinks deep enough, one can see that even some common �gsense pleasures�h are not that different from the pleasure one gets by inhaling a drug. They give a highly enjoyable �gburst of pleasure�h, but inevitably lead to bad outcomes even short term. One can get a hangover with a bad headache due to excess drinking, and in the case of overeating one can feel the �gdiscomfort�h right away.

Our minds are constantly under stress seeking sense pleasures. That is what we all had been doing in countless previous births too. That is why it is hard to recognize any negative consequences.

 

13.‚±‚Ì�ÅŒã‚Ì“_‚Í�A‚à‚¤�­‚µ�l‚¦‚鉿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚ª�\•ª‚É�[‚­�l‚¦‚邯�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̈ê”Ê“I‚È�uŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy�v‚Å‚³‚¦�A–ò•¨‚ð‹z“ü‚·‚邱‚Ƃœ¾‚é‰õŠy‚Æ‚»‚ê‚قǕςí‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Í”ñ�í‚ÉŠy‚µ‚¢�uŠì‚т̔š”­�v‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A•K‘R“I‚É’ZŠúŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚àˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆù‚݉߂¬‚Í“ª’ɂ̂Ђǂ¢“ñ“ú�Œ‚¢‚ɂȂè�A‰ß�H‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í‚·‚®‚É�u•s‰õŠ´�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

 

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‰¸‚â‚©‚Å•½˜a‚ȃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Ƃ̉¿’l‚ðŽÀŠ´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B �u’†—§“I‚È�S�v�i‚±‚ê‚Íupekkh₯ŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�j‚̉¿’l‚͑̌±‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è‚Í—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í’·‚¢ŠÔ•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚½“ª’É‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̓XƒgƒŒƒX‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚܂łÍ�A�u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢ƒXƒgƒŒƒX�v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�í‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚߂ăXƒgƒŒƒX‚̉º‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ª–³�”‚Ì‘O�¢‚Å‚à‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ꂪ”Û’è“I‚Ȉö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B

14. In the Sambhōdhi Vagga of the Anguttara Nikāya, there are several suttā on assāda, ādīnava, nissarana. The �gPubbe­va Sam­bodha Sutta (AN 3.103)�h provides a succinct statement on what they are:

�g..ko nu kho loke assādo, ko ādīnavo, kiṃ nissaraṇan�fti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: �eyaṃ kho lokam paṭicca uppajjāti sukhaṃ sōmanassaṃ, ayaṃ loke assādo. Yaṃ loko anicco dukkho vipari­ṇāma­dhammo, ayaṃ loke ādīnavo. Yo loke ­chanda­rāga­vinayo ­chanda­rāgap­pahānaṃ, idaṃ loke nissaraṇan�fti..�h.

Translated: �g..What are assāda, ādīnava, and nissarana in this world? If one gets attached (Paṭicca) to sukha/sōmanassa that is assāda. That gives rise to dhamma (which are the seeds for future suffering, because these are really �gkamma seeds�h) with anicca, dukkha, and viparināma nature, and that is called ādīnava. Arising of such dhamma can be stopped by constraining the tendency to indulge in sense pleasures (chanda­rāga­vinayo), and thus getting rid of craving for sense pleasures (chanda­rāgap­pahānaṃ)..�h.

It is important to note that dhammā are really kamma seeds that lead to future vipāka; see, �gWhat are rūpa? – Dhamma are rūpa too!�g and �gWhat are Dhamma? – A Deeper Analysis�g.

 

14. Anguttara Nikāya‚ÌSambhōdhi Vagga‚Å‚Í�Aassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂¢‚­‚‚©‚Ìsuttā‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BPubbe­va Sam­bodha Sutta (AN 3.103)‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚炪‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊Ȍ‰‚É�à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

–|–ó�F�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Ìassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H sukha /sōmanassa‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�iPaṭicca�j�ê�‡‚Íassāda‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�Aanicca, dukkha, viparināma�i•ω»‚É‚æ‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý�j‚Æ‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚Âdhammā �i‚±‚ê‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̎í‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í–{“–‚É�uƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�v‚Å‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�j‚Í�Aādīnava‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚Èdhammā ‚Ì”­�¶‚É‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚É’^‚éŒXŒü�ichandarāgavinayo�j‚ð—}�§‚µ�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�ichandarāgappahānam�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂŒâŽ~‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�v�@�@�@

 

‚È‚¨�Asukha‚Í�u‚©‚炾‚̉õŠy�v�Asōmanassa‚Í�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉õŠy�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�‚“x‚É‹Ã�k‚³‚ꂽ�߂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ìsutta‚ÅŽß‘¸‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚ւ̈¤’…‚̊댯‚ðŒ©‚Ä�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚߂ɔM�S‚É“­‚­•K—v�«‚É‹C‚­‚܂Ńuƒbƒ_‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

dhammā‚Í–{“–‚Ékamma‚ÌŽí‚Å‚ ‚è�A�«—ˆ‚Ìvipāka‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B

 

12. There are many other suttā that discuss these three key concepts. In particular, �gAssada Sutta (AN 6.112)�h is notable since it ties assāda diṭṭhi to anicca saññā:

�g�gTayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Assādadiṭṭhi, attānudiṭṭhi, micchādiṭṭhi. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Assādadiṭṭhiyā pahānāya aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā, attānudiṭṭhiyā pahānāya anattasaññā bhāvetabbā, micchādiṭṭhiyā pahānāya sammādiṭṭhi bhāvetabbā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā�hti�g.

 

12.‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚̎å—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鑼‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�AAssada Sutta (AN 6.112)‚Íassāda diṭṭhi‚Æanicca saññā‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A’�–Ú‚É’l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚·‚Ȃ킿�Aanicca saññā‚𒾎v�n�l‚·‚邯�Aassāda diṭṭhi‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�iassāda�j‚ªnicca saññā‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚‚܂è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ÍŒ»ŽÀ“I‚ÅŽÀ‚葽‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

Assādadiṭṭhiyā

pahānāya

aniccasaññā

bhāvetabbā

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is the only Akusala Removed by a Sōtapanna?

Revised May 10, 2017; December 1, 2017; July 7, 2018; August 16, 2019

1. Upon attaining the Sōtapanna stage, micchā diṭṭhi (the ten types of micchā diṭṭhi together with wrong views of nicca, sukha, atta) is COMPLETELY removed. That is one akusala out of dasa akusala. But that itself accounts for more than 99% of akusala (defilements) from one�fs mind since the �gapāyagāmi strength�h of other nine akusala kamma are also removed.

The five precepts have deeper meanings too: �gThe Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them.

 

1.SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Amicchā diṭṭhi�iniccha�Asukha�Aatta‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŠÜ‚Þ10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi�j‚ªŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Ídasa akusala‚Ì1‚‚ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘¼‚Ì9‚‚Ìakusala kamma‚Ì�uapāyagāmi�i”ߎS‚È�ó‘Ô‚É“±‚­�j‚Ì‹­‚³�v‚à�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çakusala�i‰˜‚ê�j‚Ì99�“ˆÈ�ã‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�Amicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�d—v�«‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽ„‚ª‚±‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚­‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�AThree Marks of Existence – English Discourses‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì’k˜b‚àŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�AGihi Sutta (AN 5.179)‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½–|–ó‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄSōtapanna ‚Í5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�߂͎Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�A�upativiratō hōti�v‚Í�A‘½‚­‚̃Iƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“ƒTƒCƒg‚Å–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�uŠü‹p�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u�D‚݂Ƃ͊֌W‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Í-‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì�ðŒ�‰º‚Å-5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B 5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ð”j‚Á‚½‚è�Adasa akusala‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚½‚肵‚È‚¢‚̂̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

5‚‚̉ú—¥‚É‚à�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them

 

2.  The six things that a Sōtapanna will not do (per �gBahu­dhātu­ka Sutta (MN 115)�g:

Taking refuge in anyone other than a Buddha (i.e., believing in other ways of �gsalvation�h).

 

2.Sōtapanna‚ª‚µ‚È‚¢6‚‚̂±‚Æ�iBahu­dhātu­ka Sutta (MN 115)�F

•ê�e‚ðŽEŠQ‚·‚é�B

•ƒ�e‚ðŽEŠQ‚·‚é�B

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽEŠQ‚·‚é�B

ƒuƒbƒ_‚ð��‚‚¯‚é�B

sangha bheda�i•s˜a�‡�A”j‰ó�j‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Dhamma‚ÌŠgŽU‚Í‚±‚±‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B

Žß‘¸ˆÈŠO‚Ì’N‚©‚É”ð“ï‚·‚邱‚Æ�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‘¼‚Ì•û–@‚Ì�u‹~‚¢�v‚ð�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ�j�B

3. Nakhasikha Sutta (SN 13.1) describes the vast amount of defilements removed by a Sōtapanna.

There is a decent online explanation of the sutta that one can look up: http://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/sn/sn13/sn13.001.than.html

 

3. Nakhasikha Sutta (SN 13.1)‚Í�ASōtapanna‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ꂽ‘å—ʂ̉˜‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚ ‚鎞�A•§‘ɂ͒܂Ì�æ‚łق±‚è‚ð‚Ù‚ñ‚Ì�­‚µ�E‚Á‚Ä�Abhikkhus‚É�q‚˂܂µ‚½�A�ubhikkhus‚æ�B‚Ç‚¤Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H�FŽw‚Ì’Ü‚Ì�æ‚Å�E‚Á‚½‚Ù‚ñ‚Ì�­‚µ‚̂ق±‚è‚Æ�A‚±‚̑傫‚È’n‹…‚Ì“y‚ł͂ǂ¿‚炪‘å‚«‚¢‚Å‚·‚©�H�v

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚Ì’n‹…‚Ì“y‚Ì—Ê‚Í�AŽw‚Ì’Ü‚Å�E‚Á‚½‚Ù‚±‚è‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É�d‚¢‚Æ�Abhikkhus‚Í“š‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚»‚ê‚©‚çŽß‘¸‚Íbhikkhus‚É�ASōtapanna‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‰˜‚ê‚Ì�”‚Í’n‹…‘S‘̂̓y�ë‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚邯Œê‚Á‚½�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½Œã‚ÉŽc‚µ‚½—Ê‚Í�AŽw‚̒܂̂قñ‚Ì�­‚µ‚̂ق±‚è‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna ‚ª�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚ÅŽc‚µ‚½‹ê‚µ‚݂̗ʂ͂²‚­‚킸‚©‚Å‚·�B

’²‚ׂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ésutta‚Ì“K�؂ȃIƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“�à–¾‚͈ȉº‚Å‚·�B

http://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/sn/sn13/sn13.001.than.html

 

4. Another simile is in the Sineru sutta of the Samyutta Nikāya. �gThe amount of suffering a Sōtapanna has to endure can be compared to seven grains of sand on top of mount Sineru. In comparison, the amount of suffering a normal human has left to endure is sand in the whole mountain�h.

A Sōtapanna will NEVER be reborn in the four lowest realms. Furthermore, he/she will have only seven future bhava left, and those in the human realm or the realms above it.

 

4.•ʂ̚g‚¦‚Í�ASamyuttaNikāya‚ÌSineru sutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uSōtapanna‚ª‘Ï‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂̗ʂÍ�AƒVƒlƒ‹ŽR‚Ì’¸�ã‚Ì7—±‚Ì�»‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‘Î�Æ“I‚É�A•�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ª‘Ï‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂̗ʂÍ�AŽR‘S‘Ì‚Ì�»‚Å‚·�B�v

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚͘_—�“I‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�Aniraya‚Å‘˜‹ö‚µ‚½‹ê‚µ‚݂͌ˆ‚µ‚ÄŽ~‚Ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�Bniraya�i’n�–�j‚Å‚Ì1‰ñ‚Ì�o�¶‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚æ‚è�‚‚¢—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�”�ç�A�”•S–œ‚Ì�o�¶‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É‘½‚­‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�Å‚à’á‚¢4—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚³‚ç‚É�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì�ã‚̗̈æ‚Å‚ ‚Æ7‰ñ‚¾‚¯‚Ìbhava‚݂̂ðŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

5. That may be why most people tend to think that attaining the Sōtapanna stage requires attaining jhānā, all sorts of abhiññā powers, etc. None of that is a requirement for achieving the Sōtapanna stage.

How a Sōtapanna reduces dasa akusala via getting rid of micchā diṭṭhi �gto overcome apāyagāmi citta�h is discussed in �gAkusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna Avoids Apayagami Citta.�h Here is it described how five out of the 12 akusala citta do not arise after the Sōtapanna stage; those are the five that lead to birth in the apāyā.

 

5.‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Ajhānā‚â‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—Þ‚Ìabhiññāƒpƒ��[‚Ȃǂð’B�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̗vŒ�‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�A10‚̈«�idasa akusala�j‚Ì�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à”¼•ª‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É�í�œ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H

‚¢‚¢‚¦�BSōtapannaa‚Ídasa akusala‚Ì1‚Â�Aniyata micchā diṭṭhi‚Ì1‚‚݂̂ð�í�œ‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í‘¼‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ìdasa akusala‚Ì�uapāyagāmi‚Ì‹­‚³�v‚ðŒ¸�­‚³‚¹‚½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ꂪ—�‰ð‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B“Á‚É�Aabhijja‚Ü‚½‚Ílōbha‚ðrāgaƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÉŒ¸�­‚µ�Avyāpāda‚Ü‚½‚Ídōsa‚ðpaṭighaƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÉŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BLobha, Dosa, Moha versus Raga, Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

dasa akusala‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�ATen Immoral Actions (Dasa Akusala)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�ANiyata micchā diṭṭhi�iŠm—§‚³‚ꂽŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�ì‚ç‚ꂽakusala‚Å‚·�B

Sōtapanna‚Í�udassanēna pahātabba�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚鉘‚ê‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‚قǂ̗ʂ̈«�ikeles�Akilēsa�Aklēsha�j‚ðmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚Å�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Sammā Diṭṭhi‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�F31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�B

Sōtapanna‚ªapāyagāmi Citta‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Åmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�Adasa akusala‚ð�팸‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAkusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna Avoids Apayagami Citta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A12Ží—Þ‚ÌakusalaCitta‚Ì‚¤‚¿5Ží—Þ‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒWŒã‚É”­�¶‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aapāyā‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é5‚‚ł·�B

 

6. That is a critical point to understand. Removal of micchā diṭṭhi leads to the stopping of highly immoral actions. Most people worry excessively on the defilements done with the body and speech. They are afraid of even accidentally killing an insect or telling even a �gwhite lie.�h Of course, those need to be avoided too, because moral behavior (speech and actions) are a prerequisite for cleansing the mind.

That may still not convince some. If so, see whether this conclusion is contradictory to anything in the Tipiṭaka. One should carefully examine all the �grequirements�h that need to be fulfilled to attain the Sōtapanna stage. It should become clear that indeed, this is all one needs to do.

 

6.‚±‚ê‚Í—�‰ð‚·‚ׂ«�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B Micchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邯”ñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ª’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A“÷‘̂ƌ¾ŒêŠˆ“®‚Å�s‚í‚ꂽ‰˜‚ê‚ð‰ß“x‚É�S”z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�A‹ô‘R‚É’Ž‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�A�u”’‚¢‰R�v‚ð��‚°‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦•|‚ª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A“¹“¿“I�s“®�iƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ�s“®�j‚Í�S‚ð�´‚߂邽‚߂̑O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚à‰ñ”ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�Aniyata miccha diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•û‚ª‰½•S–œ”{‚à�d‚¢–â‘è‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Æ‘¼‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌNiyata Miccā Diṭṭhi�iŠm—§‚³‚ꂽŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚Í�ATen Immoral Actions (Dasa Akusala)�h and �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȏí—Þ‚Ìkamma‚Ì�d‚Ý‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�BHow to Evaluate Weights of Different Kammas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�…‚ª˜R‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é—eŠí‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�Å�‰‚É�¬‚³‚¢ŒŠ‚ð‚Ó‚³‚±‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å‘å‚ÌŒŠ‚ð�Å�‰‚É�Ç‚®•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�AMiccā Diṭṭhi‚·‚Ȃ킿Œë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�i‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Å‚à‚Ü‚¾”[“¾‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚à‚µ‚»‚¤‚È‚ç�A‚±‚ÌŒ‹˜_‚ªTipiṭaka‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‚à‚̂Ɩµ�‚‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�BSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ�u—vŒ��v‚ð’�ˆÓ�[‚­ŒŸ“¢‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ꂪŽÀ�s‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂł ‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠm‚©‚É–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. So, we have come to the �gcrux of the matter�h: How can one remove niyata micchā diṭṭhi? That is ALL one has to do to become a Sōtapanna.

That is also why we need to comprehend the term, saññā, commonly translated into English as �gperception.�h

 

7.‚»‚ê‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�u–â‘è‚ÌŠj�S�v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�F‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Äniyata micchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̂±‚Ƃł·�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�Aniyata micchā diṭṭhi‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŽO‘ŠTilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Ž©•ª‚ª–{“–‚É�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð�M‚¶‚é‚Ó‚è‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uŽ„‚Í“]�¶‚ð�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚â“®•¨‚̗̈æˆÈŠO‚É‚à‘¼‚̗̈悪‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚¾‚¯‚ł͋@”\‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�@

‚±‚ê‚Í�A–@’ì‚É�s‚Á‚Ä”†�Rˆõ‚É–³ŽÀ‚ð�à“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŠeŽ©‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚ðŒ©‚é�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚Í�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚éDhamma‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂݌©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”­Œ©‚³‚ê�A‰½�¢‘ã‚É‚à“n‚Á‚Ä�¹‚È‚é�l�X‚Å‚ ‚é‚âAriyā‚Ɏ󂯌p‚ª‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚éDhamma‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚Ì‚Ý‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚Å�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aˆê”Ê“I‚ɉpŒê‚É�u”Fޝ�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚ésaññ₯‚¢‚¤—pŒê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. Of course, Saññā is one of 52 cētasika and one component of pancakkhandha. It is one of the seven universal cētasika that arise with every citta.

Growing up, we acquire innumerable �gsaññā�h mostly by becoming familiar with them. We first recognize who �gmother�h and �gfather�h are, know different colors, different objects, etc.

 

8.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASaññā‚Í52cētasika‚Ì1‚‚ł ‚è�Apancakkhandha‚Ì1‚‚Ì�\�¬—v‘f‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éCitta‚Å”­�¶‚·‚é7‚‚̕�•Õ“I‚Ècētasika‚Ì1‚‚ł·�B

Saññā‚Í�Amanasikāra‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é•ʂ̕�•Õ“I‚Ècētasika‚Æ”ñ�í‚É–§�ڂɘAŒg‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bmanasikāra‚Í�AŒÃ‚¢‘z‚¢�o‚Æ�«—ˆ‚ÌŠó–]‚ðCitta‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·cētasika‚Å‚·�B cētana‚ª�uCitta‚ð‚܂Ƃ߂é�v‚Æ‚«�ACitta‚ÍŽå‘è�isaññā�j‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�AŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ävēdanā�iŠ´�î�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚Ìcētasika‚ª‰Ê‚½‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�d—v‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‚·‚®‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�ASaññā‚Ì‹@”\‚Í�uƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Ì”Fޝ�v‚ÉŒÀ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSaññā ‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŠT”O‚Ì�u“à•”—�‰ð�v‚Å‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�u‰Î�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚ð•·‚­‚Æ�A‚»‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚·‚®‚ɂ킩‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰Î‚ÌŠG‚Å‚³‚¦�S‚Ì’†‚ÅŒõ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Ô‚¿‚á‚ñ�i‚Ü‚½‚͉pŒê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l�j‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì’PŒê‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚͔ނç‚ɂƂÁ‚ĉ½‚̈Ӗ¡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Ô‚ñ–V�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì�l�j‚Í�A�u‰Î�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

�¬’·‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÉŠµ‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄŽå‚É–³�”‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¸�u•ê�v‚Æ�u•ƒ�v‚ª’N‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�AˆÙ‚È‚é�F�AˆÙ‚È‚éƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Ȃǂð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. Even though we acquire �gsaññā�h for most objects and people, some strong saññā may be �gpassed down�h from previous lives.  That can take many forms.

Then there is the �gability�h to play the piano, recite suttā, or just being able to comprehend complex mathematics as a child, etc. Some of these cases discussed in �gEvidence for Rebirth.�h

9.‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̑Î�Û•¨‚Æ�l�X‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�usaññā�v‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aˆê•”‚Ì‹­—Í‚Èsaññā‚͈ȑO‚Ì�l�¶‚©‚ç�uŽó‚¯Œp‚ª‚ê�v‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ͑½‚­‚ÌŒ`‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å‚±‚ê‚܂łɈê“x‚à–K‚ꂽ‚±‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�ê�Š‚ð–K‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚É�A‚»‚Ì�ê�Š‚É‚Â‚¢‚Ä‚·‚łɔñ�í‚É�Ú�ׂÉ�u’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚éŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚Ì�l�¶‚Å�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚½‰“‚­—£‚ꂽ“sŽs‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�ê�Ђɑ{�¸Š¯‚𓱂­‚Æ•ñ��‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì‘å�l‚Å‚³‚¦�A�‰‚߂ĖK‚ê‚é‚̂Ɋ®‘S‚ÉŠm�M‚µ‚ÄŠX‚ð•à‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ü‚¾—cŽq‚Ȃ̂É�AƒsƒAƒm‚ð’e‚¢‚½‚è�Asuttā‚ð˜N“Ç‚µ‚½‚è�A•¡ŽG‚È�”Šw‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é�u”\—Í�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽ–—á‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Í�AEvidence for Rebirth‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. We �gacquire�h most saññā through our families first, then through friends, schools, workplaces, etc.

However, the human mind is unique. When given enough substantial evidence, one�fs saññā about something or some concept can PERMANENTLY change. For example, when one learns how to do algebra (addition and subtraction, etc.) correctly, one will never forget that. And even if an authority figure (a teacher) insists that one plus two is four, even a child will not accept that. He/she can count with fingers and show the teacher that the correct answer IS three.

 

10.�Å�‰‚ɉƑ°‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä�AŽŸ‚É—F�l�AŠw�Z�A�E�ê‚Ȃǂð’Ê‚¶‚Ä�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìsaññā‚Í�uŽæ“¾�v‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�u�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚Ü‚½‚Ídiṭṭhis‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A‰Æ‘°‚ð’Ê‚¶‚ÄŠl“¾‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B“¹“¿–â‘è�A�­Ž¡�A�@‹³‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̎„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘æˆêˆó�Û‚Í�A‰Æ‘°‚©‚ç‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B

‚»‚ê‚炪‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‹­—Í‚©‚•p”ɂɎg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚É‚æ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�Asaññā‚Í•Ï�X‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚̂ł·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͓ƓÁ‚Å‚·�B�\•ª‚ÈŽÀŽ¿“I‚È�Ø‹’‚ª—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚邯�A‰½‚©‚·‚Ȃ킿‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ìsaññā‚͉i‹v‚ɕςí‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‘ã�”‚ÌŒvŽZ•û–@�i‰ÁŽZ‚⌸ŽZ‚È‚Ç�j‚ð�³‚µ‚­Šw‚ׂÎ�A‚»‚ê‚ð–Y‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚ÄŒ ˆÐŽÒ�i‹³Žt�j‚ª1�{2‚ª4‚¾‚ÆŽå’£‚µ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽq‹Ÿ‚Å‚³‚¦‚»‚ê‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÍŽw‚Å�”‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A�³‚µ‚¢“š‚¦‚ª3‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�æ�¶‚ÉŽ¦‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·

 

11. As we grow up, we acquire saññā for more specialized tasks.  One could �glearn�h to become a carpenter, a doctor, an engineer, etc.

Once one learns a �gskill,�h one will never forget that; at least it is easy to �gget back to it.�h One who had learned to ride a bicycle as a child may never touch a bike for 30-40 years. But then, even at old age, he will be able to ride a bike though he may fall once or twice initially.

 

11.�¬’·‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê�A‚æ‚è�ê–å“I‚ȃ^ƒXƒN‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Ésaññā‚ð�K“¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘å�H�AˆãŽÒ�AƒGƒ“ƒWƒjƒA‚ȂǂɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ð�uŠw‚Ô�v‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ì�uŠw�K�v‚Æ‚Í�A“Á’è‚̃^ƒXƒN‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B•¨Ž–‚Ì‚â‚è•û‚ðŠo‚¦‚邾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BˆãŽt‚ªŠw�K‚ð�I‚¦‚邯�A�V‚µ‚¢Š³ŽÒ‚ð�uƒgƒ‰ƒuƒ‹ƒVƒ…�[ƒeƒBƒ“ƒO�v‚µ‚Ä�A‰½‚ªˆ«‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BƒGƒ“ƒWƒjƒA‚ª�V‚µ‚¢�\‘¢‚ð�\’z‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚͈ȑO‚É�ì�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �uƒXƒLƒ‹�v‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�uƒXƒLƒ‹�v‚ð�K“¾‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–Y‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�uŒ³‚É–ß‚·�v‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�BŽq‹Ÿ‚Ì� ‚ÉŽ©“]ŽÔ‚É�æ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠw‚ñ‚¾�l‚Í�A30〜40”NŠÔŽ©“]ŽÔ‚É�G‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Å‚à�A”N‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A�Å�‰‚Í‚P�A‚Q‰ñ“]‚ñ‚Å‚à�AŽ©“]ŽÔ‚É�æ‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

12.A Sōtapanna acquires a basic level of understanding about �gthis world�h and that �gknowledge�h or �gcomprehension�h does not go away even in future lives.

The KEY concept to grasp is the �ganicca saññā.�h

 

12.Sōtapanna‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊î–{“I‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì—�‰ð‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯�A�u’mޝ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u—�‰ð�v‚Í—ˆ�¢‚Ì�l�¶‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚à�Á‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

’N‚©‚ªŽß‘¸‚ÌŠj‚ƂȂéƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð�uŠ_ŠÔŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃł킩‚é‚Ì‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�¢‚̉½‚©‚ð–]‚Þ‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä“¾‚ç‚ê‚é‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B �u’·Šú“I‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤—pŒê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É�l‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì“]�¶‚Í�A�l‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ð�¶‚«‚邾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‘O‚Ì�l�¶‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚«‚½‚©‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚àŒˆ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ÌŽí‚Ì�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚̕ω»�v‚Í�A‘O�¢‚©‚ç‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚·‚®‚ɂ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚â‚·‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�usaññā�v‚Í�Asuttā‚Ì‹L‰¯�APaṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚̘N�¥‚Ȃǂł͎擾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘ã‚í‚è‚É�AŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

”cˆ¬‚·‚ׂ«�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ÌŒ®‚Í�A�uanicca saññā�v‚Å‚·�B

 

13. The only way to �gbuild up�h the correct saññā is to make an effort to understand the key message of the Buddha. Humans usually have wrong perceptions or �gvipareetha saññā�h that one can find happiness in this life by working hard. Most people do not even think beyond this life, even if they believe in rebirth. That is also called the �gnicca saññā�h (pronounced �gnichcha saññā�h), i.e., by working hard, or by sheer luck, one can achieve and maintain things in this world to one�fs satisfaction.

It is this anicca saññā that grows as one attains higher stages of Nibbāna (Sakadāgāmi and Anāgāmi) and peaked at the Arahant stage. At the Arahant stage, one can see the �ganicca nature�h of ALL sankhārā, not only abhisaṅkhāra. That is what is expressed by, �gSabbē sankhārā anicca,�g and in the Girimānanda sutta, the Buddha told Ven. Ananda, �gAyaṃ vuccati Ananda, sabba sankhārēsu anicca saññā�h; see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – According to Some Key Suttas.�h

 

13.�³‚µ‚¢saññā‚ð�u’z‚«�ã‚°‚é�v—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é“w—Í‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�B�lŠÔ‚Í’Ê�í�Aˆê�¶Œœ–½“­‚­‚±‚Ƃł±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ì�K‚¹‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚·‚Ȃ킿�uvipareetha�i•Ï‚È�AˆÙ—l‚È�j saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”ނ炪“]�¶‚ð�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�l‚¦‚悤‚Ƃ͂µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�unicca saññā�v‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŒœ–½‚É“­‚¢‚½‚è‰^‚ð�ã‚°‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ð–ž‘«‚É’B�¬‚µ�AˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Žß‘¸‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È‹³‚¦‚Í�uanicca saññā�v‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A’·Šú“I‚É–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚­‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B Nibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Í�Aanicca saññā‚ª‚ ‚é’ö“x‚܂ňç�¬‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚É’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Anicca saññā‚ª‚ ‚郌ƒxƒ‹‚Ü‚Å�¬’·‚·‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É�uapāyagā micitta�v‚ðƒuƒ�ƒbƒN‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

AbhidhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�Acitta‚Í”ñ�í‚É�‚‘¬‚É—¬‚ê�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�‰Šúcittā‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‹É’[‚È�ê�‡‚Å‚ ‚é“Ë‘R‚Ì“{‚è‚⌃‚µ‚¢æÃ—~‚ð�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A•s“¹“¿‚Ègati‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃł·�i‚Æ‚è‚킯�Amicchā diṭṭhi ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�j�B

Nibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK�iSakadāgāmi‚ÆAnāgāmi�j‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�¬’·‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Ńs�[ƒN‚É’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�@‚±‚Ìanicca saññā‚Å‚·�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Aabhisaṅkhāra‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚Ì�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�uSabbē sankhārā anicca�v‚Å•\Œ»‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�AGirimānanda sutta‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ªƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚ÉŒê‚Á‚½�A�gAyaṃ vuccati Ananda, sabba sankhārēsu anicca saññā�h ‚Å‚·�B

Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta – According to Some Key Suttas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

14. When one develops the anicca saññā via learning Dhamma (listening and reading), the tendency to act immorally, even under extreme pressure, will slowly diminish.

The more one purifies one�fs mind, the easier it will become to grasp the key Dhamma concepts and cultivate the �ganicca saññā.�h And developing anicca saññā itself leads to the purification of the mind. That is why learning becomes exponentially fast, once getting some traction.

 

14. Dhamma‚ÌŠw�K�i’®‰ð‚Æ“Ç�‘�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Äanicca saññā‚ð”­’B‚³‚¹‚邯�A‹É“x‚̈³—Í‚Ì�󋵂łà�A•s“¹“¿‚É�U‚é•‘‚¤ŒXŒü‚Í‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚ÆŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�”‚©ŒŽŒã�iˆê•”‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ă͂æ‚è‘�‚­‚È‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j‚ÉŽv‚¢•Ô‚µ‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A‘Ήž‚·‚é�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v�iƒXƒgƒŒƒXƒŒƒxƒ‹‚̒ቺ�j‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚¾‚ñ‚¾‚ñ‚Ænirāmisa�iЉ–]‚̂Ȃ¢’†—§‚µ‚½Žv�l�j sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶�ADhamma‚ÉŽä‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽ©“®“I‚ÉDhamma‚ÌŠw�K‚É‚æ‚葽‚­‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

�uDhamma vicaya�vsabbojjanga‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�i‚»‚µ‚Ä•·‚¢‚Ä�jˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�ã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é�Å�‰‚ÌŒˆ’è‚ð�s‚¤ˆÈŠO‚Í�A‰½‚à‹­�§‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚⑼‚̃\�[ƒX‚©‚ç‚ÌŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ð”á•]“I‚É•]‰¿‚·‚é�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ŗǂ̒¼�ÚáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Å‚·�B•§–@‚Í‚·‚ׂñ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�AŽ©“®“I‚É�S‚Ì�ò‰»‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe Importance of Purifying the Mind‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�ADhamma‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A�uanicca saññā�v‚ðˆç‚Ă₷‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Aanicca saññāŽ©‘Ì‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ò‰»‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邯�AŠw�K‚Í‹}Œƒ‚É‘¬‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

15. It should be quite clear that an enormous number of defilements or �gkilesa�h (or �ganusaya�g) are removed just by getting rid of niyata micchā diṭṭhi.

Of course, one needs to have removed micchā diṭṭhi to even become a Sōtapanna Anugāmi: �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage.�h

More on the anicca saññā at: How to Cultivate the Anicca Saññā

 

15. niyatamicchādiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚¾‚¯‚Å�A–c‘å‚È�”‚̉˜‚ê‚â�ukilesa�v�i‚·‚Ȃ킿anusaya�j‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Í�Aanicca saññā‚ð—{‚¤‚±‚ƂŃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�´‚ß‚ç‚ê�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B Anicca saññā‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‰½”N‚à‚ÌŠÔ‹ê˜J‚µ‚ĉ½‚Ì—˜‰v‚à“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚ð20〜30”N�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l�i‚»‚µ‚Äanicca‚Æ‚Í�u–³�í�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚É�A‘å•�‚È�i•à‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©•·‚¢‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ„‚͈ꎞ“I‚È‚à‚Ì�i‚»‚µ‚ĉó‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«�j‚Å‚ ‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉¸‚â‚©‚³�i‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í•�’Ê‚Ìjhānās�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¾‚¯˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Blōbha, dōsa, mōha‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“xŒ¸‚炵‚½Žž‚É�Aapāyā‚Å“]�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Amicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä�ASōtapanna Anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚à•K—v‚Å‚·�B

�gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage.�h

 How to Cultivate the Anicca Saññā

 

 

Udayavaya (Udayabbaya) Ñāna – Introduction

February 12, 2016; revised October 23, 2018

The udayavaya ñāna (ñāna pronounced �gngana�h; see the pronunciation guide in �gPāli Glossary�h) is sometimes referred to as the udayabbaya ñāna.

However, it is about the arising (uadaya) and destruction (vaya) of a sankata. This is another example of two Pāli words combining to sound differently: udayabbaya.

 

udayavayañna�iñāna‚Í�ungana�v‚Æ”­‰¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uPāli—pŒê�W�v‚Ì”­‰¹ƒKƒCƒh‚ðŽQ�Æ�j‚Í�Audayabbayañāna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

ŽÀ�ۂ̃p�[ƒŠŒê‚Í udayabbaya‚Å‚·�iŽ„‚Í‚¤‚Á‚©‚èƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œêudayavaya‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B udayabbayañāna‚Ì�à–¾‚ÍPaṭisambhidāmagga Pakarana‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�F1.1.6. Udayab­baya­ñāṇa­niddesa

‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Asankata‚Ì”­�¶�iuadaya�j‚Æ�Á–Å�ivaya�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í2‚‚̃p�[ƒŠ�[Œê‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ĕʂ̉¹‚É‚·‚é—á‚Å‚·�Fudayabbaya�B

 

Pronunciation (udayavaya): 

Audio Player

00:00

00:00

Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.

 

1. Things in this world do not arise without causes. Anything that arises is destroyed sooner or later, and in the meantime, they change in unexpected ways (viparināma nature). That is another way to look at the anicca concept. The suffering arises because we are trying to maintain things the way we want, but that is an impossible task.

This is the very foundation of Buddha Dhamma. Suffering arises due to causes, and those root causes of lōbha, dōsa, mōha lead to the worst kinds of suffering. The other three root causes of alōbha, adōsa, amōha lead to temporary relief (in deva and brahma realms, but also in the human realm to some extent), but those also do not last long in the saṃsāric time scale.

 

1.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÌŽ–•¿‚Í�AŒ´ˆö‚È‚µ‚É‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶‚¶‚é‚à‚̂͒x‚©‚ê‘�‚©‚ê�Á–Å‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŠÔ‚Í—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•û–@‚ŕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�iviparināma‚Ì�«Ž¿�j�B‚»‚ê‚Íanicca‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŒ©‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚݂͎„‚½‚¿‚ª–]‚Þ•û–@‚Å•¨Ž–‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ɋN‚±‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AˆÛŽ�‚·‚é‚͕̂s‰Â”\‚ÈŽdŽ–‚Å‚·�B

•¨‚²‚Æ‚ª‰i‘±“I‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B—�—R‚Í‚à‚Á‚Æ�[‚¢‚Æ‚±‚ë‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•¨‚²‚Æ‚à—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•û–@‚ŕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚Ìviparināma‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Í31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”ð“ï�Š‚Í‚Ç‚±‚É‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚ꂪ•§–@‚Ì�ªŠ²‚Å‚·�BŒ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚ċꂵ‚Ý‚ª”­�¶‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚élōbha, dōsa, mōha‚Í�ň«‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ì‹ê’É‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚éalōbha�Aadōsa�Aamōha‚͈ꎞ“I‚Ȋɘa‚É“±‚«‚Ü‚·�B�ideva ‚Æbrahma ‚̗̈æ‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Í�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Å‚à�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚à‚Ü‚½saṃsāric‚ÌŽžŠÔƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚ł͒·‚­‚Í‘±‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

2. Udayavaya describes how anything in one�fs world (pancakkhanadha) arises due to causes. And whatever arises (udaya), it matures with time while changing in unexpected ways, and then inevitably gets destroyed (vaya). Suffering is associated with anything that has the anicca nature, and everything in this world of 31 realms has that anicca nature.

When one truly comprehends �guppāda vayattēna anicca�g, one has attained the �ganuloma ñāna�h that is a prerequisite for the Sōtapanna stage.

 

2. Udayavaya‚Í�AŠeŽ©‚Ì�¢ŠE�ipancakkhanadha�j‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚錴ˆö‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂǂ̂悤‚É”­�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚à�iUdaya�j�A‚»‚ê‚Í—\Šú‚¹‚Ê•û–@‚ŕω»‚µ‚È‚ª‚玞ŠÔ‚ƂƂà‚É�¬�n‚µ�A•K‘R“I‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ivaya�j�B‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂Ɋւí‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂɂ»‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

ŒÜå]pancakkhandha�i‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì�j‚Ìudayavaya‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Äanicca‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A�uuppāda vayattēna anicca�v‚Æ•\Œ»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

�uuppāda vayattēna anicca�v‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Å‚ ‚é�uanuloma ñāna�v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. For example, we think very highly about our bodies (especially when young). But we do not realize how much effort we put in (saṅkhāra dukha) to keep our bodies just in a �gpresentable form�h to others.  If we do not brush our teeth, wash or take a shower for a few days, do not comb the hair, do not wash our clothes, etc, we will be able to see the true nature of our bodies.

And this is what we have been doing through an unimaginable number of births in the past. Always struggling just to keep up. But it gets much worse if and when born in one of four lowest realms (apāyās).

 

3.—Ⴆ‚Î�AŽ„’B‚Í‘Ì�i“Á‚ÉŽá‚¢Žž�j‚ð”ñ�í‚ɉ¿’l‚ª�‚‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̑̂ð‘¼�l‚É�u’ñަ‰Â”\‚ÈŒ`�v‚ɕۂ‚½‚߂ɂǂê‚قǂ̓w—͂𕥂Á‚½‚©�isaṅkhāra dukha�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ•‚ð–�‚©‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚è�AƒVƒƒƒ��[‚ð�”“úŠÔ—�‚тȂ©‚Á‚½‚è�A”¯‚ð‚Æ‚©‚³‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚è�A•ž‚ð�ô‚Á‚½‚肵‚È‚¢‚Æ�A‘̖̂{Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚æ‚­�H‚ׂȂ©‚Á‚½‚è�A’èŠú“I‚ɉ^“®‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚邯�A‘̂̌`‚ª•ö‚ê‚邾‚¯‚łȂ­�A•a‹C‚É‚©‚©‚è‚â‚·‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aviparināma dukha(•ω»‚É‚æ‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý)‚Å–ž‚½‚³‚ꂽ‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚É‘Î�ˆ‚µ�A�g‘Ì‚ð—Ç�D‚È�ó‘Ԃɕۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚¤‚łȂ¯‚ê‚Î�AŽ–‘Ô‚Í‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‰»‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�i�Kе‚Å�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�j�A‚·‚ׂĂðŒ»�óˆÛŽ�‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ͑½‚­‚Ì“w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B’mŠo‚³‚ê‚é�u–¢—ˆ‚̉õŠy�v‚É–Ú‚ª‚­‚ç‚Þ‚½‚ß�A’Ê�í‚Í‚±‚Ìviparināma dukha‚͉B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B˜m‚ªŠá‚Ì‘O‚ɂԂ牺‚ª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A—Y‹�‚ª�d‚¢‰×‚̃J�[ƒg‚ðˆø‚Á’£‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–Ú‚ð‚­‚ç‚Ü‚¹‚éŠì‚т̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å–ˆ“ú‚̉Ǝ–‚ð‚±‚È‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂð�s‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�uˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª“Ë‘R”­�¶‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ–ŒÌ‚É‘˜‚Á‚½‚è�AŠà‚â‚»‚̂悤‚È’v–½“I‚È•a‹C‚É‚©‚©‚Á‚½‚è�Aˆ¤‚·‚é�l‚Ì—\Šú‚¹‚Ê‘åŽSŽ–‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä•·‚¢‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”N‚ð‚Æ‚é‚Æ�A‚Ç‚ñ‚Ȃɋê˜J‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‘Ì‚ªƒoƒ‰ƒoƒ‰‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚ɂ͎€‚ʂ̂ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚¿‚傤‚Ç‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì—¼�e/‘c•ƒ•ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B”Þ‚ç‚àŽá‚©‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽá‚­‚ÄŠˆ‹C‚É–ž‚¿‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‰ß‹Ž‚É‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é�”�X‚Ì�o�¶‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�s‚Á‚Ä‚«‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�BˆÛŽ�‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�í‚É‹ê˜J‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyās�j‚Ì1‚‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ�ê�‡‚Í�A‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. But the key here is not depressed about it. Some people believe contemplating on such things and cultivating a depressed mindset is the �gpatikula manasikāra bhāvanā�g; it is commonly mistranslated as �gcontemplation on the foulness of the body�g. But it is imperative not to get distressed about these things. The idea is to realize that all body parts are subject to anicca nature.

When one gains the udayavaya ñāna, one can see the causes that need to be eliminated to overcome otherwise inevitable future suffering.

 

4.‚µ‚©‚µ�A—Ž‚¿�ž‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B—Ž‚¿�ž‚Þ�l‚¦•û‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚ð—{‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð�upatikula manasikāra bhāvanā�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͈ê”Ê“I‚É�u�g‘̂̉˜‚ê‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’¾Žv�n�l�v‚ÆŒë–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚ƂɔY‚Ü‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ªŠÌ—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚à�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Æ‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂ̑̂̕”•ª‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚̉e‹¿‚ðŽó‚¯‚â‚·‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚±‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚É‹C‚«�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚铹‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɂà‹C‚­‚Æ�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì nirāmisa sukha‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�uNibbāna‚ðŒ©‚Ä�v�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Å‚·�B

Udayavaya ñāna‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‰½‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚Ì‚ ‚錴ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

5. In udayavaya ñāna, the term �gvaya�h has two meanings: 

But let us first discuss the factors associated with �gudaya�h or �garising�h.

 

5. udayavaya ñāna‚Ì�uvaya�v‚É‚Í2‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚P‚–ڂÍ�A‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ì‚½‚߂ɉ½‚ª�¶‚¶�A‚»‚ꂪ‘z’èŠO‚̕ω»‚Å‚ ‚낤‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì“à‚É�Á‚¦‹Ž‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

�¶�¬‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚Énet suffering�iŠì‚т͂ ‚邪�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ƔäŠr‚·‚邯Œy”÷‚È‚à‚̂łµ‚©‚È‚¢�j‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚àudayavaya ñāna‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽ–•¿‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð–h‚¬�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Audayavaya‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Adukkha nirodha sacca‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŒ´ˆö‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�«—ˆ‚É‹N‚±‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð–h‚®‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Audayavaya‚Ì�uvaya�v‚Ì2”Ԗڂ̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚æ‚è�d—v‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B

‚Ü‚¸‚Í�Å�‰‚É�uudaya�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u”­�¶�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é—vˆö‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B

 

6. The �gudaya�h part of the udayavaya ñāna describes five factors that lead to the arising of anything in this world. Anything in this world belongs to one of the five aggregates (pancakkhanadha): rūpa khandha, vēdana khandha, saññā khandha, saṅkhāra khandha, viññāna khandha.

Note that pancakkhandha is shortened for panaca khandha or �gfive heaps�h or �gfive aggregates�h. In the same way, rūpa khandha is normally pronounced as rūpakkhandha, and similarly vēdanakkhandha, etc.

 

6. udayavayañāna‚Ì�uudaya�v‚Ì•”•ª‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ʼn½‚©‚ª”­�¶‚·‚錴ˆö‚ƂȂé5‚‚̗vˆö‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�ipancakkhanadha�j‚Ì1‚‚ɑ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�Frūpakhandha�Avēdanakhandha�Asaññākhandha�Asaṅkhārakhandha�Aviññānakhandha�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Írūpa khandha‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðTHE WORLD(Œ»ŽÀ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚¾�I)‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ABuddha Dhamma‚Í�A‚æ‚è�uŒÂ�l“I‚È�¢ŠE�v�i”FޝƒVƒXƒeƒ€�j‚𖾂炩‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A�¢ŠE‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊´‚¶•û�ivēdana�j�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ð‚Ç‚¤‘¨‚¦‚é‚©�isaññā�j�AŠ´‚¶•û‚ÆŠ´‚¶•û‚É�]‚Á‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É�l‚¦�AŒv‰æ‚𗧂Ă邩�isaṅkhāra�j‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç3‚Â�ivēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�j‚Ì�Å�IŒ‹‰Ê‚ª�AŠeŽ©‚Ìgati�iƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�A�i�«—ˆ‚ÌŠó–]‚Æ—~–]�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ꂽviññānaˆÓޝ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

ŽÀ�Û�Apancakkhandha‚Í�AŠe�W�‡‘̂̉ߋŽ�AŒ»�Ý�A–¢—ˆ‚È‚Ç�i11‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ�j‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�BThe Five Aggregates (Pancakkhandha)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

pancakkhandha‚Í�Apanaca khandha‚·‚Ȃ킿�u5‚‚̂©‚½‚Ü‚è�i‘Í�Ï•¨�j�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�v‚Ì’Z�kŒ`‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B“¯—l‚É�Arūpa khandha‚Í’Ê�írūpakkhandha‚Æ”­‰¹‚³‚ê�A“¯—l‚Évēdanakkhandha‚Æ”­‰¹‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. There are four factors that inevitably contribute to the arising of any of the five aggregates:  We can easily guess the first two: avijjā and taṇhā. Because of avijjā (ignorance) of the true nature, beings tend to attach to things via greed or hate (taṇhā). And those two are always in front. Now, because of avijjā and taṇhā, beings initiate actions (kamma) via body, speech, and mind.

Then when any one of the five aggregates starts arising, it will need another factor that helps in the arising of that aggregate. Let us discuss that next.

 

7. 5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‚ɂ͕K‘R“I‚É4‚‚̗v‘f‚ªŠñ—^‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì2‚‚͊ȒP‚É�„‘ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bavijj₯taṇhā‚Å‚·�B–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚éavijjā�i–³’m�j‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘¶�Ý‚ÍæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý�itaṇhā�j‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä•¨Ž–‚É•t’…‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚Í�í‚É�Å‘O�ü‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚Äavijj₯taṇhā‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘¶�Ý‚Í�g‘Ì�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�s“®‚ð�ikamma�j‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aavijjā�Ataṇhā�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñkamma‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‚̂ɋ¤’ʂł·�B

ŽŸ‚É�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”­�¶‚µŽn‚ß‚½‚ç�A‚»‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̔­�¶‚ɖ𗧂•ʂ̗vˆö‚ª•K—v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

ŽŸ‚É‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B

 

8. A rūpa (material thing, whether alive or not) needs food (āhāra). A human or an animal needs to eat (these are called kabalinka āhāra), and a tree needs nutrition from the ground. Even a thing like a rock needs āhāra (not in the general sense of food) to be formed, and that is a very deep topic that we will discuss much later.

Since rūpa khandha also includes �gfuture rūpa�h one may ask how would āhāra be associated with a future rūpa. In this case, the āhāra is a mental āhāra; we will discuss four types of food (āhāra) in the near future.

 

8.rūpa�i�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚É‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì�j‚É‚Í�H‚ו¨�iāhāra�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B�lŠÔ‚â“®•¨‚Í�H‚ׂé•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚Íkabalinka āhāra‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�j�AŽ÷–؂͒n–Ê‚©‚ç‚̉h—{‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠâ‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂łà�Aāhāra�iˆê”Ê“I‚È�H‚ו¨‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł͂Ȃ¢�j‚ðŒ`�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŒã‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚·‚é”ñ�í‚É�[‚¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚·�B

Rūpa khandha‚É‚Í�u�«—ˆ‚Ìrūpa�v‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚͂ǂ¤‚¢‚¤‚±‚ƂȂ̂łµ‚傤‚©�H

‚±‚̃P�[ƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�Aāhāra‚Ƃ̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh“I�j‚Èāhāra‚Å‚·�B‹ß‚¢�«—ˆ�A4Ží—Þ‚Ì�H‚ׂà‚Ì�iāhāra�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. On the other hand, three of the mental aggregates (vēdana, saññā, saṅkhāra) arise due to phassa (contact), and thus phassa is considered a form a mental āhāra.

Viññāṇa is the end result of a citta that includes vēdana, saññā, saṅkhāra, and rūpa. Thus the corresponding factor for viññāna is nāma rūpa. Even though in Paṭicca samuppāda it is, �gviññāna paccayā nāma rūpa�g, it goes the other way too, �gnāma rūpa paccayā viññāna�g. This is called �gaññamañña paccayā�g, and is valid for many such pairs in the Paṭicca samuppāda.

 

9.ˆê•û�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�W�‡‘Ì‚Ì3‚Â�ivēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�j‚Í�Aphassa�i�Ú�G�j‚Ì‚½‚߂ɔ­�¶‚·‚邽‚ß�Aphassa‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“Iāhāra‚ÌŒ`‘Ô�iƒJƒ^ƒ`�j‚ÆŒ©‚È‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”­�¶‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A–Ú�Aލ�A•@�A�ã�A‘Ì�A‚Ü‚½‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄŠOŠE‚Æ‚Ì�Ú�G�iphassa�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B

Viññāṇa‚Í�Avēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñrūpa‚ðŠÜ‚Þcitta‚Ì�Å�IŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AViññāṇa‚ɑΉž‚·‚éˆöŽq‚Ínāmarūpa‚Å‚·�B Paṭicca samuppāda‚Å‚Í�uviññāna pacayā nāmarūpa�v‚Å‚·‚ª�A‹t‚É�unāmarūpa paccayā viññā na�v‚Ì•ûŒü‚à�¬‚è—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�uaññamañña paccayā�v‚ƌĂ΂ê�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ì‘½‚­‚̃yƒA‚É—LŒø‚Å‚·�B

 

10. Finally, the last factor is common to all five aggregates. In the deepest sense, any of the five aggregates is a sankata. And each thus has three common features: uppāda (early stage of arising), thithi (change while growing), bhaṅga (destruction). Thus the fifth factor that describes a given aggregate is the uppāda lakkhana or nibbathi lakkhana.

Whether it is a human or a building (rūpa), a feeling, perception, saṅkhāra, or viññāna, they all have those three characteristics of uppāda, thithi, and bhaṅga (i.e., nibbatti lakkhana).

 

10.�ÅŒã‚Ì—v‘f‚Í5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚·‚ׂĂɋ¤’ʂł·�B�Å‚à�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚àsankata‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É3‚‚̋¤’ʂ̓Á’¥‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Buppāda�i”­�¶‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK�j�Athithi�i�¬’·’†‚̕ω»�j�Abhaṅga�i”j‰ó�j‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�W�‡‘Ì‚ð•\‚·5”Ô–Ú‚Ì—v‘f‚Í�Auppādalakkhana‚·‚Ȃ킿nibbathi(“]�¶�A�¶�¬�A”­�¶�A�¶‹N�A�ÂŽÊ�^�i�ÝŒv�}�j�H) lakkhana‚Å‚·�B

 

ˆê•”‚Ìsankata�i“Á‚Érūpakhandha‚É‘®‚·‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚Í’·‚¢ƒ‰ƒCƒtƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ðŽ�‚‰”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B�lŠÔ‚Í–ñ100”NŽ�‘±‚µ�A‰F’ˆ‚Í�”�\‰­”NŽ�‘±‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg‚̃‰ƒCƒtƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚Í”äŠr“I’Z‚­�A“Á‚Évēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra‚Í”ñ�í‚É’Z–½‚Å‚·�Bˆê•”‚Ìviññāna‚Í’ZŽžŠÔ‚Å‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ìviññāna‚Í’·Ž�‚¿‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�lŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚낤‚ÆŒš•¨�irūpa�j‚Å‚ ‚낤‚Æ�AŠ´�î�A’mŠo�Asaṅkhāra�A‚Ü‚½‚Íviññāna‚Å‚ ‚낤‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�Auppāda�Athithi�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñbhaṅga�i‚‚܂è�Anibbatti lakkhana�j‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚ð”õ‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

11. It is easiest to discuss an example with the rūpa khandha, and take just a small part of it to say a human being (X) and an animal (Y). First let us start with the root causes for the birth of X or Y. Those two beings, in one of their previous lives, had acted (done a kamma) with taṇhā (which itself was caused by avijjā).

Āhāra also can be an actual cause and we will discuss that in a future post.

 

11.rūpakhandha‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�lŠÔ�iX�j‚Æ“®•¨�iY�j‚ð—á‚ɂƂÁ‚Ęb‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B�Å�‰‚É�AX‚ÆY‚Ì’a�¶‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̑¶�Ý‚Í�A‰ß‹Ž�¶‚Ì1‚‚Å�Ataṇhā�iavijjā ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ꂽ�j‚Å�s“®‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�iŽÀ�s‚³‚ꂽkamma�j�B

“¹“¿“I‚È�sˆ×�iX‚Ì�ê�‡�j‚Æ•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�iY‚Ì�ê�‡�j‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚ébhava�ihuman bhava‚¨‚æ‚Ñanimal bhava�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A�A‚±‚ê‚Í‚ ‚鎞“_‚őΉž‚·‚é“Á�«�igati�j‹¤‚É’a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�A“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚Å�lŠÔ‚َ̑™�iX�j‚Æ“®•¨‚َ̑™�iY�j‚ªŽó‘Ù‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚à�Å�‰‚ÍŽq‹{“à‚Å�H•¨�iāhāra�j‚ð�Á”�A�o�¶Œã‚ÍŽq‹{‚ÌŠO‚Å�H‚ׂ邱‚Æ‚Å�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

Āhāra‚àŽÀ�Û‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�@

 

12. The baby X or Y thus born, will now grow according to the blueprint (manōmaya kaya) that took hold of a single cell in the mother�fs womb at conception. That manōmaya kaya has the basic blueprint of that being.

Growing and maturing of X or Y, now proceeds with the production blueprint (නිෂ්පාදන ක්‍රමය in Sinhala or nibbatti lakkhana) that was associated with the particular manōmaya kaya.

 

12.‚±‚̂悤‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ�Ô‚ñ–VX‚Ü‚½‚ÍY‚Í�AŽó‘ÙŽž‚É•ê�e‚ÌŽq‹{‚Ì“à‚Ì’Pˆê�×–E‚ÌŽž‚Ì�ÂŽÊ�^�imanōmayakaya�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìmanōmayakaya‚ªŠî–{“I‚È�ÂŽÊ�^‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

X‚Ü‚½‚ÍY‚Ì�¬’·‚Æ�¬�n‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ìmanōmayakaya‚ªŠÖ‚µ‚½�ÂŽÊ�^�inibbatti lakkhana�j‚Ì�ÝŒv�}‚Å�i‚݂܂·�B

 

13. This same line of reasoning can be applied to other four khandha: Vedana, saññā, saṅkhāra, and viññāna also arise mainly due to avijjā, taṇhā, kamma, and also āhāra (food) for them.

The other four aggregates also arise, stay in existence for a time, and then is destroyed.

 

13.‚±‚ê‚Æ“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂà“K—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BVedana, saññā, saṅkhāra, viññāna‚à�AŽå‚Éavijjā, taṇhā, kamma, āhāra�i�H‚ׂà‚Ì�j‚ªŒ´ ˆö‚Å”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ì—v‘f‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ìāhāra�i�H‚ו¨�j‚Ƃ͂ǂ¤‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í“÷‘̂₻‚Ì‘¼‚Ìrūpa‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B

‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚à”­�¶‚µ�A‚µ‚΂炭‘¶�Ý‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒã�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

14. To summarize, each of the five aggregates arises with the aid of five factors:

Viññāṇa: avijjā, taṇhā, kamma, nāma rūpa, nibbatti  lakkhana.

 

14.—v–ñ‚·‚邯�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Í�A5‚‚̗vˆö‚ð—˜—p‚µ‚Ä�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Rupa�F�@�@  avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aāhāra�Anibbatti lakkhana�B

Vedana�F�@ avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aphassa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B

Sanna�F    avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aphassa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B

Saṅkhāra�F avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aphassa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B

Viññāṇa�F  avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Anāmarūpa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B

 

15. Thus those are the 25 factors that describe how anything in this world arise. The udayavaya ñāna encompasses the comprehension of those 25 factors.

 

15.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ʼn½‚©‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”­�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é25‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚·�B udayavayañāna‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì25‚Ì—v‘f‚Ì—�‰ð‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

”­�¶‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚Í�Á–łɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚©�A‰½‚©‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð–h‚®‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚é25‚Ì—vˆö‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Audayavayañāna‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł̂ ‚ç‚ä‚é‚à‚̂̔­�¶‚Æ�Á–łɊւ·‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̒mޝ�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł̂ ‚ç‚ä‚é‚à‚̂̔­�¶‚ð‘jŽ~‚·‚é�inirodha�j•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ50‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚·‚×‚Ä–Ô—…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Audayavayañāna‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邯�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”­�¶‚µ�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉð�Á‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�d—v‚È“_‚Í�A”­�¶‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂà‚Ì�iuppāda�j‚ª�Á–Å�ibhaṅga�j‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚邾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�Ý�ithithi�j’†‚É—\Šú‚¹‚¸‚ɕω»‚·‚é�iviparināma�j‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ꂪAnicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�B�@

 

 

 

Four Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala

Revised March 22, 2016; Revised September 22, 2017, June 28, 2019

1. In many suttā, including Sotā­patti­phala Sutta (SN 55.55) and Dutiya Sariputta Sutta (Samyutta Nikaya 55.5), the four requirements for someone to attain the Sōtapanna stage of Nibbāna are stated: �gCattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotā­patti­phala­sacchi­kiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sap­purisa­saṃ­sevo, saddham­mas­savanaṃ, yoniso­ma­nasikāro, dhammā­nu­dhammap­paṭi­patti�g.

When someone starts fulfilling the above conditions one becomes a Sōtapanna magga anugāmi (or Sōtapanna magga anugāmika); see, �gSōtapanna anugāmi and a Sōtapanna�g.

During this process, one removes three of the ten sanyōjana (or samyōjana or fetters). The ten fetters are those that bind one to the cycle of rebirth; see, �gRelinquishing Defilements via Three Rounds and Four Stages�g.

 

1. Sotā­patti­phala Sutta�iSN 55.55�j‚ÆDutiya Sariputta Sutta�iSamyutta Nikaya 55.5�j‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚­‚Ìsutt a‚Å‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì4‚‚̗vŒ�‚ª�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotā­patti­phala­sacchi­kiriyāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro? Sap­purisa­saṃ­sevo, saddham­mas­savanaṃ, yoniso­ma­nasikāro, dhammā­nu­dhammap­paṭi­patti�g.

 

�usappurisa �isath + purisa‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�¹‚È‚é—F�l�v�A‚‚܂èAriya�j�v‚Ƃ̊֘A•t‚¯‚Í�A�uKalyana Mitra�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Dhamma‚Ì’k˜b‚ð•·‚­�iSotāpanna Anugami‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ͓Ç�‘‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·‚ª�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚ÍƒŠƒXƒjƒ“ƒO‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚Ì�”3‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�j�B

Yōniso manasikāra�ianicca�Aƒ_ƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^�APaṭicca samuppāda‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È�l‚¦•û�j‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Dhammanudhamma patipadā�i•½–}‚È“¹‚ð’´‚¦‚½�¹‚Ȃ铹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚è‚Ü‚·�B�uWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B�j

’N‚©‚ª�ã‹L‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð–ž‚½‚µŽn‚߂邯�ASōtapanna magga anugāmi�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍSōtapanna magga anugāmika�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna anugāmi and a Sōtapanna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŠÔ‚É�A10ŒÂ‚Ìsanyōjana�isamyōjana‚·‚Ȃ킿‘«‚©‚¹�j‚Ì3‚‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B 10‚Ì‘«‚©‚¹‚Í�A1‚‚ð“]�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚¯‚é‚à‚̂ł·�BRelinquishing Defilements via Three Rounds and Four Stages‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

2. First it is imperative to understand what was meant by the Buddha when he said, �gmy Dhamma has not been known to the world�h (other than during the time of another Buddha). Most people follow what they deem to be �gBuddhism�h. I strongly advise reading the following posts and spending some time thinking about this issue:

�gWhat is Buddha Dhamma?�g

�gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and the discussion at, �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g.

As I tried to point out in many posts, when one is on the mundane path, one abstains from immoral deeds out of fear of bad outcomes. But when one starts comprehending Tilakkhana (anicca, dukkha, anatta), one starts avoiding immoral deeds because one sees the futility of such deeds: What is the point in hurting others in order to acquire sense pleasures that in the end do not provide any lasting happiness?

 

2.�Å�‰‚ÉŽß‘¸‚ª�uŽ„‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚Í�¢ŠE‚É’m‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽß‘¸‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�i•ʂ̎ߑ¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�j�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A�u•§‹³�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚éŽÒ‚É�]‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ÍŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�A‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚ƂɎžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð‹­‚­‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�F

 

What is Buddha Dhamma?�g

�gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and the discussion at, �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g.

 

‚»‚ê‚ç‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A•½–}‚È�ilōkiya�j”ª�³“¹‚ð�i‚ñ‚¾Œã‚É�ASōtapanna magga anugāmi‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É–{“–‚É�æ‚è�o‚·‚Æ‚«‚Å‚·�B

Ž„‚ª‘½‚­‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÅŽw“E‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A�l‚ª•½–}‚È“¹‚É‚¢‚邯‚«�A�l‚͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚Ì‹°‚ê‚©‚ç•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�T‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒJƒi�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚̉ñ”ð‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚Ì–³‰v‚³‚ð–Ú‚É‚·‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BŒ‹‹Ç�A’·‘±‚«‚·‚é�K•Ÿ‚³‚¦‚à’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚È‚¢Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т𓾂邽‚߂ɑ¼�l‚ð��‚‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ̈Ӗ¡‚͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�H

 

3. September 22, 2017: Previously, I had stated that one could learn about Tilakkhana by reading these days. That is still true and one could become a Sōtapanna anugāmi by reading.

However, Waharaka Thēro has mentioned that listening to a recorded dēsanā should count, per his opinion.

 

3. 2017”N9ŒŽ22“ú�FˆÈ‘O‚Í�A“ǂނ±‚ƂŃeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚͂܂¾�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚è�A“ǂނ±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄSōtapanna anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å‹ß�AWaharaka Thēro‚É�o‰ï‚¢�A‚»‚̘b‚É‚æ‚邯�ASōtapanna anugāmi ‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚É‚Í�A�¹�l‚É‚æ‚é�u˜b‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ăł ‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚Ç‚¤‚â‚ç�AAriya‚ÌSōtadvāracitta vithi�i�u˜b‚Ì�Å’†�j‚Í�AƒgƒŠƒK�[‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹@”\‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚Èjavanaƒpƒ��[‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ÍTipitaka‚ÌƒŠƒtƒ@ƒŒƒ“ƒX‚ð’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�î•ñ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ª‚¢‚ç‚Á‚µ‚á‚ê‚ΘA—�‚¢‚½‚¾‚¯‚ê‚Î�K‚¢‚Å‚·�BŒ©‚‚¯‚½‚Æ‚«‚É‚»‚ÌŽQ�Æ‚ðŠÜ‚ß•Ò�W‚·‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

2019”N7ŒŽ15“ú�F‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚錈’è“I‚ÈTipitaka‚ÌŒ¾‹y‚͂܂¾‚݂‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚·‚ׂÄTipitaka‚Ìsuttā‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚̂悤‚É�Asaddham­mas­savanaṃ�isaddham­ma +savanaṃ‚Ü‚½‚Í�uDhamma‚ð•·‚­�v�j‚ð1‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Æ‚µ‚ÄƒŠƒXƒg‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É‚Í�‘–Ê‚ª‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚½‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚Í�ðŒ�‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒˆ’è“I‚È‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AWaharaka Thēro‚̈ӌ©‚É‚æ‚邯�A˜^‰¹‚³‚ꂽ�u˜b‚ð’®‚­‚±‚Ƃ͑å�؂ł ‚邯�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. When one contemplates about the above, one realizes that one first needs to find out WHY the Buddha said �gthis wider world of 31 realms�h or �gour existence (not only in this life but in the 31 realms)�h is filled with suffering; what we perceive as sense pleasures keep us bound mostly to the kāma loka and very often to the four apāyā.  That is the First Noble Truth.

When one gets to Sōtapanna stage, one comprehends the First Noble Truth, and thus all four Noble Truths to some extent; one has �gseen�h Nibbāna. Now, one does not need any help to get to Nibbāna (to �gfully experience it�h), because one sees the whole Path, and knows how to get there.

4.�ã‹L‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邯�A‚Ü‚¸Žß‘¸‚ª‚È‚º�u‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¶�Ý�i‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A31—̈æ‚Å‚à�j�v‚ª‹ê‚Å–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тƂµ‚Ä”Fޝ‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚ª‚±‚Ìkāma loka‚É�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‘½‚­‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í4‚‚Ìapāyā‚É”›‚葱‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‹ê’ú‚Å‚·�B

ƒuƒbƒ_‚͂܂½�A�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚ê‚Î�A‘¼‚Ì3‚Â‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚낤‚Æ‚àŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å‚à�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŠî–{“I‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿�uSammāDiṭṭhi�v‚Ì�Å�‰‚̈Φ‚Å‚·�B

anicca�Adukha�Aanatta‚̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä”ñ�í‚ÉŠT‚˂ȃAƒCƒfƒA‚¾‚¯‚Å”ª�³“¹‚ð•à‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪSōtapanna Magga anugāmi‚Å‚·�B Ariya‚É‚æ‚é�u˜b‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È“Á�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASonetapanna magga‚ÆSōtapanna phala‚ð‚Ù‚Ú“¯Žž‚É�i“¯‚¶citta vithi‚Å�j’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—��A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä4‚‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Nibbāna‚ð�uŒ©‚½�v‚̂ł·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A“¹‚Ì‘S‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•û–@‚ð’m‚è�ANibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�i�u‚»‚ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚ɑ̌±‚·‚é�v‚½‚ß‚É�j�•‚¯‚Í•K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

5. With that in mind, it is easier to grasp why the Buddha emphasized the importance of those four conditions. First, since Buddha�fs message is unique, the true message has to come from a Buddha or someone �gwho can be traced back to the Buddha�h. The following is an analogy given in the suttā.

 

 5.‚»‚ê‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�AŽß‘¸‚ª‚È‚º‚±‚ê‚ç4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Ì�d—v�«‚ð‹­’²‚µ‚½‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B

‚Ü‚¸�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚͓ƓÁ‚Å‚ ‚è�A�^‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚̓uƒbƒ_‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒuƒbƒ_‚܂ł³‚©‚̂ڂê‚é�v’N‚©‚©‚炱‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ˆÈ‰º‚Ísuttā‚ł̗Þ�„ƒAƒiƒ�ƒW�[‚Å‚·�B

 

6. The Buddha can be compared to a great tree, standing tall and firm. All other humans can be compared to �gclimbers�h that need a tree to �gclimb up�h. Such climbers do not have strong enough stems so they cannot stand erect on their own. They need the support of another plant or a stick to stand. Those plants are called climbers. Climbers have tendrils to hold the supporting plant or stick. Following are some examples.

Because the message is unique, it has to come from the Buddha  himself or someone who can be traced back to the Buddha. One cannot attain even the Sōtapanna stage without hearing the true message; if one has attained it, then he/she knows the message. Someone aspiring to become an Ariya MUST hear the message from another Ariya; see, �gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�g.

 

6.Žß‘¸‚Í�A”w‚ª�‚‚­Œ˜‚¢—§”h‚È—§–؂ɗႦ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�lŠÔ‚Í�A�u“o‚é�v‚½‚߂ɖ؂ð•K—v‚Æ‚·‚é�uƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[�v‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚ȃNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[‚Í�\•ª‚É‹­‚¢Š²‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AŽ©•ª‚Å’¼—§‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í—§‚‚½‚߂ɑ¼‚Ì�A•¨‚â–_‚̃Tƒ|�[ƒg‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�A•¨‚ªƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[‚Í�AƒTƒ|�[ƒg‚·‚é�A•¨‚â–_‚ÉŽx‚¦‚ç‚ê‚邽‚߂Ɋª‚«‚Ђ°‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚É‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

“oŽRŽÒ‚Í‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚¢‚邪�A–_‚̂悤‚ȃTƒ|�[ƒg‚ª‚È‚­�A–Ø‚ª1–{‚¾‚¯‚̃P�[ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�B“oŽRŽÒ‚ª�u“o‚é�v‚½‚߂̗Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Å�A’n–ʂłÌ�Ià�‚ɉ^–½‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɂÍ�A‚»‚Ì–Ø‚ð‚‚©‚Þ‚±‚Ƃł·�B

–؂̋߂­‚É‚¢‚é“oŽRŽÒ‚¾‚¯‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð‚‚©‚ñ‚Å“o‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�¡�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚Í�æ‚Ì“oŽRŽÒ‚ð‚‚©‚Þ‚±‚Ƃœo‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“oŽRŽÒ‚ª‘�‚¦‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A�uƒAƒNƒZƒXƒGƒŠƒA�v‚ªŠg‘債‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“o‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é“oŽRŽÒ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚¢‚‚łàƒIƒŠƒWƒiƒ‹‚Ì–Ø‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�AAriya‚â�¹�l�iSōtapanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍArahant�j‚Í�A�í‚ÉŽß‘¸‚ÌŒŒ“�‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

ƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚͓ƓÁ‚Ȃ̂Å�AŽß‘¸Ž©�g‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é’N‚©‚©‚ç‚­‚邵‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�^‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð•·‚©‚¸‚ÉSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚à‚µ’B�¬‚µ‚½‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚̓�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚Á‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BAriya‚ðŽu‚·�l‚͕ʂÌAriya‚©‚ç‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð•·‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Buddha Dhamma – In a Chart

 

7. Now we can see the logic of the first two conditions. One has to learn Dhamma (the correct version), AND thus it has to come from an Ariya (Noble) person.

And of course one has listen to this correct message or read about it, and then GRASP it.

 

 7.‚±‚ê‚Å�A�Å�‰‚Ì2‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚̃�ƒWƒbƒN‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Dhamma�i�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�j‚ðŠw‚Ô•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍAriya�i�¹�l�j‚©‚ç‚Ì‚à‚̂łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

�uKalyāna Mitra�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂɂ̓Tƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Å‚·�Bƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Å‚Í�A�ukalyana mittā�v‚Í�A�u‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚é—F�l�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B�i�ukāla�v‚Í�u‰˜‚¢�…�v‚̂悤‚É�u‰˜‚¢�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u�•‚Á‚Û‚¢�v‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�A�una�v‚Í�u�í�œ‚·‚é�v‚Å‚·�j�B

‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A�uKalyāna Mitra�v‚ð�]—ˆ‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å�u—Ç‚¢—F’B�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚é�u—Ç‚¢�vˆÈ�ã‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B‘¼‚Ì�l‚É‚»‚ê‚ð“`‚¦‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð•·‚«‚¢‚½‚è�A“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚肵‚Ä‚©‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ð’݂͂܂·�B

 

8. One time Ven. Ananda, who was the personal assistant to the Buddha for many years at the end, approached the Buddha and said, �gBhante (Venerable Sir), I have been thinking that the future of the Buddha Sāsana (doctrine) must be dependent at least 50% on the kalyana mittās�h.

And there are many �gclimbers�h all over the world who have already started �gclimbing up�h with the help of that established �gclimber�h. I am encouraged by emails from many who are reading this site, on the joy they feel in comprehending the �gpure Dhamma�h.

 

8.‚ ‚鎞�A �ÅŒã‚̉½”N‚à‚ÌŠÔ�AŽß‘¸‚ÌŒÂ�l“I‚ȃAƒVƒXƒ^ƒ“ƒg‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½ƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ɋ߂«�A�uBhante�i‘¸ŽÒ�j�AŽ„‚ÍBuddha Sāsana�i‹³‹`�j‚Ì–¢—ˆ‚Í�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à50�“‚Íkalyana mittās‚É‚æ‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v�B

Žß‘¸‚Í“š‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�A�uƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_�A‚»‚ñ‚È‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�B Buddha Sāsana‚Í�Akalyana mithäs‚É100�“ˆË‘¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚Ü�A—�—R‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚µ‹³‚¦‚ÌŒŒ“�‚ª‰ó‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚ÌSāsana‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚Å‚·�BŒ¾—t‚͂܂¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�Aanicca, dukkha, anatta‚Ȃǂ̃L�[ƒ��[ƒh‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð�à–¾‚Å‚«‚é�l‚Í’N‚à‚¢‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚͔ނ̃uƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‹`‚Í5000”NŠÔ‚Í‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ½‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¾”¼•ª‚Å‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ÌŠúŠÔ“à‚É‚Í�AAriyā‚Ì�”‚ª�­‚È‚¢�u‹Qé[�v‚ÌŠúŠÔ‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¢ŠE‚Ì‘½‚­‚ÌAriy₯‹¤‚ÉBuddha Sāsanaƒuƒbƒ_�EƒTƒTƒi‚ª‹P‚­Žž‚à‚ ‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

‚±‚±‚ł̌®‚ƂȂé‚Ì‚Í�A‚½‚Ü‚É�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚𕜊ˆ‚³‚¹‚邽‚ß‚É�[–ž‚ȃpƒ‰ƒ~ƒ^‚ðŽ�‚Â�ujāti Sōtapanna�v‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚­‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽß‘¸‚Ì600”NŒã‚ÌMahinda‘¸ŽÒ‚̂悤‚É�B”Þ‚ç‚Íjāti Sōtapannas‚Å‚ ‚邾‚¯‚łȂ­�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ȃǂ̎å—v‚ȃp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�upatisambhidā nana�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�¡‚ª‚»‚ÌŽž‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚µ�‡‚¤‚̂͂܂¾ŽžŠú�®‘�‚Å‚·‚ª�AƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚⑼‚Ì�‘‚É‚à‘½‚­‚ÌAriyā‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‘½‚­‚ÍWaharaka Thēro‚Ì‚¨‚©‚°‚Å‚·�BParinibbāna of Waharaka Thēro

‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŠm—§‚³‚ꂽ�uƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[�v‚Ì�•‚¯‚ðŽØ‚è‚Ä‚·‚Å‚É�u“o‚èŽn‚ß‚½�v�¢ŠE’†‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì�uƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[�v‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚鑽‚­‚Ì�l‚©‚ç�A�u�ƒ�ˆ‚È–@�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚éŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚éƒ��[ƒ‹‚É—ã‚Ü‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

9. The third condition is to �gact with yōniso manasikāra�g. Here �gyōni�h means �gorigin�h, �gso�h means �goneself�h, and �gmanasikara�h here means �gwith this in mind�h.

 

9. 3”Ô–Ú‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Í�A�uyōniso manasikāra‚Æ�s“®‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚±‚Å�uyōni�v‚Í�u‹NŒ¹�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�uso�v‚Í�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚Å�umanasikara�v‚Í�u‚±‚ê‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Vibhangapakarana�iBook 2�Ap�B234�j‚Å�Aayisoniso manasikāra‚Í�u anicca‚ðnicca ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Adukkha ‚ðsukha‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Aanatta ‚ðatta‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é�v‚Æ�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ayōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ŠÈ’P‚ÉŒ¾‚¦‚Î�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É’·Šú“I‚É�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚é‚È‚ç�Aayōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B Yōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A’B�¬‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚à‚̂𓾂邽‚߂ɓ¬‚¤•sŽÀ‚³‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ª”ñ�í‚É’Z‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä”M�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�o�¶‚‚܂è“]�¶‚Ì‹NŒ¹�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚æ‚è’¼�Ú“I‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

Yōni‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚ƃVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å�AŽY“¹‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äyōniso manasikāra‚Í�u‹NŒ¹‚Ì—�‰ð�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�Byōniso manasikāra‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȗ̈æ‚Å‚Ì�o�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚錴ˆö‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂èbhava�h ‚Æ �gjathi�h‚ÍŠeŽ©‚Ì gati�@‚É‚æ‚é‚̂ł·�BGati to Bhava to Jāti – Ours to Control‚ðŽQ�Æ

‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�AŽ©“®“I‚É�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à‚»‚ê‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�ugati�v‚ðˆç�¬‚µ‚Ä—Ç‚¢Œˆ’è‚ð‰º‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�l‚Í“¹“¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢”»’f‚ð‰º‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�Apanna �i’qŒd�j‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Aapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é�sˆ×‚ðŽ©“®“I‚ɉñ”ð‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚É�A�u“K�؂Ȓ�ˆÓ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚æ‚è�A�uyōniso manasikāra�v‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í�upati + icca�v‚Í�usama + uppada�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

 

10. When one is meeting the first three conditions, one is set to fulfill the fourth, �gdhammanudhamma patipadā�g.  Here �gdhammanudhamma�h is �gdhamma + anu +Dhamma�h where �ganu�h means �gaccording to�h. The second �gDhamma�h is the Buddha Dhamma; the first is the �gdhamma�h that one follows. �gpatipadā�h is �gprocedure�h. Thus it means following the procedures laid out in the true and pure Buddha Dhamma.

(i) what is really meant by suffering (dukkha),

(ii) that suffering arises due to the anicca nature, and thus

(iii) one does not have any refuge anywhere in the 31 realms (anatta).

Dhammanudhamma patipadā is described in those suttā as living with a clear vision of anicca, dukkha, anatta nature of the pancakkhandha (rupa, vedana, sanna, saṅkhāra, viññāṇa).

10.�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð–ž‚½‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A4‚–ڂÌ�udhammanudhamma patipadā�v‚ð–ž‚½‚·‚悤‚É�ݒ肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å�udhammanudhamma�v‚Í�udhamma + anu + Dhamma�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uanu�v‚Í�uˆê’v‚·‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B 2”Ô–Ú‚Ì�udhamma�v‚Í•§–@‚Å‚·�B ˆê”Ô–Ú‚Ì�udhamma�v‚Í�]‚¤‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �upatipadā�v‚Í�uŽè�‡�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚»‚ê‚Í�^‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚È•§–@‚É’è‚ß‚ç‚ꂽŽè�‡‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

�¹�l‚©‚ç�^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚Æ‚«�A�l‚Í—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂܂·�F

�ii�j‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª–{“–‚ɈӖ¡‚·‚邱‚Æ�idukkha�j�A

�iii�j‹ê’É‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”­�¶‚·‚邽‚ß�A

�iiii�j31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à”ð“ï�Š‚ª‚È‚¢�ianatta�j�B

 

ŽŸ‚É�ANibbāna‚Ì—Bˆê‚Ì”ð“ï�Š�iatta�j‚ð’T‚·‚½‚ß‚É�A yōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚µ�A�udhammanudhamma patipadā�v‚É�]‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B

4‚‚ÌAnudhamma Sutta (SN 22.39)‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY�iŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚Ìsuttā‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚ÌŒ¾Œê‚Ö‚Ì–|–ó‚à‚»‚±‚Å—˜—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j�B

Dhammanudhamma patipadā‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìsuttā‚Å�Aanicca�Adukkha�Apancakkhandha�irupa�Avedana�Asanna�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāṇa�j‚Ìanatta‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ƂƂà‚É�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邯�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

11. As pointed out in �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g, dhammanudhamma patipadā or the �gDhamma Path�h starts with mundane samma diṭṭhi, or how to sort out immoral from moral. Then one gets rid of the moha (deep delusion) that covers the mind, and the mind will be ready to grasp anicca, dukkha, anatta.

When a �gmoral mind�h is exposed to the true Dhamma, the second stage or the Sōtapanna magga/phala results at some point.

 

11. What is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ÅŽw“E‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�Adhammanudhamma patipadā ‚·‚Ȃ킿�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì“¹�v‚Í�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽsamma diṭṭhi‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�A‚‚܂蓹“¿‚©‚ç•s“¹“¿‚ð‘I•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A�S‚𕢂Á‚Ä‚¢‚émoha�i�[‚¢–Ï‘z�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Æ�A�S‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð‚‚©‚Þ�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

�u“¹“¿“I‚È�S�v‚ª�^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚É”˜‚³‚ê‚邯�A‘æ2ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚·‚Ȃ킿Sōtapanna magga/phala ‚ª‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ÌŽž“_‚Å”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

12. Let us take an example to illustrate this concept.

One does not intentionally cut oneself, because one can see the dangers in that. In the same way, moral people stay away from immoral acts because they can see the consequences of such immoral acts.

We can thus see why it is comparatively easy to get on the mundane eightfold path.

12.—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ä�A‚±‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�l‚͊댯‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�AˆÓ�}“I‚ÉŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð�Ø‚Á‚½‚肵‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¯—l‚É�A“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X‚Í•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð�Ø‚è“|‚·‚±‚Æ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚Ü‚ê‚Å‚·‚ª�j�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�Amoha‚Ì‚½‚߂ɔñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é�l�X‚Æ”äŠr‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ”ª�³“¹‚ÌŒo˜H‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚Ì‚ª”äŠr“IŠÈ’P‚È—�—R‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B

13. The lokottara eightfold Path is harder to see. This is why a Buddha or someone who has learned the message of the Buddha is needed to convey that.

Like that it is hard for most people to take the �glong term perspective�h and investigate whether it is really true that �git is not only fruitless, but also dangerous�h to be attached to the sense pleasures of this world.

 

13.  lokottara‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚ÍŒ©‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŠw‚ñ‚¾�l‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð“`‚¦‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È—�—R‚Å‚·�B

 

ƒp�[ƒeƒB�[‚ª‚ ‚è�A�l�X‚ª“Å“ü‚è‚Ì‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚âˆù‚Ý•¨‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�ê�‡�B“ł͒v–½“I‚Å‚·‚ª�A�Á‰»‚µ‚Ĉ«‰e‹¿‚ðˆø‚«�o‚·‚ɂ͎žŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A‚Ý‚ñ‚È‚ª�HŽ–‚ðŠy‚µ‚Ý�AŠy‚µ‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚ð‰ß‚²‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A’N‚©‚ª—ˆ‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ɂ͓łªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�A”ü–¡‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚Ù‚Ç‚æ‚è“Å�«‚ª‹­‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚𖳎‹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚͂Ȃº‚±‚Ì�l‚ª�uƒp�[ƒeƒB�[‚ð‘ä–³‚µ‚É‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Ì‚©—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�”�l‚ª‚æ‚葽‚­‚Ì�î•ñ‚ð‹�‚ß�A‚±‚Ì�l‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚𒲂ׂ悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ª�u–³‰v‚Å‚ ‚邾‚¯‚łȂ­�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚à‚ ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ª–{“–‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð�u’·Šú“IŽ‹“_�v‚Å‘¨‚¦‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚ē‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 

14. It is hard in the beginning to grasp this message. Even when one starts seeing the message (as one gets to the Sōtapanna magga anugāmi stage), initially it is hard to instill discipline. A good analogy here is it is harder to resist scratching an itch, even though one may realize that it is not a good idea because one will then make that a wound. The tendency is to �genjoy the scratching�h. In the same way, even when one starts seeing the dangers of the rebirth process, initially it is still hard to resist the sense pleasures.

Of course, one needs to have removed micchā diṭṭhi in order to even become a Sōtapanna Anugāmi: �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage�g.

Next, �gHow Does One Know whether the Sōtapanna Stage is Reached?�g, �c�c�c..

 

14.�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�Bƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂Ăà�iSōtapanna magga anugāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�j�A�Å�‰‚Í‹K—¥‚ð�Z“§‚³‚¹‚é‚Ì‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚ł̗ǂ¢—Ⴆ‚Í�A‚©‚ä‚Ý‚ð‘~‚­‚±‚Ƃɒï�R‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B �u‘~‚­‚±‚Æ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�vŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚̊댯�«‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂Ăà�A�Å�‰‚ÍŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚É’ï�R‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂܂¾�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B

 

‰ðŒˆ�ô‚Í�A�u‚©‚ä‚݂ɓî�p‚ð“h‚Á‚Ä—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è•·‚¢‚½‚è�n�l‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‹­‚¢�Õ“®‚ð’Á‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�iŒ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‚Ì‚Å�j�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚Í�u‘å‚«‚È‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�u�¬‚³‚È‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚É‘Î�ˆ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u‘å‚«‚È‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯�A—˜“_‚ª‚í‚©‚è�A‘¼‚Ì�u‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚É‚à“¯‚¶Žè�‡‚𓥂ނ悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B“¯—l‚É�A“¹�i“Á‚ÉSōtapanna magga anugāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW�j‚Í‘Q�i“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚É�u‚æ‚è‘å‚«‚È”Æ�ß�v‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚©�A�u�ň«‚Ì�Kе�igati�j�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AMicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna Anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�F

Micca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage

 

 

 

 

 

How Does One Know whether the Sōtapanna Stage is Reached?

Revised March 23, 2017; May 15, 2018; September 22, 2018; August 12, 2019; February 11, 2020

One can determine for oneself whether one has attained the Sōtapanna stage. It becomes clear that one has removed the characteristics (gati) suitable to be born in the four lowest realms (apāyā).

Sōtapanna Is the First Goal

1. The most precious thing sought by a Bhauddhayā (or a practicing Buddhist) is the Sōtapanna stage of Nibbāna; see, �gWhy a Sōtapanna is better off than any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire.�h

As we discussed in that post, even Ven. Sariputta (who was only second to the Buddha in Dhamma knowledge) could not do that. Some people today claim they know whether another person has attained the Sōtapanna stage (and make money doing that). Sōtapanna

 

Sōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŽ©•ª‚Å”»’f‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iaptoyā�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚̂ɓK‚µ‚½“Á�«�igati�j‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Å–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

1.Bhauddhayā�i�C�s’†‚Ì•§‹³“k�j‚ª‹�‚ß‚é�Å‚à‹M�d‚È‚à‚Ì‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B

Why a Sōtapanna is better off than any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

�Å�I“I‚È–Ú•W‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Å‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í7‚Â‚Ì bhavaˆÈ“à‚ÅArahanthood‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

7‚‚Ìbhava ‚Æ‚Í7‚ˆÈ�ã‚Ì’a�¶‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽbhava “à‚ɂ͑½‚­‚Ì’a�¶‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BBhava and Jāti – States of Existence and Births Therein‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚é•û–@‚ð’m‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì�lŽ©�gˆÈŠO‚Å‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚¾‚¯‚ª�Amagga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BMyths about the Sōtapanna Stage

‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚»‚±‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AƒTƒŠƒvƒbƒ^‘¸ŽÒ�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì’mޝ‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®�l•¨�j‚Å‚³‚¦�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B�¡“ú�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ªSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃł¨‹à‚ð‰Ò‚¢‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�j

 

2. A Sōtapanna is one who has seen the way to Nibbāna. He/she still has more work to do, but can see a glimpse of Nibbāna from far. The way to Nibbāna has become apparent.

In another post, I described a simile. A traveler, who, looking for a particular mountain to get to the top of it, can finally see an outline of it at a distance. He/she still has to travel to the base of the mountain and climb up. Most of the hard work was to find the location of that mountain and to get close to it. See, �gSotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna�h and �gThe Sōtapanna Stage.�h

 

2.Sōtapanna‚Í�ANibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ðŒ©‚½�l‚Å‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾‚â‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢ŽdŽ–‚ª‚Ü‚¾‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰“‚­‚©‚çNibbāna‚ðŠ_ŠÔŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

•ʂ̂Ƃ±‚ë‚Å�AŽ„‚Í”äšg‚Å‚±‚̂悤‚È�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B’¸�ã‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɓÁ’è‚ÌŽR‚Ì’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é—·�sŽÒ‚ª�A‚â‚Á‚Ɖ“‚­‚É‚»‚ÌŽR‚Ì—ÖŠs‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾ŽR‚Ì‚Ó‚à‚Æ‚É�s‚«�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽR‚É“o‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ‘å•Ï‚È�ì‹Æ‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŽR‚Ì�ê�Š‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ɋ߂­‚±‚Ƃłµ‚½�BSotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna�h and �gThe Sōtapanna Stage‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Nibbāna Is the Stopping of the Rebirth Process

3. In Buddha Dhamma, the ultimate goal is to stop the rebirth process anywhere in the 31 realms of this world. That corresponds to realizing that there is only suffering to be had by staying in this rebirth process. In particular, one has to comprehend the dangers of rebirths in the lowest four realms (apāyā).

Therefore, one must work diligently to stop future suffering by �ggiving up cravings for things in this world,�h and strive to reach the only oasis in this desert of the cycle of rebirths or Nibbāna. That is to release the mind from the burdens of the material world.

 

3.•§–@‚Å‚Í�A‹†‹É‚Ì–Ú•W‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚Å“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶‚̉ߒö‚É—¯‚܂邱‚Æ‚ª‹ê‚µ‚݂ł ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚­‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyā�j‚ł̓]�¶‚̊댯�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚ÉŽŠ‚é—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�A31—̈æ‚ɂ킽‚é‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�Fanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚Í–³�í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�u–³‰ä�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�K‚¹‚̃~ƒ‰�[ƒWƒ…‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ“w—Í‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̕sŽÀ‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹‚ł͖{“–‚É–³—͂ł ‚é‚ðŽ©•ª‚É”[“¾‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì•¨Ž–‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Å�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽ~‚߂邽‚߂ɔM�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý�A‚±‚Ì�»”™‚Ì“]�¶ƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚Ì—Bˆê‚̃IƒAƒVƒX‚Å‚ ‚éNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邿‚¤“w‚߂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í•¨Ž¿“I‚È�¢ŠE‚Ì�d‰×‚©‚ç�S‚ð‰ð•ú‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

 

Comprehension of Tilakkhana will change one�fs outlook of life

4. Once that idea sinks in, one�fs attitude, behavior, and outlook on life will change forever.

One way to assess is to see how much of one�fs such �ggati�h have changed for the better. (Over the period that one has been working towards the Sōtapanna stage). One should be able to see significant changes. For discussions on �ggati�h (or �ggati�g), please use the �gSearch�h box on the top right.

 

4.‚±‚Ì�l‚¦‚ªˆê“x�A�Z“§‚·‚邯�A�l�¶‚ɑ΂·‚é‘Ô“x�A�s“®�AŒ©’Ê‚µ‚͉i‰“‚ɕςí‚è‚Ü‚·�B

—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚傤�BŽq‹Ÿ‚ª2‚‚Ì�”Žš‚ð‘«‚·•û–@‚ðŠw�K‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–Y‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B 2”Ô–Ú‚Ì�„‘ª‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘å�l‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‹³Žt‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚É�u2ƒvƒ‰ƒX3‚Í6�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚ª‚»‚ê‚É“¯ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂»‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B�[‚­Œ@‚艺‚°‚邯�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚̊댯�«‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒ’�N�A•x�A–¼�º‚É‚æ‚é�K•Ÿ‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͉¿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í•§–@‚̉¿’l‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì—�‰ð�i—�‰ð‚ÉŠî‚­�j‚Í�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�L‚ª‚èŒø‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Í�u–‚–@‚ÌŒø‰Ê�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶‚«•¨‚Í�A˜A‘±“I‚Èkammic energy‚Ì—¬‚ê‚Å‚·�BWhat Reincarnates? – Concept of a Lifestream‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapannaphala‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ɉ½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚Í�A‚»‚Ìlifestream‚Ì�ugati�v‚ðŽæ‚è•Ô‚µ‚̂‚©‚È‚¢‚قǕς¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B’n�–‚Ì‘¶�Ý�i‹­—ó‚È‘žˆ«‚Ìgati�j�Apeta �i‹­—~�j�A asura �i‘¼�l‚É‚½‚©‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�j�A‚Ü‚½‚Í“®•¨�i‚»‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¬�‡•¨;�utirisan�v‚·‚Ȃ킿3‚‚·‚ׂĂÌ�usan�v�j�B

•]‰¿‚·‚é1‚‚̕û–@‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�ugati�v‚̂ǂꂾ‚¯‚ª‚æ‚è—Ç‚­•ω»‚µ‚½‚©‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B �iSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚ÄŽæ‚è‘g‚ñ‚Å‚«‚½ŠúŠÔ’†�j�B‘å‚«‚ȕω»‚ªŒ©‚¦‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B �ugati�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‰E�ã‚Ì�uŒŸ�õ�vƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

�gSeeing�h the True Nature of This World

5. Let us take another example. When we look in a mirror and see our image, we KNOW that it is not another person or oneself, but merely an image. We don�ft need to think twice to realize that.

The most important thing is that he/she will NEVER do any act that is immoral enough to lead to rebirth in the lowest four realms. We all KNOW that our reflection in a mirror is not real and thus will not try to talk to that reflection. Similarly, a Sōtapanna INSTINCTIVELY avoids doing anything that is profoundly immoral. He/she does not need to think about the consequences of such acts, etc.

5.•ʂ̗á‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‹¾‚ðŒ©‚ÄŽ©•ª‚̃Cƒ��[ƒW‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚͕ʂÌ�l‚⎩•ª‚ł͂Ȃ­�A’P‚È‚éƒCƒ��[ƒW‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɓñ“x‚Æ�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‹¾‚â�…‚ɉf‚Á‚½Œ¢‚ª–i‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�HŒ¢‚͕ʂ̌¢‚¾‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä–i‚¦‚Ü‚·�BŒ¢‚Í”½ŽË‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I‚È•x‚ð”ñ�í‚É�‚‚­•]‰¿‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚È•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì�AŒ¨�‘�A”Fޝ‚Ȃǂð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ½‚Å‚à‚â‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È“¬‚¢‚Ì•sŽÀ‚³‚ð–{”\“I‚É’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i—Ⴆ‚΂¨‚¢‚µ‚¢•¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邱‚Æ‚â�«“IŠˆ“®�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A•s—Ï‚ð‚µ‚½‚è�A‰ß“x‚ÈæÃ—~‚É‚Í�ϋɓI‚ÉŠÖ—^‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Sōtapanna‚Ílōbha‚ðkāmarāga‚É�Adōsa�i‚Ü‚½‚Ídvesha�j‚ðpaṭigha‚ÉŒ¸‚炵‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�S‚ðŠ®‘S‚É•¢‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½æÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚Í�A�uˆ¤’…�v‚Æ�uŒ™‚¢�v‚ÉŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�BLobha, Dosa, Moha versus Raga, Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�Å‚à�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‰º‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ù‚Ç•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‹¾‚Ì”½ŽË‚ÍŒ»ŽÀ‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚½‚ß�A‚»‚Ì”½ŽË‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚»‚¤‚Ƃ͂µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¯—l‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í�A’˜‚µ‚­•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð–{”\“I‚É”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Jhāna Can Be a Distraction

6. One could be a Sōtapanna (or even an Arahant) without being able to get to any jhāna beforehand. Many people in the time of the Buddha attained the Arahanthood upon listening to a desana. Upacara and anuloma samadhi are sufficient for one to get to the Sōtapanna stage. Also, jhāna and magga phala are two different things; see, �gSamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala.�h

What I described above is consistent with the extension of 89 cittā to 121. The �gadditional 40 cittā�h come about when attaining the four stages of Nibbāna for people at various (anariya) jhāna levels; see, �gThe 89 (121) Types of Citta�g. However, these are technical details that may not concern most people. I just wanted to show consistency.

6.Ž–‘O‚Éjhāna‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna�iArahant‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�j‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�Adesana�i�u˜b�j‚ð•·‚¢‚ÄArahanthood‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BUpacara ‚Æanuloma samadhi ‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚Å‚·�B‚Ü‚½�Ajhāna‚Æmagga phala‚Í2‚‚̈قȂé‚à‚̂ł·�BSamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Sōtapanna‚Ì‹N‚±‚蓾‚é“]�¶‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚à‚µ�Å�‰‚Ìanariya jhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚È‚ç�ABrahma‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aanariya jhānā‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚³‚¦Sōtapanna‚Í�lŠÔ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�ASōtapanna‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ª�Aanariya jhānā‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�ABrahma‚̗̈æ‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aˆá‚¢‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ‚Å‚³‚¦�A“]�¶‚©‚玩—R‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

Ž„‚ª�ã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚Í�A89‚Ìcittā‚©‚ç121‚Ö‚ÌŠg’£‚ƈê’v‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�u’ljÁ‚Ì40cittā�v‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�ianariya�jjhānaƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�l�X‚ªNibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邯‚«‚É”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�BThe 89 (121) Types of Citta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‹Z�p“I‚È�Ú�ׂł ‚è�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂ͊֌W‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BˆêŠÑ�«‚ðŒ©‚¹‚½‚©‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

 

Ariya and Anariya Jhāna Experiences Are the Same

7. We also need to keep in mind that the jhānic experience is the same for anariya jhānā as for Ariya jhānā. They are mental states of the rupavacara and arupavacara realms; they still belong to this world of 31 planes.

Of course, having even anariya jhānā makes it easier to do vipassanā (comprehend anicca, dukkha, anatta) and attain magga phala.

 

7. jhānā‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Í�Aanariya jhānā‚Å‚àAriya jhānā‚Å‚à“¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Írupa vacara‚Æarupa vacara‚̗̈æ‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚͂܂¾31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Žß‘¸ˆÈ‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�A8”Ô–Ú‚Ìanariya jhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ�A‚Ü‚½abhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðˆç‚ÞƒˆƒM‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B Anariya jhānā‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚½Ceto vimutti�i‚Ü‚½‚Íceto vimukthi�j‚Í�Apaññā vimutti‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚½magga phala‚Æ“¯‚¶‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘OŽÒ‚ł͉˜‚ê‚Í—}�§‚³‚ê‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·‚ª�AŒãŽÒ‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Aanariya jhānā‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Avipassana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð�j‚ðŠÈ’P‚ÉŽÀ�s‚Å‚«�Amagga phala‚ðŽæ“¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

Ariya and Anariya Jhāna Are Very Different in Essence

8. Just SUPPRESSION of akusala thoughts and craving for sensual pleasures (kāma rāga) can lead to anariya jhāna.

Here is a desana from the Waharaka Thero describing the difference between jhāna and magga phala (it is in Sinhala, but I have extracted the essence in this post for others):Audio Player

 

8. akusala‚ÌŽv�l‚ð—}�§‚µ�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ�ikāmarāga�j‚ðŠ‰–]‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�Aanariya jhāna‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

ˆê•û�AAriya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ�ikāmarāga�j‚Ì‚½‚߂Ɋ‰–]�ianusaya�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Possible Outcomes of Meditation – Samādhi, Jhāna, Magga Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

ˆÈ‰º‚Í�AWaharaka Thero‚̃fƒTƒi‚Å�Ajhāna‚Æmagga phala‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì‚½‚߂ɃGƒbƒZƒ“ƒX‚ð’Š�o‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B

 

Changes One Can See For Oneself

9. Even before reaching the Sōtapanna stage, one will notice changes in one�fs behavior and attitude towards not only other humans but all living beings. All those will gradually change as one starts following the Path.

The only concrete way to be convinced of the Sōtapanna stage is to make sure that the three samyōjana of sakkāya diṭṭhi, vicikiccā, and silabbata parāmāsa are absent. See, �gSakkaya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me) View?�g.

 

9. Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚à�A�lŠÔ‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘̂ɑ΂·‚é�s“®‚â‘Ô“x‚̕ω»‚É‹C•t‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�u“¹�v‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚Æ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂª�™�X‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‘å‚«‚ȕω»‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̕ω»‚Í1“ú‚ł͋C‚©‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�Aƒ‰ƒCƒtƒXƒ^ƒCƒ‹‚É�d‘å‚ȈႢ‚ªŒ©‚ç‚ê‚é‚܂łÉ�”�TŠÔ‚©‚ç�”‚©ŒŽ‚©‚©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Æ�W‚Ü‚éŒXŒü‚ªŒ¸‚è‚Ü‚·�B Dhamma‚ÌŠw�K‚Æ�A‚Ü‚¾Š®‘S‚É–¾Šm‚ł͂Ȃ¢ŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É�A‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·‘½‚­‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à‚Á‚Æ’m‚邱‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚ÉŠy‚µ‚¢‚̂ł·�B

‹C‚©‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃɂà‹C‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B�l�X‚ª�u‚à‚Á‚ƃn�[ƒh‚Ƀp�[ƒeƒB�[�v‚µ‚Ä�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚Ì‚É�A‚»‚̉ߒö‚Å”æ‚ê‰Ê‚ĂĂ¢‚邾‚¯‚Ì�l�X‚Ì�uŽ©•ª‚Å—U”­‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚̋ꂵ‚݂̃pƒ^�[ƒ“‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ðŠm�M‚·‚é—Bˆê‚Ì‹ï‘Ì“I‚È•û–@‚Í�Asakkāya diṭṭhi�Avicikiccā�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñsilabbata parāmāsa‚Ì3‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

Sakkaya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me) View?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Should One Declare One�fs Attainments?

10. Then there is this question. Is it appropriate or even allowed by the Buddha for someone to declare the magga phala one has attained?

In particular, when one develops abhiññā powers to be able to see previous lives, one becomes so disgusted with what one (and others) have gone through in past lives. One does not seek to look back much further.

10.ŽŸ‚É�A‚±‚ÌŽ¿–₪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Í’N‚©‚ª’B�¬‚µ‚½magga phala‚ð�錾‚·‚é‚͓̂K�؂ł·‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹–‰Â‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½‚©�H

Tipiṭaka ‚Å�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ͎Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B‘¸Œh�A‹à‘K�A�é“`‚Ȃǂ𓾂悤‚ƈÓ�}‚µ‚ÄŒë‚Á‚Ä“Á’è‚Ìmagga phala‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�錾‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚͈«‚¢kamma‚Å‚·�B”ä‹u‚Í�upārājika�v‚ɂȂè�AŽ©“®“I‚É�_Œ ‚ðŽ¸‚¢�Aniraya‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

magga phala‚Ì�錾‚͋֎~‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �uSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½�l‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚»‚¤‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ–]‚Þ‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ð�錾‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�A“Á‚É‘¼�l‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�B Mahā Parinibbāna Sutta (DN 16)

magga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð�錾‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©–�‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Íjhān₯“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�¢‘­�iabhiññā�j‚ÌŒ —Í‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邽‚ß‚Éjhānā‚ÌŠJ”­‚ðŽn‚߂܂·‚ª�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñ‚»‚±‚É’…‚­‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ —̖͂³‰v‚³‚ð‚·‚Å‚É–Ú‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

“Á‚É�A�l‚ª‘O�¢‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚Éabhiññā‚̗͂𔭒B‚³‚¹‚邯‚«�A�l‚Í�i‚»‚µ‚Ä‘¼‚Ì�l‚½‚¿‚ª�j‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚É‚Æ‚Ä‚à‚¤‚ñ‚´‚肵‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤�­‚µ‚à�U‚è•Ô‚è’T‹�‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Tipiṭaka Examples/Accounts

11. Now let us discuss some episodes from the Tipiṭaka to clarify some of the points made above.

The key is that there is a difference between hate (dōsa) and getting angry (paṭigha); paṭigha is removed only at the Anāgāmi stage.

 

11.‚±‚±‚Å�A�ã‹L‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ATipiṭaka‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃Gƒsƒ\�[ƒh‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Visāka�iŽß‘¸‚ÌŽå‚È�—�«�M“k‚Ì1�l�j‚Í�AŽá‚¢”N—î‚ÅSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ�—‚Í120�΂Ŏ€‚ʂ܂Å�A‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ìjhjnā‚à magga phala‚à”­’B‚³‚¹‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚Í”Þ�—‚ª‰½“x‚à�iŽ„‚Í11‰ñ‚¾‚ÆŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�j�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B

“¯—l‚É�AJetavanaramaya‚Ì”ü‚µ‚­‚Ä�‚‰¿‚È�C“¹‰@‚ðŒš‚Ä‚½—T•Ÿ‚ÈŽÀ‹Æ‰ÆAnathapindika‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ìdesana‚ð•·‚¢‚ÄSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í–S‚­‚È‚è�ATusita‚̗̈æ�i6‚‚Ìdeva‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì1‚Â�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìdeva‚Ì�¢ŠE‚àkāmalōka‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”Þ‚ªAriya jhāna‚É“ž’B‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B

ƒ}ƒnƒmƒ}‚̓Vƒbƒ_�[ƒ‹ƒ^‰¤Žq‚̉Ƒ°‚ÆŠÖŒW‚Ì‚ ‚é—T•Ÿ‚È�l‚Å‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚͔ނÉSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Ɣނɘb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ª”ނ̃rƒWƒlƒXŠˆ“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚«�A”Þ‚Í‚µ‚΂µ‚Δނ̂µ‚à‚ׂɃCƒ‰ƒCƒ‰‚µ‚Ä“{‚è�A”Þ‚ç‚É“{–‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚̂悤‚È”š”­‚ÌƒGƒsƒ\�[ƒh‚ÌŒã�A”Þ‚Í�A�u‚à‚µŽ„‚ª‚Ü‚¾‚±‚̂悤‚É“{‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚È‚ç�AŽ„‚͂܂¾Sōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚É‚¿‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Å�A”Þ‚ÍŽß‘¸‚É�A‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚ð�à–¾‚µ�A�錾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�q‚˂܂µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽO“x–Ú‚ÌŠm”F‚Ü‚Å�A”Þ‚ÍSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW

‚Ì’B�¬‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹^–â‚ð•ø‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BPaṭha­ma ­Mahā­nāma Sutta (SN 55.21)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AƒwƒCƒg�idōsa�j‚Æ“{‚è�ipaṭigha�j‚ɂ͈Ⴂ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B paṭigha‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

More Accounts From Tipiṭaka

12. Then there was the Sarakāni brāhmin, who also belonged to a �ghigh caste.�h He used to consume alcohol and get drunk regularly. His relatives, who were vedic brāhmins, disowned him from their lot, saying that he was unworthy to be one of them. He also attained the Sōtapanna stage, but could not give up the habit of drinking even after achieving that. When he died, Mahānāma (mentioned above) asked the Buddha where Sarakāni was reborn. The Buddha said Sarakāni had attained the Sōtapanna stage and has been reborn a deva. Sarakāni�fs relatives laughed out loud contemptuously upon hearing this and declared, �gif Sarakāni was a Sōtapanna, then we all should be Arahants.�h When Mahānāma reported this back to the Buddha, the Buddha said those ignorant brāhmins would go by outward appearances. That description is in the Sarakāni sutta (Do a Google search to find several translations of the sutta).

12.�u�‚‚¢ƒJ�[ƒXƒg�v‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éSarakāni‚Æ‚¢‚¤ brāhmin‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͈ȑOƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðˆù‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ä�A’èŠú“I‚É�Œ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�Bvedic brāhmins‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½”Þ‚Ì�e—Þ‚Í�A”Þ‚ð‰“‚´‚¯�A”Þ‚ªƒuƒ‰�[ƒtƒ~�[‚Ì1�l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͉¿’l‚ª‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͂܂½�ASōtapanna ‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½Œã‚Å‚àˆùŽð‚Ì�Kе‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ª–S‚­‚È‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�AMahānāma�i�ã‹L�j‚Í�ASarakāni‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½�ê�Š‚ðŽß‘¸‚É�q‚˂܂µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚Í�ASarakāni‚ªSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ�ADeva‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚Æ�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�BSarakāni‚Ì�e—Þ‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä•Ž•Ì“I‚É‘å�º‚Å�΂¢�º‚ð�ã‚°�A�uSarakāni‚ªSōtapanna‚¾‚Á‚½‚ç�AŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂȂé‚Í‚¸‚¾�v‚Æ�錾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B Mahānāma‚ª‚±‚ê‚ðŽß‘¸‚É•ñ��‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽß‘¸‚Í–³’m‚Ìbrāhmins‚½‚¿‚ÍŠOŒ©‚Å”»’f‚·‚邯Œ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�ASarakāni‚Ìsutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�isutta‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì–|–ó‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‚É‚Í�AGoogleŒŸ�õ‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�j�B

 

In the above �gpativiratō hōti�h does not mean �gwill not�h but rather �gwill not do with liking.�h After all, a Sōtapanna (unless had attained Ariya jhānā) is not yet released from the higher realms of the kāma lōka, only from the lowest four realms.

 

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚̃Gƒsƒ\�[ƒh‚Í�A�l‚ª•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚𑱂¯�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚àSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðˆù‚Þ‚±‚ÆŽ©‘Ì‚ªdasa akusala�i10‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®�j‚Ì1‚‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃł·‚ª�A‘å—Ê‚Ì�Á”ï‚Í‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSarakāni‚Í‚¨‚»‚ç‚­”ނ̈ùŽð‚Ì�Kе‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x‘±‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�u�Œ‚Á‚½�v‚Ƃ͎v‚í‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B Sōtapanna‚Í‹­‚¢æÃ—~�ilōbha�j‚݂̂ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Kāmarāga‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̈¤’…‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Žß‘¸‚Í�AMahānāma sutta�i‘O�q‚̃}ƒn�[ƒ“ƒ}‚ɓ͂¯‚ç‚ꂽ�j‚Å�ASōtapanna‚̉ú—¥�isila�j‚ðŽŸ‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �u5‚‚̉ú—¥�v‚Ì�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B

The Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�ã‹L‚Ì�upativiratō hōti�v‚Í�A�u‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚ł͂Ȃ­�A�u�D‚݂Ɋ֌W‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�BŒ‹‹Ç‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�ASōtapanna�iAriya jhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½�ê�‡�j‚Í�Akāma lōka‚Ì�ãˆÊ‚̗̈æ‚܂ʼnð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å’á4‚‚̗̈悩‚ç‚̂݉ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Asmi Māna Removed Only at the Arahant Stage

13. Some people try to remove the sense of �gme�h or sense of �gself�h to get to the Sōtapanna stage, but that is removed only at the Arahant stage.

Any meditation with the wrong concepts of anicca, dukkha, anatta �gwill not grow.�h One should be able to �gfeel�h one�fs understanding �ggrow�h if one is doing correct types of meditation; see, �g13. Kammattana (Recitations) for the Sōtapanna Stage�g.

 

13.ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A�uŽ„�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

31—̈æ‚É”›‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚±‚É‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ugati�v‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�Aapāyā ‚Å‚Ì“]�¶‚Ì�ugati�v‚©‚ç’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BAnāgāmi‚Å‚³‚¦�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚ðŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邪�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ɑ΂·‚鈤’…‚̂قƂñ‚ǂ͂»‚±‚ɂ͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�‚�Z‚𑲋Ƃµ‚È‚¢‚Æ‘åŠw‚ÌŽŽŒ±‚ðŽóŒ±‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�B

’iŠK“I‚ɑ̌n“I‚É�i‚Þ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe Way to Nibbāna – Removal of Āsavā�h and �gConditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

31—̈悷‚Ȃ킿�u‚±‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I‚È�¢ŠE�v‚É”›‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u–³‰ä�A”ñŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚Á‚Ä‚à�³‚µ‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚àŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ċɒ[‚ÈŒ©•û‚Å‚·�B

anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½ŠT”O‚ðŽ�‚ÂáÒ‘z‚Í�A�u�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒ^ƒCƒv‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A�l‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�u�¬’·�v‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð�uŠ´‚¶‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B13. Kammattana (Recitations) for the Sōtapanna Stage

 

Only a Buddha Can Know Another Person�fs Attainments

13. Finally, only a Buddha could discern whether another person has attained magga phala. However, there are many instances of people declaring their attainments by themselves when that declaration helped a noble purpose.

Also see: �gSotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna,�h �gFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala,�h and �gSotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna.�h

 

 

13.�ÅŒã‚É�AŽß‘¸‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¼‚Ì�l‚ªmagga phala‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�錾‚ª�¹‚È‚é–Ú“I‚ɖ𗧂‚Ƃ«‚É�AŽ©•ª‚Å’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�錾‚·‚é�l�X‚̗Ⴊ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Tipiṭaka‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�Å�‰‚Ì4‚‚̕§‹³•]‹c‰ï�iDhamma Sangāyanā�j‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚½‚̂͂·‚ׂÄArahants‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç4‰ñ‚Ì•§‹³•]‹c‰ï‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚½‰½�ç�l‚à‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‚·‚ׂĎ©•ª‚ŃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ð�錾‚µ‚½‚ɈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì•§‹³•]‹c‰ï‚Ì’¼‘O‚Ì–é‚ɃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í‹ó˜H‚Å�iƒAƒrƒjƒFƒX‚Ì—Í‚Å�jŒö‰ï‹c‚É—ˆ‚Ä�AŒ®ŒŠ‚©‚çƒz�[ƒ‹‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͔ނ̒B�¬‚Ì‘¼‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì�S‚©‚ç‚Ì‹^‚¢‚ð•¥�@‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ»‚ê‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚±‚̂悤‚È’´�í“I‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¤ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ðŠÜ‚ß”äŠr“I�­�”‚Ì—á‚Å‚·�BƒA�[ƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚ª‘¼�l‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒVƒbƒv‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‹^”O‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃ͕s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚µ‚½�BƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚Í�A�Å�‰‚̃Tƒ“ƒKƒ„ƒ“‚Å�d—v‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚½‚߂ł·�B

Sotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna,�h �gFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala,�h and �gSotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna

 

 

10. Attaining the Sotāpanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava

The top 11 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation. The rest of the posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects. They can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi. The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.

July 30, 2015: I have re-written the two posts #10 and #11 (previously titled, �g10. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga�h and �g11. How to Select and �gGrow�h Meditation Procedures for Magga Phala�h) that written some time back with different titles. Over the past two months, I have clarified some subtle issues in both my own experience and in technical details. Revised August 5, 2017; September 19, 2018 (updated links).

‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ãˆÊ11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A‰Â”\‚ÈáÒ‘z‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚𓾂邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚Ü‚¸�A•¨Ž–‚Ì�‡�˜�Fsamādhi�Amagga phala�AŽŸ‚ÉAriya jhānās‚Ì�‡�B

Possible Outcomes of Meditation – Samadhi, Jhana, Magga Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ajhānās�iAriya‚Ü‚½‚Íanariya�j‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì“_‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚Ì�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala

ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

1. First, it would be challenging to get to even a state of samādhi if one is not keeping up at least the �gconventional�h five precepts: abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and using drugs or getting intoxicated. Those things make the mind restless and make it hard for the mind to focus attention (the five hindrances �gcover the mind�h). Just strictly obeying the five precepts may not be effective if one�fs mind is full of jealousy, extreme greed, hate, etc.; see, �gThe Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them.�h

The Buddha said that �gkusala sila�h leads to the tranquility of the body and mind, which in turn leads to samādhi. The �gkusala sila�h accomplished via gaining Sammā Diṭṭhi (to some extent) is all that is needed to attain the upacāra samādhi needed for the Sōtapanna magga/phala. All three samyōjanā removed at the Sōtapanna stage (sakkāya diṭṭhi, vicikicca, silabbata parāmāsa) are associated with the wrong vision or diṭṭhi.

1.�Å�‰‚É�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�u�]—ˆ‚Ì�v5‚‚̉ú—¥�A‚‚܂èŽEŠQ�A“�“ï�A�«“Iˆá–@�sˆ×�A‰R�A–ƒ–ò‚Ü‚½‚Í�Œ‚킹‚镨‚ÌŽg—p‚ð‹Ö‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚È‚­‚µ�A�S‚ª’�ˆÓ‚ð�W’†‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð�¢“ï‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�i5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚Æ‚Í�u�S‚𕢂¤�v‚à‚̂ł·�j�B޹“i�A‹É“x‚ÌæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚݂ȂǂÅ�S‚ª–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ðŒµ–§‚ÉŽç‚邾‚¯‚ł͌ø‰Ê‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

The Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‰˜�õ“x‚ª�‚‚¢‚ƈäŒË‚̒ꂪŒ©‚¦‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�S‚ª�u‰˜�õ“x‚ª�‚‚¢�v�ê�‡‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚à�S�i‚Æ‘Ì�j‚Í�u‰½‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�u�¬‚³‚ȉ˜‚ê�v�iƒ�ƒCƒ“1”tˆù‚Þ‚Ì‚ð�T‚¦‚é‚È‚Ç�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�u‘å‚«‚ȉ˜‚ê�v‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚邯�A�…–Ê‚Ì�­‚µ�æ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B“¯—l‚É�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚łȂ­‚Ä‚à�A�S‚ÍŒy‚­‚È‚è�AƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚à�­‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�˜‚ð‰º‚ë‚·‚Æ�A�usamādhi�v‚Ì‚ ‚é�ó‘Ô�A‚‚܂è�¯‚³‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚«‚â‚·‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Žß‘¸‚Í�A�ukusala sila�v‚Í�S�g‚Ì�¯‚³‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A‚»‚ꂪƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B Sammā Diṭṭhi‚ð�i‚ ‚é’ö“x�jŠl“¾‚·‚邱‚ƂŒB�¬‚³‚ê‚é�ukusala sila�v‚Í�ASōtapanna magga / phala‚É•K—v‚Èupacāra samādhi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂł·�BSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ꂽ3‚‚Ìsamyōjanā�isakksayadiṭṭhi�Avicikicca�Asilabbataparāmāsa�j‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿diṭṭhi‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. Many people have the idea that one needs to �gget to samādhi�h using a separate meditation technique such as conventional breath meditation. Even though one could do that, it would be a waste of time. One can get to samādhi just by listening or reading attentively to CORRECT dhamma.

One needs formal meditation techniques to attain higher magga phala, i.e., above the Sōtapanna stage; the reason will become clear shortly. However, it is fine to do formal meditation even to attain the Sōtapanna stage. In the following, I will describe what I went through.

2.‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�A�]—ˆ‚̌ċzáÒ‘z‚Ȃǂ̕ʂÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�uƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚É�s‚©‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ‚Å‚«‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽžŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂł·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð’�ˆÓ�[‚­•·‚¢‚½‚è“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Žß‘¸‚ª�A�Å�‰‚É�uSamataáÒ‘z�v‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚©‚ç�A�uƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z�v‚ð�s‚¤‚悤‚É’N‚©‚É‹�‚ß‚½ŽQ�Æ‚ÍTipiṭaka‚É‚Í1‚Â‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�S‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚«�ASamata‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ämagga phala‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Œã‚Í�A‚·‚łɂ ‚é’ö“x’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚»‚Ì�u—â‹p�ó‘Ô�v‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ă邱‚Æ‚Å�AAriya jhānās ‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚æ‚è�‚‚¢magga phala‚‚܂èSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚æ‚è�ã‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì—�—R‚͂܂à‚È‚­–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂悢‚±‚Ƃł·�BˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�AŽ„‚ªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. To get to samādhi, contemplating Dhamma concepts will make it easier and faster. Also, one will be able to stay in �gmeditation�h for a longer time. Different names used are, insight meditation (vipassana), many forms of �ganupassanā,�h and cultivating the �gdhamma vicaya�h sabbojjanga. Concomitantly, one needs to do the correct version of �gānāpānasati�h at all times.

To clarify this issue, let us examine what is involved in attaining the Sōtapanna stage.

 

3. samādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ADhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚©‚‚æ‚葬‚­‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A’·ŽžŠÔ�uáÒ‘z�v‚𑱂¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邳‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȗ¼‘O‚Í�A“´Ž@áÒ‘z�ivipassana�j�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`Ž®‚Ì�uanupassanā�v�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�udhamma vicaya�vsabbojjanga‚̈ç‚݂ł·�B“¯Žž‚É�A�í‚É�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�uānāpāna sati�v‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Œ´‘¥‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AáÒ‘z‚ª�•‚¯‚É‚È‚é‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna’iŠK‚ÉŒü‚¯‚ÄŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚̘b‚ð•·‚­‚¾‚¯‚Å�ASōtapanna‚âNibbāna‚Ì‚³‚ç‚É�‚‚¢’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½�l‚Í–³�”‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ì“_‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä�AˆÈ‰º‚ÌŒë‰ð‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì1‚ˆÈ�ã‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�ii�j‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¢‚Ì�Š—L•¨‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚é�A

�iii�j”ä‹u‚ɂȂ邩�AŠu—£‚³‚ꂽ�¶Šˆ‚ð‚·‚é

�iiii�j‘½‚­‚ÌŽí—Þ‚ÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚é�B

‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ½‚ª•K—v‚©‚𒲂ׂĂ݂܂µ‚傤�B

 

4. Removal of cravings for worldly pleasures or āsāvās (āsavakkhaya) leads to Nibbāna; see, �gGati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings).�h

The other three āsāvās of kāmāsava (craving for sense pleasures), bhavāsava (desire to live somewhere in the 31 realms of this world), and avijjāsava (ignorance of anicca, dukkha, anatta) go away at the higher stages of Nibbāna; see the above post.

 

4.�¢‘­“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚݂ւ̊‰–]�A‚·‚Ȃ킿āsāvās (āsavakkhaya)‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚ÆNibbāna‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Gati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings)

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é4‚‚Ìāsāvā‚Ì‚¤‚¿1‚‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚ÆSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É�s‚«‚Ü‚·

Ditthavasava‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Å‚·�B Sabbāsava Sutta‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚Í–¾Šm‚ȃ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�i�udassanena pahātabbā�v�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ídassanena‚ªƒ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�Apahātabbā‚ª�œ‹Ž‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�B

‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìāsāvā‚Ìkāmāsava�iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ðŠ‰–]‚·‚é�j�Abhavāsava�i‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚É�Z‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ð–]‚Þ�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñavijjāsava�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�j‚Í�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢Nibbāna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B�ã‹L‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

5. The critical point is that one does �gapāyagāmi apunnābhisaṅkhāra�h (or strong immoral deeds that makes one eligible to be born in the lower four realms) only when one has wrong worldviews. Contrary to most people�fs beliefs, one does not need to lose the craving for sense pleasures to attain the Sōtapanna stage. Kāma āsava is reduced in stages in the Sōtapanna and Sakadāgāmi stages and is removed only at the Anāgāmi stage.

One meaning of Sōtapanna (�gsōta�h + �gpanna�g) is �gone who has cultivated wisdom by listening to Dhamma�h; in the days of the Buddha, that was how one learned Dhamma, by listening.

5.�d—v‚È“_‚Í�A�uapāyagāmi apunnābhisaṅkhāra�v�i‚‚܂艺‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚鎑Ši‚ð—^‚¦‚é‹­‚¢•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�j‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚ɂ̂Ý�s‚í‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Ì�M”O‚É”½‚µ‚Ä�A�l‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚т̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚È‚­SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Kāma āsava‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÆSakadāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å’iŠK“I‚É�팸‚³‚ê�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚ª‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‹­’²‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A�udiṭṭhi�v‚‚܂è�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Ȃ̂͂»‚Ì‚½‚߂ł·�B‰E�ã‚ÌŒŸ�õƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚É�udiṭṭhi�v‚Æ“ü—Í‚·‚邯�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ª‘½�”•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚Ìdiṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚‚܂èƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�í�œ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna�i�usōta�v+�upanna�v�j‚Ì1‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�A�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä’mŒb‚ð”|‚Á‚½�l�v‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É‚Í�A•·‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ă_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚т܂µ‚½�B

 

6. Even before meeting my teacher Theros, I had been thinking about dhamma concepts for 3-4 years and had been trying to get a consistent picture in my mind. Even at that time, I could quickly get to samādhi because my mind was focused.

Thus rebirth in the human realm does not happen instantaneously. One could in the gandhabba state for years before being directed to a suitable womb. And one can be born in the human realm many times before the kammic energy for that �ghuman bhava�h is exhausted.

6.�æ�¶‚ÌTheros‚ɉ‘O‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚Í3〜4”NŠÔ�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ÌŽž‚Å‚à�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Å�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚É‚·‚®‚É�s‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

“Á’è‚̃Rƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ª‘¼‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚ĉ½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�u�s‚«‹l‚Ü‚Á‚½�v‚Æ‚«�AŽ„‚Í–{‚𒲂×�AƒCƒ“ƒ^�[ƒlƒbƒg‚ŃfƒTƒi�iƒfƒBƒXƒR�[ƒX�j‚ð’®‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�à–¾‚ªˆÓ–¡‚ð‚È‚³‚¸�A‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ‘¼‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ƈê’v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

—á‚ð‹“‚°‚ê‚Î�AŽ„‚Í”ñ�í‚É‘½‚­‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚É‚æ‚é“]�¶–½‘ÌŒê‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚̂ɋê˜J‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‘½‚­‚Ì•û–@‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�u�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢�ê�‡�iHow the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the Human Realm‚ðŽQ�Æ�j�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂ̎q‹Ÿ‚Í�Å‹ß‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽv‚¢�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚³‚ç‚É�A”ނ炪‘O�¢‚Å–S‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä‚©‚炱‚Ì�¢‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚܂ł̊ԂÉ�uƒMƒƒƒbƒv�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�æ�¶‚ÌTheros‚ɉï‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A‘¼‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ƈê��‚É‚»‚Ì–â‘è‚𖾂炩‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BBhava and Jāti – States of Existence and Births Therein‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�A�l‚ªŽ€‚ñ‚Å�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚ɃGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�Agandhabba‚ɂȂè�A“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ª—˜—p‰Â”\‚ɂȂé‚܂ő҂½‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BMental Body – Gandhabba‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚Í�uŽž‚ɂ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ÉŒü‚©‚¤‘O‚É�A‰½”N‚àgandhabba‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÌkammicƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ªŽg‚¢‰Ê‚½‚³‚ê‚é‘O‚É�A�l‚Í�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ʼn½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. However, I was able to get to samādhi even before resolving many of these issues. I was making steady progress with the concepts that I could quickly grasp. I would sit at the desk and contemplate and feel my body getting lighter and the mind becoming calm. It was much better than just wasting time doing �gbreath meditation.�h

Learning Dhamma is a critical part of �gkusala sila,�h especially for the Sōtapanna stage. Kusala sila automatically leads to samādhi, as discussed in the �gNa Cēta­nākara­nīya Sutta.�h

 

7.‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–â‘è‚Ì‘½‚­‚ð‰ðŒˆ‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚·‚®‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚éƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä’…ŽÀ‚É�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚ÍŠ÷‚É�À‚Á‚Ä�n�l‚µ�A‘Ì‚ªŒy‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä�S‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚­‚Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B �uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚ð‚·‚é‚¾‚¯‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚𖳑ʂɂ·‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É—D‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

Ž„‚ª�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�À‚Á‚ÄáÒ‘z‚µ‚½�ê�‡�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚½�ê�‡�j�AŽ„‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚É’x‚ꂸ‚É�v�A‚¨‚»‚ç‚­anariya jhānic ‚ȑ̌±‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�v‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠw‚Ô1”N‘O‚ÉŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚»‚ê‚Í�uŽ„‚Ì“ª‚Ì’†‚̃`ƒNƒ`ƒN‚·‚銴Šo�v‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚±‚Å‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘S�g‚É�u�jŽh‚µ�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�AŽ„‚̑̂Í�u�㔼�g�v‚ð’†�S‚É�uƒtƒŠ�[ƒY�v‚µŽn‚߂܂µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u�Ç�ó�v‚Í‚·‚ׂĂɋ¤’Ê‚·‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚Í�A“Á‚ÉSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�ukusala sila�v‚Ì�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B

Na Cēta­nākara­nīya Sutta‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�Akusala sila‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚Ésamādhi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. After I heard the �gtrue meanings of anicca, dukkha, anatta,�h I made progress very quickly. When I look back now, I may have attained the Sōtapanna stage while listening to that very first desana. However, it took me some time to realize it and to convince myself.  One needs to look back at the progress one has made, and see that one in now incapable of committing immoral deeds that would make one eligible for rebirth in the apāyā.

 

8.�uanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡�v‚ð•·‚¢‚½Œã�A‚·‚®‚É�i•à‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¡�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A‚»‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ìdesana‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Ì‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚ð”[“¾‚³‚¹‚é‚É‚Í�A�­‚µŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�i•à‚ð�U‚è•Ô‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�A�¡‚â�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ªapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

I was over-joyed with being able to comprehend the �gfoundation of Buddha Dhamma.�h It does not make sense to struggle to seek more worldly pleasures and possessions, That is guaranteed to be a failure in the long run. One spends one�fs whole life making money to enjoy such �gpleasures�h and before one realizes, one has come to old age. I would call or e-mail my friends and tell them that they needed to listen to desanas by those Theros.

 

�uŽß‘¸‚Ì‘b�v‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ä�A‚ƂĂàŠð‚µ‚©‚Á‚½‚Å‚·�B‚à‚Á‚Æ�¢‘­“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚â�Š—L•¨‚ð’T‚·‚̂ɋê˜J‚·‚é‚͈̂Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚ÎŽ¸”s‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚½‚ß‚É�¶ŠU‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ä‚¨‹à‚ð‰Ò‚¬�A‹C‚­‘O‚ɘV”N‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í—F’B‚É“d˜b‚Ü‚½‚Í“dŽqƒ��[ƒ‹‚ð‘—‚è�ATheros‚̃fƒTƒi‚ð•·‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð“`‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

It took me a little while to realize that most of them could not figure out what I was excited about. Now, looking back, I realize that their minds were not ready. They were too busy making �gmore money.�h For me, who had been struggling seriously for a few years, it was a revelation. But most people who just spent a bit of their time reading, critical concepts do not �gconnect.�h Reading Dhamma should not be done the same way as reading a newspaper or a novel; one needs to be engaged.

 

‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̗F�l‚½‚¿‚ªŽ„‚ªƒ�ƒNƒ�ƒN‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�­‚µŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�¡�A�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�S‚Ì�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�u‚à‚Á‚Æ‚¨‹à‚ð‰Ò‚®�v‚½‚߂ɖZ‚µ‚©‚Á‚½�B�””NŠÔ�^Œ•‚É•±“¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½Ž„‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŒ[ަ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A“Ç�‘‚ɂقñ‚Ì�­‚µ‚µ‚©ŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₳‚È‚¢�l‚É‚Í�A�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ÆŠT”O‚ª�u‚‚Ȃª‚è�v‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚Í�A�V•·‚â�¬�à‚ð“ǂނ±‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�s‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�uŠÖ‚í‚è‚Ì�¾‚¢�v‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

September 19, 2018 update: For the past few years, I have been listening to only those desanas by Waharaka Thero.  They are available only in the Sinhala language at �gසදහම් දේශනා�g; also see: �gParinibbāna of Waharaka Thēro.�h

 

‚Ƃɂ©‚­�A�uanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�v‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚𓾂½Œã�AŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌTheros‚̃fƒTƒi‚Ì‚½‚߂ɃCƒ“ƒ^�[ƒlƒbƒg‚ð’²�¸‚·‚邽‚߂ɎŸ‚Ì�”ƒ–ŒŽ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ü‚µ‚½�B 5‚©ŒŽŒã�AŽ„‚̓XƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚É—·�s‚µ�A’®‚­‚½‚߂̎‘—¿‚ð‚³‚ç‚ÉŽ�‚¿‹A‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚͂ƂĂà�[ŽÀ‚µ‚½ŽhŒƒ“I‚È‚à‚̂łµ‚½�BŽ„‚Í”ñ�í‚É‘¬‚¢ƒy�[ƒX‚ÅŠw‚т܂µ‚½�B“–Žž�AŽ„‚Íjhānās‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚³‚¦�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚ª�A—{�¬‚µ‚悤‚Ƃ͂µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚É‚àŠÖ‚í‚炸�A�ujhānic‚̉e‹¿�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

2018”N9ŒŽ19“ú�X�V�F‰ß‹Ž�””NŠÔ�AŽ„‚ÍWaharaka Thero‚É‚æ‚éƒfƒTƒi‚݂̂𕷂¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓Vƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Ì�uසදහම්දේශනා�v‚ł̂ݗ˜—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �uƒ�ƒnƒ‰ƒJƒg�[ƒ�‚̃pƒŠNibbāna�v‚à‚²——‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

9. Even though I had an inkling about reaching the Sōtapanna stage soon after listening to that desana, I developed the jhānās some months later. However, those turned out not to be Ariya jhānās though, since they can be attained only by an Anāgāmi; see, �g11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga�g.

Once I finished investigating and �gfilling the gaps,�h the jhānās came almost automatically. The meditation experience that I described in #7 became much stronger; I could close my eyes and �gfeel the change in the head and the body�h within minutes (and nowadays within seconds).

9.‚»‚Ìdesana‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚·‚®‚ÉSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä�­‚µ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚½‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�AŽ„‚Í�”‚©ŒŽŒã‚Éjhānās‚ðŠJ”­‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍAnāgāmi ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂ݒB�¬‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�AAriya jhānās‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ª”»–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga

Ariya‚Æanariyajhāna‚Ì‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¤–ʂƂ»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¤–ʂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Samādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚ª’²�¸‚µ‚Ä�uƒMƒƒƒbƒv‚ð–„‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ð�I‚¦‚邯�Ajhānā‚͂قƂñ‚ÇŽ©“®“I‚É‚â‚Á‚Ä—ˆ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �”7‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½áÒ‘z‘ÌŒ±‚Í�A‚͂邩‚É‹­‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�u“ª‚Ƒ̂̕ω»‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª�”•ªˆÈ“à‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�iŒ»�Ý‚Í�”•bˆÈ“à�j�B

10. The above is what I mean when I say, �gfeel the results of meditation.�h One can feel it in the body as well as in mind. Let us first discuss the reasons for the �gbody effect�h and then the �gmind effect.�h

When we start learning Dhamma and stay away from most egregious acts, the two nervous systems try to get to the ideal overlap positions, and one could feel that. That becomes noticeable during meditation. Some people may feel aches and pains, sweating, etc. That is why I had said in other posts that things MAY look worse before getting better. In a way, such �gbody signals�h are a good sign; it means the body is starting to respond.

 

 10.�uáÒ‘z‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚³‚¢�v‚ÆŽ„‚ªŒ¾‚¤‚Æ‚«�A�ã‹L‚ÍŽ„‚ªˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‘̂̒†‚Å‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚É�ubody effect�v‚Ì—�—R‚ð�à–¾‚µ�AŽŸ‚É�umind effect�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ɂ͔ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚È�_ŒoŒn‚ª‚ ‚è�A”]‚ª‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȑ̂̕”•ª‚ð�§Œä‚µ‚½‚è�A5‚‚Ì�g‘ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ’Ê�M‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�Bmanomaya kaya‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�u�_ŒoŒn‚Ì�d•¡�v‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�¬’·‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̃VƒXƒeƒ€‚Í‘½�­‚¸‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—ނ̈«‚¢�Kе‚ð‹­‰»‚µŽn‚߂邯�A‚¸‚ê‚͂͂æ‚茰’˜‚ɂȂè�u”ñ“¯Šú�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚ÑŽn‚ß�A�Å‚àˆ«Ž¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邯‚«�A2‚‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚Í—�‘z“I‚È�d‚È‚è�‡‚¤ˆÊ’u‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍáÒ‘z’†‚ÉŒ°’˜‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A’É‚Ý‚â”­Š¾‚È‚Ç‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‘¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�A�󋵂͗ǂ­‚È‚é‘O‚Ɉ«‰»‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚ ‚éˆÓ–¡‚Å�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�u�g‘Ì�M�†�v‚Í—Ç‚¢’›Œó‚Å‚·�B�g‘Ì‚ª”½‰ž‚µŽn‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

11. Now to the �gmind effect.�h Many people tell me that they cannot keep the mind focused on even the breath for too long. That is a sansaric habit that we have; the mind does not like to stay in one place. It wants to �gknow�h about everything that is happening not only in the vicinity, but it also randomly thinks about past events or future plans too.

The two critical components of pancanivarana (kāmacchanda and vyāpāda) reduce as diṭṭhāsava reduced. That, in turn, lead to the reduction of the other three of the pancanivarana as well. This process goes all the way to the Sōtapanna stage.

11.�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒGƒtƒFƒNƒg�v‚Ɉڂè‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚ ‚Ü‚è‚É‚à’·‚¢ŠÔ�AŒÄ‹z‚É�W’†‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚ÆŽ„‚ÉŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éƒTƒ“ƒTƒŠƒbƒN‚Ì�Kе‚Å‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͈ê‰Ó�Š‚É‚Æ‚Ç‚Ü‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð�D‚݂܂¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚ĉ½‚Å‚à’m‚肽‚ª‚艮‚Å�A‹ß‚­‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ­�A‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�o—ˆŽ–‚â�«—ˆ‚ÌŒv‰æ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚àƒ‰ƒ“ƒ_ƒ€‚É�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ì�uˆ«‚¢�Kе�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚Æ�l‚¦‚é�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚à‹­�§‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃ̗˜“_‚ðŒ©‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚͈ꕔ‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�uŽG—p�v‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñˆø‚«•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì–¡�v‚ðŠy‚µ‚ÝŽn‚ß�A�W’†—Í‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚â‚·‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚Æ�A�udiṭṭhāsava�v�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�j‚ª�Å�‰‚Í‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚Æ—n‰ð‚µŽn‚ß�AŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯‘¬“x‚ª�オ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

pancanivarana‚Ì2‚‚Ì�d—v‚ȃRƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg�ikāmacchandaŠ´Šo‚Ì—~–]‚Ævyāpāda“{‚è�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�Aˆ«ˆÓ�j‚Í�Adiṭṭhāsava‚ªŒ¸�­‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚ÄŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìpancanivarana‚à“¯—l‚ÉŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

12. Of course, I did not realize until after meeting my teacher Thero (online) that what I had been doing all along was a crude version of the Satta Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā. The crucial part of that is dhamma vicaya (contemplating Dhamma concepts).

It is also important to realize that even an Arahant will not lose the sense of taste; one increasingly will lose CRAVINGS for them; see, �gKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda.�h

 

12.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚ª�æ�¶‚ÌThero�iƒIƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“�j‚ɉ‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚ª‚¸‚Á‚Æ‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Í�ASattaBojjhaṅgaBhāvanā‚Ì–¢�n‚ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Í�Adhamma vicaya‚Å‚·�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Æ�j�B

‚»‚ꂪ�A‰˜‚ê‚ð‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­Œ®‚Å‚ ‚é�uaniccasaññā�v‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�BWhat is the only Akusala Removed by a Sōtapanna?�h and �gHow to Cultivate the Anicca Sanna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�³Ž®‚ÈSattaBojjhaṅgabhāvanā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦–¡Šo‚ðŽ¸‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Ì—~‹�‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·Ž¸‚í‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�BKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

13. November 11, 2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to verify one is making progress towards the Sōtapanna stage. The new section,  �gLiving Dhamma, �gprovides a systematic way to achieve that goal, in addition to providing guidelines on how to check one�fs progress.

 

 

13. 2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú�F‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚­‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·

–Ú•W‚Ì’B�¬‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

2020”N1ŒŽ23“ú�FOrigin of Life‚Ì�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�A�Å�‰‚©‚ç�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì‚æ‚è�Ú�ׂȊT”O‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚鎎‚݂ł·�B Šî–{“I‚ÈŠT”O‚É�[‚­“ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚­‚Æ�A‚à‚Á‚Æ‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�I ‚µ‚©‚µ�AŠî–{“I‚È—�‰ð‚àŽ©‘R‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚Í–ß‚Á‚Č¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Ì‘½‚­‚ð�C�³‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚Ì—�‰ð‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�‘‚©‚ꂽ�V‚µ‚¢ƒVƒŠ�[ƒY‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ðŠF‚³‚ñ‚É‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

12. Key Factors to be Considered when �gMeditating�h for the Sotāpanna Stage

November 13, 2015

1. First, one needs to understand what is meant by the Sotāpanna stage of Nibbāna. Many people start meditating without any idea of the goal: It is fine to do breath meditation, if one is only needing to calm down. There are others who are doing procedures that are needed to attain the Arahant stage, and those will not work either because one needs to understand the concept of anicca first, i.e., learning the key concepts comes first (dassanena pahatabba).

There are many misconceptions about the Sotāpanna stage, and those posts could clarify them. I spent a lot of time doing unnecessary things, so I just wanted to make it easier for those who are just starting or who have been doing the wrong things to get there. Of course one should decide for oneself whether what I say is consistent with Buddha Dhamma.

1.‚Ü‚¸�ANibbāna‚ÌSotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�A–Ú•W‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚à�l‚¦‚¸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B—Ž‚¿’…‚­‚¾‚¯‚ł悢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚͖̂â‘è‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɎÀ�s‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Å�‰‚Éanicca‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚‚܂èŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ð�Å�‰‚ÉŠw�K‚·‚é•K—v�idassanena pahatabba�iŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚à‚Ì�H�ª•ž‚³‚ꂽ�H�j�j‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‹@”\‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Sotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª–Ú•W‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�Å�‰‚ÉSotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna

‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�ASotāpanna‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚»‚±‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ½‚ª•K—v‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Sotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͑½‚­‚ÌŒë‰ð‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í•s•K—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚½‚Ì‚Å�AŽn‚ß‚½‚΂©‚è‚Ì�l‚âŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ªŠÈ’P‚É‚»‚±‚ÉŽŠ‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚½‚©‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚ªŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª•§–@‚ƈê’v‚·‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŒˆ‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. I must also point out that there are many who have been �gbrainwashed�h to think that the Sotāpanna stage is an impossibility to achieve at this time. It is disheartening to see even some �gmahā Theros�h in Sri Lanka have given up striving for even the Sotāpanna stage (presumably because they had used the wrong concepts for many years and could not make any progress). But the Buddha clearly stated that his Buddha Sasana will be there for 5000 years, and we are only halfway through. There will be numerous Arahants also in the near future.

2.Sotāpanna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚̂͌»�݂ł͕s‰Â”\‚¾‚Æ�u�ô”]�v‚³‚ꂽ�l‚ª‘½‚¢‚±‚Æ‚àŽw“E‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚̈ꕔ‚Ì�umahā Theros�v‚Å‚³‚¦Sotāpanna‚Ö‚Ì’§�í‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚½‚±‚Ƃ͎c”O‚Å‚·�i‚¨‚»‚ç‚­�A”ނ炪’·”NŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ðŽg—p‚µ�A�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚ç‚ê‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚½‚߂ł·�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚͔͂ނÌSasana‚ª5000”NŠÔ‚»‚±‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯–¾Šm‚É�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¾‚»‚Ì”¼•ª‚Å‚·�B‹ß‚¢�«—ˆ‚É‘½�”‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ª“o�ê‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

The Buddha clearly stated that there no language, race, cultural, caste barriers in attaining magga phala, or the four stages of Nibbāna. The critical thing is that one needs to follow the original, pure, Dhamma of the Buddha, and comprehend his message.

‰ß‹Ž�””N‚ÅSotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒWˆÈ�~‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½�l‚ª‘½‚­�A‚»‚Ì�”‚Í‘�‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½�ƒ�ˆ‚È•§–@‚ÍŠO‚É�o‚Ä�L‚ª‚èŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ð‹�Žó‚µ‚½‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�Aƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð“`‚¦‚邽‚ß‚É�Å‘P‚ð�s‚­‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽæ‚è‘g‚݂̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�‰Šú‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̓XƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚Ü‚½‚̓Vƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ˆê•”‚Ì�l�idvihetuka�o�¶‚Ì�l�j‚ª‚±‚Ì�¶ŠU‚ÅSotāpanna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘S—Í‚ð�s‚­‚·“w—Í‚Í�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B �itihetuka�o�¶‚Å�j‚»‚ê‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�l�X‚Í’P‚ɉߋނÌ�l�¶‚Å‚æ‚葽‚­‚ð‚µ‚½‚̂ł·�B

‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A•s–¾‚ȃp�[ƒŠŒê‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚½�ê�‡‚Í�AŒŸ�õƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚É‚»‚Ì’PŒê‚ð“ü—Í‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ªˆê——•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�A‚Ç‚ñ‚È“w—Í‚à‚±‚Ì�l�¶Ž©‘̂ɋï‘Ì“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

Žß‘¸‚Í�A magga phala ‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é�ã‚Å�AŒ¾Œê�A�lŽí�A•¶‰»�AƒJ�[ƒXƒg‚Ì�á•ǂ͂Ȃ¢‚Æ–¾Œ¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ÌŒ³‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚È–@‚ð“¥�P‚µ�A”ނ̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 

The key message of the Buddha is that nothing in this material world (31 realms) can be maintained to our satisfaction in the long run (anicca nature), and thus through uncountable rebirths we mainly encounter suffering. Some of us may not be experiencing suffering in this life right now, but that does not mean it will be the same in future lives (or even at old age in this life).

 

Žß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Í�A‚±‚Ì•¨Ž¿�¢ŠE�i31—̈æ�j‚Å’·Šú“I‚É–ž‘«‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢�ianicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�j‚½‚ß�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̓]�¶‚ð’Ê‚¶‚ÄŽå‚ɋꂵ‚݂ɑ˜‹ö‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̈ꕔ‚É‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ŋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŒ»�݂͌oŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚ꂪ�«—ˆ�i‚·‚Ȃ킿‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚̘V—î‚ÌŽž‚Å‚³‚¦�j‚à“¯‚¶‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

3. Secondly, having a road map is NECESSARY to get to an unknown destination. Starting to meditate without having an idea of what to meditate on like just getting in the car and start driving without having a map showing where the destination is.

I have started a new section where a step-by-step process is described to follow; see, �gLiving Dhamma�g. It can also help one figure out where one in the Path, and to clarify many fundamental issues.

3.ŽŸ‚É�A–¢’m‚Ì–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ̓��[ƒhƒ}ƒbƒv‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�BŽÔ‚É�æ‚邾‚¯‚ʼn½‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚í‚©‚炸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚ß�A–Ú“I’n‚ª‚Ç‚±‚É‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ¦‚·’n�}‚ª‚È‚­‚Ä‚à‰^“]‚ðŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚±‚Å‚àSotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

Nibbāna‚𖾂炩‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�uƒ}ƒbƒv�v‚Í�Aanicca‚̂悤‚ÈŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Ì—�‰ð‚Å‚·�BSotāpanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A�Å�I–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ^“]‚ðŠJŽn‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Í1�l‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�i‚‚܂è�Akammattana‚·‚Ȃ킿�uáÒ‘zƒŠƒTƒCƒ^ƒ‹�i˜N�¥�j�v‚ðŽg—p�j�B—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚É•¨Ž–‚ð�¥‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͎À‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚Ì“_‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‹­’²‚µ‚«‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª�Å‚à“‚­�A�Å‚à�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B

�‡‚ð’Ç‚Á‚ăvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BLiving Dhamma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�AŽ©•ª‚ª�u“¹�v‚̂ǂ±‚É‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ�A‘½‚­‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È–â‘è‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚é‚̂ɂà–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

4. Third point — related to the second point — is that we need to examine what is meant by �gbhavana�h (meditation) when striving for the Sotāpanna stage. It is NOT a formal meditation technique (reciting a given kammattana) that is mainly needed here.

However, the Buddha said that even listening to a discourse is bhavana. One could attain the Sotāpanna stage just by listening to a discourse. When listening attentively, one�fs mind gets focused on it, comes to samadhi, and can get to magga phala via upacara samadhi.

 

4. 3”Ԗڂ̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg— 2”Ԗڂ̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä—‚Í�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä“w—Í‚·‚邯‚«‚É�A�ubhavana�v�iáÒ‘z�j‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚©‚ð’T‹�‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚±‚ÅŽå‚É•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN�i“Á’è‚Ìkammattana‚ð˜N�¥‚·‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚Í’k˜b‚ð•·‚­‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦bhavana‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B’k˜b‚ð•·‚­‚¾‚¯‚ÅSotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚é�B’�ˆÓ�[‚­•·‚­‚Æ‚«�A�S‚Í‚»‚ê‚É�W’†‚µ�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚É�s‚«�Aupacara samadhi‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ämagga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

SotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O�A“Á‚Éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‘¶�Ý‚Ì31—̈æ�AŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B–³�”‚Ì�¯‰_‚ª‚ ‚é‰F’ˆ‚̃VƒXƒeƒ€�ichakkawata�j�A‰�‹N�à‚È‚Ç�B

‚±‚ꂪ�ã‹L‚Ì�”3‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½�³‚µ‚¢ƒ}ƒbƒv‚ÌŒ©‚‚¯•û‚Å‚·�B

 

Formal meditation techniques are needed mainly after the Sotāpanna stage, as described in the sub-section Key Points from the Sabbasava Sutta under the post, �gThe Sotāpanna Stage�g. However, it is good to do a few kammattana while striving for the Sotāpanna stage and I will discuss those in the next post.

 

Sotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z�ibhavana�j‚ɂ͎å‚É�n�l�icitta�j‚Æ�A–@‚ÌŠT”O�idhamma vicaya‚Ævimansa�j‚ÌŒŸ�Ø‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—Í‚Ì4‚‚̊î”Õ�ichanda, citta, viriya, vimansa�j‚Í�¬’·‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ͔ñ�í‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

The Four Bases of Mental Power (Satara Iddhipada)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�ã‹L‚Ì�uchanda�v‚Í�ANibbāna‚ð�K“¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð�D‚ÞŒXŒü‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚æ‚葽‚­‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ñ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ðŠw‚Ñ�AŒ`�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ĉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B �u�^ŽÀ‚ð’m‚éŠì‚Ñ�A�^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð”­Œ©‚·‚éŠì‚Ñ�v‚̂悤‚ÈŠy‚µ‚݂͑¼‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚ªŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚½ƒRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚©‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½•û‚Ì‘½‚­‚ª‚»‚ꂪ�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚í‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�AŽå‚ÉSotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÌŒã‚É•K—v‚Å‚·�BThe Sotāpanna Stage‚̃TƒuƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uSabbasava Sutta‚Ì—v“_�v‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä“w—Í‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ìkammattana‚ð�s‚¤‚̂͗ǂ¢‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�AŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

5. Fourth is to have a clear idea of the priority items to get done regarding sila (moral behavior). In one of the early posts on mediation I made the point that one needs to sort out the �gbig problems�h to take care of, before tackling smaller problems. If a vessel is leaking due to multiple holes, one needs to seal the big leaks first. It is a waste of time to spend the precious time in trying plug smaller holes, when the water is pouring out through the big holes.

In the following I will address the fact that many people have misconceptions about the relative weights of kamma. Please bear with me and read carefully, because some of these ideas go against some established and common wrong views. I have discussed some in, �gHow to Evaluate Weights of Different Kamma�g.

 

 5. 4‚–ڂÍ�Asila�i“¹“¿“I�s“®�j‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é—D�掖�€‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BáÒ‘z‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�‰Šú‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì1‚‚Å�AŽ„‚Í�A�¬‚³‚È–â‘è‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‘O‚É�A�u‘å‚«‚È–â‘è�v‚ð�®—�‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯Žw“E‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B•¡�”‚ÌŒŠ‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å—eŠí‚ª˜R‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�Å�‰‚ɑ傫‚ȘR‚ê‚ð‚Ó‚³‚®•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘å‚«‚ÈŒŠ‚©‚ç�…‚ª’�‚ª‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É�A�¬‚³‚ÈŒŠ‚ð�Ç‚®‚̂ɋM�d‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚͎̂žŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂł·�B

ˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ªkamma‚Ì‘Š‘Î“I‚È�d‚݂ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�l‚¦‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ÍŠm—§‚³‚ꂽˆê”Ê“I‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚É”½‚·‚邽‚ß�AŽ„‚ƈê��‚É‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä’�ˆÓ�[‚­“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�BHow to Evaluate Weights of Different Kamma‚Å‚¢‚­‚‚©�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

6. For example, many people are afraid of even accidentally killing a mosquito, but do not have any problem making plans to hurt another human or spread rumors about another.

My point is that hurting another human will have much more potent kamma vipāka compared to killing many mosquitos or taking an occasional drink.

 

6.—Ⴆ‚Î�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í‹ô‘R‚ɉá‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦‹°‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼�l‚ð��‚‚¯‚½‚è�A�l‚̉\‚ð�L‚ß‚½‚è‚·‚éŒv‰æ‚ð—§‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð–â‘è‚ɂ͂µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ŽŸ‚É�A‚½‚܂ɃAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆù—¿‚ðˆù‚ނ͕̂s“¹“¿‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¤�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɂ‚¢‚Ă͉½ŽžŠÔ‚à”ï‚₵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚т̖â‘è‚ł͂Ȃ­�A�í‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª–â‘è‚Ȃ̂ł·�B�B‚±‚ê‚Í”÷–­‚Å‚·‚ª�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�BAssāda, Ādīnava, Nissarana – Introduction‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚¢‚©‚È‚é�¶–½‘̂̎EŠQ‚à”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚è�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðˆù‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í”ð‚¯‚é‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·�i“Á‚É�A�Œ‚¤ŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡;ˆùŽð‚Ì–â‘è‚Í�A�S‚ªpanca nivarana‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚â‚·‚­‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃł·�B‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ�l‚¦‚é”\—Í‚ª�Œ‚¤‚ÆŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�B

Ž„‚Ì—v“_‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ð��‚‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‘½‚­‚̉á‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�AŽž�Xˆù‚Ý•¨‚ðˆù‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É‹­—Í‚Èkamma vipāka‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 

7. We can get some ideas on these issues by looking at the vinaya rules for the bhikkhus. These are the rules of conduct for the bhikkhus. There are 227 rules for fully ordained monks (bhikkhus) and 311 for nuns (bhikkhunis).

These rules are categorized according to their importance (or the severity of consequences for breaking them). The top four belong to the class called �gparajika�h meaning a bhikkhu who breaks any one of the four has been �gdefeated�h and thus needs to leave the monastic order. 

1.  Sexual intercourse: any voluntary sexual interaction between a bhikkhu and a living being, except for mouth-to-mouth kissing which falls under the sanghadisesa (next level below the parajika level).

2.  Stealing: the robbery of anything worth more than 1/24 troy ounce of gold (as determined by local law).

3.  Intentionally bringing about the death of a human being, even if it is still an embryo — whether by killing the person, arranging for an assassin to kill the person, inciting the person to die, or describing the advantages of death.

Deliberately lying to another person that one has attained a superior state, such as claiming to be an arahant when one knows one is not, or claiming to have attained one of the jhānā when one knows one has not.

7. ”ä‹u‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Ìvinayaƒ‹�[ƒ‹‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–â‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A”ä‹u‚Ì�s“®‹K‘¥‚Å‚·�BŠ®‘S‚É�–ŠK‚³‚ꂽ‘m—µ�i”ä‹u�j‚É‚Í227‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚è�A”ä‹u“ò�ibhikkhunis�j‚É‚Í311‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Ípatimokkha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�i�uƒpƒeƒB�v‚ÍŒ‹�‡�A�uƒ‚ƒbƒJ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒ‚ƒNƒVƒƒ�v‚Í�uNibbāna�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�j�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�A–â‘è‚ð‰ñ”ð‚µ�A”ä‹u‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÉNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�i‚ނ̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B Satipaṭṭhāna sutta‚Å‚Í�A�umukha nimitta�v‚Ì�umukha�v‚àNibbāna‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�d—v�«�i‚Ü‚½‚̓‹�[ƒ‹‚ð”j‚Á‚½�ê�‡‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Ì�d‘å“x�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�ãˆÊ4‚‚Í�uparajika�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚éƒNƒ‰ƒX‚É‘®‚µ�A4‚‚̂¤‚¿‚Ì1‚‚ð”j‚Á‚½”ä‹u‚Í�u”s–k�v‚µ�A‘m‰@‚𗣂ê‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

�«Œð�F”ä‹u‚Æ�¶‚«•¨‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì‚¢‚©‚È‚é”CˆÓ‚Ì�«Œð�BŒû‚©‚çŒû‚ւ̃LƒX‚Ísanghadisesa�iƒpƒ‰ƒWƒJƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì1‚Â

“�‚Ý�F‹à‚Ì1/24ƒgƒ�ƒCƒIƒ“ƒXˆÈ�ã‚̉¿’l‚Ì‚ ‚é‚à‚̂̋­“��i’n•û‚Ì–@—¥‚É‚æ‚茈’è�j�B

ŽE�l�F�l‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�AˆÃŽEŽÒ‚̃AƒŒƒ“ƒW�AŽ€‚ʂ悤‚É�î“®‚µ‚½‚è�AŽ€‚Ì—˜“_‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ä‚à�AˆÓ�}“I‚É�l‚ÌŽ€‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

‰R�FƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚½‚è�Ajhānā‚Ì1‚‚ª‚ ‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‚È‚Ç�AŽ©•ª‚ª’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢—D‚ꂽ�ó‘Ô‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ�}“I‚ɕʂÌ�l‚ɉR‚ð‚‚­�B

 

8. The next level is the sanghadisesa. The thirteen sanghadisesa rules requiring an initial and subsequent meeting of the sangha (communal meetings). If the monk breaks any rule here he has to undergo a period of probation or discipline after which, if he shows himself to be repentant, he may be reinstated by a sangha of not less than twenty monks.

There two more layers called aniyata and Nissaggiya pacittiya that pertain to bhikkhus and are again not relevant to our discussion. They are even less potent and can be overcome by just confessing to another bhikkhu and making a determination not to repeat.

8.ŽŸ‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Ísanghadisesa‚Å‚·�BƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ì�Å�‰‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì‹¤“¯‰ï‹c‚Å•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ꂽ13‚Ìsanghadisesa‹K‘¥‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‘m—µ‚ª‰½‚ç‚©‚Ì‹K‘¥‚Ɉᔽ‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ÍŽŽ—pŠúŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í’¦‰ú‚ÌŠúŠÔ‚ðŒo‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AŽ©•ª‚ª‰÷‚¢‰ü‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A20�lˆÈ�ã‚Ì‘m—µ‚̃Tƒ“ƒK‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•œ‹A‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

parajikas‚Æ“¯—l‚É�Asanghadisesa‚Í‘m—µŽ©�g‚̈Ó�}‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂ݎÀŒ»‚Å‚«�AŒë‚Á‚ČĂÑ�o‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”ä‹u‚ª‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ð‰ðŒˆ‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�AŒ‹‰Ê‚Í‚³‚ç‚ÉŒµ‚µ‚¢‚à‚̂ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì13‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�à–¾‚ɂ͊֌W‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�APatimokkha‚œǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

”ä‹u‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‰ú—¥‚Íaniyata‚ÆNissaggiya pacittiya‚ƌĂ΂ê‚邳‚ç‚É2‚‚̑w‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�à–¾‚ɂ͊֌W‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�_‚ç‚©‚È‚à‚Ì‚Å�A’P‚É‘¼‚Ì”ä‹u‚É��”’‚µ�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚È‚¢Œˆ�S‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂŖâ‘è‚ðŽû‚߂܂·�B

 

9. The last set of rules are the �gweakest�h, i.e., with the least consequences compared to all others. They are the 92 �gpacittiya�h rules, which are minor violations and can be overcome by just confessing to another bhikkhu and making a determination not to repeat. The ones relevant to our discussion are:

9.�ÅŒã‚̈ê˜A‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�u�Å‚àŽã‚¢�v�A‚‚܂è�A‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂẴ‹�[ƒ‹‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚ĉe‹¿‚ª�Å�¬‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í92‚Ì�upacittiya�vƒ‹�[ƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŒy”÷‚Ȉᔽ‚Å‚ ‚è�A•ʂ̔ä‹u‚É��”’‚µ�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŒˆˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Ž•ž‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�à–¾‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚à‚͎̂Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

10.”ä‹u‚ª“y‚ðŒ@‚Á‚½�ê�‡‚Í�A��”’‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�i�¬“®•¨/�©’Ž‚ÌŽEŠQ‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚½‚ß�j�B

51.ƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚â”­�yŽð‚̈ùŽð‚Í��”’‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. Many people think �glife is a life�h, but that is not so. Here digging soil is not allowed for bhikkhus because many lifeforms (insects, worms) are killed in that process. But this act is listed under the very last section of the vinaya rules (with least consequences).

We also see that drinking alcohol is also a minor offense even for a bhikkhu, as it is listed in #9 above. Bhikkhus do not drink alcohol anyway, but this rule came about because of a particular incident at the time of Buddha.

 

10.‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ª�u�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª�l�¶�v‚¾‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚¤‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A”ä‹u‚ª“y‚ðŒ@‚邱‚Ƃ͋–‰Â‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å�A‘½‚­‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì�i�©’Ž�j‚ªŽE‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì—¥‚Ívinayaƒ‹�[ƒ‹‚Ì�ÅŒã‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‰e‹¿‚Í�Å�¬ŒÀ‚Å‚·�j�B

 

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚⎩•ª‚Ì—¼�e‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�uānantariya kamma�v‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽŸ‚Ì“]�¶Žž‚ÉApāyā‚É‘—‚é”ñ�í‚É‹­—Í‚Èkamma‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”7‚ÅŒ©‚½‚悤‚É�A‘ÙŽ™‚Å‚³‚¦ŽE‚·�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽE‚·‚悤‚É�•Œ¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A”ä‹u‚ª”Þ/”Þ�—‚Ì�–ŠK‚ðŽ¸‚¤kamma‚Å‚·�B�ã‹L‚Ì�”9‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A“y�ë‚ðŒ@‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚é�¬‚³‚È�©’Ž‚Ì�i‹ô‘R‚Ì�jŽEŠQ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‹­—͂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�lŠÔ‚¾‚¯‚ªmagga phala’§�킵‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚Í‹M�d‚Å‚ ‚è�A�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�lŠÔ‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚à‘å‚«‚ȈႢ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚⎩•ª‚Ì—¼�e‚͂͂邩‚É�ãˆÊ‚Ƀ‰ƒ“ƒN•t‚¯‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B—¼�e‚Ì�d—v�«‚Í�Agandhabba‚ª“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‚Ì‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”9‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AˆùŽð‚Í”ä‹u‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚àŒy“x‚Ì”Æ�߂ł ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ƃɂ©‚­�A”ä‹u‚Í‚¨Žð‚ðˆù‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚±‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Ì“Á•ʂȎ–Œ�‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

11. It can be also deduced that stealing is a misdeed with harsh consequences, since it is included as a �gparajika�h for the bhikkhus.

 

11.”ä‹u‚Ì�uparajika�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ċ܂܂ê‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A“�‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ͉ß�“‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚𔺂¤Œë‚Á‚½�sˆ×‚Å‚ ‚邯�„’è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

“�‚݂ɂÍ�A�u‹–‰Â‚È‚­‘¼�l‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ð“�‚Þ�v‚±‚ƂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‘½‚­‚Ì”÷–­‚ÈŒ`‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽÐ‰ï‚Å‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚³‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚à“�‚݂̈êŒ`‘Ô‚Å‚·�B 1‚‚Í�A�vŒ£‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ­�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚ÌŽdŽ–‚©‚ç—˜‰v‚𓾂邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚Ü‚½�A—¼�e�A‹³Žt�A—F�l‚È‚Ç‚É‚àŽ©“®“I‚ÉŽØ‹à‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�uŒ©•Ô‚è�v‚ðŠú‘Ò‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�A‹@‰ï‚ª‚ ‚ê‚΂¢‚‚łà�uŒ»•¨‚őΉž‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‹`–±‚Å‚·�B

�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AKamma, Debt, and Meditation‚Ì‹LŽ–‚ð‚²——‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

12. Finally, I would like to point out that it is difficult to quantify the weight of a given kamma in a generic way. For example, �gkilling an animal�h is a very generic statement and such an act has a very broad range of kamma vipāka.

Hitting a person to cause minor pain is done with less javana in the citta. But hitting a person with an iron rod intending to kill has much more javana power, as you can imagine.

 

12.�ÅŒã‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì kamma‚Ì�d‚Ý‚ðˆê”Ê“I‚È•û–@‚Å’è—ʉ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͓‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�u“®•¨‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ�v‚Í”ñ�í‚Ɉê”Ê“I‚È�º–¾‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚ɂ͔ñ�í‚É�L‚¢”͈̠͂kamma vipāka

‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�Å’†‚ɂقƂñ‚Ç‹C‚©‚¸‚É‚ ‚È‚½‚ðŽh‚µ‚½‰á‚É•½Žè‘Å‚¿‚ð‚©‚¯‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽƒJƒ~ƒbƒNƒpƒ��[‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆê•û�AŽ­‚ð‘_‚Á‚Ä�e‚ðŒ‚‚Á‚ÄŽE‚·‚Æ�A‚æ‚葽‚­‚̃Jƒ~ƒbƒNƒpƒ��[‚𓾂邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚Ì�sˆ×‚̈Ⴂ‚ðŠÈ’P‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é1‚‚̕û–@‚Í�Acitta‚Ì�ujavana power�v‚ÌŠÏ“_‚©‚ç�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�uˆÓ�}�v‚â�u‚Ç‚ê‚قǂЂǂ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚½‚¢‚©�v‚Æ‚àŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ã‹L‚Ì—á‚Å‚Í�A‰á‚ÆŽ­‚ðŽE‚·‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û‚̈Ⴂ‚ð‚Ù‚ÚŽ‹Šo‰»‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AJavana of a Citta – The Root of Mental Power�g, and �gWhat is Intention in Kamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Œy‚¢’É‚Ý‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚½‚ß‚É�l‚ð‘ł‚±‚Æ‚Í�Acitta‚Ì�­‚È‚¢javana‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‘z‘œ‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽE‚»‚¤‚ƈÓ�}‚µ‚Ä“S‚Ì–_‚Å�l‚ð‘ł‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚͂邩‚É‘½‚­‚Ìjavana‚Ì—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. These are things one needs to contemplate on in order to truly understand the Buddha Dhamma; that is the real vipassana or insight meditation. Getting to the Sotāpanna stage requires learning about such basic things on one�fs own, by thinking about real life.

When one starts thinking critically and attentively one develops the satara iddhipada that we discussed in #4 above. Once one gets traction by understanding a few basic things, Dhamma will be the guiding force to generate chanda (desire) to investigate more and to find more. It is boring and fruitless to blindly follow precepts and rituals that will not get one anywhere.

 

13.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A•§–@‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�n�l‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B‚»‚ꂪ–{“–‚̃”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚Ü‚½‚Í“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚Å‚·�BSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠî–{“I‚È‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŠw‚Ô•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

•§–@‚Í–Ó–Ú“I‚ÉŽç‚ç‚ê‚é‚ׂ«�uŒˆ‚ß‚ç‚ꂽ‹K‘¥‚Æ‹VŽ®�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚ª�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚³‚¦‚µ‚Ä‚«‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�B

”á”»“I‚©‚Â’�ˆÓ�[‚­�l‚¦Žn‚߂邯�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½satara�iŠî”Õ�H�j iddhipada�iƒpƒ��[�j�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—Í‚Ì4‚‚̊î”Õ�ichanda, citta, viriya, vimansa�j�j‚ª”­’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŽ–•¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚ÄŒ¡ˆø—͂𓾂½‚ç�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ªƒKƒCƒh‚ð‚µ‚Ä�A‚³‚ç‚É’T‹�‚µ�A‚³‚ç‚ÉŒ©‚‚¯‚échanda�i—~–]�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ç‚±‚É‚à‚È‚¢‹K”Í‚â‹VŽ®‚ð–Ó–Ú“I‚ÉŽç‚é‚̂͑ދü‚ÅŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 

 14. November 11, 2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to verify one is making progress towards the Sotāpanna stage. The new section,  �gLiving Dhamma�g, provides a systematic way to achieve that goal, in addition to providing guidelines on how to check one�fs progress.

 

 14. 2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú�F‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚­‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Í�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚ƂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

 

Wrong Views (Miccā Diṭṭhi) – A Simpler Analysis

Revised November 27, 2017

Micchā means wrong or incorrect and diṭṭhi means views. Pronunciation:

Audio Player

00:00

00:00

Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.

 

Here it is about the wrong views about our world or our existence. It is the most basic reason why people cannot grasp the message of the Buddha, and that is unfortunate. We all are looking at the world through �gcolored glasses�h; each one has his/her own set of beliefs or �gdiṭṭhis�g, so we cannot see the real nature.

Some facts about nature are hard to believe, and it took the efforts of many scientists to change two common wrong views (diṭṭhis) that had been with the humans up to recently: that the Earth is flat and it is at the center of the universe.

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¶�݂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̌ë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð�l�X‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�Å‚àŠî–{“I‚È—�—R‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽc”O‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A�u�F•t‚«ƒKƒ‰ƒX�v‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�¢ŠE‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ“ÆŽ©‚Ì�M”O‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�udiṭṭhis�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Ž©‘R‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂¢‚­‚‚©‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚Í�M‚¶‚ª‚½‚¢‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A�ŋ߂܂Å�l—Þ‚É‚ ‚Á‚½2‚‚̈ê”Ê“I‚ÈŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�idiṭṭhis�j‚ð•Ï‚¦‚邽‚߂ɑ½‚­‚̉ȊwŽÒ‚Ì“w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚µ‚½�F

’n‹…‚Í•½‚ç‚Å‚ ‚è�A’n‹…‚͉F’ˆ‚Ì’†�S‚É‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

1. These days, most of us believe that the Earth moves around the Sun. But it is quite clear that it goes against our experience, and the accepted views were the opposites even a few hundred years ago. We do not have any direct experience of the motion of the Earth, either its rotation around its own axis or in its orbit around the Sun. And we see ample evidence to the contrary, i.e., for the Sun rotating around the Earth, because we experience a sunrise and a sunset everyday!

However, after Galileo invented the telescope, people made more precision measurements of the planets and the heliocentric model was needed to explain all those new findings.

 

1.Œ»‘ã‚ÌŽ„‚½‚¿‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A’n‹…‚ª‘¾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðˆÚ“®‚·‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŒoŒ±‚É”½‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚ ‚è�A�V‚µ‚­Žó‚¯“ü‚ê‚ç‚ꂽŒ©‰ð‚Í�A�”•S”N‘O‚Å‚³‚¦”½‘΂³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’n‹…‚̉^“®‚ð’¼�Ú‚ÉŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’n‹…‚ÌŽ²‚ð’†�S‚É‚µ‚½‰ñ“]‚⑾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚Ì‹O“¹‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–ˆ“ú�A“ú‚Ì�o‚Æ“ú–v‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A”½‘΂É�A‚‚܂葾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ÌŽü‚è‚ð‰ñ“]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤�\•ª‚È�Ø‹’‚ð–Ú‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�I

 

‘¬“x‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A’n‹…‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚é‚̂͂³‚ç‚ɓ‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B’n‹…‚Í�A�Ô“¹‚Å–ˆŽž–ñ1000ƒ}ƒCƒ‹�i–k‹É‚Æ“ì‹É‚ł̓[ƒ��j‚Ì‘¬“x‚Å‚»‚ÌŽ²‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðˆÚ“®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘¾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚ð–ñ67,000ƒ}ƒCƒ‹/Žž‚Ì•½‹Ï‘¬“x‚Å‹O“¹‚ɉˆ‚Á‚Ĉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È“®‚«‚ð’¼�Ú”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂͋Á‚­‚ׂ«‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽü‚è‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂà‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÔ‚ňړ®‚·‚邯‚«‚Í�A’Ê‚è‰ß‚¬‚é•—Œi‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�æ‚è�S’n‚ªƒXƒ€�[ƒY‚łȂ¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A�u�æ‚è�S’n‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�K‚¢�A’n‹…‚Ì“®‚«‚Í”ñ�í‚ÉŠŠ‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�j�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª’mŠo‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�u‘Š‘Î‰^“®�v‚Å‚·�B 2‘ä‚ÌŽÔ‚ª“¯‚¶‘¬“x‚Å•½�s‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AŠeŽÔ‚Ì�æ‹q‚Í‚à‚¤1‘ä‚ÌŽÔ‚ª�ÃŽ~‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒKƒŠƒŒƒI‚ª–]‰“‹¾‚ð”­–¾‚µ‚½Œã�A�l�X‚͘f�¯‚Ì‚æ‚è�³Šm‚È‘ª’è‚ð�s‚¢�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂÌ�V‚µ‚¢”­Œ©‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ¾—z’†�Sƒ‚ƒfƒ‹‚ª•K—v‚Å‚µ‚½�B

 

2. But there are many people who still believe that the Sun goes around the Earth! To quote a passage from the Wikipedia article, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geocentric_model

And, there are even some who believe that the Earth is flat: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_flat_Earth_societies

 

2.‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ðˆêŽü‚·‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚¢‚Ü‚·�IƒEƒBƒLƒyƒfƒBƒA‚Ì‹LŽ–‚̈ê�ß‚ðˆø—p‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Ahttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geocentric_model

�u..ƒ‚ƒŠƒX�Eƒo�[ƒ}ƒ“‚Í’²�¸Œ‹‰Ê‚ðˆø—p‚µ‚Ä�AŒ»�Ý•Ä�‘‚Ì�lŒû‚Ì–ñ20�“‚ª�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ð‰ñ‚é�i’n‹…’†�SŽå‹`�j‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ð‰ñ‚é�i’n�S’†�SŽå‹`�j‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚³‚ç‚É9�“‚Í’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚ÆŽå’£‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �B 1990”N‘ã‚ɃMƒƒƒ‰ƒbƒv‚ªŽÀŽ{‚µ‚½�¢˜_’²�¸‚Å‚Í�AƒhƒCƒc�l‚Ì16�“�AƒAƒ�ƒŠƒJ�l‚Ì18�“�A‰p�‘�l‚Ì19�“‚ª�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðŒö“]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 2005”N‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�A‰ÈŠw‹Z�p‚ɑ΂·‚é�‘–¯‚Ì—�‰ð‚Ì�ê–副‚Å‚ ‚éƒm�[ƒXƒEƒFƒXƒ^ƒ“‘åŠw‚ÌJon D. Miller‚ª�s‚Á‚½Œ¤‹†‚É‚æ‚邯�AƒAƒ�ƒŠƒJ‚Ì�¬�l‚Ì–ñ20�“�A‚‚܂è5�l‚É1�l‚Í�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ðŽü‰ñ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 2011”N‚ÌVTSIOM�¢˜_’²�¸‚É‚æ‚邯�Aƒ�ƒVƒA�l‚Ì32�“‚Í‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ðŽü‰ñ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

’n‹…‚ª•½‚炾‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�Fhttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_flat_Earth_societies

 

3. Thus sometimes it is very hard to get rid of certain �gwrong views�h because of our �gexperiences�h and �ggut feelings�h. Yet, if one hangs onto such wrong views (in the face of contrary evidence) one cannot get a correct world view. This is why we always need to �glook at the big picture�h; the �gbigger the picture�h, the better it is. It is hard to see much details while walking on the ground, but one see a whole lot better looking down from a helicopter.

Luckily, nowadays, we have the advantage of technology to confirm that the Earth is not flat and that it moves around the Sun.

 

3.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uŒoŒ±�v‚Æ�u’¼Š´�v‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A�i”½‘΂Ì�Ø‹’‚É’¼–Ê‚µ‚Ä�j‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A�³‚µ‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪ�A�í‚É�u‘S‘Ì‘œ‚ðŒ©‚é�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B �u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ª‘å‚«‚¢‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚¢‚̂ł·�B’n–Ê‚ð•à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ�A�ו”‚ðŒ©‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚Å‚·‚ª�AƒwƒŠƒRƒvƒ^�[‚©‚猩‰º‚ë‚·‚Æ‚¸‚Á‚Ƃ悭Œ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

�K‚¢‚È‚±‚Æ‚É�A�¡“ú‚Å‚Í�A’n‹…‚ª•½‚炳͂Ȃ­�A‘¾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðˆÚ“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é‹Z�p‚Ì—˜“_‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. Similarly, it is very hard for many people to believe that humans could be reborn as animals. One argument that was given in a book that refuted rebirth was that �g..in that case, the human population should not be changing, but we see an increase of the human population over the past centuries�h. Apparently, the author did not even consider that a human could be born an animal. Again, it is matter of a very narrow world view. There are innumerable beings in this world and they can be born in not only in the animal and human realms, but 29 other realms that we cannot see!

 

4.“¯—l‚É�A�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ª�M‚¶‚é‚͔̂ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B•œŠˆ‚ð”ے肵‚½–{‚Å—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ1‚‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�A�u‚»‚Ì�ê�‡�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�lŒû‚͕ω»‚µ‚È‚¢‚Í‚¸‚¾‚ª�A‰ß‹Ž�”�¢‹I‚ɂ킽‚é�l—Þ‚Ì�lŒû‚Í‘�‰Á‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂łµ‚½�B’˜ŽÒ‚͂ǂ¤‚â‚ç�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚³‚¦�l‚¦‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚̂łµ‚傤�BŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ñ�í‚É‹·‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ì–â‘è‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ͖³�”‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í“®•¨‚â�lŠÔ‚̗̈悾‚¯‚łȂ­�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‘¼‚Ì29‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�I

1.  The theory of evolution is only partially correct according to Buddha Dhamma; we will discuss this in detail in the future. When conditions for a birth in certain realm are satisfied, the nature has come up with many ways to make that birth take place.

Even though we consider the life of an animal as �guseless�h, life is the most important thing in the world even for the lowest worm. All living beings have craving to continue the life they have, regardless of how pathetic it appears to us. Our �gsmelly bodies�h are said to be repulsive to the devas who have fine bodies that are free of diseases as well.

 

ƒ_�[ƒEƒBƒ“‚ª”Þ‚Ì�i‰»˜_‚ð”­•\‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚͎Љï‚ɑ傫‚È�S—�“I‰e‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�A‚»‚ê‚Í�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚©‚ç�i‰»‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚é�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�Bƒ_�[ƒEƒBƒ“‚ª‘›“®‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚½‚߂ɔނ̗�˜_‚ð�Å�‰‚É�ô’肵‚Ä‚©‚ç20”NˆÈ�ãŒo‰ß‚µ‚½1859”N‚Ü‚Å�A”Þ‚ÌŒ»�Ý—L–¼‚ÈŠª�uŽ©‘R‚Ì‘I‘ð‚É‚æ‚éŽí‚Ì‹NŒ¹�v‚ð�o”Å‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ƒuƒbƒ_�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�i‰»˜_‚Í•”•ª“I‚É‚µ‚©�³‚µ‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŒã‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

“Á’è‚̗̈æ‚Å’a�¶‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ª�®‚Á‚½Žž�AŽ©‘R‚Í‚»‚ê‚𑽂­‚Ì•û–@‚ŃJƒ^ƒ`‚Æ‚µ‚Ä’a�¶‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B

�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邿‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É�ÕŒ‚“I‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¢ŠE‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŒÀ‚ç‚ê‚½Š´Šo‚Å’mŠo‚·‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–{”\‚¾‚¯‚Å�i‚ނׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í“®•¨‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ð�u–ð‚É—§‚½‚È‚¢�v‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ʼnº•”‚̃��[ƒ€‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚³‚¦�A�¶–½‚Í�¢ŠE‚Å�Å‚à�d—v‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ɂǂ̂悤‚ɔߎS‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚©‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚­�A”ނ炪Ž�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l�¶‚𑱂¯‚邱‚Æ‚ð�Ø–]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�u�L‚¢‘Ì�v‚Í�A•a‹C‚̂Ȃ¢‘f�°‚炵‚¢‘Ì‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚édeva‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä”½”­“I‚Å‚ ‚邯‚àŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

6. When the Buddha said,  �g..those who depart from the human realm, those will be reborn as humans or devas can be compared to the few grains of sand that I pick up on my fingernail. Those who are reborn in the lower four realms are exceedingly many, compared to the sand on this great Earth�h, it appears to most people as an exaggeration.

But as described in the post, �gHow the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the Human Realm�g, modern science is slowly proving that indeed the number of living beings, just in the animal realm, is unimaginably large, and that human population of about 7 billion is negligibly small. There are more living beings in your backyard soil.

6.Žß‘¸‚ª�u�lŠÔ‚̗̈悩‚ç—£‚ꂽƒ‚ƒm‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚âdeva‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŽw‚Ì’Ü‚Å�E‚Á‚½�”—±‚Ì�»‚قǂł·�B‚»‚ê‚É”ä‚ׂĉº‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é�l‚Í�A‚±‚̑傫‚È’n‹…‚Ì�»‚Ù‚Ç”ñ�í‚É‘½‚­‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A�A‚»‚ê‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂ͌֒£‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�uŽß‘¸‚ª�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚̃`ƒƒƒ“ƒX‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚½‚©�vHow the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the Human Realm‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AŒ»‘ã‚̉Ȋw‚Í�A“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚É‚ ‚é�¶–½‘Ì‚Ì�”‚ªŽÀ�ۂɂ͑z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚­�A�l—Þ‚Ì�lŒû‚Å‚ ‚é–ñ70‰­‚Í–³Ž‹‚Å‚«‚é‚Ù‚Ç�¬‚³‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì— ’ë‚Ì“y�ë‚É‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚à‘½‚­‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. Of course we cannot see the beings in the other three lower realms. But, just because they are not amenable to our senses, we cannot say they do not exist.

We have only begun �gsee�h other hidden parts of �gour world�h with the aid of science; see, �gExpanding �gConsciousness�h by Using Technology�g.

 

7.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̉º‚̗̈æ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚炪‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Ƃ͌¾‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�lŠÔ‚ÌŽ‹Šo‚Í�A”g’·ƒXƒyƒNƒgƒ‹‚Å400ƒiƒmƒ��[ƒgƒ‹‚©‚ç700ƒiƒmƒ��[ƒgƒ‹‚̂قñ‚̋͂©‚Ȕ͈͂É�§ŒÀ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽ¨‚Í20〜20,000ƒwƒ‹ƒc‚ÌŽü”g�”‚µ‚©ŒŸ�o‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘¼‚Ì“®•¨‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�㉺‚ɓƎ©‚Ì�uƒoƒ“ƒh�v‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í’n‹…�ã‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘̂ɂ¨‚¢‚Ä�Å‚àˆ«‚¢škŠo‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’˜–¼‚È�¶–½‘ÌŠwŽÒ‚Å‚ ‚éƒGƒhƒ��[ƒhO.ƒEƒBƒ‹ƒ\ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é–{�u�lŠÔ‚Ì‘¶�݂̈Ӗ¡�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‚à‚¤1‚‚̕û–@‚Í�AƒeƒŒƒr‚⃉ƒWƒI‚ð“K�؂ȃ`ƒƒƒ“ƒlƒ‹‚É�Ý’è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�u—˜—p�v‚Å‚«‚é�”•S‚̃eƒŒƒr‚ƃ‰ƒWƒI•ú‘—‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì“dŽ¥”g‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì–Ú‚Å�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ÌŽü‚è‚É‚¢‚È‚¢‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽü‚è‚É‚Í�A‚±‚̂悤‚È‘f�°‚炵‚¢‘Ì‚ðŽ�‚‘¼‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚͉Ȋw‚Ì�•‚¯‚ðŽØ‚è‚Ä�A�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì‘¼‚̉B‚ꂽ•”•ª‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðŽn‚ß‚½‚΂©‚è‚Å‚·�B

Expanding �gConsciousness�h by Using Technology‚ð‚²——‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

8. Even though scientific progress has been impressive, it takes generations to move the �gknowledge base�h forward; see, �g �g.

And there is compelling evidence for rebirth; see, �gEvidence for Rebirth�g.

 

8.‰ÈŠw‚Ì�i•à‚Í–ÚŠo‚Ü‚µ‚¢‚à‚̂ł·‚ª�A�u’mޝƒx�[ƒX�v‚ð‘O�i‚³‚¹‚é‚ɂ͉½�¢‘ã‚à‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BDhamma and Science – Introduction‚ð‚²——‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

ˆê•û�A�S‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�¶ŠU‚Å�d—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Expanding �gConsciousness�h by Purifying the Mind ‚¨‚æ‚ÑPower of the Human Mind – Introduction‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å�S‚Ì—Í‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ª‰F’ˆ‚É–³�”‚̘f�¯Œn‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ�i‘¼‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì—á‚Í‘¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‚±‚Ì–ñ100”N‚Ì�¶–½‚ª“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�d—v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“]�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�à“¾—͂̂ ‚é�Ø‹’‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BEvidence for Rebirth‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

9. Without the �gcorrect view�h of this world, we will be simply �ggroping in the dark�h. When one has only a narrow and blurred vision, one cannot move forward. If one believes that this is the only life we have, then one could be making bad decisions, that could affect one�fs future for billions of years to come.

That is why it is worthwhile at least to examine the evidence of the �gwider world view�h of the Buddha, where both space and time are infinite. While modern science has confirmed the infinite extent of space, it has not yet �gdiscovered�h the fact that life does not end at physical death; it is just the end of one insignificantly small sliver of the time span of a sentient being.

 

9.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�v‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’P‚É�uˆÃˆÅ‚Ì’†‚Å–Í�õ�v‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ‹—Í‚ª‹·‚­‚ڂ₯‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͑O�i‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì—Bˆê‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚Æ�M‚¶‚é‚È‚ç�Aˆ«‚¢Œˆ’f‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì”»’f‚ª�@‰½�\‰­”N‚à‘±‚­–¢—ˆ‚ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚Ì—¼•û‚ª–³ŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚éŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚Ì�Ø‹’‚𒲂ׂ邱‚Ƃ͉¿’l‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł·�BŒ»‘ã‰ÈŠw‚͉F’ˆ‚Ì–³ŒÀ‚͈̔͂ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�¶–½‚Í“÷‘Ì“I‚ÈŽ€‚Å�I‚í‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð‚Ü‚¾�u”­Œ©�v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A–c‘å‚É‘±‚­Š´Šo‚ ‚é�¶–½‘̂̂قñ‚̂킸‚©‚È’f•ЂÌ�I‚í‚è‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

10. Most people think the First Noble Truth is about suffering in the sense of just physical or mental suffering IN THIS LIFE; that is wrong. Those are RESULTS of past actions (kamma). But that suffering is NOT what the First Noble Truth is about; it is about the FUTURE suffering that CAN BE stopped.

This is why the Buddha said, �gmy Dhamma has never been heard before�h. It is hard to grasp until one is willing to spend some time and examine the �gbigger picture�h. One should not just go by one�fs instincts, but rather by the facts.

 

10.‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ‚Í�A“÷‘Ì“I‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚ȋꂵ‚݂Ƃ¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł̋ꂵ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͊ԈႢ‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚ÌƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�ikamma�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Í�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é‚È�^ŽÀ‚ªŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í–¢—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ăł ‚è�AŽ~‚ß‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B

Žn‚ß‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚Æ‚Í�AŒ»�݂͉B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A�«—ˆŒ»‚ê‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B �u�³‚µ‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ð‚‚©‚ނ܂łÍ�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹‚Ì’N‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂ł·�B

‚±‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚ª�uŽ„‚Ì–@‚ðˆÈ‘O‚É•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�BŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚𒲂ׂ悤‚Æ‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�A—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢�B�l‚Í–{”\‚¾‚¯‚Å�i‚ނ̂ł͂Ȃ­�AŽ–ŽÀ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�i‚ނׂ«‚Å‚·�B

 

11. This is also why �gSammā Diṭṭhi�h or �gcorrect view�h comes first in both versions of the Eightfold Path. Yes. There are two versions of the path: One is mundane (lōkiya) and is easier to grasp. The other is transcendental (lōkuttara) and requires the comprehension of Tilakkhana or the Three Characteristics of this world, i.e., anicca, dukkha, anatta.

When one starts understanding the validity of laws of kamma (i.e., deeds have consequences), rebirth must be true, and there are other realms that we cannot see, one begins to embrace the mundane version of Sammā Diṭṭhi.

 

11.‚±‚ê‚͂܂½�A�uSammā Diṭṭhi�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð�v‚ª”ª�³“¹‚Ì—¼•û‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é—�—R‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�u“¹�v‚É‚Í2‚‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B1‚‚͂ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�ilōkiya�j‚Å�A‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤1‚‚͒´‰z“I�ilōkuttara�j‚Å�AŽO‘Š‚·‚Ȃ킿3‚‚̓Á�«‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�«Ž¿‚‚܂èanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 

ŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é‘O‚É�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚è�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍMahā Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

kamma ‚Ì–@‘¥‚Ì—LŒø�«‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�i‚‚܂è�A�sˆ×‚ɂ͌‹‰Ê‚ª�¶‚¶‚邱‚Æ�j�A�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Í�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ɂ͌©‚¦‚È‚¢‘¼‚̗̈悪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ÌSammā Diṭṭhi‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚êŽn‚߂܂·�B

 

12. With that Sammā Diṭṭhi, one realizes that it is not fruitful to: think immoral thoughts (micchā saṅkappa), utter inappropriate speech (micchā vācā), do inappropriate things (micchā kammaṃta), live an immoral life (micchā ājiva), to strive to achieve unfruitful things (micchā vāyāma), have an immoral mindfulness (micchā sati), and thus get into an immoral state (micchā samādhi).

Thus, with correct views or Sammā Diṭṭhi, one will be automatically following the mundane eightfold path: Sammā Saṅkappa, Sammā Vācā, Sammā Kammanta, Sammā Ājiva, Sammā Vāyāma, Sammā Sati, and thus get to Sammā Samādhi.  It all starts with Sammā Diṭṭhi, or the �gcorrect views�h.

12.‚»‚ÌSammāDiṭṭhi‚ňȉº‚Ì‚±‚Ƃ͕sŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•s“¹“¿‚È�l‚¦‚ð‚·‚é�imicchā saṅkappa�j�A•s“K�؂Ȕ­˜b‚ð‚·‚é�imicchā vācā�j�A•s“K�؂Ȃ±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é�imicchā kammaṃta�j�A•s“¹“¿‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚é�imicchā ājiva�j�AŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Î‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɓw—Í‚µ�imicchā vāyāma�j�A•s“¹“¿‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�imicchā sati�j‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä•s“¹“¿‚È�ó‘Ô�imicchā samādhi�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚Ì�¢‚̈«�s‚ðŽx•¥‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�u“¦‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽ©•ª‚Ì‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚Ì–¢—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å—˜Žq‚Æ‹¤‚ÉŽx•¥‚í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¯—l‚É�A‚·‚ׂĂ̑P�s‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚»‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å•ñ‚í‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A‚·‚Ȃ킿SammāDiṭṭhi‚ðŽg‚¤‚Æ�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É‚½‚Ç‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂÍ�ASammāDiṭṭhi�A‚‚܂è�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�v‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. It is not a world view that is amenable to our �gexperience�h, because our sense faculties are limited as we discussed above. But as we make progress, our minds will become clear and we WILL be able to see for ourselves the true nature of this world.

My goal is to present evidence from many aspects, because different people comprehend different aspects.

 

13�ã‹L‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Ì”\—͂͌À‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�uŒoŒ±�v‚ªŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚â‚·‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�i•à‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚Í–¾Šm‚ɂȂè�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÅŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

Žß‘¸‚ª2500”N‘O‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃ͊m‚©‚É�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‘½‚­‚Ì�Ø‹’‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì�¢‘ã‚̉ȊwŽÒ‚Ì“w—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ĕނç‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚鎞‘ã‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ‚±‚Æ‚Í�K‰^‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚É�\•ª‚É�Ø‹’‚ð’²�¸‚·‚鎞ŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ä�A�^Œ•‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ©‰ð‚ð‚Æ‚éŽ©�M�isaddhā�j‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

Ž„‚Ì–Ú•W‚Í�A—l�X‚È�l‚ª—l�X‚È‘¤–Ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘½‚­‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚©‚ç�Ø‹’‚ð’ñަ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

 

14. Such a critical evaluation itself could be enough to dispel any wrong views. It is like lifting of a fog and being able to see clearly. When the mind becomes pure, one does not need �gevidence from science�h to confirm the worldview of the Buddha.

 

14.‚±‚̂悤‚Ȕᔻ“I‚È•]‰¿Ž©‘Ì‚Í�AŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ð•¥�@‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B–¶‚ª•‚‚«�オ‚Á‚Ä‚­‚Á‚«‚茩‚¦‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B�S‚ª�´‚­‚È‚é‚Æ‚«�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�u‰ÈŠw‚©‚ç‚Ì�Ø‹’�v‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Sammā �@Diṭṭhi‚Ìlōkuttaraƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�i‚ ‚é’ö“xTilakkhana‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�j‚ƑΉž‚·‚锪�³“¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASeeking Nibbāna‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�ABuddha Dhamma – In a Chart‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚ÅŽQ�Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

 

Micchā Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage

May 6, 2017; September 24, 2019

Two Eightfold Paths

1. There are two Eightfold Paths: mundane and Noble. See, �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty).�g

Once one comprehends Tilakkhanana to some extent, one becomes a Sōtapanna. Subsequently one can attain higher stages of Nibbāna.

 

1. 2‚‚̔ª�³“¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•�’Ê‚Æ�¹‚È‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B �uMaha Chattarisaka Sutta�iƒOƒŒ�[ƒgƒtƒH�[ƒeƒB�[‚Ì’k˜b�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚Ü‚¸�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B

‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A�S‚Í�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A31—̈悩‚ç‚Ȃ邱‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚·‚Ȃ킿Tilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ŽO‘Š‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�ANibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. But there are many people today who have at least some of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi and believe that they are on the Noble Path. But it is clear from above that some may not even be on the mundane Path.

In this post, we focus on the para lōka and gandhabba because many Theravadins incorrectly assume that gandhabba is a Mahayaṃa concept.

 

2.‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¡“ú‚Å‚Í�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚É�A”ނ炪�¹‚Ȃ铹‚É‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ª‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�ã‹L‚©‚ç–¾‚ç‚©‚Ȃ悤‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì’†‚ɂ͂¢‚Ü‚¾•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ª‚»‚¤‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邯ީ•ª‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­‚È‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŠeŽ©‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠm�M‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŠm�M‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚éƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�Apara lōka‚Ægandhabba‚É�Å“_‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‘½‚­‚Ì�¬�æ•§‹³“k‚Ígandhabba‚ª‘å�æ•§‹³‚ÌŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚邯Œë‚Á‚Ä‘z’肵‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B

 

The Ten Types of Micchā Diṭṭhi (Wrong Views)

3. The 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi are listed in many suttā, including the Maha Cattarisaka Sutta and Pathama Niraya Sagga Sutta (Anguttara Nikaya: AN 10.211): �gNatthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukata­dukka­ṭā­naṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko, natthi parō lōkō, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lōkaṃ parañca lōkaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī�fti�g. Translated, the wrong views are:

there are no Samana brahmana (basically Ariyā or yogis) with abhiññā powers who can see  both this world (imanca lōkam) and para lōka (paranca lokam) .

 

3. Maha Cattarisaka Sutta‚âPathama Niraya Sagga Sutta (Anguttara Nikaya: AN 10.211)‚É‚ ‚é10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ìsutta‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

–|–ó�A

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

‚P—^‚¦‚邱‚Æ�idāna�j‚ɂ̓�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢

‚Q�i�l‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂµ‚½‚±‚Æ‚É�jŠ´ŽÓ‚µ�A—D‚µ‚­‘Ήž‚·‚邱‚ƂɃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢

‚R‚æ‚è�‚‚¢”ü“¿‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚Ö‚ÌŒhˆÓ‚Æ‹Ÿ•¨‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂɃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢

‚S�l�¶‚ÅŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŠy‚µ‚ñ‚¾‚è‹ê‚µ‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�Akammavipāka‚É‚æ‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�u‚½‚¾‹N‚±‚é�v‚¾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚é

‚T‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢

‚Upara lōka ‚‚܂è gandhabba‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢

‚V•ê�e‚Ù‚Ç“Á•Ê‚È�l‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢

‚W•ƒ�e‚Ù‚Ç“Á•Ê‚È�l‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢

‚Xōpapātika�i�uŠÔ“I�j�o�¶‚͂Ȃ¢

10‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�iimancalōkam�j‚Æparalōka�iparanca lokam�j‚Ì—¼•û‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éabhiññā—Í‚ðŽ�‚ÂSamana brahmana�iŠî–{“I‚É‚ÍAriyā‚Ü‚½‚Íyogis�j‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢

 

Micchā Diṭṭhi (Wrong Views) About the Gandhabba

4. I have highlighted three types of micchā diṭṭhi that are common.  They are somewhat inter-related. but the one about the gandhabba is a common micchā diṭṭhi. Even those who believe themselves to be �gdevout Buddhists�h seem to have that wrong view. They believe that the Buddha did not teach about gandhabba or the para lōka.

Also see, �gAntarabhava and gandhabba�g

 

4.Ž„‚͈ê”Ê“I‚È3Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚¢‚­‚Ô‚ñ‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Agandhabba‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì1‚‚Í�Aˆê”Ê“I‚Èmicchā diṭṭhi‚Å‚·�BŽ©•ª‚ð�u�M�S�[‚¢•§‹³“k�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l�X‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ªgandhabba ‚·‚Ȃ킿 para lōka‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹³‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

KhuddakaNikāya�iKN�j‚ÌPetavatthu‚ÉTiro­kuṭ­ṭa peta­vatthu‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͉pŒê‚É–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�i‚ ‚Ü‚è—Ç‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�j�ATirokudda Kanda: Hungry Shades Outside the Walls‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Antarabhava and gandhabba‚àŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

5. In many suttā, including Mahāsaccaka Sutta and Bodhirājakumāra Sutta the Buddha described how he saw human gandhabbā moving from one physical body to the next (in a single human bhava) with the Pubbenivāsānussati Ñāna on the night he attained the Buddhahood.

By the way, hereafter I will try to provide sutta references at the SuttaCentral site. They have not only the Pāli version, but also translations in different languages. However, it must be kept in mind that some translations are incorrect, as mentioned above and also with the translations of anicca and anatta.

5. Mahāsaccaka Sutta‚ÆBodhirājakumāra Sutta‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚­‚Ìsuttā‚Å�AŽß‘¸‚Í�A”Þ‚ªƒuƒbƒ_‚ÉŽŠ‚Á‚½–é‚É�APubbenivāsānussati Ñāna‚Å�lŠÔ‚̃Kƒ“ƒ_ƒbƒo�[‚ª1‚‚Ì�g‘Ì‚©‚玟‚Ì�g‘Ì‚É�iˆê‚‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�jˆÚ“®‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�à‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

Ariyā‚Íjhānās‚Å�APubbenivāsānussati Ñāna�i‘O‰ñ‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̒a�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’qŒd�j‚ÆCutūpapāda Ñāna�i‚·‚ׂĂ̗̈æ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‰ß‹Ž‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’qŒd�j‚Ì—¼•û‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ìyogis ‚͂قƂñ‚Ç�Å�‰‚Ì1‚‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ“¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A”Þ‚ç‚͈ȑO‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚µ‚©Œ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�ÅŒã‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi�A‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚ÈAriyā‚⃈ƒM‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 �ã‹L‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚Ìsutta‚Å‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚Å‚·‚ª�A‰pŒê‚ƃVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�³‚µ‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BPubbenivāsānussati Ñāna‚ÆCutūpapāda Ñāna‚ª‹æ•Ê‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B�Å�‰‚ÌÑāna‚ł͈ȑO‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì’a�¶‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A2”Ô–Ú‚ÌÑāna‚Å‚Í31—̈悷‚ׂĂňȑO‚Ì’a�¶‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A�¡Œã‚ÍSuttaCentralƒTƒCƒg‚ÅsuttaƒŠƒtƒ@ƒŒƒ“ƒX‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚̓p�[ƒŠ”Å‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�AˆÙ‚Ȃ錾Œê‚Ì–|–ó‚àŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‘O�q‚̂悤‚É�Aanicca‚Æanatta‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�Aˆê•”‚ª�³‚µ‚­‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Gandhabba is a Human Without a Human Body

6. We also need to realize that para lōka or the world of gandhabba (of both humans and animals) is NOT a separate realm.

Thus, contrary to the widespread belief, gandhabba is not an �gantarābhava�h (in between bhava; �gantara�h means �gin-between�h), but rather is in the same bhava. The confusion arises with not knowing the difference between bhava and jāti.

 

6.‚Ü‚½�Apara lōka ‚·‚Ȃ킿gandhabba‚Ì�¢ŠE�i�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Ì—¼•û�j‚Å‚Í2‚‚ª•ʂ̗̈æ‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ29‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚Í�uŽž�iōpapātika�j‚ÉŠ®‘S‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ɑ΂µ‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚ÌƒŠƒXƒg‚Ì9”Ô–Ú‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ƃ͈قȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�uŠÔ“I‚È�o�¶‚ɂ͕ê�e‚ÌŽq‹{‚ÍŠÖŒW‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B1‚‚Ìbhava‚Í1‚‚Ìjāti �i�o�¶�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Adeva ‚â Brahma‚Í�uŠÔ‚Ɉê“x‚¾‚¯�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ĉê“x‚¾‚¯Ž€‚ɂ܂·�B

�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–§“x‚Ì�‚‚¢“÷‘Ì‚Í�A2‚‚Ìbhava‚Ì‚½‚߂ɃJƒ~ƒbƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É’Z‚¢Žõ–½‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�@�@

Gandhabba – Only in Human and Animal Realms‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í“®•¨‚ªŽ€‚ʂƂ«�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í“®•¨‚Ìbhava‚ÉŽc—]‚̃Jƒ~ƒbƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�Agandhabba‚ÍŽ€‘Ì‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚«‚Ä�A“¯‚¶bhava�i“¯‚¶—̈æ�j‚Å“]�¶‚·‚é‚̂ɓK�؂Ȏq‹{‚ð‘Ò‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�L‚­�M‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂƂ͋t‚É�Agandhabba‚Í�uantarābhava�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�ibhava

‚ÌŠÔ�Bantarā‚Í�u’†ŠÔ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�A‚Þ‚µ‚듯‚¶bhava‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bbhava ‚Æ jāti‚̈Ⴂ‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ�¬—�‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

 

Gandhabba Lives in This World

7. Until they find a suitable womb, those gandhabba are in �gpara lōka�h or the netherworld, which co-exists with our world (but normally we cannot see those fine bodies of gandhabbā).

The difference between bhava and jāti is explained in, �gBhava and Jāti – States of Existence and Births Therein�g.

7.“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ªŒ©‚Âkamma‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìgandhabba‚Í�upara lōka�v‚·‚Ȃ킿’n�–‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Æ‹¤‘¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�A’Ê�í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìgandhabba‚Ì”÷�ׂȑ̂͌©‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚͕ʂ̑¶�Ý�ideva, Brahma,  preta�A“®•¨‚È‚Ç�j‚É�Ø‚è‘Ö‚í‚é‘O‚ɉ½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪ�A“]�¶ƒXƒg�[ƒŠ�[‚ªˆê”Ê“I‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ª�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A‚»�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚𓾂é‚Ì‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢‚̂͂ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aˆê“x�A�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava‚É“ü‚邯�A�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚ĉ½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

How the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the Human Realm ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

bhava‚Æjāti‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍBhava and Jāti – States of Existence and Births Therein

 

8. So, I hope one can understand the fact that one still has micchā diṭṭhi if one adamantly rejects the concept of gandhabba or the concept of opapatika births.

The Buddha discussed this clearly in the �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)�g.

8.‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�Agandhabba‚ÌŠT”O‚âopapatika‚Ì’a�¶‚ÌŠT”O‚ð’fŒÅ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹‘�â‚·‚邯�A‚Ü‚¾micchā diṭṭhi‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚¾‚¯‚ê‚Î�K‚¢‚Å‚·�B

 

10‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©1‚‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚³‚¦‚Ü‚¾•à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 Buddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h ‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚ÅŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Žß‘¸‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð�uMaha Chattarisaka Sutta�i‘åŽl�\‚Ì’k˜b�j�v‚ł͂Á‚«‚è‚Æ˜_‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

It is a Step-by-Step Process

9. In order to get to the Sōtapanna stage, the first step is to make sure that one learns Dhamma and clear up any remaining doubts about those ten types of micchā diṭṭhi.

Then, by following the Noble Eightfold Path one reaches the higher stages of Nibbāna, culminating at the Arahant stage.

 

9.Sōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A Dhamma ‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‹^–â‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 

10Ží‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Æ�Aˆê”Ê“I‚È”ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢Dhamma ‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é’iŠK‚Ü‚Å�A�S‚Í�´‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“Á‚É�AŽ©‘R‚Ì3‚‚̓Á’¥�iƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi�j�Fanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�B‚±‚ê‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢micchādiṭṭhi‚Å�AMaha Cattarisaka Sutta‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é2”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Å‚·�B

ŽO‘Š‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŽž�ALokottara �i�¹‚È‚é�j”ª�³“¹‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚«‚Ü‚·�B

ŽŸ‚É�A�¹”ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Æ‚Å�ANibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å�Å�‚’ª‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. The Path to Nibbāna has been covered for hundreds of years due to fact that the above steps have not been clear. Furthermore, the meanings of those keywords, anicca, dukkha, anatta has been distorted.

The key problem arose when they ASSUMED that Sanskrit words �ganitya�h and �ganātma�h are the same as the Pāli words �ganicca�h and �ganatta�g. The Sanskrit words �ganitya�h and �ganātma�h do mean �gimpermanent�f and �gno-self�h, but the Pāli words �ganicca�h and �ganatta�h have totally different meanings. See, �gMisinterpretation of Anicca and Anatta by Early European Scholars.�h

 

10.�ã‹L‚ÌŽè�‡‚ª–¾Šm‚ł͂Ȃ©‚Á‚½‚½‚ß�ANibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚͉½•S”N‚à‚ÌŠÔƒJƒo�[‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚³‚ç‚É�AƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª˜c‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚ä‚Á‚­‚è‚Æ‚µ‚½•§–@‚Ì—ò‰»‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�A–ñ1500”NˆÈ�ã‚ɂ킽‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒˆ�[ƒ�ƒbƒp�l‚ªŒÃ‘ã‚̃Tƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒg‚ƃp�[ƒŠ‚Ì•¶�‘‚ð”­Œ©‚µ‚½1800”N‘ãŒã”¼‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚æ‚葽‚­‚̃_ƒ��[ƒW‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

”Þ‚ç‚Í�Å�‰‚ɃCƒ“ƒh‚ŃTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚̃qƒ“ƒhƒD�[ƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_•¶Šw‚ð”­Œ©‚µ�i•§‹³‚Í‚»‚ê‚æ‚肸‚Á‚Æ‘O‚ɃCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽp‚ð�Á‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½�j�AŒã‚ɃXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ�Aƒrƒ‹ƒ}�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚̃AƒWƒA�”�‘‚ÅPāli Tipiṭaka‚É�o‚­‚킵‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�d—v‚È–â‘è‚Í�AƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Ì�uanitya�v‚Æ�uanātma�v‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�uanicca�v‚Æ�uanatta�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚邯‘z’肵‚½‚Æ‚«‚É”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Ì�uanitya�v‚Æ�uanātma�v‚Í�u–³ŠúŒÀ�v‚Æ�u–³‰ä�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�uanicca�v‚Æ�uanatta�v‚͂܂Á‚½‚­ˆÙ‚È‚éˆÓ–¡‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�gMisinterpretation of Anicca and Anatta by Early European Scholars‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

More Information

11. That historical background is fully explained in many posts at the �gHistorical Background�h section. But at least read the posts starting with �gIncorrect Theravada Interpretations – Historical Timeline�g.

The correct meanings of anicca, dukkha, anatta have been discussed in the section, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta�g.

 

11.‚»‚Ì—ðŽj“I”wŒi‚Í�AHistorical Background‚Ì‘½‚­‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àIncorrect Theravada Interpretations – Historical Timeline‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

12. As for the instantaneous births, instances of such ōpapātika births occur in many suttā. For example, in the Maha Parinibbana Sutta, the Buddha told Ven. Ananda about ōpapātika births of many people who died in a certain village: �g..Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā..�h

However, please keep in mind that those SuttaCentral translations also can have errors (as is the case at most online sites as well as books), as I pointed out in #5 above.

12.�@�uŠÔ“I�o�¶‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�u ōpapātika �v�o�¶‚ÌŽ–—á‚Í‘½‚­‚Ìsutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AMaha Parinibbana Sutta‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚̓A�[ƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚É‚ ‚鑺‚Å–S‚­‚È‚Á‚½‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Ì ōpapātika ‚Ì�o�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒê‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�g..Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā..�h

 

‚·‚Å‚É�q‚ׂ½‚悤‚É�A–|–ó‚Ísutta‚Ì�ã‹L‚ÌSuttaCentralƒŠƒ“ƒN‚Å•¡�”‚ÌŒ¾Œê‚Å—˜—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�ã‹L‚͉pŒê‚Å�u�cNandā“ò‘m, Ānanda‚ª5‚‚̉º‚Ì‘©”›‚ÌŠ®‘S‚É”j‰ó‚µ‚ÄBrahma‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÅŽ©‘R”­�¶“I‚É”­�¶‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�¢ŠE‚©‚ç–߂邱‚ƂȂ­‚»‚±‚Å�Å�I‰ð•ú‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v

 

‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌSuttaCentral‚Ì–|–ó‚Å‚àƒGƒ‰�[‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̃Iƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“ƒTƒCƒg‚â�‘�ЂÌ�ê�‡‚Æ“¯—l�j�B

 

 

Grasping the Real Nature

13. Finally, there may be people who attain magga phala but had never even heard about gandhabba in this life. If one comprehends the Tilakkhana, that is all needed.

The only way to get rid of such micchā diṭṭhi is to examine those concepts and convince oneself that those must be true.

 

13.�ÅŒã‚É�Amagga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚ª�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ågandhabba‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦‚È‚©‚Á‚½�l�X‚ª‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚̂悤‚È�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚Ígandhabba‚ÌŠT”O‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B’N‚©‚ª”Þ‚ç‚É‚»‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚ꂪ�^ŽÀ‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚é‚Ì‚Å�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�à–¾‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä�uƒiƒ“ƒZƒ“ƒX�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹‘�₵‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Ímicchā diṭṭhi‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Agandhabba�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñpara lōka�j‚ÌŠT”O�A�uŠÔ“I‚È’a�¶�A‘¼‚̗̈æ‚Ì‘¶�Ý�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚̂悤‚ȗ̈悾‚¯‚łȂ­para lōka‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éAriyā ‚Ü‚½‚Í yogis‚Ì‘¶�݂ł·�B

‚»‚̂悤‚Èmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠT”O‚𒲂ׂÄ�A‚»‚ê‚炪�^ŽÀ‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ©•ª‚É”[“¾‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

 

14. In that process, it is also necessary that one lives a moral life staying away from dasa akusala as much as possible, as explained in the �gLiving Dhamma�h section. It is important for anyone to experience the mental clarity (and the �gpeace of mind�h or �gniveema�g) that comes with staying away from dasa akusala.

 

14.‚»‚̉ߒö‚Å�A�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�Adasa akusala‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯—£‚ê‚Ä“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Æ‚à•K—v‚Å‚·�Bdasa akusala‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɔº‚¤ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚È–¾‰õ‚³�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�u�S‚̈À‚炬�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�univeema�v�j‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͒N‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B

 

‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A�Å‹­‚Ìdasa akusala‚Í�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­ŽO‘Š‚É‘Î‚·‚é–³’m‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�ASōtapanna‚ª—¼•û‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‰˜‚ê‚Ì99�“ˆÈ�ã‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�BWhat is the only Akusala Removed by a Sōtapanna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

micchādiāhi‚Ì‚P”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”3‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½10Ží—ނ̃^ƒCƒv‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�AŒ´ˆö‚È‚µ‚ł͉½‚à‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢�A‚Ü‚½�Aˆ«‚¢Œ´ˆö�idasa akusala�j‚͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚ȂǂÌ�M”O‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B2”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚‚܂è�A–ž‘«‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚é�ianicca�j�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂ɋꂵ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�idukkha�j�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í–{“–‚É–³—͂ł ‚邱‚Ƃł·�ianatta�j�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘S‘Ì�}‚ð�M‚¶‚é‚܂łÍ�AŽO‘Š‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A31—Ìˆæ‚Æ“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñpara lōka‚Ægandhabbā‚ÌŠT”O‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

11. Magga Phala via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjhaṅga

The top 11 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation. The rest of the posts in this section are on possible meditation subjects and can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to gain samādhi. The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.

Revised August 5, 2017; September 19, 2018 (added #10 and updated links to more recent posts).

‚Í‚¶‚ß‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

1. There are many ways to get to magga phala. What I have followed is Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā and metta bhāvanā. As explained in the previous post, I first did a crude version of the Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā for a few years without even realizing that it was effectively a Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā.  

Of course, there are many paths to Nibbāna (and to the Sōtapanna stage), and this is the one I took (almost inadvertently). Still, it is critical to realize that attaining the Sōtapanna stage ONLY REQUIRES removing wrong world views or diṭṭhi, i.e., getting rid of ditthāsava. But this may not be an easy step, because one needs to realize the anicca nature of this world.

 

1. magga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ͑½‚­‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ªƒtƒHƒ��[‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�ABojjhaṅga bhāvan₯metta bhāvanā‚Å‚·�B‘O‰ñ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽ„‚Í�””N‘O‚©‚çBojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚ÌŠT‚˂ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

Œ»�Ý�AŽ„‚Í�À‚Á‚Äbojjanga bhāvanā/Ariya metta bhāvanā‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ�A‘¼‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚Éānāpānasati (‚¨‚æ‚Ñsatipatthāna)‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

•úŠü‚·‚ׂ«Žv�l�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�s“®‚ð—}ˆ³‚µ�A�@‚»‚Ì‹t‚ðˆç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚܂łÍ�A‚»‚ꂪ�Kе‚ƂȂè�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É“K“–‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚à‚Ì‚ª‚â‚Á‚Ä‚«‚½‚Æ‚«‚É‚à�A‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚æ‚­�‘‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A—Ç‚¢�Kе(gati)‚ðˆç‚Þ‚Ì‚ª�i•à‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B

Ānāpānasati�i‚¨‚æ‚ÑSatipaṭṭhāna�j‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð—{‚¤‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Agati ‚Æāsavā‚ð•Ï�X‚µ‚Ü‚·�BKey to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character (Gati)‚¨‚æ‚ÑIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚Í�ABojjhaṅga dhamma‚ðˆç�¬‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A�S‚ªsamādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚Ü‚·�B Saptha Bojjhaṅga�i7‚‚̗v‘f�j‚Í37 Factors of Enlightenment‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚ÉŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�¿‚è‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Ì•”•ª‚ÍAriya mettabhāvanā‚Å‚·�BAriya Metta Bhavana (Loving Kindness Meditation)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚̃‹�[ƒ`ƒ“‚ÍŽ„‚ɂ͂¤‚Ü‚­‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ANibbāna�i‚¨‚æ‚ÑSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�j‚Ö‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì“¹‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ª�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚lj½‹C‚È‚­�jŽæ‚Á‚½“¹‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚âdiṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ݂̂ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�Aditthāsava‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŠÈ’P‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

 

2. The key here is that during the Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā, one only does �gāna�h or �gtaking in good things�h; see, �gWhat is Änapāna?�g. However, �gpāna�h or �gremoving the bad�h happens automatically via wisdom gained, i.e., via enhanced vision or sammā diṭṭhi. One�fs mind is automatically focused on thinking about a Dhamma concept, and once one gets some traction, the mind will get �glatched on to it�h.

This habit of contemplating on dhamma concepts naturally got established as cultivating dhamma vicaya in Saptha Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā once I met my teacher Thero.

 

2.‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�ABojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚ÌŠÔ�A�u�gāna�v‚‚܂è�u—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ�v‚݂̂ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BWhat is Änapāna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A�upāna�v‚‚܂è�uˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�A“¾‚ç‚ꂽ’qŒd�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‹­‰»‚³‚ꂽƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚ésammā diṭṭhi‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŽ©“®“I‚Ƀ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì​​ŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚É�W’†‚µ�A‚ЂƂ½‚щ½‚ç‚©‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚ð’Í‚ñ‚Å—£‚³‚È‚­‚È‚é�v‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

�‰Šú‚Ì� �AŽ„‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦Žn‚ß‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽ„‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚ɃTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[�ijhāna‚ł͂Ȃ­�j‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ÌŽž�AŽ„‚àŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ðŽŽ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ì�Kе‚Í�A‹³Žt‚ÌThero‚É�o‰ï‚¢Saptha Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā ‚Ådhamma vicaya ‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŽ©‘R‚ÉŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

3. I was able to make real progress only after learning the true meanings of anicca, dukkha, anatta; see, �g10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava�g.

Waharaka Thero has explained how to systematically cultivate the seven Bojjhaṅga dhamma: it involves first establishing sati (moral mindfulness) based on those correct interpretations of anicca, dukkha, anatta; see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta�g, and the follow-up posts.

3. anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠw‚ñ‚Å�‰‚ß‚Ä�A–{“–‚Ì�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava

Waharaka Thero‚Í�A7‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga dhamma‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚Ɉç�¬‚·‚é•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚­‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�AƒTƒeƒB�iƒ‚ƒ‰ƒ‹ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. The seven Bojjhaṅga Dhamma are sati (mindfulness), dhamma vicaya (investigation of dhamma concepts),viriya (effort),piti (joy), passaddhi (tranquility), samādhi (one-pointedness), and upekkha (equanimity). I will have a post on this later, but I have discussed most of these terms in other posts.

Even though one may be enjoying life right now, one knows that it will be of negligible duration compared to the (or samsāric) time scale. This is the theme of this website, and there are many posts that one can read.

4. 7‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga‚Í�Asati�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j�Adhamma vicaya�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚Ì’²�¸�j�Aviriya�i“w—Í�j�Apiti�iŠì‚Ñ�j�Apassaddhi�i�¯‚³�j�Asamādhi�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚É�i‚é—Í�j�A‚»‚µ‚Äupekkha�iˆÀ‚ç‚©�j�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚Řb‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚̂قƂñ‚ǂɂ‚¢‚Ă͑¼‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

sati‚Ƃ͉½‚©‚ð‚à‚¤ˆê“x–¾Šm‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�Asati‚ð�u�W’†�v‚Ü‚½‚Í’P‚É�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�v‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÉŠî‚­�S‚̘g‘g‚Ý‚Å�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B31—̈æ‚ðŽ�‚ÂŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚Æ�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª’·Šú‚ÅŒ©‚邯‹ê‚µ‚݂ɓ±‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

�¡‚Í�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A saṃsāric‚̃^ƒCƒ€ƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚Æ”äŠr‚·‚邯�A‚»‚Ì‘¶‘±ŠúŠÔ‚Í‚²‚­‚킸‚©‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ‚±‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚̃e�[ƒ}‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Ƃ𑽂­‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚œǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

5. During the whole time of the Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā, sati must be there; that frame of mind must be there. Dhamma vicaya is a critical evaluation of a given dhamma concept. One can choose a topic or two for a given session and then contemplate on it. One could do this not only in a formal way, but also just while reading a web post or a book on the subject. Each individual is different, so one needs to figure out which is more suitable.

When one comprehends a given concept, that leads to the cultivation of the piti (pronounced �gpeethi�h or �gpreethi�h in Sinhala) sabbojjanga. This is part of nirāmisa sukha that I have talked about; one starts feeling happiness or a �glightness�h making the mind serene. I am sure at least some of you have experienced this while reading posts. This gives one confidence that one is on the right path, and thus one will be motivated to make more effort, i.e., it cultivates the viriya sabbojjanga.

 

5�@Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚Ì‘SŠúŠÔ’†�Asati‚ª‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̘g‘g‚Ý‚ª‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Dhamma vicaya‚Æ‚Í�A—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽdhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð‘å�؂ɕ]‰¿‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BáÒ‘z‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å1‚‚܂½‚Í2‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð‘I‘ð‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�s‚¤‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�AWeb‚â–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚«‚É‚à�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŒÂ�l‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪˆÙ‚Ȃ邽‚ß�A‚Ç‚¿‚炪‚æ‚è“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŽ©•ª‚Ì�l�¶ŒoŒ±‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚½‚è�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì–Ú‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚à‚̂ƔäŠr‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aanicca‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚É‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃rƒfƒIƒNƒŠƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂ðŠÜ‚ß�A’·Šú“I‚É–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à’N‚à‚»‚¤‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ‹Šo“I‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚½‚è�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȓK—p‚ɂ‚¢‚ĂȂÇ�n�l‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚ ‚éŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ꂪ piti sabbojjanga�iŠì‚т̎µŠoŽx�j‚̈ç‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ª˜b‚µ‚½nirāmisa sukha‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�K‚¹�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�S‚ð‰¸‚â‚©‚É‚·‚é�uŒy‚³�v‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂܂·�B�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àŠF‚³‚ñ‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì•¶�Í‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É‚±‚ê‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚ª�³‚µ‚¢•ûŒü‚É�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm�M‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�A‚æ‚葽‚­‚Ì“w—Í‚ð‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ—~‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂肱‚ꂪviriya sabbojjanga‚̈ç�¬‚Å‚·�B

 

6. Thus dhamma vicaya, piti, and viriya sabbojjanga are cultivated together (of course sati must be there too). At some point though, the mind and especially the body (head) may get tired. If one is making a lot of progress, one may start to experience some pressures in the head or body; not headaches, but just pressure. Some feel like �gants crawling in the head�h; the brain and the body (including the nervous system) are adjusting and there is nothing bad about this.

 

6.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Adhamma vicaya�Apiti�Aviriya sabbojjanga‚͈ê��‚Ɉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�i‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Asati‚à‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ‚ ‚鎞“_‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Æ“Á‚É‘Ì�i“ª�j‚ª”æ‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�i•à‚ª�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯�A“ª‚â‘̂Ɉ³—Í‚ª‚©‚©‚èŽn‚߂܂·�B‚»‚ê‚Í“ª’ɂł͂Ȃ­�A‚½‚¾‚̃vƒŒƒbƒVƒƒ�[‚Å‚·�B �u“ª‚Ì’†‚𔇂¤‹a�v‚̂悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”]‚Æ‘Ì�i�_ŒoŒn‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�‡‰ž‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚àˆ«‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Ž„Œ©�@‚¾‚ª‘T•a‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å�AˆÓޝ—͂ŋC‚ª“ª•”‚É—­‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½�󋵂Ȃ̂Å�AŽûŒ÷‚ðŠ©‚ß‚½‚¢�B

When the body and the mind calm down enough and when one feels relaxed, one should go back to cultivating the previous three sabbojjanga, i.e., start on the contemplation process of dhamma vicaya.

‚±‚ꂪ‹N‚±‚邯‚«�A�l‚Í�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŒø‰Ê“I‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‘Ì�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘Ì‚à‰˜�õ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�Amanomaya kyaya‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä�_ŒoŒn‚ª˜c‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŠ´‚¶‚é�uƒvƒŒƒbƒVƒƒ�[�v‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A�_ŒoŒn‚ª“K�Ø‚È�ê�Š‚É�u‚Ë‚¶‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉e‹¿‚Í�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�Å�¬ŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚̉˜‚ê‚Ì”R�Ä‚Í�A“K�؂Ȍċz�iānāpāna‚ł͂Ȃ­�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”r�o‚³‚ê‚Ä�ò‰»‚·‚é•K—v�«‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚̂悤‚É�AŒÄ‹z‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘Ì“à‚É‚ ‚Á‚½æÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚̉˜‚ê‚Å‚ ‚é“Á’è‚Ì�uutuja rupa�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�AáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚µ�A�g‘Ì‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ§‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä“f‚«‚Í‚¶‚߂܂·�BŽž�X�A‘ÌŽ©‘Ì‚ª’·‚¢‘§‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂŎ©“®“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�S�g‚Æ‚à‚ɈÀ�ÂɂȂè�A‚¾‚ñ‚¾‚ñ‚ƃTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ɋ߂«‚Ü‚·�B�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚ÌŒy‚³�ipassaddhi�j‚Æ�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�¶‚¶‚énirāmisa sukha�isamādhi‚©‚ç‚Ì�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bupekkha�iˆÀ‚ç‚©‚³�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B

�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚ª�\•ª‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚«�AƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Í�A‘O‚Ì3‚‚Ìsabbojjanga‚̈ç‚݂ɖ߂é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A dhamma vicaya‚ÌáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B

 

7. Thus one should go back and forth between the two routines with three sabbojjanga each. The sati sabbojjanga must be there all the time. This is called the two-step cultivation of Bojjhaṅga dhamma.

Also, this bojjanga bhāvanā cannot be done in isolation. One needs to do anapana at all times to get rid of bad habits and to cultivate good habits; cultivating this process itself is a good habit too. Once one gains some traction and sees some benefits, one will become motivated.

7.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A2‚‚̃‹�[ƒ`ƒ“ŠÔ‚ð‚»‚ê‚¼‚ê3‚‚Ìsabbojjanga‚Å�s‚«—ˆ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B sati sabbojjanga‚Í�í‚É‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍBojjhaṅga dhamma‚Ì“ñ’iŠKˆç�¬‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Žß‘¸‚Í�A‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÆŽè‚ʼn˜‚ꂽ•z‚ð�ô‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð”äŠr‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‰˜‚ê‚ð�o‚·‚½‚ß‚É�A�ÎŒ²‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä•z‚ð�i‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚É�Z‚µ‚Ä�A�o‚Ä‚«‚½‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‰˜‚ꂪ‚Ђǂ¢�ê�‡‚Í�A�Ä“x�ÎŒ²‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�A�Ä“x�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂẲ˜‚ꂪ‚È‚­‚È‚è�A•z‚ª‚«‚ê‚¢‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�A‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒJ‚è•Ô‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A’�ˆÓ�[‚­‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�FŠæŒÅ‚ȉ˜‚ꂪ1‚©�Š‚ÉŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̃Xƒ|ƒbƒg‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚߂ɕʂ̉»Šw•¨Ž¿‚ðŽg‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚‚܂è�A“K�؂ȕû–@�Fasubha bhāvanā‚ðŽg‚Á‚ÄŠ´Šo‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�Ameta bhāvanā‚Í‘žˆ«‚Ì�l‚¦‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�Adhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚Ímicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�j�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�Ăт«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚Å�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‘S‘Ì‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä’�ˆÓ�isati�j‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

“¯—l‚É�Asati‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä2‚‚̃‹�[ƒ`ƒ“ŠÔ‚ð�s‚«—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bmagga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ɂ©‚©‚鎞ŠÔ‚ÍŒÂ�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĈقȂè‚Ü‚·�B Ariya jhānās‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã‚ɂ̂ݎ擾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�A‚±‚Ìbojjanga bhāvanā‚ð’P“ƂŎÀ�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é‚É‚Í�A�í‚Éanapana‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚à—Ç‚¢�Kе‚Å‚·�B‚ ‚é’ö“x‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—͂𓾂Ä�A‚¢‚­‚ç‚©‚Ì—˜‰v‚ð“¾‚é‚Æ�A�l‚Í‚â‚é‹C‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. Initially one should focus on anicca, dukkha, anatta as the dhamma vicaya subject. Then once some understanding is gained, one�fs mind attains certain overall cleanliness. After that, like using different kinds of chemicals to get rid of coffee stains or a tar stain, one needs to choose different types of topics (or even meditation techniques) to broaden the understanding/to remove a certain obstacle. Buddha Dhamma is all about cleansing the mind via wisdom, via understanding the true nature of this world.

Thus contemplating on anicca, dukkha, anatta is a key topic for dhamma vicaya. I still do it every day, at least for a short time. It is said that one really understands anicca nature of this world only at the Arahant stage.

8.�Å�‰‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ðdhamma vicaya‚ÌŽå‘è‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�S‚Í‘S‘Ì“I‚È�´Œ‰‚³‚𓾂܂·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AƒR�[ƒq�[‚Ì�õ‚Ý‚âƒ^�[ƒ‹‚Ì�õ‚݂𑽎í‚̉»Šw•¨Ž¿‚ðŽg‚Á‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚悤‚É�A—�‰ð‚ð�L‚°“Á’è‚Ì�áŠQ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚ß‚É�A‘½Ží‚ÌŽv�l�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍáÒ‘zŽè–@�j‚ð‘I‘ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•§–@‚Í‚·‚ׂñ‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿‚Ì—�‰ð‚Æ’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚Ü‚½�A“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚̈ꕔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä metta bhāvanā ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͖{“–‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Í“K�Ø‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�ê�‡�i‚‚܂è�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�j�A metta bhāvanā‚ªAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B5. Ariya Metta Bhavana (Loving Kindness Meditation)

‘½‚­‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Íasubha anussati‚ðŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�扄‚΂µ‚ɂȂègati‚È�ê�‡‚Í�A�umaranānussati�v‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŒã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�‰‚É�A‚»‚ê‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ă邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B“¯Žž‚É�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v�A‚‚܂è“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�A31—̈æ‚ȂǂÌ�l‚¦‚𓾂Ä�AŽŸ‚É�Akamma�Asaṅkhāra�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‚̂͗ǂ¢‚©‚à‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂăpƒYƒ‹‚̃s�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚Í‹C‚ª‰“‚­‚Ȃ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘å‚«‚ȃs�[ƒX‚Ì”z’u‚ªŒˆ‚܂邯�¬‚³‚ȃs�[ƒX‚ª‚Ç‚±‚ÉŽû‚܂邩‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢ƒAƒCƒfƒA‚𓾎n‚߂܂·�BAnicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ª�Å‘å‚̃s�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ídhamma vicaya‚Ì�d—v‚ȃe�[ƒ}‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚Í–ˆ“ú�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à’ZŽžŠÔ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚µ‚©—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. The Sōtapanna stage (magga/phala) is attained in two consecutive citta, and it is not noticeable at that time. One realizes that with time, mainly by realizing that one�fs outlook on life has changed. In particular, the tendency to socialize is likely to be reduced, but there may be exceptions; one realizes how important it is to spend the remaining little time in this life on making spiritual progress and to enhance the �gcooling down�h.

 

9.SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�imagga / phala�j‚Í�A2‚‚̘A‘±‚µ‚½citta‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚ł͖ڗ§‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽžŠÔ‚ÌŒo‰ß‚ƂƂà‚É�AŽå‚É�l�¶ŠÏ‚ª•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚­‚±‚Ƃł·�B“Á‚É�AŽÐŒð‚ÌŒXŒü‚ÍŒ¸‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª�‚‚¢‚Å‚·‚ª�A—áŠO‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�­‚µ‚µ‚©‚È‚¢‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÌŽc‚è‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð—ì“I‚È�i•à‚É”ï‚₵�ucooling down�v‚ð�‚‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚¢‚©‚É�d—v‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

In trying to attain the first Ariya jhāna, one could start with the Saptha Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā with the frame of mind of the unfruitfulness of anything in this world in the long run (anicca, dukkha, anatta); then all mundane thought objects (based on greed and hate) are suspended from the mind. Then one can think about the peacefulness of Nibbāna (the partial effect one experiences upon attaining the Sōtapanna stage), i.e., the change in one�fs state of mind.

�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«�ASaptha Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚Ä�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�¢‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚àŽÀ‚肪‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Ì�S�\‚¦�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¢‘­‚ÌŽv�l‚Ì‘Î�Û‚Í�iæÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚ÉŠî‚­�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‚‚邳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�ANibbāna‚Ì•½˜a�iSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɑ̌±‚·‚é•”•ª“I‚ÈŒø‰Ê�j�A‚‚܂è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ԃ̕ω»‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

I use the phrase, �getaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabba­saṅ­khā­ra­sama­tho sabbū­padhipa­ṭi­nissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan�fti. (Mahā­māluk­ya Sutta (MN 64). I emphasize that I have not yet attained the first Ariya jhāna yet, as of August 5, 2017. It is not possible to attain the first Ariya jhāna until one completely removes kāma rāga, as I have realized recently; see, �gDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process�g. Whatever jhāna that I had must be anariya jhāna.

Ž„‚Í�uetaṃ santaṃetaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidas sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virago nirodho nibbānan�fti�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �iMahā­māluk­ya Sutta (MN 64�j�BŽ„‚Í�A2017”N8ŒŽ5“ú‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�A‚Ü‚¾�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhtainedna‚ð‚Ü‚¾’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‹­’²‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ŋߋC‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚Í�Akāma rāga‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�Å�‰‚ÌAriyajhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process‚ðŽQ�Æ�BŽ„‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ç‚ñ‚Èjhāna‚à�Aanariya jhāna‚Å‚·�B

Audio Player

00:00

00:00

Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.

 

 

What matters in not the actual words, but the understanding one has in one�fs mind. It is best to recite the Pāli verse and recall the meaning while chanting.

 

Venerable Thero‚É‚ærupaƒŠŒê‚̉r�¥‚̘^‰¹‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚· 

“à—e‚͈ȉº‚̂悤‚ɂł·�B�u‚»‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚͉¸‚â‚©‚Å�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ð’Ç•ú‚µ�A”›‚è”j‚è�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚±‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚Í‚·‚΂炵‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹�A“]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̔›‚è–Ú‚ð‰ó‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̈¤’…‚ð‚â‚ß�Asamsaric‚Ì—·‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌´ˆö‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂肱‚ꂪNibbāna‚Å‚·�v�B

�d—v‚Ȃ͎̂À�Û‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ł͂Ȃ­�A“ª‚Ì’†‚Å—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�Bƒp�[ƒŠ‚ÌŽ�‚ð˜N�¥‚µ�A‰r�¥‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‚»‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚·‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·�B

 

10. It is important to realize that one could attain anariya jhāna while working towards the Sōtapanna stage (or even higher stages of Nibbāna) by contemplating on the true version of anicca, dukkha, anatta.

It is also important to realize that even an Arahant will not lose the sense of taste; one increasingly will lose CRAVINGS for them; see, �gKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda�g.

 

10. anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�^‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍNibbāna‚Ì‚³‚ç‚É�‚‚¢ƒXƒe�[ƒW�j‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä�ì‹Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Éanariya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B

jhāna‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚̗̈æ‚Å‚ ‚érupavacara brahma —̈æ‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aanariya‚ÆAriyajhāna‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�Akāma rāga‚ð—}ˆ³‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚©‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚à�A“¯‚¶jhānic�ó‘ԂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

Kāma rāga‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä�Å�‰‚ÌAriyajhāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�ê�‡‚Å‚à�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚é‚É‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴​​Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚±‚ƂɂȂé‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÅŠm”F‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B

Ariya‚Æanariya jhāna‚Ì‚±‚ê‚炨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¤–ʂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦–¡Šo‚ðŽ¸‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B–¡Šo‚Ö‚Ì—~‹�‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·Ž¸‚í‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�BKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

11. November 11, 2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to verify one is making progress towards the Sōtapanna stage. The new section,  �gLiving Dhamma�g, provides a systematic way to achieve that goal, in addition to providing guidelines on how to check one�fs progress.

11. 2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú�F‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚­‚ÌŽ¿–₪Šñ‚¹‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚‚܂è�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Í�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚ƂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Sotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna

July 8, 2018

1. Sōtāpatti anga or the four qualities of a Sōtapanna  are discussed in many suttā in the �gSotāpatti Saṃyutta�h of the Samyutta Nikāya and also in the Anguttara Nikāya. A few examples are: Brahma­cari­yogadha Sutta (SN 55.2),  Paṭha­ma­sāri­putta Sutta (SN 55. 4), Veḷud­vārey­ya Sutta (SN 55.7), Paṭha­ma­giñ­ja­kā­vasa­tha­ Sutta (SN 55. 8), Nandiyasakka Sutta (SN 55.40), Gihi Sutta (AN 5.179).

I was surprised to see that these four qualities of a Sōtapanna have not been discussed much in the current literature.

 

1.Sōtāpattianga‚Ü‚½‚ÍSōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASamyuttaNikāya‚Ì�uSotāpattiSaṃyutta�v‚âAnguttaraNikāya‚Å‚à‘½‚­‚Ìsuttā‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B �B

Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚ê‚ç4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚ªŒ»�݂̕¶Œ£‚ł͂ ‚Ü‚è�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‹Á‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

2. The four qualities (or characteristics) of a Sōtapanna — who has attained the Sōtapanna phala — must not be confused with the four conditions that must be fulfilled to attain the Sōtapanna stage.

Therefore, one must pay attention to which context the term Sōtāpatti anga is used: whether to refer to the four conditions or the four qualities.

 

2.Sōtapannaphala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿�i‚Ü‚½‚Í“Á�«�j‚ð�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Æ�¬“¯‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂̂±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Í�ASōtāpatti anga‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ADutiya­sāri­putta­ Sutta (SN 55.5)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�Bˆê•û�ASōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ÍNandiyasakka Sutta (SN 55.40)‚Å‚ÍSōtāpatti anga‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtāpatti anga‚Æ‚¢‚¤—pŒê‚̓Rƒ“ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ðŽw‚·‚©�A4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ðŽw‚·‚©‚Å‚·�B

 

3. The four qualities of a Sōtapanna are stated succinctly in the Brahma­cari­yogadha Sutta (SN 55.2). The Buddha asks: �gCatūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avini­pāta­dhammo niyato sam­bodhi­parā­yaṇo. Katamehi catūhi?�g

Translated: �gBhikkhus, the ariyasāvaka Sōtapanna, who is free of the apāyā, has four qualities. Which four?�h

Then the Buddha gives the answer: �gIdha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccap­pasā­dena samannāgato hoti: �eitipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vij­jācara­ṇa­sam­panno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisa­damma­sāra­thi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā�fti. dhamme aveccap­pasā­dena samannāgato hoti�c pe �c saṅghe aveccap­pasā­dena samannāgato hoti�c pe �c ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi �c pe �c samā­dhi­saṃ­vatta­ni­kehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avini­pāta­dhammo niyato sam­bodhi­parā­yaṇo�hti.

Translated: �gA Sōtapanna has reverence/faith (pasāda) in the Buddha, Dhamma, Saṅgha, that comes via losing deep-rooted cravings for things in this world (avecca). He is thus established in the ariyakānta sīla (moral conduct of the Noble Persons) that cannot be broken to make him/her do apāyagāmi actions (kamma). These are the four qualities or defining characteristics of a Sōtapanna who is a free of the apāyā�h. 

First, we note that the �gSupreme Qualities of Buddha, Dhamma, Saṅgha�h are listed in this sutta. Only the nine qualities of the Buddha are listed above in red. In the full sutta, the qualities of the Dhamma and Saṅgha are also fully listed.

3.Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚Í�ABrahma­cari­yogadha Sutta (SN 55.2)‚ÉŠÈŒ‰‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Žß‘¸‚Í�q‚˂܂·�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�AapāyāƒAƒvƒV‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ꂽariyasāvaka Sōtapanna‚Í4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚ǂ̂悤‚È4‚‚łµ‚傤‚©�H�v

‚»‚ê‚©‚çŽß‘¸‚Í“š‚¦‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�F

�uSōtapanna‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�’”q‚Æ�M‹Â�ipasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�iavecca�j‚ÌŽ–•¿‚ɑ΂·‚é�ª�[‚¢Š‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É�A”Þ‚Íariyakānta sīla�i�¹‚È‚é�l‚½‚¿‚Ì“¹“¿“I�sˆ×�j‚Ì’†‚ÅŠm—§‚³‚ê�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Éapāyagāmi ‚Ì�s“®�ikamma�j‚Í”j‰ó‚³‚ê‚Ä�A‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aapāyā‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚Ü‚½‚Í“Á’¥‚Å‚·�B

 

�Å�‰‚É�A�uƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ì�Å�‚•iŽ¿�v‚ª‚±‚Ìsutta‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Ì9‚‚̓Á�«‚¾‚¯‚ª�Ô�F‚Å�ã‹L‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŠ®‘S‚Èsutta‚Å‚Í�ADhamma‚ÆSaṅgha‚Ì•iŽ¿‚àŠ®‘S‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. In order to fully understand this description of a Sōtapanna, we need to understand the meanings of two key words: aveccap­pasā­da and ariyakānta sīla.

I have not seen aveccap­pasā­da discussed in English texts; where it is mentioned, it is described as �gunwavering confidence�h.  But the reason for that unwavering confidence is itself hidden in that word. This is called �gpada nirukti�g, i.e., the meaning of the word is in the word itself. Let us discuss that hidden meaning now.

 

4.Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚Ì�à–¾‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A2‚‚̃L�[ƒ��[ƒhaveccappasāda‚Æariyakānta sīla‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

aveccappasāda‚ª‰pŒê‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢Ž©�M�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Ž©�M‚Ì—�—RŽ©‘Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ɉB‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�upada nirukti�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A’PŒê‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í’PŒêŽ©‘̂ɂ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̉B‚³‚ꂽˆÓ–¡‚ð�¡�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B

 

5. Humans — who are not yet Ariyās — highly value the sense pleasures. Most are even willing to do immoral actions in order to get more sense pleasures. Even those �gmoral people�h are addicted to enjoying sense pleasures that are attainable by moral means without hurting others.

This is the uniqueness of Buddha Dhamma: It is possible to make one�fs mind to NEVER commit an apāyagāmi action (at the Sōtapanna stage), and to NEVER commit a single dasa akusala at the Arahant stage.

5.�l—‚Ü‚¾Ariyās‚ł͂Ȃ¢—‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð�‚‚­•]‰¿‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A‚æ‚葽‚­‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚т𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð‚¢‚Æ‚í‚È‚¢‚®‚ç‚¢‚Å‚·�B�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X�v‚Å‚³‚¦�A‘¼�l‚ð��‚‚¯‚邱‚ƂȂ­“¹“¿“I‚ÈŽè’i‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚銴Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃɖ²’†‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹“¿“I�sˆ×�v‚ª•ÛŽ�‚³‚ê‚é•Û�؂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å‚à“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚Å‚³‚¦�A�\•ª‚É�u•°‚«•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—U˜f‚³‚ê‚é�v�ðŒ�‚̉º‚Å‚Í�Aapāyagāmi‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̂悤‚È‹­‚¢Š´Šo‚Ì“ü—Í�i—U˜f�j‚ª—ˆ‚邯�AŽO‘ŠTilakkhana�i“Á‚Éanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A‚ ‚鎞“_‚Å�i‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A—ˆ�¢‚Å�japāyagāmi‚ȃAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪ�A�¡‚܂Ŏ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ªsamsaric‚Ì—·�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‹ê‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚©‚瓦‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ª�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦“‚¢‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽ©•ª‚½‚¿‚Ì“¹“¿‚ð�u‰ó‚·�v‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽž�X�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X�v‚ª�A”ނ炪‚Å‚«‚邯‚ÍŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‹¥ˆ«‚È�sˆ×‚ð”Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ¨‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�u�Ó‚¯‚È‚¢“¹“¿�v‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð•sŽÀ‚Ŋ댯‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚ÆŒ©‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂ݒB�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪƒuƒbƒ_�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚̓Ǝ©�«‚Å‚·�B�iSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�japāyagāmi ‚̃AƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�â‘΂É�s‚킸�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å1‚‚Ìdasa akusala‚ð‚àŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�s‚í‚È‚¢‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

6. Furthermore, without a Buddha explaining to us, it will be impossible to comprehend the wide-spread suffering in the wider world of 31 realms by ourselves.

Suffering is everywhere. If we pay attention, we can see so much suffering even among humans. It is just that we are not aware of much of the suffering in the wider world of the 31 realms. There is unimaginable suffering in the other three lowest realms in addition to the animal realm.

6.‚³‚ç‚É�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚É�à–¾‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚É�L‚ª‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿Ž©�g‚Å—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B

 

�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鎭‚ªŒÕ‚É�H‚ׂç‚ê‚ăeƒŒƒr”Ô‘g‚ðŒ©‚½�i‚»‚µ‚ÄŠy‚µ‚ñ‚¾�j�l‚͂ǂꂭ‚ç‚¢‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�HŽ­‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚»‚ÌŒoŒ±‚͂ǂê‚Ù‚Ç’É‚¢‚à‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‹›‚ÍŒû‚ɓ˂«Žh‚³‚ꂽƒtƒbƒN‚Æ�A‚Ü‚½ŒÄ‹z‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�A‚ǂ̂­‚ç‚¢‚Ì’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H

–â‘è‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚Í�A“®•¨‚Í’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�¶‚«•¨‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚邿‚¤‚Ƀvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚Í�A’ɂ݂¾‚¯‚łȂ­�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�s‚¤’mŠo�i”Fޝ�j‚⑼‚Ì‘½‚­‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I“ÁŽ¿‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Abhidhamma‚ÌŒ¾—t‚Å‚¢‚¤‚Æ�AŠ´�î�ivedana�j�A’mŠo�isaññā�j‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�¶–½‘̂̂·‚ׂĂ̎v�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é•�•Õ“I‚ȃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I—vˆö�icetsika�j‚Å‚·�B

‹ê‚µ‚݂͂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A�lŠÔŠE‚¾‚¯‚Å‚à‚±‚ñ‚Ȃɋꂵ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚̋ꂵ‚݂̑½‚­‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�Å‚à’á‚¢—̈æ‚ɂ͑z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. However, the reasons (or causes) for such suffering cannot be really understood without investigating (and then be convinced of) the laws of kamma that REQUIRES the rebirth process.

One who has not removed the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi will have avijjā at the highest level, which is called mōha. Therefore, even a prestigious scientist can have mōha; it has nothing to do with �gbook knowledge�h. When one gets rids of those, one gets down to the avijjā level; see, �gLobha,Dosa, Moha versus Raga, Patigha, Avijja�g.

 

7.‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȋꂵ‚݂̗�—R�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍŒ´ˆö�j‚Í�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚·‚éƒJƒ“ƒ}‚Ì–@‘¥‚ð’²�¸�i‚»‚µ‚ÄŠm�M�j‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͗�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚±‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚Ü‚¸10Ží—Þ‚Ì micchā diṭṭhi ‚â�A‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̌ë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚È‚¢‚Æ�A•§–@‚Ì�[‚¢‘¤–Ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�Amōha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�Å�‚ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ìavijjā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆê—¬‚̉ȊwŽÒ‚Å‚³‚¦‚àmōha‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�u–{‚Ì’mޝ�v‚Ƃ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Æ�Aavijjā‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ɉº‚ª‚è‚Ü‚·�B Lobha,Dosa, Moha versus Raga, Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

8. Once getting rid of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi, one can start to �gsee�h (not with eyes, but with wisdom) that the real cause for suffering is taṇhā (getting attached) that arise due to iccā (our liking for sense pleasures). Furthermore, taṇhā has origins in �giccā�h or cravings.

The key to comprehending the dukkha sacca (First Noble Truth) and Tilakkhana is to see the suffering that is hidden sense pleasures. The worst kind of suffering arises when one does immoral things to access sense pleasures; that is what a Sōtapanna first realizes.

8. 10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchādiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Æ�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̖{“–‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ítaṇhā�iˆ¤’…‚µ‚½�j‚ªiccā�iŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�D‚Ý�j‚©‚ç‹N‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª–ڂł͂Ȃ­’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚¦‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�Ataṇhā‚Í�uiccā�v‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š‰–]‚É‹NŒ¹‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ꂪ•§–@‚̓Ǝ©�«‚Å‚·�B•�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тȂµ‚Å‚Í�u�K‚¹‚È‘¶�Ý�v‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A Ariyā‚Í‚»‚Ì‹t‚Å�A‚‚܂芴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɎÀ‚Ì–³‚³‚Ɗ댯‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B

dukkha sacca�iŽl’ú‚Ì‹ê’ú�j‚ÆŽO‘ŠTilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚錮‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƃ͉B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�uŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�B

�ň«‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ðSōtapanna‚Í�Å�‰‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. When one starts to realize the truth at the Sōtapanna Anugāmi stage, one starts experiencing a different kind of �ghappiness�h, which is the nirāmisa sukha.

With that comes the realization of the value of a Buddha, and an unbreakable faith in him and a reverence for him. This is called aveccappasāda in the Buddha.

 

9.SōtapannaAnugāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�^ŽÀ‚ð”Fޝ‚µŽn‚߂邯�A•ʂ̎í—Þ‚Ì�u�K‚¹�v�A‚‚܂ènirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B

‚±‚Ìnirāmisa sukha‚Ì–{“–‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚©‚ç‚̋֗~‚Å‚·�BŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚Í�à–¾‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚­�AŒoŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚̉¿’l‚ÌŽÀŒ»�A‚»‚µ‚ĔނւÌ�Ó‚¯‚È‚¢�M‹Â‚Ɣނւ̈،h‚Ì”O‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B•§‹³‚ł͂±‚ê‚Íaveccappasāda‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. Now we can see the true meaning of aveccappasāda: �gava�h means to overcome, iccā is liking or craving. These two words, when combined, rhyme as �gavecca�h. Now, �gpasāda�h is reverence/faith. When the two words �gavecca�h and �gpasāda�h are combined, it rhymes as �gaveccappasāda�h.

This unbreakable faith/reverence for the Buddha — that comes from comprehending the dangers of �giccā�h for worldly pleasures — is called �gBuddhe aveccappasāda�g.

 

10.‚±‚ê‚Å�Aaveccappasāda‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�uava�v‚Í�Ž•ž‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�Aiccā‚Í�D‚݂܂½‚ÍŠ‰–]‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̒PŒê‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邯�A�uavecca�v‚Æ‚µ‚ĉC‚𓥂݂܂·�B�uƒpƒT�[ƒ_�v‚ÍŒhˆÓ/�M‹Â‚Å‚·�B �uavecca�v‚Æ�upasāda�v‚Ì2‚‚̒PŒê‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邯�A‰C‚𓥂ñ‚Å�uaveccappasāda�v‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‚±‚Ì�¢‚̋ꂵ‚݂̌´ˆö‚ð”­Œ©‚µ�A‚»‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚甲‚¯�o‚·•û–@‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ͖{“–‚É—áŠO“I‚È�l‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�itaṇhā‚·‚Ȃ킿�¢‘­“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�giccā�h‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�j�B

Žß‘¸‚Ö‚Ì‚±‚Ì�Ó‚¯‚È‚¢�M‹Â/ŒhˆÓ—�¢‘­“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�uiccā�v‚̊댯�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç—ˆ‚é—‚Í�uBuddhe aveccappasāda�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

11. Of course, one will simultaneously have �gDhamme aveccappasāda�h, an unshakeable faith in the Dhamma, the teachings of the Buddha, that allowed one to be free of the apāyā.

However, bhikkhus should always be treated with respect. They represent the Buddha Sāsana. As I understand, even a lay Anāgāmi should bow to any bhikkhu.

 

11.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A“¯Žž‚ÉŽß‘¸‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Å‚ ‚éƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢�M‹Â‚Å‚ ‚é�uDhamme aveccappasāda�v‚ª“¯Žž‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ�Aapāyā‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�A�¡‚Ü‚Å�^‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚È–@‚ð“`‚¦‚Ä‚«‚½Ariyās‚ÌSaṅgha‚ª‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚±‚̓ƓÁ‚Ì•§–@‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶ŠU‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä�u‹U‚ÌDhamma�v‚ðŠw‚Ñ�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�K‰^‚É‚à�³‚µ‚¢•§–@‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A’·”N‚ɂ킽‚Á‚ÄTipiṭaka‚𒉎À‚É�³‚µ‚­“`‚¦‚Ä‚«‚½Saṅgha‚Ì‚¨‚©‚°‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚Í�A�uSanghe aveccappasāda�v�ASaṅgha‚Ö‚Ì�’”q/�M‹Â‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

”ä‹u‚ª•K‚¸‚µ‚àSaṅgha‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì8�l‚Ì�¹�l�iattha purisa puggala�j‚¾‚¯‚ªƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ü‚·�BSupreme Qualities of Buddha, Dhamma, Saṅgha‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�Abhikkhus‚Í�í‚ÉŒhˆÓ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ĉµ‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍBuddha Sāsana‚ð‘ã•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�݉ƂÌAnāgāmi‚͂ǂñ‚È”ä‹u‚É‚à‚¨Ž«‹V‚ð‚·‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B

 

12. Finally, now one�fs moral conduct is unbreakable FOREVER, even though future births. No matter how tempting the external sense input is, one will NEVER do an apāyagāmi action (kamma).

Ariyakānta sila is established only in Ariyās who have comprehended this unique message of the Buddha, about how suffering arises in this wider world of 31 realms and how that future suffering can be stopped and a permanent state without suffering (Nibbāna) can be attained.

 

12.�ÅŒã‚É�A—ˆ�¢‚Ì�o�¶‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A“¹“¿“I�s“®‚ð‰i‰“‚É”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�BŠO•”ƒZƒ“ƒX“ü—Í‚ª‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç–£—Í“I‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�Aapāyagāmi‚Ì�s“®�ikamma�j‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚ÄŽÀ�s‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚Ì”j‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢“¹“¿“I�sˆ×‚Í�A�uAriyakānta sila �v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B Kānta�i�uka�v+�uanta�v�j‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ª‹‘”Û‚µ‚½2‚‚̋ɒ[�i�uanta�v�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚é�u—â�ÂÈ�l‚¦•û�v‚Å‚·�B‰ß�è‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тƉߓx‚Ì‹ê“ï‚·‚Ȃ킿‹É’[‚È‹ê�s‚Å‚·�B

Ariyakānta sila‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì31—̈æ‚ŋꂵ‚Ý‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”­�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�P‹v“I‚È�ó‘Ô�iNibbāna�j‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒ†ƒj�[ƒN‚ÈŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½Ariyās‚݂̂ɂæ‚Á‚ÄŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. This is the �gunique vision�h or Sammā Diṭṭhi in the Noble Eightfold Path. A Sōtapanna is able to see the truth of this �gpreviously unheard�h Dhamma.

 

13.‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uƒ†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿”ª�³“¹‚ÌSammāDiṭṭhi‚Å‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í‚±‚Ì�uˆÈ‘O‚É•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�vƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�u‰B‚³‚ꂽ�^ŽÀ�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɎ·’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̊댯�«‚É‹C‚«Žn‚߂܂·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Í’Ê�í‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�jŠì‚т̊댯�«‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚݂̂ª�S‚É��‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚Ì�uŽ‹ŠE‚ÌŒ€“I‚ȕω»�v‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�M‹Â‚ÆŒhˆÓ‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĕނç‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Éaveccappasāda‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ꂪ�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ªTriple Gems‚ƌĂ΂ê�AŒhˆÓ‚É’l‚·‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�BSupreme Qualities of Buddha, Dhamma, Saṅgha‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

 

 

Sakkāya Diṭṭhi and Tilakkhana

June 14, 2019; revised October 23, 2019

Sakkāya Diṭṭhi – Wrong Views of a �gSelf�h �uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û

1. When one gets rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi (together with vicikicca and silabbata parāmāsa), one becomes a Sotāpanna and will never be reborn in the four lowest realms (apāyā).

Here we will examine this relationship, which will help get rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi. SakkāyaDiṭṭhi–

1.sakkāya diṭṭhi�ivicikicca‹^‚¢�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñsilabbata parāmāsa“Á’è‚Ì�@”h‚Ì‹K‘¥‚â‹VŽ®‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…‚ƈê��‚É�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Æ�ASotāpanna‚ɂȂè�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyā�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚̑傫‚ȕω»‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ�idassanena pahātabbā‚É‚æ‚é�j‚̕ω»‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚¾‚¯‚ł͒B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�iŽÀ�Û�Asilabbata parāmāsa‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Å�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é‚ÆŽ©•ª‚ð‰ð•ú‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½�M”O‚Å‚·�j�B

sakkāyadiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚É‚Í�AŽ©‘R‚ÌŽd‘g‚Ý‚ð�[‚­—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Tilakkhana‚·‚È‚í‚¿Ž©‘R‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ÌŠî–{Œ´‘¥‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�Asakkāyadiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚̂ɖ𗧂‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠÖŒW‚𒲂ׂ܂·�B

 

Definition of Sakkāya Diṭṭhi

2. Sakkāya diṭṭhi is defined in the Dhammasaṅgaṇī of the Abhidhamma Pitaka: 2.3.2.13.1. ­Dassa­ne­napa­hātab­baduka.

�gKatame dhammā dassanena pahātabbā? Tīṇi saññojanāni—sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlab­bata­parāmāso.

Tattha katamā sakkāyadiṭṭhi? Idha assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sap­purisa­dhammassa akovido sap­purisa­dhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Vedanaṃ �c pe �c saññaṃ �c pe �c saṅkhāre �c pe �c viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ �c pe �c vipari­yāsag­gāho—ayaṃ vuccati sakkāyadiṭṭhi�g.

That is the same definition given in the �gCūḷa­ve­dalla Sutta (Majjima Nikaya 44)�h that we discussed in the post, �gSakkāya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me) View?�g. This definition of sakkāya diṭṭhi is in many more suttā, including �gDutiya­isi­datta Sutta (SN 41.3)�g.

2.Sakkāyadiṭṭhi‚Í�AAbhidhamma Pitaka‚ÌDhammasaṅgaṇī‚Å’è‹`‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�F2.3.2.13.1. ­Dassa­ne­napa­hātab­baduka

–|–ó�F�u�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ꂽ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìdhamma‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H 3‚‚Ìsaññojanā�i�¡“ú‚Å‚Ísamyojana‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j‚Å‚ ‚ésakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlab­bata­parāmāso‚Å‚·�B

 

–|–ó�F�usakkāyadiṭṭhi‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�Hƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÅŽw“±‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A�¹‚È‚éŽÒ‚Æ�Ú‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚炸�AŒo‚É�¸’Ê‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A‹K—¥‚ª‚æ‚­‚È‚¢�l‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�v

”Þ‚Ívedanā..sañña�A..saṅkhāra�A..viññāṇa‚𓯂¶4‚‚̕û–@‚Å”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa�AŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa‚ÍŽ„�AŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa‚ÍŽ„‚Ì’†‚É�AŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�j–‚»‚ꂪsakkāya diṭṭhi‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚ÅSakkāya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me) View?‚ÅCūḷa­ve­dalla Sutta (Majjima Nikaya 44)‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½’è‹`‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B Sakkāya diṭṭhi‚Ì‚±‚Ì’è‹`‚Í�ADutiya­isi­datta Sutta (SN 41.3)‚Ȃǂ̑½‚­‚Ìsutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Twenty Types of Sakkāya Diṭṭhi

3. The key is to understand the meaning of �grūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, vedanāṃ attato samanupassati.�h Similarly for vedanā, sañña, saṅkhāra, and viññāṇa. Thus, when one has sakkāya diṭṭhi, one has four wrong perceptions each for the five aggregates.

I will first provide the Tipiṭaka references for these two cases in the next post.

 

3.�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A�urūpaṃattato samanupassati�Arūpavantaṃvāattānaṃ�Aattanivārūpaṃ�Arūpasmiṃvāattānaṃ�Avedanāṃattato samanupassati�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B vedanā�Asañña�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāṇa‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāyadi diṭṭhi ‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�AŒÜå]‚̂ɑ΂µ‚Ä4‚‚̌ë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚»‚ê‚Í20Ží—Þ‚Ìsakkāya diṭṭhi�ivīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�Å�‰‚Ì4‚‚̗vˆö‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂¾‚¯‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B�l‚̑̂ɑ΂·‚邱‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̌ë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚Í�Auccheda diṭṭhi�iŽ€Œã‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚É”­�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”»–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

ŽŸ‚É�A“¯‚¶4‚‚̗v‘f‚ª4‚‚Ì�unāma�v‚ÌŽÀŽ¿�ivedanā�Asañña�Asavikhāra�Aviññāṇa�j‚É“–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚Í�Asāssata diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�uatt ā�v�i�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u�°�v�j‚͉i‰“‚¾‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

 Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1)‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Í‚³‚ç‚É60‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ð˜_‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì2‚‚̃oƒŠƒG�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂·‚ׂĂ̊Ԉá‚Á‚½�M”O‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�A�Å�‰‚É‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚̃P�[ƒX‚ÌTipiṭaka‚Ì•¶Œ£‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sakkāya Is Pañcu­pādā­nak­khan­dhā

4. A definition of sakkāya is in the �gSakkā­ya­pañhā Sutta (SN 38.15)�g: �g�eSakkāyo, sakkāyo�fti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, āvuso, sakkāyo�h ti? �gPañcime, āvuso, upādā­nak­khan­dhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā, seyyathidaṃ—rūpupā­dā­nak­khan­dho, vedanupā­dā­nak­khan­dho, saññu­pādā­nak­khan­dho, saṅ­khā­ru­pādā­nak­khan­dho, viñ­ñāṇupā­dā­nak­khan­dho. Ime kho, āvuso, pañcu­pādā­nak­khan­dhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā�h ti.�h

Translated: �gsakkāya is pañcu­pādā­nak­khan­dhā: rūpupā­dā­nak­khan­dha, vedanupā­dā­nak­khan­dha, saññu­pādā­nak­khan­dha, saṅ­khā­ru­pādā­nak­khan­dha, viñ­ñāṇupā­dā­nak­khan­dha�h.

That vision or mindset — sakkāya diṭṭhi — is what leads to a craving for them (u­pādā­na).

4.sakkāya‚Ì’è‹`‚Í�ASakkā­ya­pañhā Sutta (SN 38.15)‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·

–|–ó�F�usakkāya‚Ípañcupādānakkhandhā‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāya diṭṭhi ‚ÍŒÜå]�ipañcakkhandha�j‚ª—D‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä—L‰v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邯�„‘ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

sakkāya‚Æ‚Í �gsath�h—Ç‚¢ + �gkāya�W‚܂肷‚Ȃ킿�W�‡‘Ì�iƒp�[ƒc‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å‚à‚ ‚é�u“÷‘Ì�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚é�j‚Å �gsakkāya�h‚ƉC‚𓥂݂܂·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāya‚Æ‚Í�AŒÜå]�iŽ©•ª‚̑̂ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚ɂ͎À‘Ì‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í12Ží—Þ‚Ìkāya‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�W‚Ü‚è�v‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bcakkhukāya/ rupakāya�Asotakāya/ saddakāya‚È‚Ç�A6‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�BŒã‚Ì6Ží—Þ‚Í�H

sakkāya diṭṭhi‚̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚Æ‚Í�Aupādāna‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

5. When one has the wrong view of sakkāya diṭṭhi, some parts of pañcakkhandha become pañcu­pādā­nak­khan­dhā (panca u­pādā­na khandha). Those are the parts that one likes based on one�fs gati,

Therefore, one needs to comprehend that one gets attached to things based on one�fs gati AT THAT TIME. One�fs gati keeps changing and can be very different, especially in one who is reborn. If one is reborn into a bad environment (conditions),  one is likely to develop �gbad gati.�h

That is also why we cannot speak about an �gunchanging attā/soul/ātma.�h A living being is a �glifestream�h that encounter good/bad vipāka based on what had been done in the past based on one�fs gati at that time. Under suitable conditions, both kinds (good/bad kamma) bring vipāka.

 

5.sakkāya diṭṭhi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚錩•û‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Apañcakkhandha‚̈ꕔ‚ªpañcu­pādā­nak­khan­dhā �ipañca+k upādāna+ khandha �j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ígati‚ÉŠî‚­ˆ¤’…‚Å‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í‚»‚ÌŽž‚ÌŽ©•ª‚Ìgati‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä•¨Ž–‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Ìgati‚͕ω»‚µ‘±‚¯�A“Á‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½�l‚ł͑傫‚­ˆÙ‚È‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆ«‚¢ŠÂ‹«�i�ó‘Ô�j‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邯�A�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ª”­�Ç‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚»‚ê‚ç‚̈«‚¢kamma‚Í‚»‚ÌŽž‚̈«‚¢gati‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ăł³‚¦�A‚¸‚Á‚ÆŒã‚Ɉ«‚¢vipāka�iŒ‹‰Ê�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‹t‚à‚Ü‚½�^‚È‚è‚Å‚·�B‘O�¢‚Ì—Ç‚¢kamma‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å•s“¹“¿‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A—Ç‚¢vipāka�iŒ‹‰Ê�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ꂪ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‘P‚ƈ«‚Ì—¼•û‚Ìkamma vipāka‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A�u•s•Ï‚Ìattā/ soul /ātma�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŽž‚Ìgati‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉߋނÉ�s‚í‚ꂽ‚±‚ƂɊî‚«�A—Ç‚¢/ˆ«‚¢vipāka‚É‘˜‹ö‚·‚é�ulifestream�v‚Å‚·�B“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‰º‚Å‚Í�A—Ç‚¢/ˆ«‚¢‚Ì—¼•û‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìkamma‚ªvipāka‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B

 

There Are Only Causes and Effects

6. What is discussed in #5 is succinctly stated in the �gCatut­tha­abhab­baṭ­ṭhāna Sutta (AN 6.95)�g.

Translation:  (asayaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ, aparaṅkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ, asayaṅkārañca aparaṅkārañca adhiccasamuppannaṃ).

�gA Sotāpanna (or one with higher magga phala) accomplished in view (diṭṭhisampanno puggalo) is unable (abhabbo) to fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain are made by oneself (sayaṃkataṃ). Or that they are made by another (paraṃkataṃ). Or that they are made by both (sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca). Nor can they fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain arise by chance, not made by oneself, by another, or by both.
– Why is that? It is because a person accomplished in view has seen that phenomena arise due to causes and conditions (according to Paṭicca Samuppāda). Those are the six things that a Sotāpanna (or one with higher magga phala) accomplished in view will not fall back to�h.

That is why even the Buddha had to bear bad kamma vipāka. Even though he had �gno gati left,�h he had to endure the results of past kamma done when he had �gbad gati.�h

 

6.�”5‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é“à—e‚ÍCatut­tha­abhab­baṭ­ṭhāna Sutta (AN 6.95)‚ÉŠÈŒ‰‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

–|–ó�F�uŒ©•û�idiṭṭhisampanno puggalo�j‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ꂽSotāpanna�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‚æ‚è�‚‚¢magga phala‚ðŽ�‚‚à‚Ì�j‚Í�AŠì‚тƒɂ݂͎©•ª‚Å�isayaṃkataṃ�j�ì‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iabhabbo�j�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚͕ʂ̂à‚Ì�iparaṃkataṃ�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A—¼•û�isayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�AŠì‚Ñ‚â’ɂ݂Í�A‹ô‘R‚É‚àŽ©•ªŽ©�g�A•Ê‚Ì�l�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì—¼•û‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚Ý�o‚³‚ꂽ‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

- ‰½ŒÌ‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©‚©�H‚±‚ê‚Í�A�iPaṭicca Samuppāda‚É‚æ‚邯�jŒ´ˆö‚Æ�ðŒ�‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ»�Û‚ª”­�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ‹–ì‚É“ü‚ê‚ÄŒ©‚邱‚Ƃł«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂÁ‚½�l‚ªŒ©‚½‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AŒ©•û‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ꂽSotāpanna�i‚Ü‚½‚Ímagga phala‚ª�‚‚¢•û�j‚ª—Š‚ç‚È‚¢�iˆË‘¶‚µ‚È‚¢�A�ª‹’‚É‚µ‚È‚¢�j6‚‚̂±‚Ƃł·�B4‚‚͂킩‚Á‚½‚ªŒã2‚‚Í�H

 

Šì‚Ñ‚â’ɂ݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚邿‚¤‚Èattā‚â�°‚âātma‚ª‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�i’x‚©‚ê‘�‚©‚ê�j

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìkamma vipāka�i‰õŠy‚Ü‚½‚Í‹ê’É�j‚Í�A2‚‚̗vˆö‚É‚æ‚èƒJƒ^ƒ`‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�i”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�j

�ii�jŒ´ˆö‚Í‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚̃‰ƒCƒtƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€‚Ì�ugati�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉߋނÉ�ì�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�iii�j‘Ήž‚·‚évipāka‚Í�A“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ª—˜—p‰Â”\‚É‚È‚é‚ÆŽÀŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�iŒã‚Å�j

Paṭicca Samuppāda‚Í‚»‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A�ugati�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B‰ß‹Ž‚É�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚à‚µ�u—Ç‚¢gati�v‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�¡‚Í�uˆ«‚¢vipāka�v‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�AŽß‘¸‚Å‚³‚¦ˆ«‚¢kamma vipāka‚𕉂í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚É�ugati‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ɑς¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

 

Deeper Aspects of Sakkāya Diṭṭhi

7. In the �gSakkā­ya­diṭṭhi ­Sutta (SN 22.155)�g it is stated how sakkāya diṭṭhi arises: 

�gKismiṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, sati, kiṃ upādāya, kiṃ abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjatī�h ti? �grūpe kho, bhikkhave, sati, rūpaṃ upādāya, rūpaṃ abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjāti. Vedanāya sati �c saññāya sati �c saṅkhāresu sati �c viññāṇe sati, viññāṇaṃ upādāya, viññāṇaṃ abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjāti�h.

Translated: �gBhikkhus, because of focusing on what, attaching to what, and clinging to what leads to the arising of sakkāya diṭṭhi? It arises due to focusing on rupa (forms: things and people), attaching to forms, and clinging to forms. It arises similarly due to vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra, and viññāna�g.

Buddha explains: �gTaṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā�h ti? �gWhat do you think Bhikkhus, can rupa be maintained to one�fs satisfaction?�f.
�gAniccaṃ, bhante�h. �gThey cannot be, bhante�g.
�gYaṃ panāniccaṃ �c pe �c api nu taṃ anupādāya sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjeyyā�hti? �gUnderstanding that if something cannot be maintained to ones�f satisfaction, if it undergoes unpredictable change and is destroyed, would one get attached to it and generate sakkāya diṭṭhi?
�gNo hetaṃ, bhante�h. �gNo reason for that, bhante�g.
and the same for the other four aggregates: �gVedanā �c saññā �c saṅkhārā �c viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā�hti?
�gAniccaṃ, bhante�h. �gYaṃ panāniccaṃ �c pe �c api nu taṃ anupādāya sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjeyyā�hti? �gNo hetaṃ, bhante�h. �gEvaṃ passaṃ �c pe �c nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātī�hti.�h

 

7. Sakkā­ya­diṭṭhi ­Sutta (SN 22.155)‚É‚Í�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”­�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ª�à‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

–|–ó�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�A‰½‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä�A‰½‚É•t’…‚µ�A‰½‚ɌŎ·‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�Asakāya diṭṭhi‚Ì”­�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H rupa�iƒJƒ^ƒ`�Fƒ‚ƒm‚Æ�l�j‚É�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹�AƒJƒ^ƒ`‚É�Ú�G‚µ�AƒJƒ^ƒ`‚É‚µ‚ª‚݂‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ɔ­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Avedanā�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñviññāna�g‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚É”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ƒuƒbƒ_‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uTaṃkiṃmaññatha�Abhikkhave�Arūpaṃniccaṃvāaniccaṃvā�vti�H

�u”ä‹u‚æ�A‚Ç‚¤Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�Arupa‚Í–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚Ɉێ�‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v

�uAniccaṃ�Abhante�v�B �u‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�A‘¸ŽÒ‚³‚Ü�v�B

�uYaṃpanāniccaṃ�cpe�capi nutaṃanupādāyasakkāyadiṭṭhiuppajjeyyā�vti�H �u–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚­‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ꂪ—\‘ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢•ω»‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚É•t’…‚µ�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ð�ì‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H

�uNo hetaṃ, bhante�v�B �u‚»‚Ì—�—R‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�A‘¸ŽÒ‚³‚Ü�v�B

‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B�uVedanā�csaññā�csaṅkhārā�cviññāṇaṃniccaṃvāaniccaṃvā�vti�H

�uAniccaṃ�Abhante�v�B �uYaṃpanāniccaṃ�cpe�capi nutaṃanupādāyasakkāyadiṭṭhiuppajjeyyā�vti�H �uNo hetaṃ, bhante.�v �uEvaṃpassaṃ�cpe�cnāparaṃitthattāyātipajānātī�h ti�B�v

 

8. Thus, one gets attached to the five aggregates and considers them to be one�fs own, ONLY IF one does not see the anicca (and dukkha and anatta) nature of those entities. When one understands that such attachments invariably (without exception) lead to suffering (because none of them can be maintained to one�fs satisfaction), one loses the craving for them.

 

8.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽÀŽ¿‚Éanicca�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñdukkha‚Æanatta�j‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ªŒ©‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ɂ̂Ý�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŒÜå]‚ÉŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚ç‚ê�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽ©•ª‚Ì‚à‚̂ƌ©‚È‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚Ȉ¤’…‚ª�i—áŠO‚È‚­�j�í‚ɋꂵ‚Ý�i‚»‚ê‚ç‚͂ǂê‚à–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚­�ó‘ԂɈێ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɑ΂µ‚ÄŠ‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

When one cultivates such �gbad gati�g, one would upādāna (and be born) to bad births; that is what is meant by �gneeding suitable conditions to bring kamma vipāka�g, In the �gKukku­ra­vatika Sutta (MN 57)�h (English translation there: �gThe Dog-Duty Ascetic (MN 57)�g), the Buddha explains how those �gdog gati�h that Seniya was cultivating would lead to him to be born a dog.

 

‚»‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�uЉ–]‚Ì‘rޏ�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�Aapāyā‚Ì“]�¶‚É“K‚·‚é•s“¹“¿‚Èkamma‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�iabhabbo�j�B‚»‚̂悤‚Èupādāna‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Æ‚«�A�l‚͂܂½�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚ðcuti-patisandhi‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É”cˆ¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚±‚Ìabhabbo‚͈ê”Ê“I‚ÉŒë–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �u‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A�u‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ÌŽÀŽ{‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚Å‚·�B‚ ‚é�sˆ×‚ª•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“Á’è‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìgati‚ª‰i‹v‚É�imagga phala‚Å�jŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚邯�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�ß�[‚¢�s“®‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ð—{‚¤‚Æ�Aˆ«‚¢�o�¶‚ÉŽŠ‚é�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é�j‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�ukamma vipāka‚ªƒJƒ^ƒ`‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ɂ͓K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B

Seniya‚ªˆç‚ĂĂ¢‚½Œ¢‚Ìgati ‚Í�A”Þ‚ªŒ¢‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BKukku­ra­vatika Sutta (MN 57)�h (‰pŒê–ó‚ÍThe Dog-Duty Ascetic (MN 57)

 

On the reverse, when one gets rid of such �gbad gati�h permanently, one would NOT be born in such unfortunate realms. That is what is meant by the verse, �gCatūhapāyehi ca vippamutto, Chac­cābhi­ṭhānāni abhabba kātuṃ�h (�g(an Ariya) is free from the four apāyas because he/she is incapable of doing six highly immoral acts�h) in the �gRatana Sutta (Snp 2.1)�g.

 

‹t‚É�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ð‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Æ�A•s�K‚ȗ̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uCatūhapāyehi ca vippamutto�AChaccābhiṭhānāni abhabba kātuṃ�vRatana Sutta (Snp 2.1)ŽQ�Æ

�i�u�iAriya�¹�l�j‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª6‚‚̔ñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A4‚‚Ìapāyas‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�j�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ªŒo‚̈Ӗ¡‚·‚邯‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B

 

What is Attā?

9. Now, it is important to figure out what is meant by �gattā�h in the description of sakkāya diṭṭhi.

The �gPaṭipadā Sutta (SN 22.44)�h describes the way to get rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi: �gKatamā ca, bhikkhave, sakkā­ya­nirodha­gāminī paṭipadā? Idha, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sap­purisa­dhammassa kovido sap­purisa­dhamme suvinīto, na rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ; na attani vā rūpaṃ, na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Na vedanāṃ attato �c na saññaṃ �c na saṅkhāre �c na viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, na viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ; na attani vā viññāṇaṃ, na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. .�h.

See #2 above for the full translation of the verse.

 

9.‚±‚±‚Å�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚Ì�à–¾‚Å�uattā�v‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B

Paṭipadā Sutta (SN 22.44)‚Í�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

–|–ó�F�u‚»‚µ‚Ä�A”ä‹u‚æ�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂæ‚éƒAƒCƒfƒ“ƒeƒBƒeƒB�isakkāyadiṭṭhi�j‚Ì’âŽ~‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é•û–@‚͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H‚±‚±‚Å�AŽwަ‚³‚ꂽ�¹‚È‚é’íŽq‚Å‚ ‚é”ä‹u‚Í�AƒJƒ^ƒ`‚ðattā�c�Avedanā‚ðattā�c�Asaññā‚ðattā�c�Asaṅkhāra‚ðattā�c�Aviññāṇa‚ðattā�c�A‚à‚µ‚­‚Íattā‚ðviññāṇa..‚ÆŒ©‚È‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Œo‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È–|–ó‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”2‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Anatta­lak­kha­ṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)

10. Let us compare the above definition to the following verse in the �gAnatta­lak­kha­ṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)�g: �gRūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā. Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe: �eevaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī�fti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe: �eevaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī�fti.

The recent post, �gAnattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or a Ātma�g explained the reality. That there is no attā or a �gsoul�h or a �gātma�h that can be associated with either one�fs physical body or its four mental aggregates.

 

10.�ã‹L‚Ì’è‹`‚ð�AAnatta­lak­kha­ṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì�߂ƔäŠr‚µ‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�F

–|–ó�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�AŒ`�i�g‘Ì�j‚Íanattā�i‚·‚Ȃ킿attā‚ł͂Ȃ¢�j‚Å‚·�B ”ä‹u‚æ�A‚à‚µŽ©•ª‚̑̂ªattā‚Å‚ ‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�§Œä‚Å‚«�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ„‚Ì‘Ì‚ð‚±‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É‚µ‚悤�AŽ„‚Ì‘Ì‚ð‚±‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚µ‚悤�A‚Æ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘Ì‚Íanattā‚Ȃ̂Å�A�Š‚¦•a‹C‚É‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘Ì‚ð–]‚ނ悤‚ÉŽÀŒ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚̑̂ª‚±‚¤‚È‚é‚æ‚¤‚É�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚±‚¤‚È‚ç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A‚Æ�B�v

�ŋ߂̃gƒsƒbƒNAnattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or a Ātma‚ÍŒ»ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì“÷‘̂܂½‚Í‚»‚Ì4‚‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éattā ‚à�°‚àātma‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

11. Again, from the �gAnatta­lak­kha­ṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)�g: �gTaṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā�h ti? �gAniccaṃ, bhante.�h �gYaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā�h ti? �gDukkhaṃ, bhante.�h �gYaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipari­ṇāma­dhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ: �eetaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā�f�h ti? �gNo, hetaṃ, bhante..�h.

Translated: �gWhat do you think, bhikkhus, can form be maintained to one�fs satisfaction?�h—�gNo, bhante�h—�gWould something of such nature lead to suffering or happiness?�h—�gSuffering, venerable sir.�h—�gIs it prudent to regard such a thing thus: �eThis is mine, this I am, this is my self�f?�h—�gNo, bhante.�h

AND

�gTasmātiha, bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītā­nāgata­pac­cup­pan­naṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ: �enetaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā�fti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ�h.

Translated: �gTherefore, bhikkhus, any form (rupa) whatsoever, whether past, future, or present, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near, all form (these are 11 types of rupa in rupakkhandha) should be seen as it really is, with correct wisdom. Thus: �eThis is not mine, this I am not, this is not my self.�f

The same argument would hold for the other four mental aggregates as well.

 

11.�Ä‚Ñ�AAnatta­lak­kha­ṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)‚©‚ç

–|–ó�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚̓Jƒ^ƒ`‚ª–ž‘«‚¢‚­‚悤‚ɕۂ½‚ê‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v-�u‚¢‚¢‚¦�A‘¸ŽÒ�v-�u‚»‚̂悤‚È�«Ž¿‚Ì‚à‚̂͋ꂵ‚Ý‚»‚ê‚Æ‚à�K•Ÿ‚̂ǂ¿‚ç‚É“±‚­‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H�v-�u‹ê‚µ‚݂ł·�A‘¸ŽÒ�v-�u‚»‚̂悤‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͌«–¾‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚Ì‚à‚Ì�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„�H‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„Ž©�g‚Å‚·‚©�H�v—�u‚¢‚¢‚¦�A‘¸ŽÒ�v

‚»‚µ‚Ä

–|–ó�F�u‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”ä‹u‚æ�A‚¢‚©‚È‚éŒ`Ž®�irupa�j‚Å‚ ‚é�A‰ß‹Ž�A–¢—ˆ�AŒ»�Ý�A“à•”‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠO•”�A‘eŽG‚Ü‚½‚Í”÷�×�A—ò‚é‚Ü‚½‚Í—D‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‰“‚¢‚Ü‚½‚͋߂¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚·‚ׂĂ̌`Ž®�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚Írupakkhandha‚Ì11Ží—Þ‚Ìrupa�j‚Í�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚ ‚邪‚܂܂Ɍ©‚È‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ł͂Ȃ­�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŽ©ŒÈ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v

“¯‚¶�à–¾‚ª‘¼‚Ì4‚‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�iŽó�E‘z�E�s�Eޝ�j‚É‚à“–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sakkāya Diṭṭhi and Anatta Nature

12. Therefore, sakkāya diṭṭhi permanently disappears when one comprehends the real nature of this world. That is the anicca nature (inability to maintain rupa, vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra, viññāna in the way one likes to). Because of the anicca nature, much suffering will result, including in the apāyā (dukkha). That is when one becomes helpless (anatta); see, �g.�h

SakkāyaDiṭṭhi‚ÆAnatta Nature

12.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASakkāya diṭṭhi‚͉i‹v‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�iŠeŽ©‚Ì�D‚«‚Ȃ悤‚Érupa�Avedanā�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāna‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�j�B anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aapāyā�idukkha�j‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚­‚Ì‹ê’É‚ª”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂Ƃ«�A�l‚Í–³—͂ɂȂé�ianatta�j�B

 Anicca – True Meaning‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì’†‚ł͂ł͖{“–‚É–³—Í�ianatta�j‚Å‚·�B

Anatta – No Refuge in This World ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚¿‚á‚ñ‚ƃRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B�i�una�v+�uattā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿anattā�j;

Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or a Ātma�v

‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł̑¶�Ý�ibhava�j‚ƑΉž‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½�o�¶�ijāti�j‚Í�A�l‚ª�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚É‹t‚炨‚¤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý�Asaṅkhāra�iavijjā‚É‚æ‚é�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɔ­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ꂪPaṭicca Samuppāda‚Å‚·�B

�l‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�ň«‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Å‚ ‚éapuñña abhisaṅkhāra�i•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�j‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚é�Asaṅkhāra‚Ì�¶�¬‚ð’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚¤‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

Myths about the Sotāpanna Stage

Revised September 7, 2016; December 2, 2016; September 28, 2018

There are many myths and misconceptions on who a Sōtapanna is, and what needs to be done to become a Sōtapanna. Here we discuss some of these misconceptions.

1. When I was growing up in Sri Lanka, I was under the impression that a Sōtapanna could fly through the air, and an Arahant could vanish and reappear as he/she wished. These were the �gmythical�h status assigned to Sōtapannas and Arahants. I guess that is due to the fact that such attainments are perceived these days to be impossible to be attained on the one hand and also a clear idea of what those attainments mean has been lost.

A Sōtapanna is incapable of doing only six things: Killing mother, killing father�@mother, killing an Arahant, injure a Buddha, Saṅgha bheda (teaching adhamma as Buddha Dhamma), having niyata micchā diṭṭhi; see, �gBahu­dhātu­ka­ sutta (MN 115)�g.

 

Sōtapanna‚Ƃ͒N‚©�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɉ½‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ì�_˜b‚ÆŒë‰ð‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒë‰ð‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

1.Ž„‚ªƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚Å�­”NŠú‚ð‰ß‚²‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½� ‚Í�AŽ„‚ÍSōtapanna‚͋󒆂ð”ò‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�AArahant‚ÍŠó–]‚Ç‚¨‚è‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä�Ăь»‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�ASōtapannas‚ÆArahants‚ÉŠ„‚è“–‚Ä‚ç‚ꂽ�u�_”é“I‚È�vƒCƒ��[ƒW‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ꂪ�¡“ú‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚È’B�¬‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì’B�¬‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¾Šm‚È�l‚¦‚ªŽ¸‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚Ì�l‚Æ•t‚«�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ­niyataƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦“Á’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂܂¸‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

Sōtapanna’iŠK‚Å‚³‚¦’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͊ȒP‚È‚±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽæ‚é‚É​​‘«‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠú‘Ò‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Why a Sōtapanna is Better off than any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Sōtapanna‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͂½‚Á‚½6‚‚̂±‚Æ‚µ‚©‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B•ê�e‚ðŽE‚·�A•ê�e‚ðŽE‚·�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽE‚·�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ð��‚‚¯�ASaṅgha bheda�i•§–@‚ðadhamma‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹³‚¦‚é�j‚ð��‚‚¯�Aniyata micchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BBahu­dhātu­ka­ sutta (MN 115)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

2. The attainment of supernormal powers such as flying through the air or to vanish and reappear is possible even by developing anāriya jhānās. Most of such attainments are lost at death (even though the ability to get them back will be easier if one is reborn human again).

Most of the Arahants who had supernormal powers at the time of the Buddha had developed those before encountering Buddha Dhamma. For example, Ven. Sāriputta and Ven. Moggalana were vedic brāhmins who had developed all anāriya jhānās and already possessed such powers before they met the Buddha.

 

2.‹ó’†‚ð”ò‚ñ‚¾‚è�A�Á–Å‚µ‚½‚è�A�Ä�oŒ»‚µ‚½‚è‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚½’´�í“I‚ȗ͂̊l“¾‚Í�Aanāriya jhānās‚ð”­’B‚³‚¹‚Ä‚à‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È’B�¬‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�AŽ€‚ʂƎ¸‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�i�lŠÔ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚·”\—͂͂æ‚èŠÈ’P‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�j�B

Nibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚Ì’B�¬‚Í�A�S‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê�A’´�í“I‚ȗ͂̔­’B‚Ƃ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚âSōtapanna‚ª‚»‚̂悤‚ȗ͂𔭒B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃ͂ƂĂàŠÈ’P‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚ ‚郌ƒxƒ‹‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚³‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�A‚»‚̂悤‚È’´�í“I‚È—Í‚É‚à‚¤–²’†‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Žß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É’´�í“I‚È—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A•§–@‚É‘˜‹ö‚·‚é‘O‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠJ”­‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASāriputta‚ÆMoggalana ‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌanāriya jhānās‚ð”­’B‚³‚¹�AŽß‘¸‚É�o‰ï‚¤‘O‚É‚·‚łɂ»‚̂悤‚È—Í‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½ƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_‚ÌBrahmaƒ“‚Å‚µ‚½�B

 

3. Various stages of Nibbāna are attained by systematically removing the 12 types of akusala citta (immoral thoughts) or, put it in a different way, by removing the ten samyojana. There are other ways to describe those conditions too; see, �gConditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna�g.

The four lōbha cittā that a Sōtapanna removes are the ones that are responsible for vyapada, which is the strong version of anger that makes one eligible for rebirth in the apāyās; see, �gAkusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna Avoids Apayagami Citta�g. The two dōsa-mula citta, which gives rise to milder versions of anger, are removed only that the Anāgāmi stage.

 

3.Nibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚Í�A12Ží—Þ‚Ìakusala Citta�i•s“¹“¿‚ÈŽv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“�j‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚É�í�œ‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚͕ʂ̌¾‚¢•û‚ð‚·‚ê‚Î�A10‚Ìsamyojana‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð�à–¾‚·‚鑼‚Ì•û–@‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BConditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Í�Amicchā diṭṭhi�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½4‚‚Ìlōbha citta‚Ævicikicca(‹^‚¢)‚Ìmōha citta‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚ƂŒB�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B 2‚‚̃h�[ƒTƒ€�[ƒ‰Citta‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŽc‚è‚Ì7‚‚ÌakusalaCitta‚É‚Í�A‚Ü‚¾Sōtapanna‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Sōtapanna‚ª�í�œ‚·‚é4‚‚Ìlōbhacittā‚Í�Avyapada‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚évyapada‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aapapys‚Å‚Ì�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚ÌŽ‘Ši‚ð—^‚¦‚é‹­‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì“{‚è‚Å‚·�B �uakusalaCitta–Sōtapanna‚ªapāyāsƒKƒ~Citta‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é•û–@�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‰¸‚â‚©‚È“{‚è‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·2‚‚Ìdōsa-mula citta‚Í�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

On the other hand, many people are focused on trying to get rid of the perception of �gself�h. That is not something that can forced; it just HAPPENS at the Arahant stage. It is not possible to make that perception go away before that.

 

‚³‚ç‚É�Akāma rāga�iН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]�j‚Í�A�udiṭṭhi vippayutta�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Í‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ìlōbha-mula citta‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚Í�AAnalsogāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A�±�ׂȂ±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�Atihetuka uppatti‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ª�l‚¦‚é‚قǓ‚­‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�Atihetuka‚·‚Ȃ킿dvihetuka patisandhi‚ð’N‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©“Á’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bdvihetuka patisandhi‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Åmagga phala‚âAriyajhāna‚É’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚àNibb anaŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‘O�i‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B

Patisandhi Citta – How the Next Life is Determined According to Gati ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

ˆê•û�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì’mŠo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í‹­�§‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚¿‚傤‚Ç‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‘O‚É‚»‚Ì”Fޝ‚ð‚È‚­‚·‚±‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B

 

4. Turning to another myth, NO ONE ELSE can discern what magga phala one has attained: Sōtapanna or a higher stage of Nibbāna. Only a Buddha has that capability. Let me give an example to illustrate this point:

Thus, if Ven. Sāriputta was not able to discern whether that bhikkhu was an Arahant, it is NOT possible for anyone living today to determine the stage of Nibbāna (Sōtapanna, Sakadāgāmi, Anāgāmi, Arahant) of any other person.

 

4.•Ê‚Ì�_˜b‚É–Ú‚ðŒü‚¯‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì’N‚à�Amagga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Ü‚½‚ÍNibbāna‚Ì�ãˆÊƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì”\—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚͎̂ߑ¸‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì“_‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B

‚ ‚鎞�ASāriputta‚Í�A”ä‹u‚ÉŽwަ‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚ª‚â‚Á‚Ä—ˆ‚Ä�ASāriputta‚ɘb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì”ä‹u‚Í‚·‚Å‚ÉArahantship‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ‚ÉŽwަ‚ð—^‚¦‚é•K—v‚͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–â‘è‚Ì”ä‹u‚ÍSāriputta‚ð‘¸�d‚µ‚ĉ½‚àŒ¾‚í‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª”»–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

Sāriputta‚Í�A‚±‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®2”Ô–Ú‚Ì’nˆÊ‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ÆMoggallāna‚Ì2�l‚ªŽå—v‚È’íŽq‚Å‚µ‚½�FSāriputta‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®’mޝ‚ðŽ�‚¿�AMoggallāna‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®ƒTƒCƒLƒbƒN�Eƒpƒ��[‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASāriputta‚Í�A‚»‚Ì”ä‹u‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�AŒ»‘ã‚Å‚Í�ANibbāna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW�iSōtapanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�AArahant�j‚ðŒˆ’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Those people who attained various stages of Nibbāna during the early years had different religious beliefs. They sat down to listen to the Buddha and by the time the discourse was over, they had attained various stages of Nibbāna. Some people came to debate the Buddha and left as Sotāpannas. One does not need to formally become a �gBuddhist�h to realize the true nature of �gthis world�h.

 

�lŽí‚â�@‹³‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚­�A‚Ü‚¾jāti Sōtapanna‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚»‚Ì�l‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚Ì‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚©‚È‚¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B‘O�¢‚ÅSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�AŒ´‘¥‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚âdeva‚̗̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚ɂłà�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B•§–@‚ÍŽ©‘R‚Ì–@‘¥‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠF‚É“¯‚¶‚悤‚É“K—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

�‰Šú‚Ì� ‚ÉNibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½�l�X‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�@‹³“I�M”O‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽ¨‚ðŒX‚¯‚邽‚ß‚É�À‚è�A’k˜b‚ª�I‚í‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�ANibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�Bˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚ÍŽß‘¸‚Æ�à–¾‚·‚邽‚߂ɗˆ‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Æ‚µ‚ċނè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�³Ž®‚É�u•§‹³“k�v‚ɂȂé•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

5. This is why one has to be very careful when dealing with other humans, and not to offend anyone intentionally. It is very important to have at least some knowledge of the different weights of kamma; see, �gHow to Evaluate Different Weights of Kamma�g.

There is no being in the 31 realms that is at a higher level compared to an Arahant. That is why killing an Arahant is a Anantariya pāpa kamma, i.e., it will bring extremely bad vipāka in the very next life. And it is not possible to say whether a given person is an Arahant by looking at that person, or even associating with him/her for a short time.

 

5.‚±‚ꂪ�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ðˆµ‚¤�Û‚É”ñ�í‚É’�ˆÓ�[‚­�AˆÓ�}“I‚É’N‚©‚ð“{‚点‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B kamma‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�d‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ä�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì’mޝ‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B

How to Evaluate Different Weights of Kamma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‰Æ‚Ì‘|�œ’†‚É•s’�ˆÓ‚Å’Ž‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð�S”z‚·‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�lŠÔ‚ɉR‚âŠëŠQ‚ð‰Á‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä“ñ“x‚Æ�l‚¦‚È‚¢‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í•¨Ž–‚ðŒã‘Þ‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŒµ�³“x‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚ÌŒü‚¯‚ç‚ꂽ�u‘¶�݂̃Œƒxƒ‹�v‚Ɉ˂è‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔŠE‚É�¶‚𓾂é‚͔̂ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�¶‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì“®•¨‚Ì�¶‚É”ä‚ׂĉ½•S–œ”{‚à‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Í�A’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚Ä1000”{ˆÈ�ã�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Í‚³‚ç‚É�‚‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

31—̈æ‚ɂ͈¢—…Š¿”äŠr‚µ‚Ä‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚ ‚é‘¶�݂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚ªAnantariya pāpa kamma‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�A‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂³‚ÉŽŸ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å”ñ�í‚Ɉ«‚¢vipāka‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚Ü‚½�A“Á’è‚Ì�l•¨‚ðƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð�A‚»‚Ì�l•¨‚ðŒ©‚½‚è�A’ZŽžŠÔ‚ðŠÖŒW‚·‚邾‚¯‚ł͂킩‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

6. How does one discern whether one has attained, say, the Sōtapanna stage?

 

6.‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ă킩‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H

Sōtapanna‚Íphala moment‚É‚Í Ariya jhānās ‚𓾂Ă¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚±‚Å‚Í�A�uŒŒ“��v�igotra�j‚ª’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚©‚çgotrabu citta‚ÅSōtapanna‚É•Ï�X‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B“¯—l‚ÌCitta vithi‚Íjhāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�Û‚É‚àŽÀ�s‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�Ajhāna‚Å‚Í�A–{�l‚Ì�uŒŒ“��v‚Í�Agotrabu‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚é�Ajhānic‚Ì�ó‘Ԃɂ̂ݕÏ�X‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Citta Vithi – Processing of Sense Inputs‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚΂©‚è‚Ì�l‚ªˆÈ‘O‚Éanāriyajhāna‚ðŠJ”­‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ìjhāna‚Í‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì•û–@‚ÅŠÈ’P‚ÉAriyajhāna‚ɕϊ·‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B anāriyajhāna‚Ƃ͈قȂè�AAriyajhāna‚Í�AН”\“I/‘žˆ«“I‚È�l‚¦‚ð‹­�§“I‚É�¶‚Ý�o‚»‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‰ó‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ajhānic ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚é�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚͎肪‚©‚è‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�A4”Ô–Ú‚ÌAriyajhāna‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚¨‚»‚ç‚­Anāgāmi‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

•ʂ̕û–@‚Í�Aapāyās�i�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�j‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é�sˆ×‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒŸ“¢‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B“®•¨‚Ì“Á’¥‚â�Kе�igati�j‚ª�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚Ì�«Ši‚Ì“®•¨‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚ª‹É’[‚È‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‘¼‚Ì�l�X‚ÉŠQ‚ð‹y‚Ú‚·‚±‚Æ‚ðŠé‚Ä‚é‚̂Ȃç‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Íniraya‚ɉ^–½‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̂悤‚ȋɒ[‚ÈæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ–³’m‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Íapāyās‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASōtapanna‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‹É“x‚̈³—͂ɂ³‚炳‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�uapāyagāmi gati�v‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚é‚͕̂s‰Â”\‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�\•ª‚ÈŽ‘ŽY‚ª‚ ‚è�A—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‰½‚à‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚«‚Í�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•û‚ªŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŠ®‘S‚É�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X�v‚ª“{‚è‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÉŽE�l‚ð”Æ‚·�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Also see, �g�h for more details.

 

Sammā Diṭṭhi‚𓾂Ä�A12‚̉”\‚Èakusalacittā‚Ì“à‚Ì‚T‚‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É�ƒ�ˆ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�u–³’m�v‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚½micchā diṭṭhi‚Ævicikicca citta‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é4‚‚Ìlōbha cittā‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì5‚‚ÌCitta‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚܂łÌanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Akusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna Avoids Apayagami Cittas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŠm—§‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½�iniyata�j‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�i�u10‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®�iDasa Akusala�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�j‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ªSōtapanna‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í’á‚¢‚Å‚·�BSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‚ ‚é�u•s–Ñ‚È�«Ž¿�v‚ð–Ú‚É‚·‚é‚܂ŕs‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚⑼‚̗̈æ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ð”F‚߂Ȃ¢�ê�‡‚É‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�BTen Immoral Actions (Dasa Akusala)

‚Ü‚½�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�uHow Does One Know whether the Sōtapanna Stage is Reached?ŽQ�Æ�B

 

7. Many people believe it is necessary to meditate a lot to attain the Sōtapanna stage. While it is beneficial to meditate, one can in principle be a Sōtapanna without doing any FORMAL meditation as I explain below. I have given some examples from the time of the Buddha in #4 above; however, such cases rare these days.

7.‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ½‚­‚ÌáÒ‘z‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·‚ª�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�AŒ´‘¥‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ð�s‚í‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚©‚ç‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚̂悤‚ȃP�[ƒX‚Í�ŋ߂͂܂ê‚Å‚·�B

Šî–{“I‚Élōbha�Adōsa�Amōha‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�ANibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¤2‚‚̒iŠK‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�uDassanena pahātabbā�v�iƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŒ©‚é”\—Í�v�j‚ªSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�uDassanena pahātabbā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚Í‚Á‚«‚茩‚¦‚é�v‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‹ê‚µ‚Ý�v‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�Å�‰‚̃^ƒCƒv‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B

Living Dhamma‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

lōbha�Adōsa�Amōha ‚ª’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邯�ANibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚ª’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�udassanena pahātabbā�v‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�u31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�A‚‚܂èanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚𖾗Ăɗ�‰ð‚µ‚Ä�A�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é5‚‚Ìakusala cittā‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ŽŸ‚É�ASōtapanna‚ÍŽc‚è‚Ì7‚‚ÌakusalaCitta‚ð3‚‚̒iŠK‚ÅáÒ‘z�A‚‚܂è�ubhāvanāya pahātabbā�v‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ÌNibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O‚ÉáÒ‘z‚·‚é‚̂͗ǂ¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚é�ubhāvanā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿áÒ‘z‚Í�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ÉŒÀ’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¹“¿“I‚È�s“®‚·‚Ȃ킿�usila�v‚ª pancanivarana‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�u‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚¦‚é�v‚½‚߂ɕK—v‚Ȋ‹«‚ð�®‚¦‚邽‚߂ł·�BLiving Dhamma‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

 

 

 

The Way to Nibbāna – Removal of Āsavā

Revised November 19, 2018; February 11, 2020

Introduction

1. The night the Buddha attained the Buddhahood, three unique pieces of knowledge (tivijjā) arose in him, namely:

The unique vision to see how to eliminate all kilesa (āsava) or defilements (āsavakkhaya ñāna.)

 

1.Žß‘¸‚ª•§‚Ì‹«’n‚É’B‚µ‚½–é�A”Þ‚É‚Í3‚‚̃†ƒj�[ƒN‚È’mޝ�itivijjā�j‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

”Þ‚ªˆÈ‘O‚Ì–³�”‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½ƒ†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�ipubbenivāsānussati ñāna�j

�¶‚«•¨‚ªƒJƒ“ƒ}‚É�]‚Á‚ÄŽ€‚ñ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é”\—Í�B�icutupapāda ñāna�j

‚·‚ׂĂÌkilesa�iāsava�j‚·‚Ȃ킿‰˜‚ê‚ð”r�œ‚·‚é•û–@‚ª‚í‚©‚郆ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�iāsavakkhaya ñāna�j

 

Āsavakkhaya Ñāna

2. With the attainment of the āsavakkhaya ñāna, Sidharata Gōtama became Buddha Gōtama. That was the final step in purifying the mind. That was the fruit of all his efforts, the Path to attaining Nibbāna for any being. Āsavakkhaya (āsava+khaya = cutting off all the āsavā or mental fermentations). Thus Āsavakkhaya ñāna means the knowledge of cutting off āsavā and thus freeing the mind from the ability to generate any defilement.

Some habits (�ggati�g) we have cultivated (or fermented) over innumerable lives, and that is why they are hard to remove. Only through learning pure Dhamma and persistence in one�fs efforts, one can break such bad habits and thus eventually āsava.  There are four types of āsava, and each is associated with corresponding bad habits.

2.āsavakkhaya ñāna‚Ì’B�¬‚É‚æ‚è�ASidharata Gōtama‚ÍBuddha Gōtama‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ꂪƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚ß‚é�ÅŒã‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚͔ނ̂·‚ׂĂ̓w—Í‚Ì�¬‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é‘¶�Ý‚ªNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚铹‚Å‚µ‚½�B Āsavakkhaya�iāsava+ khaya =‚·‚ׂĂÌāsavā‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ì”­�y‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚é�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aāsavakkhaya ñāna‚Æ‚Í�Aāsava‚ð�؂藣‚µ‚ĉ˜‚·‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·”\—Í‚©‚çƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‰ð•ú‚·‚é’mޝ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

āsava‚Æ‚Í�AƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Ü‚½‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�uāsravayata āva�v‚Å�uŠÖ˜A‚­�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ªŠÖ˜A‚‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�Kе�igati�j‚Í‚³‚ç‚ÉŠÖŒW‚ª�[‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚ªŒp‘±‚µ‚½“]�¶‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�Kе‚ð—{‚¢‘±‚¯‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�uāsava�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BĀsava, Anusaya, and Gati (Gati)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

āsava�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê�AƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê�AƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê�j‚Í�A’Š�o•¨‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒGƒbƒZƒ“ƒX‚𓾂邽‚ß‚Ì�ö—¯‚àˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì–ò—p’²�‡•¨‚Í�A�¬•ª‚Ì�¬�‡•¨‚ð‰½ƒ–ŒŽ‚à’n‰º‚ɕۂ‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä”­�y‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª–³�”‚Ì�l�¶‚Å”|‚Á‚Ä‚«‚½�i‚Ü‚½‚Í”­�y‚³‚¹‚½�j‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì�Kе�igati�j‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�AŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚̂ł·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì“w—Í‚Å�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð”S‚è‹­‚­Šw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�A‚»‚̂悤‚Ȉ«‚¢�Kе‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚Ђ¢‚Ä‚Íāsava‚𖳂­‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bāsava‚É‚Í4‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ‘Ήž‚·‚鈫‚¢�Kе‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Connection to Paṭicca Samuppāda

3. The doctrine of Paṭicca Samuppāda, which has twelve factors, namely, avijjā, saṅkhāra, viññāna, nāmarūpa, salāyatana, phassa, vēdanā, taṇhā, upādāna, bhava, jāti, jarā, marana became clear to him. Going over this Doctrine of Paṭicca Samuppāda in forward and reverse order repeatedly, he attained the Eightfold Noble Path, Ariya Magga, which is also known as Yathābhuta Ñānadassana.

 

3.Paṭicca Samuppāda‚Ì‹³‹`�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�Aavijjā�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāna�Anāmarūpa�Asalāyatana�Aphassa�Avēdanā�Ataṇhā�Aupādāna�Abhava�Ajāti�Ajarā�A12‚Ì—v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è�Amarana‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ÌPaṭicca Samuppāda‚Ì‹³‹`‚ð�‡‚Æ‹t‚Ì�‡�˜‚ÅŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ä�i‚Þ‚Æ�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹�AAriya Magga‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍYathābhuta Ñānadassana‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. Paṭicca Samuppāda clarifies how ignorant beings accumulate defilements (and āsavā), and get trapped in the round of rebirths (sansāra.) Those āsavā ferment via repeated use of bad habits (�ggati�g). And the Noble Eightfold Path is the way to remove those �ggati�h (and thus ) from the mind.

 

4.PaṭiccaSamuppāda‚Í�A–³’m‚È�¶‚«•¨‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉ˜‚ê�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñāsavā�j‚ð’~�Ï‚µ�A“]�¶‚Ì—Ö‰ô�isansāra�j‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚𖾂炩‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆ«‚¢�Kе(gati)‚ðŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚ÄŽg‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Åāsavā‚Í”­�y‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ugati�v�i‚»‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äāsavā �j‚ðƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚­•û–@‚Å‚·�B

 

Four Stages of Nibbāna Related to the Four Āsavā

5. We all have four significant types of āsavā, even though there are uncountable minor varieties:

Avijjāsava is all cravings that arise due to ignorance. That is the ignorance of the Noble Truth of Suffering (which is NOT merely suffering itself) and the other Noble Truths.

 

5.�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒi�[‚ÈŽí—Þ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A4‚‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ì�uāsavā�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Diṭṭhāsava‚Í�AŒë‚Á‚½�M”O(micchā diṭṭhi)‚É‹Nˆö‚·‚éƒJƒeƒSƒŠ‚Å‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A’N‚©‚ª“]�¶‚ð�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A�uŽ€‚Ê‘O‚É�l�¶‚ð�Å‘åŒÀ‚ÉŠy‚µ‚Þ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚Ȃǂ̊‰–]‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Kāmāsava‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɊ֘A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Bhavāsava‚Í�A“Á’è‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ì‘¶�݂ւ̊‰–]‚Å‚·�B�lŠÔ�Adeva�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍBrahma‚Ȃǂł·�B‚Ç‚ñ‚È�¶–½‘̂łà�A‚Ç‚ñ‚ȗ̈æ‚Å‚à�A�¶‚«‚邽‚ß‚É�¶–½‚ð�Ø–]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Avijjāsava‚Í�A–³’m‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̊‰–]‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ�i‚»‚ꎩ‘Ì‚ª’P‚ɋꂵ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ¢�j‚Æ‘¼‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ‚Ì–³’m‚Å‚·�B

 

6. The four types of āsavā go away in a step-by-step process as one proceeds on the Path. Even before the Sōtapanna stage, one will be reducing them, but those reductions do not hold to future lives.

Removal of āsavā starts with the removal of bad habits and cultivating good habits; see, �gHabits and Goals,�h �gThe Law of Attraction, Habits, Character (Gati), and Cravings (Āsavas),�h and, �gSaṃsāric Habits and Āsavas.�h

 

6. 4‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì�uāsava�v‚Í�A�u“¹�v‚ð�i‚ނɂ‚ê‚Ä�A’iŠK“I‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�BSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�팸‚Í—ˆ�¢‚ɂ͓K—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�uapāyagāmi�vƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðƒgƒŠƒK�[‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é4Ží—Þ‚Ìāsavā‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Diṭṭhāsava�iŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

Sakadāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Akāmāsava‚Æbhavāsava‚ªŒ¸�­‚µ�ASakadāgāmi‚Í�A—ˆ�¢‚Å‚Í�AƒfƒB�[ƒoˆÈ�ã‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B avijjāsava‚àŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Kāmāsava‚ÍAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Akāma lōka �ideva—̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Å“ñ“x‚Æ�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Bhavāsava‚¨‚æ‚Ñavijjāsava‚àŒ¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

bhavāsava‚Æavijjāsava‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚Å�ÕŒ`‚à‚È‚­�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Åāsavakkhaya‚ªŠ®�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

āsavā‚Ì�í�œ‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚Ì�í�œ‚Æ—Ç‚¢�Kе‚̈ç�¬‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�BHabits and Goals,�h �gThe Law of Attraction, Habits, Character (Gati), and Cravings (Āsavas),�h and, �gSaṃsāric Habits and Āsavas�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Is there a Connection Between Nibbāna and Kamma?

7. Many people have the misconception that �gone needs to deplete all kamma vipāka�h to attain Nibbāna. First of all, kamma vipāka are results of actions that had been done previously (either in this life or in previous lives.)

Even the Buddha had eleven kamma vipāka left that resulted in backaches and an ulcer-like ailment close to Parinibbāna, among others. To get rid of a kamma seed associated with a given kamma, the other party related to that kamma seed needs to be able to receive the merits of Metta Bhāvanā. That person needs to have a state of mind with alōbha, adōsa, and amōha. But some of those beings may be trapped in the niraya for long times and may not even have a moment of �grelief�h to receive such merits. I will discuss this in a separate post, but the critical idea discussed in, �gTransfer of Merits (Pattidāna) – How Does it Happen?�g. Nibbāna‚ÆKamma‚ÌŠÔ‚ÉŠÖŒW‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H

 

7.‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚Í�ANibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�u‚·‚ׂĂÌkamma vipāka‚ðŒÍЉ‚³‚¹‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‰ð‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚¸�Akamma vipāka‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚É�i‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ü‚½‚Í‘O�¢‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�j�s‚í‚ꂽ�s“®‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B

MettaBhāvanā‚Í�A‘O�¢‚Ìkamma‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½kammic power‚̈ꕔ‚ð�í�œ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma‚É‚æ‚é‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ìkamma Bīja‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�i—Ç‚¢‚à‚̂ƈ«‚¢‚à‚̗̂¼•û�j‚Í�ANibbāna‚Ì“ž’BŽž‚ɂ܂¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B5. Ariya Metta Bhāvana (Loving Kindness Meditation)

Žß‘¸‚³‚¦11‚Ìkammavipāka‚ªŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A’†‚Å‚à�A�˜’É‚â�AParinibbāna‚ɋ߂¢Žž‚É’×ᇂ̂悤‚È•a‹C‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“Á’è‚Ìkamma‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̃Jƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚鑊Žè‘¤‚ª�AMetta Bhāvanā‚̃�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ð‹�Žó‚Å‚«‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�lŽ©•ª‚à‚µ‚­‚Í‘ŠŽè�H‚Íalōbha, adōsa,amōha‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¶�݂̈ꕔ‚Í�A’·‚¢ŠÔniraya‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ð‹�Žó‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�u‹~�Ï�v‚Ì�uŠÔ‚³‚¦Ž�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͕ʂ̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�d—v‚È�l‚¦•û‚ÍTransfer of Merits (Pattidāna) – How Does it Happen?‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Another Way to Understand

8. What really happens is the following. With the removal of āsavā, the akusala-mula Paṭicca samuppāda with �gvedanā paccayā taṇhā�h step stops working. Instead, now kusala-mula Paṭicca samuppāda cycles with �gvedanā paccayā adhimokko�h will operate.  There is no �gupādāna paccayā bhavo�h step in the kusala-mula Paṭicca samuppāda cycles.

Thus an Arahant could have many unspent kamma Bīja (both good and bad) left, but his/her mind has lost the craving (āsava) to grasp any of them.

—�‰ð‚·‚é•ʂ̕û–@

8.ŽÀ�Û‚É‹N‚±‚邱‚Ƃ͎Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B āsavā‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邯�A�uvedanā paccayā taṇhā�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚éakusala-mula Paṭicca samuppāda‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A�uvedanā paccayā adhimokko�v‚ðŽg—p‚·‚ékusala-mula Paṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ª“®�삵‚Ü‚·�B kusala-mula Paṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚É‚Í�A�uupādāna paccayā bhavo�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ªŽ€‚ʂƂ«�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂ‚©‚Ü‚ê‚é�ubhava�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ujāti�v‚·‚Ȃ킿’a�¶‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‘½‚­‚Ì–¢Žg—p‚Ìkamma Bīja�i—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚àˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚à�j‚ðŽc‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð’Í‚à‚¤‚Æ‚·‚é—~‹��iāsavā �j‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. �gEverything happens due to kamma�h is a misconception. That is a Vedic concept, and is not in Buddha Dhamma; see, �gSankhāra, Kamma, Kamma Bīja, Kamma Vipāka.�h The āsavakkhaya ñāna is the key to Nibbāna.

 

10.�u‚·‚ׂĂªƒJƒ“ƒ}‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹N‚±‚é�v‚Ƃ͌ë‰ð‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚̓”ƒF�[ƒ_‚ÌŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�A•§–@‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSankhāra, Kamma, Kamma Bīja, Kamma Vipāka‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Āsavakkhaya ñāna‚ÍNibbāna‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B

 

 

 

 

Mahā Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)

Revised April 3, 2016;  May 6, 2017; November 27,2017; December 17, 2017; February 26, 2018

The Mahā­cat­tārīsa­ka Sutta (MN 117) discusses two eightfold paths: A mundane path that leads to rebirth in the �ggood realms�h (at or above the human realm) and the Noble Eightfold Path that leads to Nibbāna.

1. All suttā in one way or another describe the Path to Nibbāna; there are many ways to analyze the Path.

In this sutta, the emphasis is on the 20 �ggood factors�h, 10 leading to �ggood rebirths�f and 10 leading to Nibbāna (Cooling Down of the mind). The opposing 20 factors direct one away from Nibbāna (to be trapped in the four lowest realms or apāyā).

 

Mahā­cat­tārīsa­ka Sutta (MN 117)‚Í�A�u�lŠÔ‚̗̈æˆÈ�ã‚Ì�v�u—Ç‚¢—̈æ�v‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚镽–}‚ÈŒo˜H‚Æ�ANibbāna‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

1.‚·‚ׂĂÌsuttā‚͉½‚ç‚©‚ÌŒ`‚ÅNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“¹‚ð•ª�Í‚·‚é•û–@‚Í‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚Ìsuttā‚Å‚Í�A20‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢—vˆö�v‚É�d“_‚ª’u‚©‚ê�A10‚ª�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A10‚ªNibbāna�i�S‚Ì—â�³�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘Η§‚·‚é20‚Ì—vˆö‚Í�A�l‚ðNibbāna‚©‚牓‚´‚¯‚Ü‚·�i4‚‚Ì�Å‚à’á‚¢—̈悷‚Ȃ킿apāyā‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚é�j�B

2. The Path to Nibbāna is normally abbreviated as sīla (virtue), samādhi (moral concentration), and paññā (wisdom).

This is a cyclic process: when one completes the first round, one starts the next round with enhanced paññā, and can �gsee more�h. The �gseeing�h will be complete only at the Arahant stage.

2.Nibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚Í’Ê�í�Asīla�i”ü“¿�j�Asamādhi�i“¹“¿“I�W’†—Í�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñpaññā�i’qŒd�j‚Æ�Ì‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì’qŒd‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A“¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚·‚ç‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð‚ǂꂾ‚¯•·‚¢‚½‚è“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚肵‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉ½‚Ì—˜‰v‚à“¾‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l�X‚͉ߋŽ�¢‚©‚ç’z‚«�ã‚°‚ç‚ꂽsaṃsāric‚È�Kе�i�ugati�v�j‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É•¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Ímōha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é–³’m‚Ì‹­—͂Ȍ`�¬‰»‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì’qŒd�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�u–{‚Ì’mޝ�v‚ł͂Ȃ­paññā�j‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�u“¹‚ðŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u“¹‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚·‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’qŒd‚ÅŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢�‡�˜‚Ísīla�Asamādhi�Apaññā�i•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒã�A�Ăтæ‚è�[‚¢paññā�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì—�‰ð�j‚Å�A�¹‚Ȃ邷‚Ȃ킿Lokottara‚Ì”ª�³“¹�A‚‚܂èpaññā�Asīla�Asamādhi‚ÅŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Sammā nāna‚ÆSammā Vimutti�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚éSammā Samādhi‚ÉŒü‚©‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚炪Nibbāna‚Ì10‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASīla, Samādhi, Pannā to Pannā, Sīla, Samādhi‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�zŠÂƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚̃‰ƒEƒ“ƒh‚ªŠ®—¹‚·‚邯�A‹­‰»‚³‚ꂽpaññā‚ÅŽŸ‚̃‰ƒEƒ“ƒh‚ªŠJŽn‚³‚ê�A�u‚à‚Á‚ÆŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂݊®—¹‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

3. There are four kinds of �gseeing�h that is with a person that is improved in the following order: strong micchā diṭṭhi and engaging in pāpa kamma (people like serial killers), moral people with some types of miccā diṭṭhi (most people today belong to this category), after getting rid of 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi, and transcendental Sammā Diṭṭhi (comprehending anicca, dukkha, anatta or vision for attaining Nibbāna).

When one�fs mind is totally covered with defilements (when one has mōha), one is likely to believe in all or some of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi:

 

3.ŽŸ‚Ì�‡�˜‚ʼnü‘P‚³‚ê‚é�uŒ©‚邱‚Æ�v‚É‚Í4‚‚̎í—Þ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‹­‚¢micchā diṭṭhi‚Æpāpa kamma˜A‘±ŽE�l”Ƃ̂悤‚È�l�X�j‚É�]Ž–‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚“¹“¿“I�l�X�i�¡“ú‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l�X‚Í‚±‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚É‘®‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚Å‚·�BŽŸ‚É10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‚à‚Ì�A�ÅŒã‚É�A’´‰z“I‚ÈSammāDiṭṭhi�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð—�‰ð�j‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�S‚ª‰˜‚ê‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É•¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�imōha‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�j�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ܂½‚͈ꕔ‚ð�M‚¶‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

See, �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage�g, and �gHidden World of the Gandhabba: Netherworld (Para Lōka)�h for a discussion on para loka.

10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Æ‚Í

—^‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɗ˜‰v‚͂Ȃ¢

Ž©•ª‚Ì�Ó”C‚ð‰Ê‚½‚µ‚Ä‚àƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚͂Ȃ¢

‚æ‚è�‚‚¢”ü“¿‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚Ö‚ÌŒhˆÓ‚Æ‹Ÿ•¨‚ð�ì‚邱‚Ƃɂ̓�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢

ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚·‚Ȃ킿�sˆ×‚Í—Ç‚¢‚ƈ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�ivipāka�j‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢

‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢

para loka‚·‚Ȃ킿 gandhabba ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢

•ƒ�e‚Í“Á•Ê‚È�l‚ł͂Ȃ¢

•ê�e‚Í“Á•Ê‚È�l‚ł͂Ȃ¢

‘¼‚Ì29‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A�uŠÔ“I‚È�iopapātika�j’a�¶‚͂Ȃ¢

‰˜‚ê‚ð‚È‚­‚·‚½‚߂Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðˆç‚Ý�A‘¼‚̗̈æ‚â‘O�¢‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éamana brahmana�iŠî–{“I‚É‚ÍAriyā ‚âyogis�j‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢

para loka‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�AMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage‚ÆHidden World of the Gandhabba: Netherworld (Para Lōka)‚ðŽQ�Æ

 

4. The 10 wrong actions that contribute to one�fs downfall (akusala kamma) RESULT FROM the above 10 types of wrong views.

And one will engage in 3 types of immoral bodily actions (micchā kammaṃta): in killing living beings (pānātipātā), taking the not-given (adinnādānā), sexual misconduct and other extreme sensual activities (kāmēsu micchācārā).

 

4. �ã‹L‚Ì10Ží—Þ‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚Ì–v—Ž‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé10‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�iakusala kamma�j‚Å‚·�B

•s“¹“¿‚È�l‚¦‚âˆÓ�}�imicchā saṅkappa�j‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ªˆÈ‰º‚Ì3‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ðŒ©‚æ‚¤‚Ƃ͂µ‚È‚¢�B�FН”\“I‚È—~–]�ikāmacchanda�j�Aˆ«ˆÓ�ivyāpāda�j�A–\—Í�ihimsā�j�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í4Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā vācā‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�F‰R�imusāvāda�j�A’†���ipisunāvācā�j�AŒµ‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`�ipharusāvācā�j�A‹ó‚̃Xƒs�[ƒ`�isamphappalāpa�j

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A3‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�g‘Ì“I�sˆ×�imicchā kammaṃta�j‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚·�F�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚·�ipānātipātā�j�A—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚é�iadinnādānā�j�A�«“I•s�³�sˆ×‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚Ì‘¼‚̋ɒ[‚ÈŠ¯”\“I‚ÈŠˆ“®�ikāmēsu micchācārā�j�B

 

5. The more one does those 10 defiled actions by the mind, speech, and body, the stronger one�fs conviction of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi will become. Thus one will be trapped in a downward Path.

And so it goes on and on, pushing one in downward spiral.

5.ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�AŒ¾“®�A‘̂ɂæ‚邱‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚̉˜‚³‚ꂽ�s“®‚ð‚æ‚è‘½‚­ŽÀ�s‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚Ì‚æ‚è‹­‚¢Šm�M‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‰º•û‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A•s“¹“¿‚È�¶Œv‚ð—§‚Ä�imiccha ājiva�j�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý�imicchā vāyāma�j�A‚»‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚ð�\’z‚µ�imicchā sati�j�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚ðŒÅ‚ß‚é�imicchā samādhi�j�B

‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�‡”Ô‚É�Amicchā diṭṭhi, micchā saṅkappa, micchā vācā, micchā kammaṃta.‚ð‹­‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŒp‘±‚µ�A‰ºŒü‚«‚̃XƒpƒCƒ‰ƒ‹‚ɉŸ‚µ�ž‚݂܂·�B

 

6. Therefore, those two sets of 10 factors each will lead one in the wrong way towards unimaginable suffering in future lives, and it will be very difficult to break away from them.

Sometimes acts of occasional kindness or charity could open one�fs mind to the truth. This is probably the reason for the order: sīla, samādhi, paññā. Even occasional acts of virtue (sīla) can get one pointed in the right direction.

6.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̂»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì10—v‘f‚̃Zƒbƒg‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƃ¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½“¹‚É“±‚«�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ç‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Žž�Ü�A—D‚µ‚³‚Ì�sˆ×�A‚·‚È‚í‚¿Žœ‘P‚ª�^ŽÀ‚ɑ΂µ‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠJ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ‚¨‚»‚ç‚­’��˜‚Å‚ ‚ésīla�Asamādhi�Apaññā‚Ì—�—R‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤�B‹ô‘R‚Ì“¿‚ ‚é�sˆ×�isīla�j‚Å‚³‚¦�A�l‚ð�³‚µ‚¢•ûŒü‚ÉŒü‚¯‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

7. As one removes more and more types of micchā diṭṭhi, one will start gaining Sammā Diṭṭhi, which means not having those 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi.

It is just like taking a medicine to cure a disease. If one is taking the wrong medicine, then no matter how long one takes it, that will not help.

 

7.‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·‘½‚­‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邯�ASammāDiṭṭhi‚ðŠl“¾‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B‚‚܂è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邯�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Aanicca‚ª’P‚É�u–³�í�v‚Å‚ ‚è�Aanatta‚ª�uno-self�v‚Å‚ ‚邯‰ðŽß‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­–ð‚É—§‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚¿‚傤‚Ç–ò‚ðˆù‚ñ‚Å•a‹C‚ðŽ¡‚·‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�BŠÔˆá‚Á‚½–ò‚𕞗p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚É‚Í�A‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç’·‚­•ž—p‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Í–ð‚É—§‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

8. So, the sutta explains that there are 2 types of Sammā Diṭṭhi: mundane (lōkiya), and transcendental (lōkuttara).

Initially, one sees the perils of micchā diṭṭhi (and associated immoral acts), and starts turning to mundane Sammā Diṭṭhi: One sees that things happen for a reason, and one could get into bad situations and bad births by doing immoral acts. One is motivated to do moral deeds and to seek good rebirths. Now one does not have mōha, but just avijjā.

This eight factors constitute the mundane Eightfold Path. One will be making progress towards �ggood rebirths�h.

8.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asutta‚ÍSammā Diṭṭhi‚É‚Í2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•�’Ê‚Ì�ilōkiya�j‚Æ’´‰z‚µ‚½�ilōkuttara�j‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

�Å�‰‚Í�Amicchā diṭṭhi‚̊댯�i‚ÆŠÖ‚í‚é•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�j‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A•�’Ê‚ÌSammā Diṭṭhi‚ðŽg‚¢Žn‚߂܂·�F•¨Ž–‚Í—�—R‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä”­�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ĉ«‚¢�󋵂∫‚¢�o�¶‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¢�A—Ç‚¢“]�¶‚ð‹�‚߂铮‹@‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚È‚é‚Æmōha‚͂Ȃ­‚È‚è�Aavijj₾‚¯‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í“¹“¿“IŽv�l�iSammā Saṅkappa�j‚ð�l‚¦Žn‚ß�A“¹“¿“IƒXƒs�[ƒ`�iSammā Vācā�j‚ð”­‚µ�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�T‚¦‚Ü‚·(Sammā Kammanta)�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Œv‚ÉŒg‚í‚è�iSammā ājiva�j�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý�iSammā Vāyāma�j�A‚»‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iSamma Sati�j‚ð�\’z‚µ�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦•û‚ðŒÅ‚ß‚é�iSammā Samādhi�j�B

‚±‚Ì8‚‚̗v‘f‚ª•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ð�\�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Å�l‚Í�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä‘O�i‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

9. It is important to realize that those dasa akusala that are done by the body (killing, stealing, sexual misconduct) and speech (lying, slandering, harsh speech, gossiping) are tackled in the mundane Eightfold Path.

Even though the English translation there is not that good, this fact is clear in the English translation at that website: �gThe Great Forty�g.

 

9•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�A.�g‘Ì�iŽEŠQ�A“�‚Ý�A�«“Iˆá–@�sˆ×�j‚ƃXƒs�[ƒ`�i‰R�A’†���AŒµ‚µ‚¢”­Œ¾�A‚¨‚µ‚á‚ׂè�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ädasa akusala‚ª�s‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�d—v‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ÍMahā ­Cat­tārīsa­ka Sutta (MN 117)‚Å‹ï‘Ì“I‚É�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‰pŒê‚Ì–|–ó‚Í‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚±‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚̓EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚̉pŒê‚Ì–|–óThe Great Forty‚Å–¾Šm‚Å‚·�B

 

10. Then some of those on the mundane Eightfold Path will start seeing the unique message of the Buddha, which says that one can NEVER find permanent happiness in this world (lōkiya).

Of course, one needs to be exposed the correct version of Tilakkhana.

 

10.‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚é�l‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�ilōkiya�j‚ɉi‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¤Žß‘¸‚̃†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂܂·�B

 

‚±‚ê‚Í�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AŽŸ‚Ì“]�¶‚Å4‚‚̉ºˆÊ—̈æ�iapāyā�j‚ðŠmŽÀ‚ɉñ”ð‚µ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì“]�¶‚ɂ͉½‚à•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦�lŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽŸ‚Ì�l�¶‚łǂ̂悤‚È�󋵂Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ɂ͂킩‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌTilakkhana‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

11. As long as one has not not attained the Sōtapanna stage of Nibbāna, it is inevitable that one is likely to be born in the apāyā in (probably distant) future. One may be born in the human or higher realms for a long time to come due to the moral acts done in this life, but once that �ggood energy�h is spent, past bad kamma vipāka will inevitably come to the surface.

This is in fact the concept of anatta: that there is no place in the whole wider world of 31 realms that one could find refuge.

 

11.Nibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A�i‚¨‚»‚ç‚­‰“‚¢�j�«—ˆ“I‚ÉApāyā‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚铹“¿“I�sˆ×‚É‚æ‚è�A�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚æ‚è�‚‚¢—̈æ‚Å’·‚¢ŠÔ�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�v‚ª”ï‚₳‚ê‚邯�A‰ß‹Ž‚̈«‚¢kammavipāka‚ª•K‘R“I‚É•\–ʂɌ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�I“I‚Édukkha�i‹ê‚µ‚Ý�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ�Adēva�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍBrahma‚Ì•½–}‚È�K•Ÿ‚Ì‚½‚߂ɓw—Í‚µ‚Ä‚àŽÀ‚è‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�o�¶‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‚ª‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’·Šú“I‚ɂ͖ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚­‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪanicca‚̃Rƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚Å‚·�B

31—̈æ‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE‘S‘Ì‚É�A”ð“ï�Š‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚±‚ë‚͂Ȃ¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚Ìanatta‚ÌŠT”O‚Å‚·�B

 

12. The realization of these three characteristics (anicca, dukkha, anatta) of this world (lokaya) is the point at which one grasps the lōkuttara Sammā Diṭṭhi.

Avijjā is gradually dispelled starting at the Sōtapanna stage and completely removed at the Arahant stage; simultaneously, wisdom (paññā) grows and becomes complete at the Arahant stage.

12.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�ilokaya�j‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªlōkuttara Sammā Diṭṭhi‚ð‚‚©‚Þƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B

ŽŸ‚É�A“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚¦�iSammāsaṅkappa�j‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð‰i‰“‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­•û–@‚ð�l‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È“w—̖͂³‰v‚³‚ðŽÀŠ´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�¡‚Å‚Í�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Ílōkuttara Sammā Saṅkappa‚Å‚·�B

•s“¹“¿‚È”­Œ¾‚ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð‚â‚ß�iSammā vācā �j�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�iSammā kammaṃta�j‚ð‚â‚߂܂·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚炪ˆ«‚¢�o�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂɈӖ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪlōkuttara SammāVāc₯lōkuttara Sammā Kammanta‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�‡”Ô‚Élōkuttaraƒ^ƒCƒv‚ÌSammā Ājiva�ASammā Vāyāma�ASammā Sati�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑSammā Samādhi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì8‚‚̗v‘f‚ªlōkuttara Noble Eightfold Path‚ð�\�¬‚µ�A�u‚æ‚è�‚“x‚Ì—â‹p�v‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚Ì’iŠK‚É�i‚Ý�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è�AArahant‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Avijjā‚Í�ASaptapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚©‚ç�™�X‚É�œ‚©‚ê�AArahantƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B“¯Žž‚É�A’qŒd�ipaññā�j‚ª�¬’·‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. The uniqueness of Buddha Dhamma lies in the  lōkuttara Noble Eightfold Path. Other religions are focused on �ghow to live a moral life�h (even if that has implications of permanent happiness in heaven), and that and more is embodied in the mundane Noble Eightfold Path.

But as the Buddha said, his Dhamma �ghad never been heard before�c�h, as he emphasized in the Dhamma Cakka Pavattana sutta: �gpubbe ananussutesu dhammesu�c�g.

 

13. Buddha Dhamma‚̓Ǝ©�«‚Ílōkuttara‚Ì�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚Ì�@‹³‚Í�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ð�¶‚«‚é•û–@�v�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ“V�‘‚ʼni‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚̊܈ӂª‚ ‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�j‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ăè‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚Å‹ï‘̉»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

•§–@‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃ͉i‹v“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�i“V�‘‚Å‚³‚¦•§–@‚ł͉i‹v‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�j�B�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�A�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚̂ɑ΂·‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̗~–]‚ð•úŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u‚·‚ׂĂ̗~–]‚ð•úŠü‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄNibbāna‚ð’T‚·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û‚Í•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É�i‚ނ܂ł͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B 31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‘¶�݂̖³‰v‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ł³‚¦�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ˆê”Ô‹ß‚¢‰ß‹Ž�¢’Ê‚µ‚Ä�A–{•¨‚Ìlōkuttara Noble Eightfold Path‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ƂƂà‚ɉB‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ª•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ”ª�³“¹‚Í�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�A‚‚܂è�A‚·‚Å‚É�S’n‚æ‚¢ŠT”O‚¾‚©‚ç‚ÆŠÈ’P‚É�i‚݂܂·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½‚悤‚É�A”ނ̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚Í�A�u‚±‚ê‚܂łɕ·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚©‚Á‚½�c�v‚ƔނªDhamma Cakka Pavattana sutta‚Å‹­’²‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A�upubbeˆÈ‘O‚É ananussutesu•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢ dhammesu–@�c�v‚Å‚·�B

�@

14. In summary, the forty factors are there because there are four pathways each with 10 outcomes: two types of wrong paths (one with 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi and another with strong micchā diṭṭhi with immoral behavior) and two types of �ggood paths�h (one after getting rid of 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi and the next with starting to comprehend anicca, dukkha, anatta).

The other three paths have corresponding 10 outcomes, leading to good or bad outcomes, but provide no permanent solution (of course the bad ones lead to unimaginable suffering).

 

14.—v–ñ‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É10‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚é4‚‚̌o˜H‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A40‚Ì—vˆö‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B2‚‚̊Ԉá‚Á‚½Œo˜H�i1‚‚Ímicchā diṭṭhi ‚»‚µ‚Ä‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚͕s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‹­‚¢micchā diṭṭhi�j‚Æ2‚‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢Œo˜H�v �i1‚‚Í10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½Œã‚É�A‚à‚¤1‚‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚ß‚½‚à‚Ì�j‚Å‚·�B

 

”ª�³“¹‚Ì10‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Í�ASammā Diṭṭhi�ASammā Saṅkappa�ASammā Vācā�ASammā Kammanta�ASammā Ājiva�ASammā Vāyāma�ASammā Sati�ASammā Samādhi�ASammā Ñāna�ASammā Vimutti�iArahantship�j‚Å‚·�B

Žß‘¸‚Í�I‚í‚è‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä�A�gIti kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅ­ga­saman­nā­gato sekkho, dasaṅ­ga­saman­nā­gato arahā hoti. �g‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�u‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”ä‹u‚æ�A�‚“x‚È�C�sŽÒ‚Ì“¹�iSōtapanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�j‚É‚Í8‚‚̗v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è�AArahant‚É‚Í10‚Ì—v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�v

‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̓¹‚ɂ͑Ήž‚·‚é10‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚è�A—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚Ü‚½‚͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰i‘±“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñˆ«‚¢‚à‚̂͑z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�j

 

15. The Pāli version of the sutta — as well as translations in several languages — is available at: Mahā­ Cat­tārīsa­ka Sutta.

However, those translations are not complete, as mentioned above. In particular, the distinction between the two types of Sammā Diṭṭhi, etc and two types of eightfold paths is not discussed there because most people today don�ft understand the importance or the correct interpretation of Tilakkhana.

 

15.ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ÌŒ¾Œê‚Ì–|–ó�j‚Í�A Mahā­ Cat­tārīsa­ka Sutta‚Å“üŽè‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�A�ã‹L‚̂悤‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–|–ó‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“Á‚É�A2Ží—Þ‚ÌSammā Diṭṭhi‚â‚QŽí—Þ‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡“ú‚ł͂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ªŽO‘Š‚Ì�d—v�«‚â�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ă͂¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

16. Finally, another way to analyze this step-by-step process is discussed at: �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage�g.

 

16.�ÅŒã‚É�A‚±‚Ì’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð•ª�Í‚·‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�AMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mahācattārīsaka�@sutta�@majjhima nikāya 117 �@The Great Forty �@middle discourses 117�@

 

so i have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta�fs Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika�fs monastery. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, �gMendicants!�h

�gVenerable sir,�h they replied. The Buddha said this:

�gMendicants, I will teach you noble right immersion with its vital conditions and its prerequisites. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.�h

�gYes, sir,�h they replied. The Buddha said this:

 

Ž„‚Í‚±‚̂悤‚É•·‚¢‚½�B‚©‚‚ăuƒbƒ_‚Í�AAnāthapiṇḍika�C“¹‰@‚Å‚ ‚éJeta�fs Grove‚ÌSāvatthī‚̋߂­‚É‘Ø�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚±‚Å•§‘ɂ͂»‚Ì�C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚É�u�C—ûŽÒ‚½‚¿�I�v‚ƌĂт©‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

�u‘¸ŽÒ‚Å‚ ‚é�æ�¶�v‚Ɣނç‚Í“š‚¦‚½�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚¤Œ¾‚Á‚½�F

 

�u�C—ûŽÒ�AŽ„‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚É‚»‚Ì�d—v‚È�ðŒ�‚Æ‚»‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�‚‹M‚È�³‚µ‚¢–v“ü‚ð‹³‚¦‚Ü‚·�Bލ‚ðŒX‚¯�A�×�S‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚È‚³‚¢�A‚ł͘b‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v

 

�u‚Í‚¢�A�æ�¶�v”Þ‚ç‚Í“š‚¦‚½�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚¤‚ðŒ¾‚Á‚½�F

 

�gAnd what is noble right immersion with its vital conditions and its prerequisites? They are: right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, and right mindfulness. Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is called noble right immersion with its vital conditions and also with its prerequisites.

In this context, right view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you understand wrong view as wrong view and right view as right view, that�fs your right view.

And what is wrong view? �eThere�fs no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There�fs no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There�fs no afterlife. There are no duties to mother and father. No beings are reborn spontaneously. And there�fs no ascetic or brahmin who is well attained and practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.�f This is wrong view.

 

�u‚Å‚Í�A�d—v‚È�ðŒ�‚Æ‚»‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚ð”õ‚¦‚½�‚‹M‚È�³‚µ‚¢–v“ü‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚ ‚낤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì7‚‚̗v‘f‚ð‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Æ‚·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì“�ˆê‚ª�A‚»‚Ì�d—v‚È�ðŒ�‚Æ‚»‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚𔺂¤�‚‹M‚È�³‚µ‚¢–v“ü‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ð�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ꂪ‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H �u—^‚¦‚邱‚Æ�A‹]�µ�A‚³‚³‚°‚邱‚ƂɈӖ¡‚͂Ȃ¢�B‘P�s‚ƈ«�s‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚·‚Ȃ킿Œ‹‰Ê‚͂Ȃ¢�B—ˆ�¢‚͂Ȃ¢�B•ê�e‚Æ•ƒ�e‚ɑ΂µ‚Ă̋`–±‚͂Ȃ¢�BŽ©‘R‚É‘¦�À‚É“]�¶‚·‚é‘¶�݂͂Ȃ¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ’B�¬‚µ�AŽÀ‘H‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Ì“´Ž@‚Å‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½Œã‚É—ˆ�¢‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�C�sŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B�v‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B

And what is right view? Right view is twofold, I say. There is right view that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment. And there is right view that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.

And what is right view that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment? �eThere is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are duties to mother and father. There are beings reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are well attained and practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.�f This is right view that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment.

And what is right view that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the wisdom—the faculty of wisdom, the power of wisdom, the awakening factor of investigation of principles, and right view as a factor of the path—in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. This is called right view that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.

And what is right thought that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment? Thoughts of renunciation, good will, and harmlessness. This is right thought that is accompanied by defilements.

And what is right thought that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the thinking—the placing of the mind, thought, applying, application, implanting of the mind, verbal processes—in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. This is right thought that is noble.

They make an effort to give up wrong view and embrace right view: that�fs their right effort. Mindfully they give up wrong view and take up right view: that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and circling around right view, namely: right view�ithougt?�j, right effort, and right mindfulness.

 

‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚͂ǂ¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�H�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚É‚Í2‚‚̗v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚P‚‚͑P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚ ‚è�Aˆ¤’…‚Ì’†‚Å�¬�n‚·‚é�A‰˜‚ê‚𔺂¤�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B

‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꔺ‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚Å�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H �u—^‚¦‚邱‚Æ�A‹]�µ�A‚³‚³‚°‚邱‚Ƃɂ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚é�B‘P�s‚ƈ«�s‚ɂ͎À‚è‚Å‚ ‚錋‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚é�B—ˆ�¢‚Í‚ ‚é�B•ê�e‚Æ•ƒ�e‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‹`–±‚ª‚ ‚é�BŽ©‘R‚É‘¦�À‚É“]�¶‚·‚é‘¶�݂͂ ‚é�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ’B�¬‚µ�AŽÀ‘H‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Ì“´Ž@‚Å‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½Œã‚É—ˆ�¢‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�C�sŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚Í‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�B�v‚±‚ê‚炪‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚ ‚è�Aˆ¤’…‚Ì’†‚Å�¬�n‚·‚é�A‰˜‚ê‚𔺂¤�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚Í�A’qŒd‚Å‚·�B’qŒd‚Ì‹@”\�A’qŒd‚̃pƒ��[�AŒ´—�‚ð’T‹�‚·‚éˆÓޝ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚̂Ȃ¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì1‚‚ł ‚è�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚߂܂·�B‚±‚ꂪ�‚‹M‚Å‚ ‚è�A‰˜‚ꂪ‚È‚­�A’´‰z‚µ‚Ä�A�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B

 

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŽÌ‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì3‚‚ł ‚é�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚ÍŽÀ�s‚³‚ê�A‰ñ‚葱‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

In this context, right view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you understand wrong thought as wrong thought and right thought as right thought, that�fs your right view.

And what is wrong thought? Thoughts of sensuality, of malice, and of cruelty. This is wrong thought.

And what is right thought? Right thought is twofold, I say. There is right thought that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment. And there is right thought that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.

And what is right thought that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment? Thoughts of renunciation, good will, and harmlessness. This is right thought that is accompanied by defilements.

And what is right thought that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the thinking—the placing of the mind, thought, applying, application, implanting of the mind, verbal processes—in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. This is right thought that is noble.

They make an effort to give up wrong thought and embrace right thought: that�fs their right effort. Mindfully they give up wrong thought and take up right thought: that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and circling around right thought, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness.

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�HН”\�Aˆ«ˆÓ�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽc�“‚³‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�l‚¦�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�HŽ©�§�i•úŠü�j�A‘PˆÓ�A–³ŠQ‚Ì�l‚¦�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H

‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì”z’u�AŽv�l�A“K—p‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‰ž—p‚·‚邱‚Æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�A‚¦•t‚¯�AŒ¾ŒêŠˆ“®‚·‚é�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚ÈŽv�l‚Å‚·�B

 

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

 

In this context, right view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you understand wrong speech as wrong speech and right speech as right speech, that�fs your right view.

And what is wrong speech? Speech that�fs false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. This is wrong speech.

And what is right speech? Right speech is twofold, I say. There is right speech that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment. And there is right speech that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.

And what is right speech that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment? The refraining from lying, divisive speech, harsh speech, and talking nonsense. This is right speech that is accompanied by defilements.

And what is right speech that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from the four kinds of bad verbal conduct in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. This is right speech that is noble.

They make an effort to give up wrong speech and embrace right speech: that�fs their right effort. Mindfully they give up wrong speech and take up right speech: that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and circling around right speech, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness.

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‹•‹U�A•ª—ô“I�A‰Õ�“�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³ˆÓ–¡‚ȃXƒs�[ƒ`�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‰R‚ð‚‚­‚±‚Æ�A•ª—ô“I‚È”­Œ¾�AŒµ‚µ‚¢”­Œ¾�Aƒiƒ“ƒZƒ“ƒX‚È”­Œ¾‚ð�T‚¦‚邱‚Æ�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H

‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A

4Ží—ނ̈«‚¢Œ¾—t‚Ì�s“®‚Ì�Á–Å�AŠüŒ �A‹Ö—~�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�T‚¦‚߂̃Xƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚ȃXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B

 

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

 

In this context, right view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you understand wrong action as wrong action and right action as right action, that�fs your right view.

And what is wrong action? Killing living creatures, stealing, and sexual misconduct. This is wrong action.

And what is right action? Right action is twofold, I say. There is right action that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment. And there is right action that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.

And what is right action that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment? Refraining from killing living creatures, stealing, and sexual misconduct. This is right action that is accompanied by defilements.

And what is right action that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from the three kinds of bad bodily conduct in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. This is right action that is noble.

They make an effort to give up wrong action and embrace right action: that�fs their right effort. Mindfully they give up wrong action and take up right action: that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and circling around right action, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness.

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�A“�‚ñ‚¾‚è�A�«“I‹s‘Ò‚ð‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�A“�‚ñ‚¾‚è�A�«“I•s�³�sˆ×‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H

‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A

3Ží—ނ̈«‚¢‘Ì‚Ì�s‚È‚¢‚ð�T‚¦�A‹Ö—~‚µ�A‹Ö—~‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚È�s“®‚Å‚·�B

 

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

 

In this context, right view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you understand wrong livelihood as wrong livelihood and right livelihood as right livelihood, that�fs your right view.

And what is wrong livelihood? Deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material possessions to pursue other material possessions. This is wrong livelihood.

And what is right livelihood? Right livelihood is twofold, I say. There is right livelihood that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment. And there is right livelihood that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.

And what is right livelihood that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment? It�fs when a noble disciple gives up wrong livelihood and earns a living by right livelihood. This is right livelihood that is accompanied by defilements.

And what is right livelihood that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from wrong livelihood in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble path and develops the noble path. This is right livelihood that is noble.

They make an effort to give up wrong livelihood and embrace right livelihood: that�fs their right effort. Mindfully they give up wrong livelihood and take up right livelihood: that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and circling around right livelihood, namely: right view, right effort, and right mindfulness.

 

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‚¾‚Ü‚µ�A‚¨�¢Ž«�A‚ق̂߂©‚µ�A— �Ø‚è�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I�Š—L•¨‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚邽‚߂̕¨Ž¿“I�Š—L•¨‚ÌŽg—p�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‹C�‚‚¢�C�sŽÒ‚ªŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Œv‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Œv‚𗧂ĂĂ¢‚邯‚«‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B

 

‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ­�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H

‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A

�¶Œv‚ð‘Ó‚è�A‹Ö—~‚µ�A‹Ö—~‚µ�A�T‚¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚È�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B

 

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

 

In this context, right view comes first. And how does right view come first? Right view gives rise to right thought. Right thought gives rise to right speech. Right speech gives rise to right action. Right action gives rise to right livelihood. Right livelihood gives rise to right effort. Right effort gives rise to right mindfulness. Right mindfulness gives rise to right immersion. Right immersion gives rise to right knowledge. Right knowledge gives rise to right freedom. So the trainee has eight factors, while the perfected one has ten factors. And here too, the eradication of many bad, unskillful qualities is fully developed due to right knowledge.

 

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Í�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�¶Œv‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Í�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚Í�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚Í�³‚µ‚¢Ž©—R‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�C�sŽÒ‚É‚Í8‚‚̗v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è�AŠ®�¬‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ɂÍ10‚Ì—v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚±‚±‚Å‚à�A�A�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‘½‚­‚̈«‚¢�A–¢�n‚ÈŽ‘Ž¿‚Ì�ª�â‚ªŠ®‘S‚ɂȂ³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

In this context, right view comes first. And how does right view come first? For one of right view, wrong view is worn away. And the many bad, unskillful qualities that arise because of wrong view are worn away. And because of right view, many skillful qualities are fully developed. For one of right thought, wrong thought is worn away. �c For one of right speech, wrong speech is worn away. �c For one of right action, wrong action is worn away. �c For one of right livelihood, wrong livelihood is worn away. �c For one of right effort, wrong effort is worn away. �c For one of right mindfulness, wrong mindfulness is worn away. �c For one of right immersion, wrong immersion is worn away. �c For one of right knowledge, wrong knowledge is worn away. �c For one of right freedom, wrong freedom is worn away. And the many bad, unskillful qualities that arise because of wrong freedom are worn away. And because of right freedom, many skillful qualities are fully developed.

 

‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚É‚æ‚è�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚¶‚鑽‚­‚̈«‚¢�A–¢�n‚ÈŽ‘Ž¿‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘½‚­‚Ì�I‚݂Ȏ‘Ž¿‚ªŠ®‘S‚Ɉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ÍŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B �³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�¶ŒvŽè’i‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶ŒvŽè’i‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½“w—Í‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B �³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‹C‚«‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B �³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½’qŒd‚ÍŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B �³‚µ‚¢‰ð•ú‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‰ð•ú‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‰ð•ú‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚¶‚鑽‚­‚̈«‚¢�A–¢�n‚ÈŽ‘Ž¿‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢‰ð•ú‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘½‚­‚Ì�I‚݂Ȏ‘Ž¿‚ªŠ®‘S‚Ɉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

So there are twenty on the side of the skillful, and twenty on the side of the unskillful. This exposition of the teaching on the Great Forty has been rolled forth. And it cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.

If any ascetic or brahmin imagines they can criticize and reject the exposition of the teaching on the Great Forty, they deserve rebuke and criticism on ten legitimate grounds in the present life. If such a gentleman criticizes right view, they praise and honor the ascetics and brahmins who have wrong view. If they criticize right thought �c right speech �c right action �c right livelihood �c right effort �c right mindfulness �c right immersion �c right knowledge �c right freedom, they praise and honor the ascetics and brahmins who have wrong freedom. If any ascetic or brahmin imagines they can criticize and reject the exposition of the teaching on the Great Forty, they deserve rebuke and criticism on these ten legitimate grounds in the present life.

Even those wanderers of the past, Vassa and Bhañña of Ukkalā, who taught the doctrines of no-cause, inaction, and nihilism, didn�ft imagine that the Great Forty should be criticized or rejected. Why is that? For fear of being blamed, criticized, and faulted.�h

That is what the Buddha said. Satisfied, the mendicants were happy with what the Buddha said.

 

�n—ûŽÒ‚Ì‘¤‚É‚Í20�l�A”ñ�n—ûŽÒ‚Ì‘¤‚É‚Í20�l‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Í”­•\‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚à‚¤�A‹ê�sŽÒ�Aƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“�A�_�Aƒ€�[ƒ‰�ABrahma�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�¢ŠE’†‚Ì’N‚à‰Ÿ‚µ–ß‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Ì�à–¾‚ð”ñ“‚½‚è‹‘”Û‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‹ê�sŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ª‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ»�Ý‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é10‚Ì�³“–‚È—�—R‚ɑ΂·‚é”ñ“ï‚Æ”á”»‚É’l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�aŽm‚ª�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ð”á”»‚·‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‹ê�sŽÒ‚ƃoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ð�ÌŽ^‚µ�A‘¸Œh‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”ނ炪�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Œv�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[�A�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd�A�³‚µ‚¢‰ð•ú‚ð”á”»‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‰ð•ú‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‹ê�sŽÒ‚ƃoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ð�ÌŽ^‚µ�A‘¸Œh‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Ì�à–¾‚ð”ñ“‚½‚è‹‘”Û‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‹Ö—~Žå‹`ŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ª‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ»�Ý‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚É‚¨‚¯‚邱‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ì�³“–‚È—�—R‚ɑ΂·‚é”ñ“ï‚Æ”á”»‚É’l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‰ß‹Ž‚Ì‹�“¹ŽÒ‚Å‚³‚¦�AŒ´ˆö‚͂Ȃ­�A�s“®‚Í‚¹‚¸�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‹•–³Žå‹`‚Ì‹³‹`‚ð‹³‚¦‚½Ukkalā‚ÌVassa‚ÆBhañña�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ª”á”»‚³‚ꂽ‚è‹‘”Û‚³‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‰½ŒÌ‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H”ñ“‚ê�A”á”»‚³‚ê�A�Ó”C‚ð–â‚í‚ê‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

 

‚±‚ꂪƒuƒbƒ_‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B–ž‘«‚µ‚Ä�A�C�s‘m‚½‚¿‚̓uƒbƒ_‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚É�K‚¹‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

 

How to Taste Nibbāna

Revised November 24, 2018; April 26, 2020

1. Elsewhere on the site, I have described Nibbāna in a deeper sense. But we can look at the early stages of Nibbāna in a simple way.

In Sinhala language (spoken in Sri Lanka), Nibbāna is also called �gnivana�h or �gniveema�h (නිවීම). This means �gcooling down�h. As one moves towards Nibbāna, one feels cooling down, a sense of well-being.

 

1.ƒTƒCƒg‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�ê�Š‚Å�AŽ„‚ÍNibbāna ‚ð‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ANibbāna‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK‚ðŠÈ’P‚È•û–@‚ÅŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Nibbāna‚Í�gnivana�h ‚Ü‚½‚Í �gniveema�h‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê,�u—â‹p�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚ɋ߂­‚Æ�A—â�³‚ƈÀ‚炬‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. Do you remember the last time when you got really mad? How did that feel? You get hot. Whole-body becomes hot and agitated. Blood pressure goes up and the face becomes dark because the blood becomes dark. By the way, this is clear evidence that the mind can affect the body.

When someone can get to the �gātāpi sampajānō�h state, one feels calm and �gcooled down�h; see, �gKāyānupassanā – The Section on Habits (Sampajānapabba)�g.

 

2.‚ ‚È‚½‚ª–{“–‚É“{‚Á‚½�ÅŒã‚ÌŽž‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚Ç‚¤Š´‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½‚©�H”M‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚©�B‘S�g‚ª”M‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä‹»•±‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒŒˆ³‚ª�オ‚茌‚ª�•‚­‚Ȃ邽‚ߊ炪�•‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A‚±‚ê‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‘̂ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ̖¾Šm‚È�Ø‹’‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚Ì�u”R‚¦�s‚«‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚Å‚Í�utāpa�v‚ƌĂ΂ê�AæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ–³’m‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B�uĀtāpi�v‚Í‚»‚Ì‹t‚Å�A�u‚»‚ê‚ç‚̉˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂŃN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“‚·‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�ASatipaṭṭhāna sutta‚Ì�uātāpi sampajānō�v‚ªˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BMahā Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�uātāpi sampajānō�v‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚邯�A—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚µ‚½‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�BKāyānupassanā – The Section on Habits (Sampajānapabba)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

3. Do you remember how you felt when you made someone happy, either via a good deed or word? You cooled down; felt good. Didn�ft you feel the opposite of when you got mad?

The same is true when one acts with ignorance too. One is not certain whether that is the right thing to do; the mind goes back and forth: is this right or wrong? should I do it or not? This is called �gvicikicchā�h in Pāli. Because one does not really know, one is not certain, one becomes anxious, and the body gets heated up.

 

3.�s‚È‚¢‚⌾—t‚Å’N‚©‚ð�K‚¹‚É‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Ì‹CŽ�‚¿‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚æ‚¢‹C•ª‚ª‚¢‚Ä–­‚É—Á‚µ‹C‚È�B

“{‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚ɂ͔½‘΂̂à‚Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚©�H

æÃ—~‚É�s“®‚·‚邯‚«‚à�A�u”M‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A“{‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚æ‚è‚à’ö“x‚Í’á‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽq‹Ÿ‚Ì� �A‰½‚©‚ð“�‚ñ‚¾Žž‚É�AŽ„‚Í”M‚³‚ðŠ´‚¶•s‰õ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

–³’m‚Å�s“®‚·‚é�ê�‡‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í’è‚©‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�S‚Í�s‚«—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�F‚±‚ê‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚Ì‚©�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©�HŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‚·‚×‚«‚Ȃ̂©‚Ç‚¤‚©�H‚±‚ê‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚Å�uvicikicchā�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B–{“–‚É•ª‚©‚炸�AŠm‚©‚ł͂Ȃ­�A•sˆÀ‚ɂȂè�A‘͔̂M‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. Thus, when one gives up acting with hate, greed, or ignorance, one becomes less agitated, at ease, with a sense of peacefulness. This is an early sense of what Nibbāna is.

Avoiding greed, hate, and ignorance is the same as avoiding dasa akusala.

 

4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ª‘žˆ«�AæÃ—~�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³’m‚Å�s“®‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚߂邯�AƒCƒ‰ƒCƒ‰‚·‚é‹CŽ�‚¿‚͒ቺ‚µ�AˆÀ‚炬‚Æ•½˜a‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ª‚¨‚Æ‚¸‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪNibbāna‚Ì�‰Šú‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Å‚·�B

�u—â‹p�v‚Ì—˜“_‚Í�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�AæÃ—~�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ–³’m‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚é�s“®‚Í”ð‚¯‚é‚æ‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘PˆÓ�Aа‘傳�A‹C‚«‚Ì�s“®‚ðŠy‚µ‚݂ɂµ‚Ü‚·�B

æÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�Adasa akusala‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B

 

5. Also, note the state of thoughts (citta) in the two opposing situations. When one acts with the defilements, thoughts run wildly; they come fast and they are energetic. The �gjavana�h (impulsive power) of thought is high when acting with a defilement.

On the other hand, thoughts run more smoothly and the javana (impulsive power) of a given thought is calm when acting benevolently, with kindness, with generosity, and with mindfulness; they are powerful too, but only in making one calm. Thus one can experience a taste of Nibbāna or �gcooling down�h even at the very early stages of the Path.

 

5.‚Ü‚½�A2‚‚̑Η§‚·‚é�󋵂̎v�l�icitta�j‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É‚à’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‰˜‚ê‚Æ‚Æ‚à‚É�s“®‚·‚鎞�AŽv�l‚Í—�ŽG‚Å‚·�BŽv�l‚Í‘¬‚­ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒMƒbƒVƒ…‚Å‚·�B‰˜‚ê‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�s“®‚·‚邯‚«�AŽv�l‚Ì�ujavana�v�i�Õ“®“I‚È—Í�j‚Í�‚‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B

 

ˆê•û�A‘PˆÓ�A—D‚µ‚³�Aа‘傳�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‹C‚«‚Ì‚ ‚é�s“®‚ÌŽž�AŽv�l‚ª‚æ‚èƒXƒ€�[ƒY‚ÅŽv​​�l‚Ì�ujavana�v�i�Õ“®“I‚È—Í�j‚͉¸‚â‚©‚Å‚·�B‰¸‚â‚©‚ÈŽž‚ÉŒÀ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒpƒ��[‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u“¹�v‚Ì‚²‚­�‰Šú‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·‚ª Nibbāna‚Ì–¡‚·‚Ȃ킿�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

6. Now, one could get to TEMPORARY cooling down by not letting thoughts run wildly. The easiest to do is to keep the mind on a single focus. This can be done by focusing the mind on a religious symbol or just on the breath. Thus this �gtemporary relief�h is felt by people of any religion when they contemplate a religious symbol with faith, or by doing �gbreath meditation�h or mundane �gĀnāpānasati�h meditation.

When one has removed the defilements to a significant extent, then this relief becomes permanent and will not reduce from that state even in future births. This first stage of Nibbāna is called the Sōtapanna stage. A Sōtapanna is guaranteed not to be reborn in the apāyās or the four lowest realms; he/she has removed all �ggati�h suitable for beings in the apāyās. See, �gGati to Bhava to Jāti – Ours to Control.�h

 

6.Žv�l‚ª—�ŽG‚ɂȂç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AˆêŽž“I‚ɃN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å‚àŠÈ’P‚Ȃ̂Í�A’Pˆê‚Ì�Å“_‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚𗯂߂邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�@‹³“I‚ȃVƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚Ü‚½‚Í’P‚Ɍċz‚É�W’†‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�uˆêŽž“I‚ȈÀ“g�v‚Í�A�M‹Â‚ðŽ�‚Â�@‹³“IƒVƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚𒾎v�n�l‚·‚邯‚«�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚Ü‚½‚Í•½–}‚È�uĀnāpānasati�váÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�@‹³‚Ì�l�X‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰i‘±“I‚ȈÀ“g‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A–³’m‚ð�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A—Ç‚¢�l‚¦�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s“®‚ð�uŽæ‚è�ž‚Þ�v�iāna�j‚±‚Æ‚Æ�A‰˜‚ꂽ�l‚¦�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s“®‚ð�uŽæ‚è�œ‚­�v�ipāna�j‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͉i‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚Ö“±‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éŽß‘¸‚ÌānāpānaáÒ‘z‚Å‚·�BIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚±‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢�uānāpāna�v‚ðˆêŠÑ‚µ‚Ä�s‚¤‚Æ�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚ª�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê�A—Ç‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚ª—{‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‰˜‚ê‚ð‚©‚È‚è‚Ì’ö“x‚܂Ŏæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½�ê�‡�A‚±‚̈À“g‚͉i‘±“I‚ɂȂè�A—ˆ�¢‚Ì�o�¶‚Å‚àˆÀ“g‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ÍŒ¸‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BNibbāna‚Ì‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í�Aapāyā‚·‚Ȃ킿�Å‚à’á‚¢4—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚肪‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�Aapāyās‚É“K‚µ‚½‚·‚ׂĂÌ�ugati�v‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BGati to Bhava to Jāti – Ours to Control‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

7. However, it is impossible to remove greed and hate just by sheer will power, i.e., forcefully. For example, one cannot get rid of greed even by giving away one�fs wealth; if that is done without understanding, then it could lead to remorse and hate.

Even before comprehending the Three Characteristics, one needs to reduce total ignorance (mōha) to the avijjā level by getting rid of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi; see, �gMicchā Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage�g.

 

‚V‚µ‚©‚µ�AŠ®‘S‚Ȉӎu‚Ì—Í‚¾‚¯‚Å�A‚‚܂苭ˆø‚É�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�àŽY‚ð‚ð�÷‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àæÃ—~‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í”½�ȂƑžˆ«‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚Þ‚µ‚ë�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ªŽ©“®“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚Ζž‘«‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɉ½‚à‚Ì‚àˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«�A‚‚܂èanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚É�Z“§‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

3‚‚̓Á’¥‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª–³’m‚·‚Ȃ킿avijjā�i–³–¾�j‚Å‚·�B

3‚‚̓Á�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Å�AŠ®‘S‚Ȃ閳’m�imōha�j‚ðavijjāƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ɉº‚°‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BMicchā Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna StageŽQ�Æ�B

 

8. This is why Sammā Diṭṭhi or �gcorrect world view�h comes first in the Noble Eightfold Path. When one comprehends the true nature of �gthis world�h, one�fs mind will AUTOMATICALLY start rejecting thoughts, words, and actions through greed and hate.

Purification of the mind is the key, and that comes first through reading, listening, and comprehending the true and pure Dhamma.

 

8.‚±‚ꂪ�ASammā Diṭṭhi‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�³‚µ‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ª”ª�³“¹‚Ì�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A—~–]‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚݂ƒʂ¶‚½Žv�l�AŒ¾—t�A�s“®‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É‹‘�₵Žn‚߂܂·�B

ŽŸ‚É�ASammā Diṭṭhi�i�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð�j‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚ÉSammā Saṅkappa�iŽÀ‚è‚ ‚é�l‚¦�j�ASammā Vācā�iŽÀ‚è‚ ‚éƒXƒs�[ƒ`�j�ASammā Kammanta�iŽÀ‚è‚ ‚é�s“®�j�ASammā Ājiva�i�¶Œv�j�ASammā Vāyāma�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì“w—Í�j�ASammā Sati�i“¹“¿“I‚È�S�\‚¦�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�ASammāSamādhi�i‰¸‚â‚©‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô�j‚Å�Å�‚’ª‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌSammā Samādhi‚Í�ASōtapanna‚̉i‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈSamādhi‚Í�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚â�A1‚‚̎v�l‘Î�Û‚É�u’�ˆÓ‚ð�W’†‚³‚¹‚é�v‘¼‚Ì•û–@‚ł͒B�¬‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ò‰»‚ªŒ®‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂¸�^ŽÀ‚Å�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð“Ç‚Ý�A•·‚«�A—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. As one follows the Noble Eightfold Path of the Buddha, one can EXPERIENCE a sense of well-being called nirāmisa sukha which is different from the sense pleasures; see, �gThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?�g.

If you did experience a sense of well-being just by reading this post, that is a good start. That sense of well being will only grow as the understanding gets deeper. I have gone through this process myself and that is what I am trying to convey to others.

 

8.Žß‘¸‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚Æ�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ƃ͈قȂénirāmisa sukha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�K•ŸŠ´‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚¾‚¯‚Å�K•ŸŠ´‚ð–¡‚í‚Á‚½‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚Í—Ç‚¢ƒXƒ^�[ƒg‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì�K•ŸŠ´‚Í�A—�‰ð‚ª�[‚Ü‚é‚ɂ‚ê�¬’·‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�Bބީ�g‚à‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒo‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ê‚𑼂Ì�l‚É“`‚¦‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. September 22, 2016: I have started a new section: �gLiving Dhamma�g, where an experience-based process of practicing Buddha Dhamma (Buddhism) is discussed with English discourses (dēsana). Nibbāna can be experienced at various levels, one needs to experience the earlier stages of nirāmisa sukha first.

Next, �gNeed to Experience Suffering in Order to Understand it?�g, ..

 

9. 2016”N9ŒŽ22“ú�F�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�A•§–@�i•§‹³�j‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚éŒoŒ±ƒx�[ƒX‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‰pŒê‚Ì’k˜b�idēsana�j‚ÅŠw‚т܂·�BNibbāna‚Í‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚ő̌±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Å�‰‚Énirāmisa sukha‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Consciousness Dependence on Number of Dimensions

For an introduction to consciousness, see, �gWhat is Consciousness?�g.

1. When we look deeply into the issue of consciousness, we come to realize the unimaginable possible varieties of life. Let us start with the issue of dimensionality. Humans live in a four dimensional world; in other words, humans are aware of four dimensions -three dimensions of space plus time.

Can there be beings existing in higher dimensions that we are not aware of?

 

ˆÓޝ‚Ì�Љî‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AWhat is Consciousness?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

1.ˆÓޝ‚Ì–â‘è‚É�[‚­–Ú‚ðŒü‚¯‚邯�A‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì�l�¶‚Ì‘½—l�«‚É‹C‚­‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽŸŒ³‚Ì–â‘è‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂µ‚傤�B�lŠÔ‚ÍŽlŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�lŠÔ‚Í4‚‚̎ŸŒ³�A‚‚܂è‚RŽŸŒ³‚Ì‹óŠÔ‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Ž„‚½‚¿‚͈ȑO�AŽžŠÔ‚Í‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚Æ‚ÍˆÙ‚È‚é‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�AƒAƒCƒ“ƒVƒ…ƒ^ƒCƒ“‚͈ê”Ê‘Š‘Î�«—�˜_‚Å�A‹óŠÔ‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚Í‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í�A�d—Í‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚̂Ɏ¿—ʂɂæ‚鎞‹ófabric‚Ì�Û“®‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‹C•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ŽŸŒ³‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚郂ƒm‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í‚ ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H

 

2. Of course, we cannot even begin to imagine more than four dimensions (or more than three spatial dimensions). However, it is easier to think of, and visualize, lower number of dimensions.

Here is a �gfun video�h from Dr Quantum which illustrates the idea:

 

2.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A4‚‚𒴂¦‚鎟Œ³�i‚Ü‚½‚Í3‚‚𒴂¦‚é‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³�j‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚æ‚è�­‚È‚¢ŽŸŒ³�”‚ð�l‚¦‚ÄŽ‹Šo‰»‚·‚é•û‚ÍŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B

‘ä�Š‚Ìƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é“ñŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ð‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ă݂Ă­‚¾‚³‚¢�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì�サ‚©Œ©‚ê‚È‚¢ƒAƒŠ‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚邯�AƒAƒŠ‚Í�Å‚à‹ß‚¢ŽÀ�Û‚Ì—á‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�iŽÀ�Û‚Ì2ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚Í’·‚³‚Æ•�‚¾‚¯‚ðŽ�‚¿�A�‚‚³‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚ÉŽè‚ð’u‚­‚Æ�A2D‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚̓e�[ƒuƒ‹‚ÉŽè‚Ì“Š‰e‚̈ꕔ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚©‚çŽè‚𗣂·‚Æ�A2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚ÌŽ‹“_‚©‚ç‚Í�A�uŽè�v‚ª�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AŽè‚̈ꕔ‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AŽè‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ð‚Ç‚±‚É‚à”Fޝ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u2ŽŸŒ³‰F’ˆ�v‚ɂ͎è‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

2D�¶–½‘̖̂ʔ’‚¢˜b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�”ŠwŽÒ‚ÌEdwin A. Abbott�i2002�j‚É‚æ‚é�u�gFlatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions�h �i1984”N�j‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�AƒAƒCƒfƒA‚ð�à–¾‚·‚éƒNƒAƒ“ƒ^ƒ€”ŽŽm‚Ì�uŠy‚µ‚¢ƒrƒfƒI�v‚Å‚·�B

 

3. Therefore, the �gawareness�h of the 2D creature on the kitchen table surface is limited to its 2D world. It is not aware of anything outside the surface of the table (if it is a �g2D world�h the surface can extend to infinity and as far as our 2D creature is concerned it would not have �gan end�h). Furthermore, a 1-D world embedded in that 2D world would be a line on that surface. A 1-D creature in that 1-D world will not see anything that lies outside the line. Thus, the 2-D creatures can go in out of the 1-D world by crossing that line!

It is clear that the consciousness of a 1-D creature is very limited, not necessarily by its mental capabilities, but just by the dimensions of the �gworld�h that it is in. A 2-D creature has an expanded consciousness compared to the 1-D creature. We in the 3-D world have even farther expanded consciousness. (It must be kept in mind that one needs to incorporate the time dimension in all the above cases where only the space dimensionality was considered).

 

3.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒLƒbƒ`ƒ“ƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì•\–ʂɂ ‚é2D�¶–½‘Ì‚Ì�u”Fޝ�v‚Í�A2D‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÉŒÀ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì•\–ʂ̊O‘¤‚ɂ͉½‚à”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i�u2D‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì�ê�‡�A•\–ʂ͖³ŒÀ‚É�L‚ª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A2D‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚É‚Í�u�I‚í‚è�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B‚³‚ç‚É�A‚»‚Ì2Dƒ��[ƒ‹ƒh‚É–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é1Dƒ��[ƒ‹ƒh‚Í�A‚»‚Ì•\–Ê�ã‚Ì�ü‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì1-Dƒ��[ƒ‹ƒh‚Ì1-DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�Aƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ÌŠO‚É‚ ‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚àŒ©‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�ü‚ð‰¡�؂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä1D‚Ì�¢ŠE‚©‚ç�o‚Ä�s‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�I

 

1-DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚̈ӎ¯‚Í�A•K‚¸‚µ‚à‚»‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I”\—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ăł͂Ȃ­�A‚»‚ꂪ‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�u�¢ŠE�v‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂ݔñ�í‚É�§ŒÀ‚³‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�A 1-DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚É”ä‚׊g‚ª‚Á‚½ˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B3D‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚ª‚³‚ç‚ÉŠg‘債‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �i‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚݂̂ð�l—¶‚µ‚½�ã‹L‚Ì‚·‚ׂẴP�[ƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽžŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ª‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B

 

4. Therefore, if our world has more than three spatial dimensions, there may be other worlds that we are not aware of, since our consciousness is limited to the three spatial dimensions.

For example, in the low dimensionality case we considered above, if a 2-D creature crosses over the �g1-D line world�h, the 1-D creature will see a �gdot�h during the time when there is an overlap of the 2-D creature with the line. Yet, if the �g1D world�h lies above the table top, there is no overlap and the both creatures will not be conscious of the presence of each other�fs worlds.

 

4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É3‚ˆÈ�ã‚Ì‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�AˆÓޝ‚Í3‚‚̋óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚É�§ŒÀ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‘¼‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȎŸŒ³‚̃‚ƒm‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B 1ŽŸŒ³�A2ŽŸŒ³�A‚Ü‚½‚Í3ŽŸŒ³‚É�d•¡‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚É‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u“Љe�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­�d•¡‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­Œ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ð�uˆÓޝ�v‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�ã‹L‚ÅŒŸ“¢‚µ‚½’᎟Œ³‚̃P�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�A2ŽŸŒ³‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚ª�u1ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�ü‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ð‰¡�Ø‚é‚Æ�A1ŽŸŒ³‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�A�ü‚Æ2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚ª�d•¡‚µ‚½Žž‚É�A�u“_�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A�u1D‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ªƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì•\–ʂ̂à‚Á‚Æ�ã‚É‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�d•¡‚͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�A—¼•û‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚݂͌¢‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ðˆÓޝ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

5. It is possible the �gsee�h beings other than humans and animals by developing certain jhānic (abhiññā) powers. There were many yogis even before the Buddha who could access and interact with such beings. One does not have to attain Nibbāna to do that, and there are Arahants who have not developed such powers. In fact, the Buddha discouraged people from interacting with such beings, particularly with those in the lower realms.

 

5.“Á’è‚Ìjhānic�iabhiññā�j—͂𔭒B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨ˆÈŠO‚̃‚ƒm‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͉”\‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸ˆÈ‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‘¶�݂ɃAƒNƒZƒX‚µ‚Ä‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚鑽‚­‚̃ˆƒM‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÉNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̂悤‚È—Í‚ðŠJ”­‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�AŽß‘¸‚Í�l�X‚ª‚»‚̂悤‚È‘¶�Ý�A“Á‚ɉº‘w‚Ì�l�X‚Æ‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽv‚¢‚Ƃǂ܂点‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Í�AƒeƒNƒmƒ�ƒW�[‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉӎ¯‚ªŠg‘債‚½‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”cˆ¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�BExpanding Consciousness using Technology‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AˆÓޝ‚ð‚³‚ç‚ÉŠg‘å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BExpanding Consciousness by Purifying the Mind‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B�´‚ß‚ç‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽß‘¸‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚»‚µ‚ÄŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l�¶‚Í‚±‚ê‚Å�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BEvidence for Rebirth‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̎–ŽÀ‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ÌŠî‘b‚ð�\�¬‚µ�Aœ“ˆÓ�i”á•]�j“I‚É�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à‚±‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚ç‚©‚Ì�l‚¦‚ðŽ�‚‚܂Å�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

 

 

 

 

The 89 (121) Types of Citta

Revised: October 29, 2015; August 31, 2017; June 3, 2018; July 31, 2018

Citta for Kamaloka (in the 11 sense realms)- 54 in all

There are three main types of citta here: The differentiation is based on whether they have immoral roots (lobha, dosa, moha), kammically moral roots (alobha, adosa, amoha), or are kammically neutral, i.e., no roots.

All those citta with moral roots (8 kriya cittā for Arahants and 16 for others) are called sobhana (beautiful) citta.

Kamaloka‚ÌCitta�i11‚ÌŠ´Šo—̈æ�j-�‡Œv54

‚±‚±‚ɂ͎å‚É3‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌCitta‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�F‹æ•Ê‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚炪•s“¹“¿‚ȃ‹�[ƒc�ilobha, dosa, moha�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�Akammically‚É“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc�ialobha, adosa, amoha�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Íkammically‚Ƀjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹�A‚‚܂胋�[ƒc‚ª‚È‚¢�B

 

12‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚ÈCitta�F lobha‚Ì�ª‚ðŽ�‚‚̂ª8�Bdosa‚Ì�ª‚É2; moha‚̃‹�[ƒc‚ª2�B 10‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�idasa akusala�j‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A‚±‚Ì12Ží—Þ‚Ìcittā‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì12Ží—Þ‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚Ècittā‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A7‚‚Ì�ª‚̂Ȃ¢�iahetuk vipāka cittā a�jvipāka cittā ‚ª�«—ˆ”­�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ɂ͑S•”‚Å19‚Ìcittā ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

8‚Ì“¹“¿“I‚Ècittā�F3‚‚·‚ׂĂ̓¹“¿“I‚È�ª‚ðŽ�‚Â4‚‚Æ2‚Â�i’mŒb‚ÌŒ‡”@�j‚Ì“¹“¿“I‚È�ª‚ðŽ�‚Â4‚‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í2Ží—Þ‚Ìvipāka citta‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Fƒ‹�[ƒc‚̂Ȃ¢8‚Â‚Ì vipāka citt₯“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚Ì‚ ‚é8 ‚‚Ìvipāka cittā�i4‚‚Í3‚‚·‚ׂĂ̓¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‘¼‚Ì4‚‚͒mŒb‚ÉŒ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A24Ží—Þ‚ÌCitta‚ª‚±‚±‚ÅŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿16Ží—Þ‚Í“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚¿�A8Ží—Þ‚Í�ª‚̂Ȃ¢�iahetuka�j‚à‚̂ł·�B

‚±‚ê‚瓯‚¶8‚‚̓¹“¿“ICitta‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å”­�¶‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íkriya Citta‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚Ȃ킿‹@”\“I‚ÈCitta‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì8‚‚̓¹“¿“ICitta‚Æ“¯‚¶“¹“¿“Iƒ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ö�Ý“I‚Èkamma‚·‚Ȃ킿kamma‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̈ö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ÍŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌCitta�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚Í8 kriyacittā�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Å‚Í16�j‚Í�Asobhana�i”ü‚µ‚¢�jCitta‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

�ÅŒã‚É�Acitta vithi ‚Å”­�¶‚·‚ékiriya Citta‚É‚Í�Akamma‚Å‚àkamma vipāka‚Å‚à‚È‚¢3‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�ª‚̂Ȃ¢�iahetuka�j3‚Â‚Ì kiriya�@Citta‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì2‚‚̎À�s‚·‚é‹@”\‚Í�A�ii�jŒÜŠ´‚̃hƒA‚ð•\‚·ˆÓޝ�ipancadvaravajjana citta�j‚Ævottapana citta�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�iii�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̃hƒA‚ð•\‚·ˆÓޝ�imanodvaravajjana citta�j‚Å�iiii�j3”Ô–Ú‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Í�AArahants‚¾‚¯‚Å”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�iŠ´ŠoŒ—‚ÌŒ»�ۂɂ‚¢‚Ä�΂Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�j�B

7‚‚Ìakusala vipāka Citta‚ɂ̓‹�[ƒc‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�Apavutti vipāka�i‚‚܂è�A“]�¶‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚È‚¢�j‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é8‚‚Ìkusala vipāka citta‚É‚àƒ‹�[ƒc‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì15‚ÌCitta‚Í�A3‚‚Ìahetuka kiriya citta‚ƈê��‚É�A“Á’è‚Ìcitta vithi ‚Ìvipāka‚Ì’iŠK‚ÉŠÖ—^‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�A7‚‚̕�•Õ“I‚Ècetasika‚Æ6‚‚Ìpakinnaka�iparticualrs�jcetasikaˆÈŠO‚Ìsobhana‚Ü‚½‚Íasobhana cetasika‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȏí—Þ‚Ìcetasika‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ACetasika – Connection to Gati‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì18‚ÌCitta‚ÍRef.1‚Ìp112‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BakusalaCitta‚̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚̉º‚Ì2”Ԗڂ̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚̉º‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

Those 54 kāma loka citta can be categorized in different ways.

 

Asobhana (Unbeautiful)

Asobhana (Unbeautiful)

Sobhana (Beautiful)

Immoral- 12

Rootless – 18

Moral -24

Lobha (8)

Immoral Vipaka (7)

Moral (8)

Dosa (2)

Moral Vipaka (8)

Moral Vipaka (8)

Moha (2)

Kriya (3)

Kriya (8)

 

‚±‚ê‚ç54‚Ìkāma loka Citta‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å•ª—Þ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

Citta for Rupaloka (in the 16 Rupa realms)- 15 in all

1. There are only 15 citta that are predominantly present in the Rupaloka. Five are jhānic moral citta and five are vipāka cittā due to those.

2. The five jhānic moral citta can be experienced by humans when they develop samadhi and attain these (first through fifth) jhānā. However, they can experience the corresponding five vipāka citta only when they are born in Rupalokas.

3. The five jhānic states are characterized by five jhāna factors or mental concomitants: vitakka (initial application), vicara (sustained application), piti (zest), sukha (happiness), and ekaggata (one-pointedness). All five factors are present in the first jhāna, and as one moves to higher jhānā, these factors are lost one by one, and in the fifth jhāna only ekaggata is left.

Piti (zest) is the happiness in the mind and sukha (happiness) is the tranquility of the body.

4. There are five more jhānic kriya citta experienced by Arahants when they attain these jhānā.

Thus there are 15 citta in all that predominantly belong to the Rupaloka.

 

rupa loka‚ÌCitta�i16rupa‚̗̈æ�j-‘S•”‚Å15

1.rupa loka‚ÉŽå‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚éCitta‚Í15‚݂̂ł·�B 5‚‚Í�AJhānic“¹“¿“ICitta‚Å‚ ‚è�A5‚‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Évipākacittā‚Å‚·�B

 

2.ƒTƒnƒfƒB�[‚ð”­’B‚³‚¹�A‚±‚ê‚ç�i�Å�‰‚©‚ç5”Ô–Ú�j‚̃Wƒ…�[ƒi�[‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邯‚«‚É�A5‚‚̃CƒF�[ƒjƒbƒN‚Ì“¹“¿“ICitta‚ð�lŠÔ‚ª‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�Arupa loka‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‘Ήž‚·‚é5‚‚Ìvipākacitta‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. 5‚‚̃CƒGƒjƒbƒN�ó‘Ô‚Í�A5‚‚̃CƒGƒi—v‘f‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹ƒRƒ“ƒRƒ^ƒ“ƒg‚ª“Á’¥‚Å‚·�Bƒrƒ^ƒbƒJ�i�‰Šú“K—p�j�AƒrƒJƒ‰�iŽ�‘±“I“K—p�j�AƒsƒeƒB�i”MˆÓ�j�AƒXƒJ�[�i�K•Ÿ�j�A‚¨‚æ‚уGƒJƒKƒ^�iˆê“_�ë‚è�j‚Å‚·�B 5‚‚̗v‘f‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�Å�‰‚Ìjhāna‚É‚ ‚è�A1‚Â�ã‚Ìjhānā‚Ɉړ®‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—v‘f‚Í1‚‚¸‚ÂŽ¸‚í‚ê�A5”Ô–Ú‚Ìjhāna‚Å‚Íekaggata‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

ƒsƒeƒB�i”MˆÓ�j‚Í�S‚Ì’†‚Å‚Ì�K‚¹�AƒXƒJ�[�i�K•Ÿ�j‚Í�g‘Ì‚Ì�¯‚³‚Å‚·�B

 

4.ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒc‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānwhen‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɑ̌±‚µ‚½jhānickriya citta‚ª‚³‚ç‚É5�l‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽå‚Érupa loka‚É‘®‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ15‚ÌCitta‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Citta for Arupaloka (in the 4 Arupa realms)- 12 in all

1. There are only 12 citta that are predominantly present in the Arupaloka. Four are jhānic moral citta and four are vipāka citta due to those.

2. The four jhānic moral citta can be experienced by humans when they develop samadhi and attain these (fifth through eighth) jhānā. However, they can experience the corresponding four vipāka citta only when they are born in Arupaloka.

3. The first of the four Arupaloka jhānā is the attainment of the base of infinite space (Akasanancayatana). A human needs to master the fourth jhāna (Rupaloka) in order to be able to attain this jhāna.

The second is the base of infinite consciousness (viññāṇacayatana). The third is the base of nothingness (akincannayatana), and the fourth is the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception (n�f evasanna n�fasannayatana). In this last type of consciousness, the factor of perception (sanna) is so subtle that it can no longer perform the function of perception, i.e., one is unaware of the �gworld�h. Yet perception is not altogether absent. This is another reason why the ancient yogis erroneously assumed this eighth jhāna to be Nibbāna.

 4. There are four more Arupaloka jhānic kriya citta experienced by Arahants when they attain these jhānā.

Thus there are 12 citta in all that predominantly belong to the Arupaloka. Arupaloka‚ÌCitta�i4‚‚ÌArupaƒŒƒ‹ƒ€�j-�‡Œv12

1. Arupaloka‚ÉŽå‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚éCitta‚Í12‚݂̂ł·�B 4‚‚̓CƒGƒjƒbƒN‚Ì“¹“¿“ICitta‚Å‚ ‚è�A4‚‚͂»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Évipāka�ECitta‚Å‚·�B

 

2. 4‚‚Ìjh developnic“¹“¿“ICitta‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚ªƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ð”­’B‚³‚¹�A‚±‚ê‚ç�i5〜8”Ô–Ú�j‚Ìjhānā‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邯‚«‚ɑ̌±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚Íarupa loka‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‘Ήž‚·‚é4‚‚Ìvipākacitta‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. 4‚‚ÌArupalokajhānā‚Ì�Å�‰‚Í�A–³ŒÀ‹óŠÔ‚̃x�[ƒX�iAkasanancayatana�j‚Ì’B�¬‚Å‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í4”Ô–Ú‚Ìjhāna�irupa loka�j‚ð�K“¾‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ìjhāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

2‚–ڂÍ�A–³ŒÀ‚̈ӎ¯‚̃x�[ƒX‚Å‚·�iviññāṇacayatana�j�B 3”Ô–Ú‚Í�A–³‚̃x�[ƒX�iakincannayatana�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A4”Ô–Ú‚Í�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚Ì’mŠo‚Å‚à”ñ’mŠo‚Å‚à‚È‚¢ƒx�[ƒX�in �fevasanna n�fasannayatana�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ÅŒã‚̃^ƒCƒv‚̈ӎ¯‚Å‚Í�A’mŠo‚Ì—vˆö�iƒTƒ“ƒi�j‚ª”ñ�í‚É”÷–­‚È‚½‚ß�A‚à‚Í‚â’mŠo‚Ì‹@”\‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚‚܂è�A�u�¢ŠE�v‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A’mŠo‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ÉŒ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŒÃ‘ã‚̃ˆƒM‚ªŒë‚Á‚Ä‚±‚Ì8‚Â‚ð‰¼’è‚µ‚½‚à‚¤1‚‚̗�—R‚Å‚·

hjhāna‚ÍNibbāna‚Å‚·�B

 

 4. Arahants‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɑ̌±‚µ‚½Arupalokajhānickriya citta‚ª‚³‚ç‚É4�l‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽå‚ÉArupaloka‚É‘®‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ12‚ÌCitta‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Lokuttara (Supermundane) Citta – 8 in all

1. These pertain to the four stages of Nibbanic attainment: Sotāpanna, Sakadāgāmi, Anāgāmi, and Arahant.

2. Each stage involves two types of citta: one is path consciousness (magga citta), and the other is fruition consciousness (phala citta).The magga citta has the function of eradicating or permanently attenuating defilements. The phala citta has the function of experiencing the degree of liberation made possible by the magga citta.

3. Each magga citta arises only once, and endures for one thought-moment. It is never repeated. The corresponding phala citta (which corresponds to a vipāka citta, but is not called a vipāka citta) arises immediately after the magga citta. This is in contrast to mundane vipāka cittā where they can occur even many lifetimes after the corresponding kusala or akusala citta.

4. The phala citta can be repeated any time after one attains it. With practice, it can be sustained for long times, up to 7 days for an Arahant.

Thus, there are 54 + 15 + 12  + 8 = 89 citta in all. Lokuttara�iSupermundane�jCitta–‘S•”‚Å8

1.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aƒjƒoƒoƒi�l‚Ì’B�¬‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ü‚·�FSotāpanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑArahant�B

 

2.Še’iŠK‚É‚Í2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌCitta‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B1‚‚̓pƒXˆÓޝ�imagga citta�j‚Å�A‚à‚¤1‚‚͌‹ŽÀˆÓޝ�iphala citta�j‚Å‚·�Bmaggacitta‚É‚Í�A‰˜‚ê‚ð�ª�â‚Ü‚½‚͉i‹v‚ÉŒ¸�Š‚³‚¹‚é‹@”\‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒtƒ@ƒ‰Citta‚Í�Aƒ}ƒOƒKCitta‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉ”\‚ɂȂÁ‚½‰ð•ú‚Ì“x�‡‚¢‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é‹@”\‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

3.Šeƒ}ƒKCitta‚Í1‰ñ‚¾‚¯”­�¶‚µ�A1‚‚̎v�lƒ‚�[ƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ɑς¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘Ήž‚·‚éphala citta�ivip aka citta‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Avip calledka citta‚Ƃ͌Ă΂ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�Amagga citta‚Ì’¼Œã‚É”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚éƒNƒTƒ‰‚Ü‚½‚ÍakusalaCitta‚ÌŒã‚É‘½‚­‚Ì�¶ŠU‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽvipākacitt₯‚Í‘Î�Æ“I‚Å‚·�B

 

4. phala citta‚Í�A’B�¬‚µ‚½‚ç‚¢‚‚łàŒJ‚è•Ô‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B—û�K‚·‚ê‚Î�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�Å’·7“úŠÔ�A’·ŠúŠÔŽ�‘±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A54 + 15 + 12 + 8 = 89Citta‚Å‚·�B

 

How 121 Types of Citta are Possible

1. It is possible to further analyze the types of citta by refining the above method by taking into the fact that each magga phala can be reached from the vicinity of each jhānic state.

Thus here there are 40 ways to attain lokuttara cittā. Therefore, the total number of citta in this case would be 121 (= 54 + 15 + 12 +40) instead of 89.

 

1.Šeƒ}ƒOƒi‚̃tƒ@ƒ‰‚ªŠejh statenic�ó‘Ԃ̋߂­‚©‚瓞’B‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�l—¶‚µ‚Ä�ã‹L‚Ì•û–@‚ð‰ü—Ç‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�ACitta‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ð‚³‚ç‚É•ª�Í‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B

 

1‚‚Ì5‚‚Ìrupa lokaƒWƒFƒjƒbƒN�ó‘Ԃ̋ߖT‚ð‰î‚µ‚ăjƒoƒoƒi�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�i‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A5‚‚Ìjhnā‚̃AƒuƒfƒBƒnƒ}–@‚ªŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Abhidhamma•ª�͂łÍ�Avitakka‚Ævicara‚Í2‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�Asutta•ª�͂łÍ�A1‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邯‘z’肳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A5‚‚Ìjhānic�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ4‚‚Ìmaggacitt₯4‚‚Ìphalacittā‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚±‚Ålokuttaracittā‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í40‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�ê�‡‚ÌCitta‚Ì‘��”‚Í89‚ł͂Ȃ­121�i= 54 + 15 + 12 +40�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

2. Therefore, magga phala (including the Arahant stage) can be reached via going through any of the jhānic states or without going through any jhānic state.

Of course, the 8 lokuttara citta (i.e., the four stages of Nibbāna) arrived are the same, regardless of whether arrived via jhāna or not.

 

2.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚É‚Í�A‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Ìjhānic�ó‘Ô‚ðŒo—R‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Íjhānic�ó‘Ô‚ðŒo—R‚¹‚¸‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Ajh lnaŒo—R‚Å“ž’…‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚­�A“ž’…‚µ‚½8‚‚̃�ƒNƒ^ƒ‰Citta�i‚‚܂è�ANibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW�j‚Í“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B

 

Important Conclusion Regarding Jhāna and Magga Phala

From the above it is clear that magga phala can be attained without jhāna (89 citta analysis applicable). Magga phala can also be attained via each of the five jhānic states (in the Abhidhamma method), which correspond to the 4 jhānā discussed in the suttā; here the 89 citta analysis is applicable.

REFERENCE

1.  �gA Comprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma�h, by Bhikkhu Bodhi (2000).

 

ƒWƒ…�[ƒi‚ƃ}ƒOƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�d—v‚ÈŒ‹˜_

�ã‹L‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�Aƒ}ƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚Íjhāna‚È‚µ‚Å’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�i89 citta•ª�Í‚ª“K—p‰Â”\�j�Bƒ}ƒbƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚Í�A5‚‚̃CƒGƒjƒbƒN�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�iAbhidhammaƒ�ƒ\ƒbƒh‚Å�j’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í89Citta•ª�Í‚ª“K—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānic�B‚É‚Í�Aanariyajhāna‚Ü‚½‚ÍAriyajhāna‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŒoŒ±‚Í“¯‚¶‚悤‚Å‚·�B

—Bˆê‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�Akāmarāga‚ªanariyajhāna‚Å—}�§�ivikkhambhanapahāna�j‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ɑ΂µ�AAriyajhāna‚Å‚Í�í�œ�isamuccedapahāna�j‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uSamādhi�AJhāna�iDhyāna�j�AMagga Phala�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

ŽQ�Æ

 

Bhikkhu Bodhi�i2000�j‚É‚æ‚é�uAbhidhamma‚̕“I‚ȃ}ƒjƒ…ƒAƒ‹�v�B

 

Sakkāya Ditthi is Personality (Me) View?

March 10, 2017; revised January 20, 2018; June 1, 2019; October 3, 2019

In this post, we will discuss why interpretations of two key concepts — sakkāya ditthi and samyōjana — in many current English publications (including supposedly Theravada texts) are incorrect.

‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚­‚̉pŒê‚Ì�o”Å•¨�iTheravada‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Å�A2‚‚Ì�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚ésakkāyaditthi‚Æsamyōjana‚̉ðŽß‚ªŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Difference Between Wrong Views and Wrong Perceptions

1. Most texts describe sakkāya ditthi as �gself-illusion�h or �gpersonality belief,�h i.e., �gbelief that a self or I exist�h (you can Google �gsakkāya ditthi�h and see). Here it is essential to understand that there is a difference between �gwrong view�h and �gwrong perception.�h A Sōtapanna would have removed the wrong view (ditthi), but not the false perception (saññā.)

If one gets offended if treated with disrespect, that means one still has māna left. Even an Anagami could be somewhat perturbed if he/she perceives to be treated badly. A component of māna — called asmi māna — is still left at the Anagami stage. Māna is removed not at the Sōtapanna stage, but the Arahant stage.

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[�iŒ©‰ð�j‚ÆŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚̈Ⴂ

1.‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̃eƒLƒXƒg‚Í�Asakkāyaditthi‚ð�uŽ©ŒÈŒ¶‘z�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒp�[ƒ\ƒiƒŠƒeƒB�M”O�v�A‚‚܂è�uŽ©ŒÈ‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O�v‚Æ�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iGoogle‚Å�usakkāyaditthi�v‚Æ•\ަ‚·‚邯�j�B

‚±‚±‚Å�A�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚Æ�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ�v‚ɂ͈Ⴂ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�iditthi�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ă܂·‚ª�AŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ�isaññā�j‚Í�í�œ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�uŽ©ŒÈ�v�iātma‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚é�u�°�v�j‚Ì”Fޝ�isaññā�j‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉTipitaka‚É‚æ‚ésakkāyaditthi‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‘O�¢‚©‚猻�¢‚܂ŘA‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ä‚¢‚ésaññā�i”Fޝ�j‚Å‚·�B saññā‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AWhat is Sanna (Perception)?‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚킽‚µ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�¶—ˆ‚©‚犴Šo‚Í�[‚­–„‚ß�ž‚܂ꂽŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�Amāna cetasika‚É�ª‚´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

•ŒyŽ‹‚³‚ê‚Ä‹C•ª‚ðŠQ‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂¾māna‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BAnagami‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚Ђǂ­ˆµ‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯д‚¶‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚¢‚­‚ç‚©�¬—�‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Asmi māna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚émāna‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg‚Í�AAnagami‚Å‚àŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�Bmāna‚ÍSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ł͂Ȃ­�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

A Sōtapanna Removes Only Wrong Views About an �gUnchanging Self�h

2. What is removed at the Sōtapanna stage is the wrong view (ditthi) that there is something unchanging and permanent like a �gsoul�h is associated with oneself. That goes with the belief that lasting happiness can be achieved by just living a moral life (even though that is essential.)

Therefore, it is incorrect to believe that the perception of a �gself�h will go away at the Sōtapanna stage. It is also dangerous, because one is trying to do something that is not possible to do at that stage. It is like a child in the primary school trying to get a Ph.D.

 

Sōtapanna‚Í�u•Ï‚í‚ç‚È‚¢Ž©ŒÈ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­

2.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�u�°�v‚ª•s•ςʼni‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iƒfƒBƒbƒeƒB�j‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邾‚¯‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O‚ɉˆ‚Á‚½‚à‚̂ł·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ•s‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä‚à�j�B

�¶–½‘̂ɂÍ�u–{“–‚Ì–{Ž¿�v�i�u�°�v‚‚܂è�uātma�v�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚邯�Asakkāya ditthi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚͂Ȃ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B PaticcaSamuppāda‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Alifestream‚Í�i‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or an Ātma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì”Fޝ‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚é‚Æ�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚Í�³‚µ‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚ł͕s‰Â”\‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í”ŽŽm�†‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�¬Šw�Z‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

Sōtapanna Stage – Four Conditions

3. In the post, �gFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala,�h we discussed the four conditions that need to satisfied to attain the Sōtapanna stage of Nibbāna.

But as in many English publications (books, internet posts), the above Wikipedia article misdescribes samyōjana.

 

3. Four Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚Å‚Í�Aƒjƒo�[ƒi‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

•‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð–ž‚½‚¹‚Î�A3‚‚Ìsamyōjana�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ÌãJ�j‚ð“Ë”j‚µ�Aapāyas �i4‚‚Ì�ʼnºˆÊ—̈æ�j‚Ì“]�¶‚©‚ç‰i‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ìsamyōjana�i‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyōjana‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyōga�j‚Í�A’Ê�í�u‘«‚©‚¹�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AWikipedia‚Ì‹LŽ–�uFetter (Buddhism)�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘½‚­‚̉pŒê‚Ì�o”Å•¨�i�‘�Ð�AƒCƒ“ƒ^�[ƒlƒbƒg�j‚̂悤‚É�A�ã‹L‚ÌWikipedia‚Ì‹LŽ–‚Ísamyōjana‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. We are bound to the 31 realms in this world by ten �gmental tethers�h or samyōjana. It can be visualized as someone attached to a post by a rope, except that there is no one else that forcibly bind us to the 31 realms.

Most people think they can find happiness in this life itself! They don�ft even pause to contemplate what happens when one gets old and helpless. If one takes time to observe, there are many examples around: famous, wealthy, and powerful, became disabled at old age, and died a miserable death.

 

4.Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ‚É�A10‚Ì�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̂‚Ȃ¬�j�v‚‚܂èsamyōjana‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”›‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒ��[ƒv‚Å”›‚è•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ÉŽ‹Šo‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A31—̈æ‚ɂ͋­�§“I‚É”›‚è•t‚¯‚é�l‚Í’N‚à‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

•Sanyōjana‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyoga�i�usan�v+�uyoga�v�A�uyoga�v‚Í�S‘©‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚Í�A�usan�v‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�S‘©‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BWhat is �gSan�h? Meaning of Sansara (or Samsara)

•Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Ì�S‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÉŽ©”­“I‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

•‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚É�K‚¹‚ðŒ©‚¢‚¾‚¹‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�I

”N‚ðŽæ‚Á‚Ä–³—͂ɂȂÁ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɉ½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚ð�l‚¦‚邽‚߂ɗ§‚¿Ž~‚܂邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ŠÏŽ@‚ÉŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽüˆÍ‚É‘½‚­‚̗Ⴊ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

—L–¼‚Å�A—T•Ÿ‚Å�A‹­—͂ł ‚è�A˜V”NŠú‚É�g‘Ì�áŠQ‚ɂȂè�A”ߎS‚ÈŽ€‚ð�‹‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

Three Samyōjana Removed

5. A Sōtapanna breaks through 3 of those ten sanyōjanā — or �gbonds�h or �gtethers�h — and gets permanently released from the four lowest realms (apāyas). He/she does this by comprehending the true nature of this world, i.e., attaining sammā ditthi.

The keyword �gsammā�h comes from �gsan�h + �gmā,�g which means �gto become free of san.�g For example:

 

5.Sōtapanna‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ìsanyōjanā‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚Â�A‚‚܂è�uãJ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚‚Ȃ¬�j�v‚𗣂·‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyās�j‚©‚ç‰i‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�Asammā ditthi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@

ƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh�usammā�v‚Í�usan�v+�umā�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�usan‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A

•�umā hōtijāti�Ajāti�v‚Í�A�uŒJ‚è•Ô‚·�o�¶‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

•�umā mē bāla samāgamō�v‚Í�A�uDhamma‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Ƃ̊֌W‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asammā ditthi‚Ƃ͊Ԉá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ìsammā ditthi‚ðŠl“¾‚µ�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Importance of Comprehending the Unfruitful/Dangerous Nature of This World (Tilakkhana) ‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢/ŠëŒ¯‚È�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�d—v�«

6. One has to break those bonds in one�fs mind. One gains sammā ditthi — right view to becoming free of �esan�e —  by comprehending the true nature of this world of 31 realms.

Anicca – that nothing in this world can bring permanent happiness in the long run.

Dukkha – despite our struggles, we will be subjected to much more suffering than pleasures if we remain in the rebirth process.

Anatta – therefore, one is truly helpless in this struggle to attain �gsomething of the essence in this world.�h That is just an illusion.

See, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations.�h

 

6.ŠeŽ©‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌãJ‚ð‰ó‚³‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B 31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A�usan�v‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Anicca  –‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚ɉi‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

Dukkha -Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì“¬‘ˆ‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚Æ‚Ç‚Ü‚é‚Æ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠì‚Ñ‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚ɋꂵ‚Þ‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

Anatta –‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿�v‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̓¬‚¢‚Å‚Í�AŠeŽ©‚Í–{“–‚É–³—͂ł·�B�í‚¢‚Í’P‚Ȃ錶‘z‚Å‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Two Eightfold Paths

7. It is essential to realize that there are two Eightfold Paths with two types of sammā ditthi. See, �gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty).�h

This distinction is hard to perceive for many people. I encourage them to read the first few subsections of the �g�h section.

 

7�B2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìsammā ditthi‚Æ2‚‚̔ª�³“¹‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

•�Å�‰‚É�A5‚‚̉ú—¥‚É‚ ‚邿‚¤‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚¦•û�v‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Å�umundane sammā ditthi�v‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

•ŽŸ‚É�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì3‚‚̓Á’¥‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ȂقÇ�S‚ª�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

•‚±‚Ì�ulōkōttara sammā ditthi �v‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“xŠl“¾‚·‚邯�AŽÀ�Û‚É”ª�³“¹‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B

How to Cultivate the Noble Eightfold Path starting with Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta

‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

•‚±‚Ì‹æ•Ê‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä”Fޝ‚µ‚É‚­‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B �uLiving Dhamma�v‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. Now let us discuss how gaining lōkōttara sammā ditthi leads to the removal of three of the ten mental tethers (or fetters) that bind us to the rebirth process. In particular, to be released from the worst types of suffering in the apāyas.

Those three samyōjana are sakkāya ditthi (also called sathkāya ditthi), vicikiccā, and silabbata parāmāsa.

8.‚Å‚Í�Alōkōttara sammā ditthi‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚­10‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̂‚Ȃ¬•R�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‘«‚©‚¹�j‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B

“Á‚É�Aapāyas‚Ì�ň«‚̃^ƒCƒv‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ�B

•‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚Ísakkāyaditthi�i•Ê–¼sathkāyaditthi�j�Avicikiccā�Asilabbataparāmāsa‚Å‚·�B

 

Two Prevailing Major Wrong Views

9. The Buddha discussed 62 types of ditthi that were present during that time in the Brahmajāla Sutta.  We don�ft need to address all of them today, because there are only two of those wrong views that are prevalent today.

Thus the Buddha rejected both wrong views that �ga self exists�h and �ga self does not exist.�h Things can exist due to causes, and if those causes do not exist, they cease to exist. That is the principle of cause and effect explained in Paticca Samuppāda. Beings exist due to avijjā and tanhā, and they cease to exist when those cease to exist and reach permanent happiness (i.e., attain Nibbāna).

 

9.Žß‘¸‚Í�ABrahmajāla Sutta‚É“–Žž‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½62Ží—ނ̃fƒBƒbƒeƒB‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¡“ú�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂɑÎ�ˆ‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A�¡“ú•�‹y‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Í2‚‚µ‚©‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

•�M�S�[‚¢�l�X�i‘n‘¢ŽÒ‚ÉŠî‚­�@‹³�j‚Í�A�u‰i‹v“I‚È�°�v‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚±‚Ì�°‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÌŒã‚ɉi‰“‚É“V�‘‚©’n�–‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �uāthma�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uself�v‚Ì‚±‚Ì�l‚¦‚Í�Asassata ditthi‚Å‚µ‚½�B

•�¡“ú‚̉Ȋw‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽv�l‚Í”]“à‚Å�¶‚¶‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘͓̂÷‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�i�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v�j�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ€‚ʂƂ«�A‚»‚ê‚Í•¨Œê‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A“÷‘̂͊D‚ɂȂ邩‚ç‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�A�u‚»‚ꂪ‘±‚­ŠÔ�A�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�v�A‚Æ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ª‹‘”Û‚µ‚½�uuccēda ditthi�v‚Å‚µ‚½�F�u“÷‘̂̎€‚Å�I‚í‚é�l�¶�v�B

•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽß‘¸‚Í�A�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�v‚Æ�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•¨Ž–‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�A‰�‹N�à‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚錴ˆö‚ÆŒ‹‰Ê‚ÌŒ´—�‚Å‚·�Bavijj₯tanhā‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶–½‘̂͑¶�Ý‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚炪‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚é‚Æ�A‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚É’B‚µ‚Ä�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�ANibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�j‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ~‚߂õ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. Even those religious people may subconsciously have that part of the ucceda ditthi of �gI am my physical body.�h

 

10.‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�@‹³“I‚È�l�X‚Å‚³‚¦�A�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂ł·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ucceda ditthi‚Ì•”•ª‚𖳈ӎ¯‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚ÉŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

•Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì•¨Ž¿Žå‹`“I‚ȎЉï‚Í‘�‚¦�A‚±‚̂悤‚È•¨Œê‚ð�í‚É–a‚¢‚Å‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B-Ž„‚̑̂ªŽ„‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�ª‹’‚Ȃ̂Å�A”ü‚µ‚­‚ÄŠæ‹­‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ƂĂà�d—v‚Å‚·�AƒeƒŒƒr‚â‰f‰æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚à‚í‚©‚邿‚¤‚É�B

•Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�AŒ»�Ý‚Ìsakkāya ditthi‚Í�A�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂ł·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ©•û‚É�ª‚´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uŽ©•ª‚̑̂ɑ½‚­‚ÌŠy‚µ‚¢Š´Šo“ü—Í‚ðƒCƒ“ƒvƒbƒg‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�K‚¹‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤”Fޝ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Meaning of Sakkāya or Sathkāya

11. �gSath�h means �ggood�h or �gfruitful.�h

Sakkāya ditthi encompasses mainly two views: (i) �gI am my body,�h and I need to keep it beautiful above all. (ii) I can achieve happiness by diligently pursuing (good) things in this world.

 

11.�uSath�v‚Æ‚Í�u—Ç‚¢�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽÀ‚葽‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�AƒJ�[ƒ„‚Í�AƒJ�[ƒ„ƒkƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚Ü‚½‚Í�g‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BKāyānupassanā – Section on Postures (Iriyapathapabba)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Sakkāya ditthi‚ɂ͎å‚É2‚‚̌©•û‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�ii�j�uŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̑̂ł·�v�B‰½‚æ‚è‚à”ü‚µ‚­•ۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �iii�j‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å�i—Ç‚¢�j‚±‚Æ‚ð”M�S‚É’Ç‹�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�K‚¹‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

Getting Rid of Sakkāya Ditthi

12. Therefore, getting rid of sakkāya ditthi in the present day requires one to realize that this physical body is �gjust a shell�h that we have possession of only for about 100 years.

12.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�¡“ú‚̃TƒbƒJƒ„�EƒfƒBƒbƒeƒB‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚É‚Í�A‚±‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª–ñ100”NŠÔ‚µ‚©�Š—L‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�u’P‚È‚éŠL�v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC•t‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘̂ł ‚égandhabba‚ª‰Ê‚½‚·–ðŠ„‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂½�Agandhabba‚ªŽ€‚ʃLƒ…�[ƒeƒB�EƒpƒeƒBƒTƒ“ƒfƒB‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É�V‚µ‚¢‘¶�Ý�ibhava �j‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邯‚«‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚­‚È‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Í�A“÷‘Ì‚ð‚ǂꂾ‚¯‚¤‚Ü‚­•ۂ‚©�iŒ’�N‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�j‚ł͂Ȃ­�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘Ì‚ð‚ǂꂾ‚¯�u‰ü‘P�v‚·‚é‚©‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒˆ‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B Dhamma‚ðŠw�K‚µ�A‚»‚ÌDhamma‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�¶Šˆ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ADhamma‚ª–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

�u�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚éƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ågandhabba‚Ì‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚È�à–¾‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘Ì–gandhabba�v�A‚»‚µ‚ăAƒrƒ_ƒ}ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ͕ʂ̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚ ‚è�A�Ú�ׂð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. The second view associated with sakkāya ditthi in #10 above. That one can achieve happiness by diligently pursuing things in this world. Sakkāya ditthi can only be removed by comprehending the �ganicca nature.�h

When one comprehends anicca, one realizes that no matter what we do, staying in the rebirth process leads to net suffering. Even though there are bouts of happiness to be had, those will be insignificant to suffering in the long run, especially when one is (inevitably) born in the apāyas.

 

13.�ã‹L�”10‚Ìsakkāya ditthi‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽ2”Ԗڂ̃rƒ…�[�B‚»‚Ì�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å•¨Ž–‚ð”M�S‚É’Ç‹�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�K‚¹‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Sakkāya�@ditthi‚Í�A�uanicca nature�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�í�œ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

�uƒAƒjƒJ�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

anicca‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‰½‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚à�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂƂǂ܂邱‚Ƃ͋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B�K•Ÿ‚Ì”­�삪‚ ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A“Á‚Éapāyās‚Å�i•K‘R“I‚É�j�¶‚܂ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í’·Šú“I‚ɋꂵ‚ނ̂ł͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Culavedalla Sutta (MN 44)

14. It should be noted that a full explanation of sakkāya ditthi is given in the Culavedalla Sutta (Majjima Nikaya 44) where Ven. Dhammadinna explains it to her former husband Visakha:

�g..Kathaṃ panāyye, sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī�hti? �gIdhāvuso visākha, assutavā puthujjano, ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sap­purisa­dhammassa akovido sap­purisa­dhamme avinīto, rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Vedanaṃ �c pe �c saññaṃ �c saṅkhāre �c viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Evaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī�hti.

The French Philosopher Rene Descartes famously said, �gI think; therefore I am�h; he proposed that those thoughts arise in the pineal gland in the brain. That is a part of uccēda ditthi.

 

14. sakkāya ditthi ‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È�à–¾‚Í�ACulavedalla Sutta (Majjima Nikaya 44)‚É‚ ‚è�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}ƒfƒBƒ“ƒi‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð”Þ�—‚Ì‘O•vƒ”ƒBƒVƒƒƒJ‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�F

 

‚Ü‚¸�A�uI�v‚ðŽ¦‚·‚½‚ß‚É�A�]—ˆ‚̈Ӗ¡‚ÅŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ã‹L‚ÌŽ�‚Ì�uatta�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B

�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì‘¾Žš‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚Å�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂̒†‚Å‚·�B�v

Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or an Ātma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A4‚‚̕û–@‚Årupakkhandha‚ð�uatta�v‚ÆŒ©‚È‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̕û–@‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚Ìvedana, saññā, sankhāra, viññāna‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ©‚È‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚·‚ׂẴ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I—v‘f‚Í�A�uŽ„‚Í‚±‚ê‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚¸‚Á‚Æ‘O‚ÉŽ„‚É‹N‚±‚Á‚½�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A‘Ì‚ªŽ€‚ʂ܂Ŏ„‚Ì‘±‚«‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚É‚Í�A20Ží—Þ�i�uvisativatthuka�v�j‚Ìsakkāya diṭṭhi‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

ƒtƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚Ì“NŠwŽÒƒ‹ƒl�EƒfƒJƒ‹ƒg‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½—L–¼‚È�uŽ„‚Í�l‚¦‚é�A‚䂦‚ÉŽ„‚Å‚ ‚é�v‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�l‚¦‚Í”]‚Ì�¼‰Ê‘Ì‚Å�¶‚¶‚邯’ñˆÄ‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Íuccēda ditthi‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B

 

Two Meanings of Atta

15. When one attains the Sōtapanna stage, one �gsees with wisdom�h (becomes �gdassanēna sampannō�g) that it does not make sense to take the stand �gI am my body,�h etc. as above.

There was a lengthy discussion on this issue at the discussion forum. I recommend reading it since it is not possible to put it in a short post like this; see, �gWrong English translations of Aniccha, Anatta, Sakkaya ditthi.�h

 

15.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚邯�A�ã‹L‚̂悤‚É�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v‚Ȃǂ̗§�ê‚ðŽæ‚é‚±‚Ƃ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ�u’mŒb‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚é�v�i�udassanēna sampannō�v�j‚ɂȂé�B

•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�u‚½‚¾Œ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Æ�A‚»‚ꂪ�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚ÄŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì2‚‚͈قȂ邱‚Ƃł·�B�Å�I“I‚É�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ăAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�uŽ„�v�i�uasmi māna�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�j‚Ì”Fޝ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

•ƒfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚Å�A‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’·‚¢�à–¾‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚̂悤‚È’Z‚¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�BWrong English translations of Aniccha, Anatta, Sakkaya ditthi‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

16. The confusion in conventional translations of sakkāya ditthi seems to arise when they try to connect �gatta�h in the above verse (�grupam attāto�g) as the opposite of �ganatta�h in Tilakkhana. Atta has two meanings: one meaning is �gI�h or �gmyself�h as in �gattā hi attanō nathō�h (�gonly I can be of salvation to myself�h), and that is the meaning implied in the above verse.

That is why one needs to be cautious when using Pāli dictionaries. One cannot define and fix the meaning of a Pāli word. One HAS TO KNOW the context; see, �gPāli Dictionaries – Are They Reliable?�g.

 

16.sakkāyaditthi‚Ì�]—ˆ‚Ì–|–ó‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�¬—�‚Í�A”ނ炪�ã‹L‚ÌŽ�‚Ì�uatta�v�i�urupam attāto�v�j‚ðTilakkhana‚Ì�uanatta�v‚Ì”½‹`Œê‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‘¨‚¦‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«‚É�¶‚¶‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B Atta‚É‚Í2‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B1‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�uŽ„�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uattā hi attanō nathō�v�i�uŽ„‚¾‚¯‚ªŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð‹~‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�v�j‚̂悤‚ÉŽg‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

•�uAtta�v‚Ì‘¼‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�uƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u–{Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì”½‹`Œê‚ÍŽO‘Š‚Ìanatta‚Å‚·�F�u‚±‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚Í�l�i’N‚à‚ª�AŽ„‚Í�j‚Í–³—͂ł·�v�B

•‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�AAtta Hi Attano Natho‚ÆPāli Dictionaries – Are They Reliable?‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

•‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒêŽ«�‘‚ðŽg—p‚·‚é�ۂɂ͒�ˆÓ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B’N‚à‚ªƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð’è‹`‚µ‚Ä�C�³‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒRƒ“ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚ð’m‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

What is Vicikiccā?

17. The second samyōjana removed at the Sōtapanna stage is vicikiccā. Does it mean doubts about the Buddha, Dhamma, and Sangha, as explained in many translations? It is informative to see how such doubts are related to Tilakkhana.

In other words, if one has vicikiccā, one MAY do immoral apāyagāmi actions under tempting conditions. But a Sōtapanna is INCAPABLE of doing such actions under ANY circumstance. A Sōtapanna will not have any doubts about which activities are immoral.

 

17.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚é2”Ô–Ú‚Ìsamyōjana‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B‘½‚­‚Ì–|–ó‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ê‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̋^”O‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚̂悤‚È‹^”O‚ªŽO‘Š‚É‚Ç‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð’m‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B

Vicikiccā‚Ívi + chi + ki +iccā‚©‚ç”h�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž„‚½‚¿‚̘c‚ñ‚¾Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�D‚Ý�i�uiccā�v�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A—~‹�‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ăAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�i�uki�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�ukriya�v�j‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�uƒ`ƒƒ�v‚̓`ƒbƒ^‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iŽv�l�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚Èditthi‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�uvi�v‚𕪗£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B

�uanicca‚Ì–{Ž¿�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚©‚ç�؂藣‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A‘½‚­‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚â•s“K�Ø‚È�sˆ×‚É�uŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ³�v‚ªŽ©“®“I‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚鎄‚½‚¿‚Ì“w—͂̂قƂñ‚Ç‚ª–³‘Ê‚É�I‚í‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�S‚©‚ç’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�A�l‚͂܂¾—~–]‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚͂܂¾ƒZƒbƒNƒX‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŒ‹�¥ˆÈŠO‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�«�sˆ×‚É‚Í�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘OŽÒ‚Í�lŠÔ‚Æ�_�X‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒãŽÒ‚Íapāyas‚ł̒a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Íapāyas‚©‚ç‚̂݉ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�l‚ªvicikiccā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A–£—Í“I‚È�ðŒ�‰º‚Å•s“¹“¿‚Èapāyagāmi ‚Ì�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚͂ǂñ‚È�󋵉º‚Å‚à‚»‚̂悤‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Í�A‚ǂ̊ˆ“®‚ª•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹^‚¢‚ð•ø‚­‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

 

What is Silabbata Parāmāsa?

18. The third sanyōjana, silabbata parāmāsa, is the wrong view that Nibbāna can be attained by following specific precepts/rituals. They include five or eight precepts (or just by doing good things).

However, following precepts (i.e., staying away from immoral deeds) is necessary to get to mundane sammā ditthi. That enables one�fs mind cleansed enough to be able to comprehend Tilakkhana.

 

18.ŽO”Ô–Ú‚Ìsanyōjana�Asilabbata parāmāsa‚Í�A“Á’è‚̉ú—¥/‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�A5‚‚܂½‚Í8‚‚̋³ŒP‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚Ü‚½‚Í—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�j�B

Nibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Alōkōttara sammā ditthi‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B Lōkōttara sammā ditthi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�ATilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�B�j‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

anicca‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͈ê˜A‚̉ú—¥‚â‹VŽ®‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ’‰ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚炳͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �¡‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚Í’·Šú“I‚ɂ͎À‚肪‚È‚­�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�[‚­’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽsammā ditthi‚𓾂é‚É‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚̉ú—¥�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚é�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ȂقÇ�S‚ª�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

Kāma Rāga NOT Removed at Sōtapanna Stage

19. Finally, a Sōtapanna needs to break two more samyōjana or bonds — kāma rāga and patigha — to become free of the kāma lōka. Only an Anāgami is free of rebirth anywhere in the kāma lōka, which includes human and six deva realms.

November 3, 2019: A detailed discussion at �gOrigin of Life.�h

 

19.�ÅŒã‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í�Akāma lōka‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É�A‚³‚ç‚É2‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚·‚Ȃ킿�S‘©‚Å‚ ‚ékāma rāga ‚Æ patigha ‚ð‰ð•ú‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BAnāgami ‚¾‚¯‚ª�lŠÔ‚Æ6‚‚̃fƒB�[ƒ”ƒ@‚̗̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þkāma lōka‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à“]�¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�ÅŒã‚Ì5‚‚Ìsamyōjana�i�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿māna‚Ì”Fޝ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�AArahan‚Ì‹«’n‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BThe Cooling Down Process (Nibbāna) – How Root Causes are Removed‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢

 

 

 

Sōtapanna Anugāmi – No More Births in the Apāyās

February 11, 2019; revised February 12; September 4, 2019

A human who attains a magga phala will never be reborn in an apāya (one of the four lowest realms). An Arahant will not be reborn in any realm. An Anāgāmi will be reborn only in a brahma realm. A Sakadāgāmi only in a deva realm. A Sōtapanna only in deva or human realm. It is not that clear whether a Sōtapanna Anugāmi is also free of the apāyās. Here, we discuss the evidence from the Tipitaka that is indeed the case.

 

magga phala‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½�lŠÔ‚Í�Aapāya�i�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‚¢‚©‚È‚é—̈æ‚Å‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚Í“V‚̗̈æ‚ł̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒfƒB�[ƒo—̈æ‚݂̂̃TƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~�BƒfƒB�[ƒo‚Ü‚½‚Í�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚݂̂ÌSōtapanna�B

Sōtapanna Anugāmi‚ªapāyās‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚»‚¤‚Å‚ ‚éƒeƒBƒsƒ^ƒJ‚©‚ç‚Ì�Ø‹’‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Eight Types of Noble Persons

1. The �gPatipanna Sutta (SN 48.18)�h describes the eight types of Noble Persons:

�gPañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni. Katamāni pañca? Saddhindriyaṃ �c pe �c paññindriyaṃ—imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcindriyāni. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ samattā paripūrattā arahaṃ hoti, tato mudutarehi arahat­ta­phala­sacchi­kiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgā­mi­phala­sacchi­kiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadā­gāmi­phala­sacchi­kiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi sotā­patti­phala­sacchi­kiriyāya paṭipanno hoti. Yassa kho, bhikkhave, imāni pañcindriyāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ natthi, tamahaṃ �ebāhiro puthuj­jana­pak­khe ṭhito�fti vadāmī�hti.

Translated:

�gBhikkhus, there are five indriya (faculties): Saddhindriya, vīriyindriya, satindriya, samādhindriya, paññindriya. One who has fully cultivated them is an Arahant. One who developed them less is an Arahant Anugāmi. One who has even less is an Anāgāmi,.. Anāgāmi Anugāmi, ..Sakadāgāmi, �cSakadāgāmi Anugāmi, �cSōtapanna, �cSōtapanna Anugāmi.  Those who have not yet begun to cultivate the five faculties are ignorant humans (puthuj­jana­bhūmiṃ) who are unaware of the true nature (Tilakkhana).

 

8Ží—Þ‚Ì�¹�l

1.�uƒpƒeƒBƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒbƒ^�iSN 48.18�j�v‚Å‚Í�A8Ží—Þ‚Ì�¹�l‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

–|–ó�F

�uBhikkhus�A5‚‚Ìindriya�i‹@”\�j‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSaddhindriya�Avīriyindriya�Asatindriya�Asamādhindriya�Apaññindriya�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠ®‘S‚Ɉç‚ñ‚¾�l‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚èŠJ”­‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚͈̂¢—…Š¿�EƒAƒkƒKƒ~‚Å‚·�B‚³‚ç‚É�­‚È‚¢�l‚̓AƒiƒKƒ~�A..ƒAƒiƒKƒ~ƒAƒkƒKƒ~�A..ƒTƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~�A�cƒTƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~ƒAƒkƒKƒ~�A�cSōtapanna�A�cSōtapanna Anugāmi �B‚Ü‚¾5‚‚̋@”\‚ðŠJ‘ñ‚µŽn‚߂Ă¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�iƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒi�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢–³’m‚È�lŠÔ�iputhujjana�@bhūmiṃ�j‚Å‚·�B

Anāgāmi‚ɂȂé•û–@‚Ì1‚‚Í�uanāgāmi�@phala�@sacchikiriyāya�@paṭipannuno�v‚Ȃǂł·�B

8�l‚Ì�¹�l�iAriyas�j‚Í�A�uPaṭhama�@Puggala�@Sutta�iAN 8.59�j�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�uPuggala Sutta�iAN 9.9�j�v‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘¼‚ÌŒo‚É‚àƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

Sōtapanna Anugāmi is Dhammānusārī or Saddhānusārī

2. An important way of classification of the Noble Persons (Ariyas) relevant to our topic is given in the �gTatiyasankhita Sutta (SN 48.14)�g:

�gPañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni. Katamāni pañca? Saddhindriyaṃ �c pe �c paññindriyaṃ—imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcindriyāni. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ samattā paripūrattā arahaṃ hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hoti. Iti kho, bhikkhave, paripūraṃ paripūrakārī ārādheti, padesaṃ padesakārī ārādheti. �eAvañjhāni tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcindriyānī�fti vadāmī�hti.

Translated:

�gBhikkhus, there are five indriya: Saddhindriya, vīriyindriya, satindriya, samādhindriya, paññindriya. One who has fully cultivated them is an Arahant. One who developed them less is an Anāgāmi,..  akadāgāmi, �cSōtapanna, �cdhammānusārī, �csaddhānusārī, �g.

 

2.ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�¹�l�iƒAƒŠƒ„�j‚Ì�d—v‚È•ª—Þ•û–@‚Í�A�uTatiyasankhita Sutta�iSN 48.14�j�v‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

–|–ó�F

�uBhikkhus�A5‚‚̃Cƒ“ƒhƒŠƒA‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSaddhindriya�Avīriyindriya�Asatindriya�Asamādhindriya�Apaññindriya�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠ®‘S‚É”|‚Á‚½�l‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚èŠJ”­‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Í�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~�A..ƒAƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~�A�cSotapanna�A�cdhammānusārī, �csaddhānusārī‚Å‚·�B

 

3. From #1 and #2 above, we can see that a Sōtapanna Anugāmi is either a dhammānusārī or a saddhānusārī.

This is confirmed in the following sutta, which also confirms that one MUST start comprehending the anicca nature to become a Sōtapanna Anugāmi.

 

3.�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚Æ�”2‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚Ídhammānusārī‚Ü‚½‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B

•‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽŸ‚ÌŒo‚ÅŠm”F‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚àŠm”F‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

4. From the �gCakkhu Sutta (SN 25.1)�g:

�gCakkhuṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi; sotaṃ aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi; ghānaṃ aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi; jivhā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī; kāyo anicco vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi; mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī. Yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuccati—ayaṃ vuccati saddhānusārī, okkanto sam­mat­tani­yā­maṃ, sap­purisa­bhūmiṃ okkanto, vītivatto puthuj­jana­bhūmiṃ; abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ, yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchā­na­yoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjeyya; abhabbo catāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotā­patti­phalaṃ sacchikaroti.
Yassa kho, bhikkhave, ime dhammā evaṃ paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti, ayaṃ vuccati: �e
dhammānusārī, okkanto sam­mat­tani­yā­maṃ, sap­purisa­bhūmiṃ okkanto, vītivatto puthuj­jana­bhūmiṃ; abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ, yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchā­na­yoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjeyya; abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotā­patti­phalaṃ sacchikaroti�f.
Yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ pajānāti evaṃ passati, ayaṃ vuccati: �esotāpanno avini­pāta­dhammo niyato sam­bodhi­parā­yano�f�hti.

Translated:

�gBhikkhus, cakkhu is of anicca nature, will cease to exist and is subject to unexpected change during its existence (same for sōta, ghāna, jivhā, kāyō, manō).
– One who has conviction and belief that these phenomena are this way is called a faith-follower (
saddhānusārī). He/She is one who has entered the Noble plane (sam­mat­tani­yā­maṃ), has entered the realm of Noble Persons (sap­purisa­bhūmiṃ), transcended the realm of the humans who are unaware of the true nature (puthuj­jana­bhūmiṃ). He is incapable of doing any deed by which he might be reborn in hell, in the animal womb, or in the realm of hungry ghosts. A saddhānusārī is incapable of dying (separating) from that Noble birth until he realizes the Sotāpanna stage (and thus eventually getting to the Arahant stage).  
One who, after pondering with wisdom, has accepted that these phenomena are this way is called a Dhamma-follower (
dhammānusārī)�c�h (The rest is the same as for a saddhānusārī).
One who knows and sees that these phenomena are this way is called a Sotāpanna. He is never again to be born in the apāyās, headed for the Arahanthood.�h

 

4.�uCakkhu Sutta�iSN 25.1�j�v‚©‚ç�F

–|–ó�F

�u”ä‹u‚æ�Acakkhu‚Æ‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚̈ê‚‚ł ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�Ý’†‚ɂ͗\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•ω»‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�isota�Aghāna�Ajivhā�Akāyō�Amanō‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�j�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ª‚±‚̂悤‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Šm�M‚Æ�M”O‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�A�M‹Â’Ç��ŽÒ�isaddhānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�¹‚È‚éŠE�isam­mat­tani­yā­maṃ �j‚É“ü‚è�A�¹�l‚̗̈æ�isappurisabhūmiṃ�j‚É“ü‚è�A�^ŽÀ‚ÌŽ©‘R�iputhujjanabhūmiṃ�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚½�l‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í’n�–‚Å�A“®•¨‚ÌŽq‹{‚Å�A‚Ü‚½‚͋󕠂̗H—ì�i‰ì‹S�j‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B saddhānusārī‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�‚‹M‚È’a�¶‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna’iŠK‚É‹C‚­‚Ü‚Å�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚ɃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�jŽ€‚Ê‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

’qŒd‚Å�n�l‚µ‚½Œã�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ꂽ�l‚Í�ADhamma-follower�idhammānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�c�v�iŽc‚è‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Ì�ê�‡‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�j�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�Ä‚Ñapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ­�A�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

11‚ÌŒo�iAN 25.1〜AN 25. 10�j‚ª‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ð�q‚ׂĂ¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

5. Therefore, from the above suttas, we can make the following deductions:

 

5.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ìsutta‚©‚ç�AŽŸ‚Ì�„˜_‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna‚Í“ñ“x‚Æapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ­�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B

SōtapannaAnugāmi‚Ídhammānusārī‚Ü‚½‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‚·�B

�ã‹L‚Ì�”4�F�usaddhānusārī�i‚Ü‚½‚Ídhammānusārī�j‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�‚‹M‚È’a�¶‚©‚ç”Þ‚ªSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�uŽ€‚Ê�v�i•Ê‚ê‚é�j‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v‚»‚ê‚Í�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚ª‚»‚Ì�¶ŠU‚ÌŠÔ‚ÉSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆê“x�u�¹�l‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚܂ꂽ�v�l‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�¹�l‚Ì’a�¶‚ÅŽ€‚Ê‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�Aapāyās‚Å“]�¶‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ­ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚܂ʼn½“x‚à�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‘½‚­‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ‘½‚­‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì jāti‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B

SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�ubhava�v‚Ì�Å‘å�”‚Í7‚‚¾‚¯‚ɂȂè�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿1‚‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sōtapanna Anugāmi Does Not Have Avecca Pasāda

6. Another sutta that provides more information is �gPaṭha­ma­saraṇā­ni­sakka­ Sutta (SN 55.24)�g. It is a long sutta, and a reasonably good translation at, �gSarakaani Sutta: Sarakaani (Who Took to Drink).�h

Here are the relevant verses, which again describe the types of Noble Persons:

 

6.‚æ‚葽‚­‚Ì�î•ñ‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é•Ê‚Ìsutta‚Í�uPaṭhamasaraṇānisakka�@Sutta�iSN 55.24�j�v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í’·‚¢sutta‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uƒTƒ‰ƒJ�[ƒjƒXƒbƒ^�FƒTƒ‰ƒJ�[ƒj�iˆù‚ñ‚¾�l�j�v‚ł̂©‚È‚è—Ç‚¢–|–ó‚Å‚·�B

ŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�¹‹å‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚à‚Ü‚½�¹�l‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

(1). �gMahānāma, take the case of a person endowed with unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha, and has attained the Arahanthood. By the destruction of the defilements he has by his realization gained the release, the release through wisdom, in this very life, and abides in it. The man is entirely released from the hell-state, from rebirth as an animal. He is free from the realm of hungry ghosts, fully freed from the downfall, the evil way, from the apāyās.

�i1�j�B �uMahānāma�AŽß‘¸�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ÉŒb‚Ü‚êƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‰˜‚ê‚Ì”j‰ó‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A”ނ͔ނ̔Fޝ‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉð•ú‚³‚ê�A’mŒb‚É‚æ‚é‰ð•ú‚ð‚±‚Ì‚Ü‚³‚É�l�¶‚ÅŠl“¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ɂƂǂ܂è‚Ü‚·�B’j‚Í“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̓]�¶‚©‚ç�A’n�–‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B”ނ͉ì‹S‚̗̈悩‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê�A–v—Ž�AŽ×ˆ«‚È“¹�Aapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

(2). �gTake the case of another man. He has unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has wisdom but has not yet gained full release, but has destroyed the five lower samyōjanā (an Anāgāmi). Upon death, he will be reborn spontaneously in a brahma realm where he will attain Nibbaana without returning from that world. That man is also entirely released from the apāyās.

 

�i2�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�ABhddha�ADhamma�ASangha‚É—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í’qŒd‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邪�A‚Ü‚¾Š®‘S‚ȉð•ú‚Í“¾‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A‰º‚̌܂‚Ìsamyōjanā�iƒAƒiƒKƒ~�j‚ð”j‰ó‚µ‚½�BŽ€Œã�A”Þ‚ÍBrahma‚̗̈æ‚ÅŽ©”­“I‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è�A‚»‚Ì�¢ŠE‚©‚ç–߂炸‚ÉNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚àapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

(3). �gTake the case of another man. He has unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has wisdom has not yet gained release. By destroying the first three Samyojanā and weakening kāma rāga, patigha, and avijjā, he is a Once-returner (Sakadāgāmi), who will return once more to this kāma lōka. That man is entirely freed from the apāyās.

 

�i3�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í•§�ADhamma�ASangha‚É—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”ނ͂܂¾‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢’qŒd‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚ÌSamyojanā‚ð”j‰ó‚µ�Akamarāga�Apatigha�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñavijjā‚ðŽã‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A”Þ‚Í‚±‚Ìkāmalōka‚É�Ăі߂Á‚Ä‚­‚é‚©‚‚Ă̋AŠÒŽÒ�iSakadāgāmi�j‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

(4). �gTake the case of another man. He is endowed with unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has the wisdom but not gained release. By destroying three fetters, he is a Stream-Winner (Sōtapanna), not subject to rebirth in apāyās, assured of Nibbāna. That man is entirely freed from the apāyās.

 

�i4�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í•§�ADhamma�ASangha‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ÉŒb‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í’mŒb‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B 3‚‚̑«‚©‚¹‚ð”j‰ó‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A”Þ‚Í�¬�ì‚Ì�ŸŽÒ�iSōtapanna�j‚Å‚ ‚è�Aapāyās‚Ì“]�¶‚Ì‘Î�ۂł͂Ȃ­�Aƒjƒo�[ƒi‚É•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

(5). �gTake the case of another man. He does not have unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has not yet gained wisdom and has not gained release. But he has the following things to some extent: the faculty of faith, of energy, of mindfulness, of concentration, of wisdom (saddhā indriya, viriya indriya, sati indriya, samādhi indriya, paññā indriya). He understands with insight, at least moderately, dhamma of the Tathāgata. That man does not go to the realm of hungry ghosts, to the downfall, to the evil way, to states of woe.

�i5�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�A•§�ADhamma�ASangha‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”ނ͂܂¾’qŒd‚𓾂è‚炸�A‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̈ȉº‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�F�M‹Â�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�A�W’†—Í�A’qŒd‚Ì”\—Í�isaddhāindriya�Aviriya indriya�Asati indriya�Asamādhiindriya�Apaññāindriya�j�B”Þ‚Í“´Ž@—Í‚Å�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à“K“x‚É�Aƒ^ƒ^�[ƒKƒ^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚͉ì‹S‚̗̈æ�A–v—Ž�AŽ×ˆ«‚È“¹�A”ߎS‚È�ó‘Ô‚É�s‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

(6). �gTake the case of another man. He does not have unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He is not joyous and swift in wisdom and has not gained release. But he has the following things to some extent: the faculty of faith, of energy, of mindfulness, of concentration, of wisdom (saddhā indriya, viriya indriya, sati indriya, samādhi indriya, paññā indriya). He understands with insight, at least slightly, dhamma of the Tathāgata. He too will not go to the apāyās.

 

�i6�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚É‚Í�A•§�Aƒ_ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɑ΂·‚é—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iavecca pasāda�j‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ÍŠì‚Ñ‚à’mŒb‚à‘f‘�‚³‚à‚È‚­�A‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̈ȉº‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�F�M‹Â�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�A�W’†—Í�A’qŒd‚Ì”\—Í�isaddhāindriya�Aviriya indriya�Asati indriya�Asamādhiindriya�Apaññāindriya�j�B”Þ‚Í“´Ž@—Í‚Å�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à‚킸‚©‚É�Aƒ^ƒ^�[ƒKƒ^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚àapāyās‚É‚Í�s‚©‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

7. Note that in #6 above, for each of the four magga phala:
�gAyampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchā­na­yoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāya­dugga­ti­vini­pātā.�h
�g..That man is entirely free�c from the apāyās.�h

Taken together with the statements in the suttas discussed above, that definitely means the following. A Sōtapanna Anugāmi is also effectively released permanently from the apāyās.

 

7.�ã‹L‚Ì�”6‚Å�A4‚‚Ìmagga phala‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�u..‚ ‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ÉŽ©—R‚Å‚·�B�v

•�ÅŒã‚Ì2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv�iSōtapannaAnugāmi�j�F

�u..‚ ‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚É�s‚©‚È‚¢�v�B

•�ã‹L‚Ìsutta‚Æ�‡‚킹‚Ä�l‚¦‚邯�AŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚­ŽŸ‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna Anugāmi ‚àapāyās‚©‚çŒø‰Ê“I‚ɉi‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

What is Avecca Pasāda?

8. A key phrase in many of the suttas is avecca pasāda. It is frequently translated as �gunwavering devotion�h as in the above translation. But it has a deeper meaning.

 

8.‘½‚­‚Ìsutta‚Ì�d—v‚ȃtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Íavecca�@pasāda‚Å‚·�B�ã‹L‚Ì–|–ó‚̂悤‚É�A�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

•pasāda‚Æ‚Í�A�u�M—Š�A�M‹Â�AŒhˆÓ�v‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

•‚»‚ê‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�AŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�K•Ÿ‚ð’T‚»‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̎À‚è‚̂Ȃ³‚âŠëŒ¯�«‚ªŒ©‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B

•ŽŸ‚É�A�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚̂ɑ΂·‚é—~‹��i�uava�v+�uicca�v�j‚ðŽ¸‚¢Žn‚߂܂·�B anicca‚Í�una icca�v‚Å‚·�B

•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aavecca�@pasāda�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢�M‹Â�v‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚‚܂è�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚Ì�u•s–ž‘«‚È�«Ž¿�v‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃƌq‚ª‚è‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚̂ւ̗~‹�‚͋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�idukkha�j�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�A“Á‚Éapāyās‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚É�A�l‚ª–³—͂ɂȂé�iƒAƒiƒbƒ^�j‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

•ŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_�[ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ìavecca pasāda‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢�M‹Â�v‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

Four qualities of a Sōtapanna

9. Four qualities of a Sōtapanna are in all suttas in the Sotāpatti Saṃyutta of the Saṃyutta Nikāya (SN). The �gBrahma­cari­yogadha Sutta (SN 55.2)�h has a concise statement about the qualities or qualifications of a Sōtapanna. 

�gCatūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avini­pāta­dhammo niyato sam­bodhi­parā­yaṇo.
Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako 
buddhe aveccap­pasā­dena samannāgato hoti: �eitipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vij­jācara­ṇa­sam­panno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisa­damma­sāra­thi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā�fti. Dhamme �c pe �c saṅghe �c pe �c ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi �c pe �c samā­dhi­saṃ­vatta­ni­kehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avini­pāta­dhammo niyato sam­bodhi­parā­yaṇo�hti.

 

9.Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚Í�A Sotāpatti Saṃyutta of the Saṃyutta Nikāya (SN)‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Brahma­cari­yogadha Sutta (SN 55.2)‚É‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ÌŽ‘Ž¿‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ‘Ši‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éŠÈŒ‰‚È‹L�q‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Translated: 

A Sotāpanna, never again to be born in the apāyās, has acquired four qualities:

(1) He has avecca pasāda in the Buddha, i.e., he fully understands the following verse. �g�eitipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vij­jācara­ṇa­sam­panno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisa­damma­sāra­thi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā�fti.�h

 

–|–ó�F

�Ä‚Ñapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢Sōtapanna‚Í�A4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�i1�j”Þ‚Í•§‚ɃAƒ”ƒFƒbƒJ�EƒpƒTƒ_‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�A”Þ‚ÍŽŸ‚ÌŽ�‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

(2) He has avecca pasāda in the Dhamma, i.e., he fully understands the following verse. �gSvākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī�fti.�g

�i2�j”Þ‚ÍDhamma‚Éaveccapasāda‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�A”Þ‚ÍŽŸ‚ÌŽ�‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

(3) He has avecca pasāda in the Sangha, i.e., he fully understands the following verse. �gSuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcip­paṭi­panno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ—cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā�fti.

�i3�j”ނ̓Tƒ“ƒK‚ɃAƒ”ƒFƒbƒJ�EƒpƒTƒ_‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A”Þ‚ÍŽŸ‚ÌŽ�‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

(4) He has the Ariyakantha sila of the noble ones. It comes with penetrating wisdom and is unbreakable. It leads to samā­dhi­.

�gAriyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññup­pasat­thehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samā­dhi­saṃ­vatta­ni­kehi.�h

�i4�j”Þ‚Í�¹�l‚ÌAriyakantha sila‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰s‚¢’qŒd‚ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‰ó‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Ísamā­dhi­‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. We note that those first three verses are the same as those in the supreme qualities of the Buddha, Dhamma, and Sangha; see, �gSupreme Qualities of Buddha, Dhamma, Sangha.�h

The four qualities of a Sotāpanna discussed in, �gSotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotapanna.�h

 

10.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ß‚Í�A•§�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ì�Å�‚‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì‚à‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�¹‹å‚͘N“ǂ̂½‚ß‚¾‚¯‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�[��‚È’²’âƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‘O‚É�A�u—�‰ð�v‚ŘN�¥‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

•�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�”5‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�u�¹�l‚Ì’a�¶�v‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna Anugāmi ‚Í�uattha purisa puggalā�v‚̈ê�l‚Å‚·�B

Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒeƒBƒAƒ“ƒK-Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿�v‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

 

 

 

Is It Necessary for a Buddhist to Eliminate Sensual Desires?

September 28, 2018

Introduction

1. I saw the above question raised in a discussion forum recently (with a different title). The questioner stated: �gEliminating sensual desire as a lay follower doesn�ft seem possible, or reasonable, especially if one plans on being in a relationship, or having motivation at work. .�h.

Getting to the final stage of Nibbāna (Arahanthood) is a step-by-step process.

 

1.�Å‹ß�A�ã‹L‚ÌŽ¿–₪�i•ʂ̃^ƒCƒgƒ‹‚Å�jƒfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚Å�o‚³‚ꂽ‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ¿–âŽÒ‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B�uŽdŽ–‚É‚â‚é‹C‚ð�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ðŒv‰æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AН”\“I‚È—~‹�‚ð”r�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Ü‚½‚Í�‡—�“I‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÉŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v

 

‚±‚ê‚Í�d—v‚ÈŽ¿–₾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A•§‚Ì�¹‚Ȃ铹‚ð�‡‚ð’Ç‚í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ƒZƒ“ƒX‚Ì—~–]�iƒZƒbƒNƒX�A�H•¨‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚È‚Ç�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�Å�‰�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚܂ł͕K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Nibbāna�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW�j‚Ì�Å�I’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚É‚Í�A’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B

 

Following the Path Is a Step-by-Step Process

2. The necessary INITIAL steps involved are:

      i.         Be a moral person and avoid the mundane five precepts (abstain from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, outright lying, and getting intoxicated) and also gossiping, slandering, and harsh speech; see, �g2. The Basics in Meditation�g.

     ii.         Understand the correct �gwider world view�h of the Buddha, and get rid of the ten types of micchā diṭṭhi; see, �gMahā Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty).�h

Learn about the �gdeeper world view of the Buddha,�h stated by Tilakkhana (anicca, dukkha, anatta nature); see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta.�h

 

2.•K—v‚È�‰ŠúƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

‡@“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚ɂȂè�A•½–}‚È5‚‚̉ú—¥�iŽEŠQ�A“�‚Ý�A�«“I•s�³�sˆ×�A‚ ‚©‚炳‚܂ȉR�A“D�Œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹Ö‚¸‚é�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚¤‚킳˜b�A’†���A‚¨‚æ‚щß�“‚È”­Œ¾‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B2. The Basics in Meditation

‡AŽß‘¸‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­�B

Mahā Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

ŽO‘ŠTilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�«Ž¿�j‚ª�q‚ׂ½�uŽß‘¸‚Ì�[‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠw‚т܂µ‚傤�B

Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

3. When one starts to understand the �ganicca nature�h (anicca means much more than just impermanence) of this world, one becomes a Sōtapanna Anugāmi. When that �gcorrect vision�h about �gthis wider world of 31 realms�h sinks into the mind permanently, one becomes a Sōtapanna.

One does not need to even think about removing the desire for sex or any other sensory pleasure until one gets to the Sōtapanna stage. That is a critical point that most people do not understand.

 

3.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v�ianicca‚Í’P‚È‚é”ñ‰i‘±�«‚Ì‚±‚ƈÈ�ã‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�ASōtapanna Anugāmi‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B �u‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�u�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ª‰i‹v‚É�S‚É�Z“§‚·‚邯�A�l‚ÍSōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sōtapanna’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Ü‚Å�AƒZƒbƒNƒX‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ɑ΂·‚é—~‹�‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ð�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B

 

The futility of Starting at the End�@�I‚í‚è‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Ƃ̖³‰v

4. Therefore, many people waste precious time by either first trying to suppress sense desires, and even in some cases, try to eliminate the innate sense of �gme�h or �ga self.�h

Until one begins to understand Tilakkhana, one will never get to the Sōtapanna stage.

 

4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�A�Å�‰‚ÉŠ´Šo“I‚È—~‹�‚ð—}�§‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‹M�d‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ð˜Q”�A�ê�‡‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚Í�uŽ„�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì�¶—ˆ‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð”r�œ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘«‚µŽZˆø‚«ŽZ‚·‚é‚©‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚ƂȂ­‘ã�”‚â�‚“x‚ÈŒvŽZ‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�Å�‰‚ÉŠ´Šo“I‚È—~‹�‚ð—}�§‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý‚é‚̂͑傫‚È�i•à‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�³Šm‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�A‚»‚¤‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Ȃǂð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�u“ú�í‚̃XƒgƒŒƒX�v‚©‚çˆêŽž“I‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A•§‘É‚ª�à–¾‚µ‚½‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‚Ì’·Šú“I‚ȉð•ú‚ɂ͂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ŽO‘ŠTilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Even a Sōtapanna Has Not Given Up Sensual Pleasures

5. Even during the time of the Buddha, many lay followers attained the Sōtapanna stage and continued to live �ghouseholder lives,�h too. They were married and had regular jobs.  There was no need to avoid sense pleasures, including sex, at all.

Of course, those who desired to attain higher stages of Nibbāna made an effort to get rid of the craving for sense pleasures. Most of them became bhikkhus who abstain from sex and other sense pleasures.

 

5.Žß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Å‚³‚¦�A‘½‚­‚Ì�M“k‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ�A�u�݉Æ�¶Šˆ�v‚à‘±‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ‹�¥‚µ�A’èŠú“I‚ÉŽdŽ–‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­”ð‚¯‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A“–Žž‚Ì�—�«‚Ì�M“k‚Ì’íŽq‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½Vishākā�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍVisākā�j‚Í�A7�΂ÅSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ�AŒ‹�¥‚µ‚Ä‚³‚ç‚É20�lˆÈ�ã‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‘¼‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì�l�X‚à�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ�A‚»‚̂悤‚É�¶‚«‘±‚¯‚½‰Æ‘°‚ðŽ�‚Â�݉Ƃłµ‚½�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ANibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚½�l�X‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚߂ɓw—Í‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ç‚̂قƂñ‚ǂ̓ZƒbƒNƒX‚⑼‚ÌŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð�T‚¦‚é”ä‹u‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

Only at Anāgāmi Stage One Will Lose Craving for Sensory Pleasures

6. One needs to completely abstain from sense pleasures entirely only to become an Anāgāmi. Even a Sakadāgāmi still enjoys sense pleasures, even though he/she would not have the desire to �gown�h things that provide sense pleasures.

For example, a Sakadāgāmi would still enjoy some sense pleasures, but there would be no desire to own �gthings that provide sense pleasure�h (houses, cars, etc.).

 

6.Anāgāmi‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ðŠ®‘S‚É‚â‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSakadāgāmi‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�AŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõŠy‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�u�Š—L�v‚µ‚½‚¢‚Ƃ͎v‚í‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõŠy‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASakadāgāmi‚Í�A‚Ü‚¾Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð‹�Žó‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�uŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì�v�i‰Æ�AŽÔ‚È‚Ç�j‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚½‚¢‚Ƃ͎v‚í‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

Losing Carving for Sensory Pleasures Comes After a Deeper Understanding of Tilakkhana

7. One CANNOT just give up sense pleasures by sheer will power and become an Anāgāmi. One has to comprehend the �ganicca nature�h at a higher level than a Sōtapanna, and then those desires will NATURALLY go away.

By the way, the sense of �gme�h or �h a self�h will go away only at the Arahant stage!

 

7.�ƒ�ˆ‚Ȉӎv‚Ì—Í‚¾‚¯‚ÅŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚Ä�AAnāgāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚¤‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍSōtapanna‚æ‚è‚à�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Å�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì—~‹�‚ÍŽ©‘R‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

 

Š´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚Ì—~‹�‚ªŽ©‘R‚É�Á‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aˆê“x‚É1ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚¸‚Â�‡”Ô‚É�u“¹�v‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A�uŽ„�v‚â�uŽ©•ª�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚µ‚©�Á‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�I

 

It is Necessary to See Harmful Consequences of Sensory Indulgences (Kāmasukhallikānuyoga) Š´Šo“I’^“M‚Ì—LŠQ‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ÌŠm”F

8. However, it is important also to realize that one needs to stay away from both excessive sensory pleasures (kāmasukhallikānuyoga) as well as extreme ascetic practices of completely staying away from any comfort (Attakilamathānuyoga.) The Budha recommended the �gmiddle path,�h where one would live a simple, comfortable life without going to either extreme.

Even before one gets to the Sōtapanna stage, one will start feeling nirāmisa sukha, which is due to lessened stress on the mind due to this simple lifestyle.

 

8.‚½‚¾‚µ�A‰ß“x‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy�ikāmasukhallikānuyoga�j‚Æ�A‰õ“K‚³�iAttakilamathānuyoga�j‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉ“‚´‚¯‚é‹É’[‚È�C�s‚Ì—¼•û‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B

Žß‘¸‚Í�u’†“¹�v‚ðŠ©‚ß‚½‚悤‚É�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚̋ɒ[‚É‚à�s‚©‚¸‚É�AƒVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ʼnõ“K‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uƒvƒŒƒCƒ{�[ƒCŒ^�v‚̃‰ƒCƒtƒXƒ^ƒCƒ‹‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т𑶕ª‚ÉŠy‚µ‚ñ‚ÅSōtapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A�l�¶‚̓Vƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ü‚é‘O‚©‚ç�A‚±‚̃Vƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ȃ‰ƒCƒtƒXƒ^ƒCƒ‹‚Å�S‚ւ̃XƒgƒŒƒX‚ªŒyŒ¸‚³‚ꂽ‚±‚Æ‚Å�Anirāmisa sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. Of course, one can speed up the process of the Sōtapanna stage by giving up sense pleasures. Those who take this path become bhikkhus. They voluntarily give up most sense pleasures, including sex.

That statement appears in every sutta describing jhāna.

 

9.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð•úŠü‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðƒXƒs�[ƒhƒAƒbƒv‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é�l‚Í”ä‹u‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽ©”­“I‚ɃZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̊´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é�ê�‡�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo“I—~‹�‚ð—}�§‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎTapussa Sutta (AN 9.41)‚Å‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Í�Ajhāna ‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‚«‚É‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚Æakusala kamma‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l‚¦‚ðƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ÌŒ¾–¾‚Í�Ajhāna‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌsutta‚É•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

The Wider World View

10. According to the �gwider world view�h of the Buddha, there are 31 realms in this world. Suffering in those realms decreases as one goes from the lowest four realms (apāyā) where the suffering is intense, to the human realm (where there is both suffering and happiness). In deva realms and 20 Brahma realms, there is increasingly more happiness.

If one�fs goal is permanent happiness, one must eventually get to the Arahant stage of Nibbāna. However, if one can get to the Sōtapanna stage, one is guaranteed to get to the Arahant stage within a relatively few subsequent births.

 

10.Žß‘¸‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚É‚æ‚邯�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚Í31—̈悪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ªŒƒ‚µ‚¢�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�iapāyā�j‚©‚ç�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ�i‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Æ�K•Ÿ‚Ì—¼•û‚ª‚ ‚é—̈æ�j‚É�s‚­‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚݂͌¸�­‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bdeva‚Ì—Ìˆæ‚Æ20‚ÌBrahma‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·�K‚¹‚ª‘�‘債‚Ü‚·�B

 

jhāna‚ł̕½˜a“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Æ‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚é—̈æ‚Å‚ÍBrahma‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Ajhāna‚ª“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚½‚߂̂æ‚è—Ç‚¢�l‚¦•û‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚Å‚«‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�Ajhāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Amagga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚ƂƂ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚ǂ̗̈æ‚Å‚à‘¶‘±ŠúŠÔ‚Í—LŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BBrahma‚̗̈æ‚Í”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢Žõ–½‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Å�I“I‚ɂ͎€‚É�A‚»‚ÌŒã31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å“]�¶‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

–Ú•W‚ª‰i‘±“I‚È�K‚¹‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A�Å�I“I‚É‚ÍNibbāna‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì—ˆ�¢‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä”äŠr“I�­�”‚Ì“]�¶‚ŃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

Difference With Other World Religions

11. That is the main difference between Buddha Dhamma and other religions. Christianity and Islām promise permanent happiness in deva realms, and Hinduism promises lasting happiness in a Brahma realm.

Therefore, one born in any realm will die from there and be reborn in another realm.

 

11.•§–@‚Í‘¼‚Ì�@‹³‚̑傫‚ȈႢ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒLƒŠƒXƒg‹³‚ƃCƒXƒ‰ƒ€‚Ídeva‚̗̈æ‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K‚¹‚ð–ñ‘©‚µ�Aƒqƒ“ƒY�[‹³‚ÍBrahma‚̗̈æ‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K‚¹‚ð–ñ‘©‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚©‚µŽß‘¸‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ɂ͉i‹v“I‚È‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ�à‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‰F’ˆ‘S‘Ì‚Ì�¶–½‘̂ƕsŠˆ�«‚ȃ‚ƒm‚É‚à“–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚·�B

‰ÈŠwŽÒ�iƒAƒCƒ“ƒVƒ…ƒ^ƒCƒ“‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�A‰F’ˆ‚ª�u’è�í�ó‘Ô�v‚É‚ ‚邯�A100”N‘O‚܂łÍ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ»�Ý�A‰ÈŠw‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂª�₦ŠÔ‚È‚­•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚ǂ̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ�l‚à‚»‚±‚ÅŽ€‚É�A•ʂ̗̈æ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

There Is Nowhere in This World Where Suffering Ends (Anicca Nature)‚±‚Ì�¢‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª�I‚í‚é�Š‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iAnicca Nature�j

12. The above sub-title summarizes the anicca nature of this world. One gets to the Sōtapanna stage by �gseeing that.�h When one first realizes the anicca nature of this world, one can immediately see the dangers in doing the strongest of dasa akusala. That realization will make one�fs mind resistant to doing �gapāyagāmi actions,�h i.e., those make one eligible to be born in the four lowest realms (apāyās.)

One is also said to have �gAriyakānta sila�h or �gunbreakable moral conduct�h as a Sōtapanna. That does not mean one will not do any of the dasa akusala. But one will never again do a dasa akusala that would have strong kamma vipāka bringing rebirth in the apāyās. Such a mindset permanently removed.

 

12.�ã‹L‚̃Tƒuƒ^ƒCƒgƒ‹‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì•—•Ï‚í‚è‚È�«Ž¿‚ð—v–ñ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �u‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì•—•Ï‚í‚è‚È�«Ž¿‚É‹C‚­‚Æ�A�‰‚ß‚Ä�Å‹­‚Ìdasa akusala‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ̊댯�«‚ª‚·‚®‚ɂ킩‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì”Fޝ‚Í�A�uapāyagāmi‚ÌŒ¾“®�v‚‚܂è4‚‚Ì�ʼnºˆÊ—̈æ�iapāyās �j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚鎑Ši‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɒï�R‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚Í�ASōtapanna‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚ʼni‹v‚É��‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê�A”j‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚Ç‚ñ‚ȂɗU˜f‚³‚ê‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚̂悤‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚È‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚ÌŽž�A�l‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�Ó‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�M‹Â‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚ƂɂȂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ÌŽž�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ª‚¢‚©‚ɉ¿’l‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽß‘¸‚ª‚»‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð”­Œ©‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¹‚È‚é�l‚¾‚¯‚ª‚±‚ê‚ð�³Šm‚É“`‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ꂪ�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɑ΂·‚é�u�Ó‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢�M‹Â�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uaveccappasāda�v�iaveccaŒˆ’è“I�C�â‘Îpasāda–¾�ò�C�ò�S�C�ò�M�C�M‹Â�j‚Ì—�—R‚Å‚·�B

Sotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna‚Ì4”Ô‚ð‚²——‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Sutapanna‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�uAriyakānta sila�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u”j‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢“¹“¿“I•i�s�v‚ðŽ�‚Â‚Æ‚àŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Adasa akusala‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­�s‚í‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‹­—Í‚Èkamma vipāka‚ªapāyās‚É•œŠˆ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚ ‚낤dasa akusala‚ð“ñ“x‚Æ�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͌ˆ‚µ‚ĂȂ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦•û‚͉i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

Higher Stages of Nibbāna Come With Deeper Comprehension of Anicca Nature

13. A Sōtapanna would then get to the Sakadāgāmi and Anāgāmi stages by getting rid of the desire for sense pleasures in two phases.

Thus, moral conduct and getting rid of the ten types of micchā diṭṭhi are REQUIREMENTS for any stage of magga phala. Getting rid of the cravings for sense pleasures comes after that.

 

13.Sōtapanna‚Í�A2‚‚̊´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̗~‹�‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Å�ASakadāgāmi‚ÆAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö‚Æ�i‚݂܂·�B

Avijjā�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�¹‚È‚éŽl’ú‚Ì–³’m‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�u‚킽‚µ‚ÌŠ´Šo�v‚â�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ÌŠ´Šo�v‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚鎞‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚͑̌n“I‚Å’·‚¢ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

�Å�‰‚É�q‚ׂ½‚悤‚É�A�Å�‰‚ɉÁŽZ/Œ¸ŽZ‚Ì•û–@�AŽŸ‚É‘ã�”‚Ì•û–@‚Ȃǂð’m‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�‚“x‚È�”Šw‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“¹“¿“I‚È�s“®‚Æ10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì”r�œ‚Í�Amagga phala‚̂ǂ̒iŠK‚Å‚à•K—v�ðŒ�‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

There Are Dangers in Craving for Sensory Pleasures

14. Finally, one may think that all one needs to do to get to the Sōtapanna stage because then one would be free from the apāyās. That is true. However, when one gets to the Sōtapanna stage, one will start seeing the sufferings in the kāma lōka, including the deva realms.

As stated in the Dhammika sutta (Snp 2.14):

Translated:

·       A wise person would live a celibate life (avoiding sex), as one would avoid falling to a pit of fire. But if one is not yet at the stage of abstaining from sensory pleasures, one should at least not engage in sexual misconduct.

 

14.�ÅŒã‚É�Aapāyās ‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邽‚ß‚É�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚È‚±‚Ƃ͂·‚ׂÄ�s‚È‚¤‚Æ�l‚¦‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í–{“–‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Adeva‚̗̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þkāma lōka�i�FŠE�j‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð–Ú‚É‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

Dhammika sutta (Snp 2.14)‚Å�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�F

 

Œ«‚¢�l‚͓Ƃè•é‚炵�iƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ð”ð‚¯�j�A‰Î‚ÌŒŠ‚É—Ž‚¿‚é‚Ì‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚Ü‚¾Š´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ð�T‚¦‚é’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�«“IŠÖŒW‚ðŽ�‚‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚³‚ç‚É�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Í�«‚ÉŒÀ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ւ̉ߓx‚̈¤’…‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”8‚Ìkāmasukhallikānuyoga‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BWhat is �gKāma�h? It is not Just Sex ‚ÆCraving for Pornography – How to Reduce the Tendency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna

Revised August 3, 2016; November 19, 2018; August 21, 2022; rewritten March 22, 2023

1. The following Table shows the conditions to be fulfilled (i.e., factors to be eliminated) to attain each stage of Nibbāna. 

 

Ÿ¸žÏ‚ÌŽl’iŠK‚Ì�ðŒ�

2016 ”N 8 ŒŽ 3 “ú‰ü’ù�B 2018 ”N 11 ŒŽ 19 “ú�B 2022 ”N 8 ŒŽ 21 “ú�B 2023 ”N 3 ŒŽ 22 “ú�‘‚«Š·‚¦

 

1. ŽŸ‚Ì•\‚Í�AŸ¸žÏ‚ÌŠe’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·‚ׂ«�ðŒ��i‚‚܂è�A”r�œ‚·‚ׂ«—v‘f�j‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Ÿ¸žÏ‚ÌŠe’iŠK‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å“Á’¥•t‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B10‚ÌAkusala Cittā�Acitta‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é14Ží—Þ‚Ìasobhana cetasika�A10 ‚Ìsamyōjana�A7 Ží—Þ‚Ìanusaya�A4 Ží—Þ‚Ìāsava�A3 Ží—Þ‚Ìtaṇhā‚ȂǂÌ�œ‹Ž�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚ð�à–¾‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Ö‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Ì #4 ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

2. For example, to attain the Sōtapanna stage, three of the ten samyōjana (or the ten fetters) are removed, akusala cittās #1, 2, 5, 6, and 11 are removed (see #4 below for a list of the 12 types of akusala cittās.) Also, the apāyagāmi strength in the other cittās is removed at the Sotapanna stage. Cittas #9 and 10 weaken at lower stages and are removed at the Anāgāmi stage. The remaining cittās (#3,4,7,8 and 12) weaken with each stage of magga phala and are removed at the Arahant stage. There is a nice chart on p. 112 of Bhikkhu Bodhi�fs book �gComprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma.�h

 

Sōtapanna

Sakadāgāmi

Anāgāmi

Arahant

 

Saṁyojana

Akusala Citta

Anusaya

Āsava (Āsaya)

Kilesa (Asobhana Cetasika)

Tanhā

Rāga

sakkāya diṭṭhi
vicikicchā
silabbata parāmāsa

1,2,5,6,11
Also removes apāyagāmi strength in the rest

diṭṭhi
vicikicchā

diṭṭhāsava

Removed: diṭṭhi, vicikicchā
Reduced: Rest of the cetasikas

Vibhava tanhā

Lobha reduced to three rāga.

kāma rāga (reduced)
patigha (reduced)

weakens 9, 10
also weakens kāma rāga in 3,4,7,8

kāma rāga (reduced)
paṭigha (reduced)

kāmāsāva (reduced)

Especially reduced: kāma rāga paṭigha

Reduced: Kāma tanhā

All three rāga further reduced

kāma rāga
paṭigha

9,10
also removes kāma rāga in 3,4,7,8

kāma rāga
paṭigha

kāmāsāva

Removed: kāma rāga and paṭigha Regarding cetasika: dosa, issa, macchariya, kukkucca removed.

Removed: Kāma tanhā

Kāma rāga

rupa rāga
arupa raga
māna
uddhacca
avijjā

3,4,7,8,12
(see below for a list of akusala citta)

bhava rāga
māna
avijjā

bhavāsava
avijjāsava

Removed: Rest of the asobhana cetasika

Bhava tanhā

Rupa rāga, arupa rāga

 

 

2. ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A10 ‚Ìsamyōjana (‚Ü‚½‚Í 10 ‚Ì‘©”›) ‚Ì‚¤‚¿ 3 ‚‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê

�AAkusala Cittā #1�A2�A5�A6�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ 11 ‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 (ˆÈ‰º‚ÌƒŠƒXƒg‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Ì #4 ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢)�B

12 Ží—Þ‚ÌAkusala Cittā�B citta 9 ”Ô‚Æ 10 ”Ԃ͉º‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽã‚­‚È‚è�AAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Žc‚è‚Ì cittās (#3�A4�A7�A8�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ 12) ‚Í�Amagga phala ‚ÌŠe’iŠK‚ÅŽã‚Ü‚è�AArahant ’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Bhikkhu Bodhi‚Ì’˜�‘�gComprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma�hp112‚Ƀ`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. The ability to commit akusala kamma also is removed in stages as one progresses and is completely removed only at the Arahant stage. It is important to note that a Sōtapanna completely removes only one akusala kamma, that of having wrong views (micchā diṭṭhi): �gWhat is the only Akusala Removed by a Sōtapanna?�g. But this leads to removing many kilesa (mental impurities); see the Table.

3. akusala kamma‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é—Í‚à�A�u“¹�v‚ð�i�s‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û (micchā diṭṭhi) ‚ðŽ�‚Âakusala kamma‚ð 1 ‚‚¾‚¯Š®‘S‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚­‚Ìkilesa�i�S‚Ì•s�ƒ•¨�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BWhat is the only Akusala Removed by a Sōtapanna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

4. Āsava and anusaya are discussed in the post, �gGati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings). �g Kilesa is discussed in �gDiṭṭhi (Wrong Views), Sammā Diṭṭhi (Good/Correct Views).�h For a discussion on Dasa Samyōjana, see �gDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process.�h The fourteen types of asobhana cetasika are discussed in �gCetasika (Mental Factors).�h

 

 

4. Āsava ‚Æ anusaya ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AGati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B kilesa‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍDiṭṭhi (Wrong Views), Sammā Diṭṭhi (Good/Correct Views)�A�A‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BDasa Samyōjana‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�Basobhana cetasika‚Ì 14 Ží—ނɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍCetasika (Mental Factors)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

3 Ží—Þ‚Ìtaṇhā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍKāma Tanhā, Bhava Tanhā, Vibhava Tanhā‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚à‚¤ 1 ‚‚̕û–@‚Í�Arāga‚ð 3 ‚‚̃^ƒCƒv�A‚‚܂è�Akāma rāga�Arupa rāga, arupa rāga‚É•ª—Þ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

Lōbha, Dōsa, Mōha versus Rāga, Paṭigha, Avijjā‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

 

5. The 12 types of akusala citta are listed in �gAkusala Citta and Akusala Vipaka Citta.�h But I thought it would be more explanatory to list them. The numbers below correspond to the numbers in the Table.

Lōbha (Greedy) Citta (Also has the mōha root)

1. Citta connected with a wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done with habit.

2. Citta connected with a wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.

3. Citta NOT connected with a wrong view, accompanied by pleasure and done with habit.

4. Citta NOT connected with a wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.

5. Citta connected with a wrong view, accompanied by a neutral mind, and done with habit.

6. Citta connected with a wrong view, accompanied by a neutral mind, and done reluctantly.

7. Citta NOT connected with a wrong view, accompanied by a neutral mind and done with habit.

8. Citta NOT connected with a wrong view, accompanied by a neutral mind and done reluctantly.

Dōsa (Hateful) Citta (Also has the mōha root)

9. Citta associated with hate, accompanied by displeasure, done with habit.

10. Citta associated with hate, accompanied by displeasure, done reluctantly.

Mōha Citta (only with the mōha root)

11. Citta accompanied by a neutral mind, associated with vicikiccā (not aware of bad consequences)

12. Citta accompanied by neutral mind, associated with uddacca (unfocused).

 

5. 12 Ží—Þ‚ÌAkusala Cittā‚ÍAkusala Citta and Akusala Vipaka Citta‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðƒŠƒXƒg‚µ‚½•û‚ª‚æ‚è�à–¾‚ª‚‚­‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ˆÈ‰º‚Ì”Ô�†‚Í�A•\‚Ì”Ô�†‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Lōbha (æÃ—~) Citta �@(moha‚É�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚é)

1.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta

2.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta

3.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚邱‚ƂƂ͊֌W‚ª‚È‚¢citta

4.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢�A�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta

5.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚«�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚écitta

6.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚écitta

7.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚炸�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚ðŽ�‚¿�A�Kе‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta

8.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚炸�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta

 

Dōsa (‘ž‚µ‚Ý) citta �@(moha‚É�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚é)

9.‘ž‚µ‚݂Ɗւí‚è�A•s‰õŠ´‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta

10. ‘ž‚µ‚݂Ɗւí‚è�A•s‰õŠ´‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚écitta

 

Mōha Citta (–Ï‘z‚ÉŠî‚­)

11. vicikiccā ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é(ˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢)’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂Á‚½citta

12. uddacca ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é(�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢)�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚𔺂¤citta

 

Notes:

1. Even though recent Abhidhamma literature categorizes lōbha and dōsa citta as asankhārika (unprompted) and sasankhārika (prompted), in original Abhidhamma, they were not categorized as such.

2. For example, the two dōsa-mula cittā are:

      i.         Dōmanassa sahagata paṭigha-sampayutta citta.

     ii.         Dōmanassa sahagata sasankhārika paṭigha-sampayutta citta.

ƒm�[ƒg�F

1. �ŋ߂̘_‘ Abhidhamma ‚Ì•¶Œ£‚Å‚Í�Alōbha‚Ædōsa citta‚ð asankhārika (‘£‚³‚ê‚È‚¢) ‚Æ sasankhārika (‘£‚³‚ê‚é) ‚É•ª—Þ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒ³‚̘_‘ Abhidhamma ‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

 

2. ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A2 ‚‚Ìdōsa-mula citta‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

 

Domanassa sahagata paṭigha-sampayutta citta.

Domanassa sahagata sasankhārika paṭigha-sampayutta citta.

 

�Å�‰‚Ì�S‚Ísaṃsāric‚Ì�Kе‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶�A‚æ‚è‹­—͂ł·�B —Ⴆ‚Î�A“{‚è‚â‚·‚¢�l‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‹­—Í‚È�S‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ˆê•û�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚̂Ȃ¢•Ê‚Ì�l‚Í�A�u‹­‚­‹­�§�v‚³‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�S‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uŒÀŠE‚܂ʼnŸ‚µ�ž‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«�v�A‚Ü‚½‚Í’mŠo‚³‚ꂽ�uŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚ª–£—Í“I‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚É�A‹C‚ª�i‚܂Ȃ¢Žž‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚ç–{�l‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�u�V‚µ‚¢�usan�v‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ꂽ‚è�A�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ðŽn‚ß‚½‚肵‚½Žž‚Å‚·�B�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uSasankhārika�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

sa�@‡@ pron�D[=so] ”Þ‚Í�C‚»‚ê‚Í�D

‡A prep�D[=saha] ‹¤‚É�C—L‚·‚é�C“¯‚¶�Dsadevaka “V‚Æ‹¤‚È‚é�Dsa-jāti “¯—Þ‚Ì�Dsa-dhammika “¯–@‚Ì�D‡B pron�D[Sk�Dsva�Dcf�Dsayaṃ�Csaka] Ž©ŒÈ�CŽ©‚ç�Dsa-desa Ž©•ª‚Ì’n•û�CŽ©�‘�D

‡C =cha�D

 

 

 

 

 

”ª�¹“¹‚ÆŠo‚è‚Ì‘æˆê’iŠK

Sotāpanna‚Ì“Á’¥

�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Ÿ¸žÏ‚ÉŽŠ‚é“¹‚ÍSammā Diṭṭhi‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚È‚º�A�ÅŒã‚ɉ½‚ðŠú‘Ò‚·‚ׂ«‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Sotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚邯�A12 ‚Ìakusala cittā‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì5 ‚‚ª‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

Œë‚Á‚½Œ©•û(diṭṭhi sahagatha‹ä‚È‚¤Œ©‰ð)‚Å�¶‚¶‚é 4 ‚Â‚ÌæÃ—~‚ÈLōbha ‚Ìcitt₯�Avicikiccā‹^˜f‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½–Ï‘zmoha‚Ìcitta‚Å‚·�B

1. Šì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚êæÃ—~‚ÈCitta

2. Šì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éæÃ—~‚ÈCitta

3. ’†—§‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚êæÃ—~‚ÈCitta

4. ’†—§‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éæÃ—~‚ÈCitta

5. ’†—§‚È�S‚𔺂¢ vicikiccā (ˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢) –³’m‚ÈCitta

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì5‚‚Ìcittā‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

�l‚ðapāyā‚ł̗։ô“]�¶‚É“±‚­‚·‚ׂĂÌkamma‚Í�A‚±‚Ì5‚‚Ìcittā‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅSammā Diṭṭhi‚̈ꕔ‚ª’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä�Aˆ«Œ©‚ª�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�ʼnº‘w‚Ì4—̈æ (apāyā)‚ł̓]�¶‚ð‰^–½‚¯‚ékamma‚Ì’~�Ï‚ª‰i‹v‚É‘j‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�AˆÈ‘O‚É’~�Ï‚³‚ꂽapāyā ‚É“±‚­�ukamma‚ÌŽí�v‚ª�AŽ€‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Énimitta‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ°�o‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª–W‚°‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É–hŽ~‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

•ʂ̊p“x‚©‚猩‚邯�A10‚Ìsamyojanas (ƒTƒ“ƒT�[ƒ‰‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚¯‚é‚à‚Ì) ‚Ì‚¤‚¿�A3 ‚‚ªSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bsathkaya diṭṭhi—L�gŒ©�@�isakkāya�@�@‘¶�Ýsat +�g‘Ìkāya�j  (amisa sukha�i•¨Ž¿ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�M�†‚ɑ΂·‚éŠì‚Ñ�j‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂUŠ´Šo‚ÉŠî‚­�s“®‚ª—L‰v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û�j�Avicikicca�i˜c‚ñ‚¾�l‚¦•û�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ silabbata paramasa�i‰ú—¥‚ð�Å�ã‚Æ‚·‚é�j�i�S‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ­�A‰ú—¥‚É�]‚¤‚¾‚¯‚ÅŸ¸žÏ‚É’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û�j‚Å‚·�B

 

 

cf.�@20‚Ì—L�gŒ©

ŠeŒÜå]‚É4Ží—Þ‚ ‚è�A‚æ‚Á‚Ä5�~4‚Å20‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚é�B

‡@�Få]‚Ì’†‚É�uŽ„�v‚ª‚¢‚Ä�i�Få]‚ÍŽ„‚¾�j�A

‡A‚»‚ÌŽ„‚Ì’†‚É�u�Få]�v‚ª‚ ‚è�iŽ„‚Ƃ͂±‚Ì�Få]‚¾�j�A

‡B‚»‚Ì�Få]‚Ì’†‚É�uŽ©‰ä�v‚ª‚ ‚è�i�Få]‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂Ŏ„‚¾�j�A

‡C‚»‚Ì�uŽ©‰ä�v‚Ì’†‚É�Få]‚ª‚ ‚é�iŽ©‰ä‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂Ŏ„‚¾�j�B

 

ˆÓޝ‘Ì‚Í�AŠá�Eލ�E•@�k�ã�E�g�EˆÓ�l‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�uŽ„�v‚ð�\�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚ɂȂ©‚Á‚½�uŽ„�v‚ª�A“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚ÅŽüˆÍ‚Ì�l‚½‚¿‚ª�u‚±‚ꂪ‚ ‚È‚½‚¾�v‚Æ•\–¾‚·‚邯�A�uŽ©•ª�v‚ªŠá‚⎨‚Ȃǂ̂TŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ð‰î‚·‚é�M�†‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©•·‚³‚ê‚é�B‚Ü‚½�A�S�iˆÓ�j‚Å‚àŠT”O‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�M�†‚ð“��‡‚µ‚Ä�uŽ„�v‚ð�\�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uŽ„�v‚ÍŠá�Eލ�E•@�E�ã�E�g�EˆÓ‚ð‰î‚µ‚½�M�†‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

�¢‚Ì’†‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì�i�Î‚â–Ø‚⊴�î�j‚à�AŠá�Eލ�E•@�E�ã�E�g�EˆÓ‚©‚ç‚Ì�M�†‚ðŽg‚Á‚ÄŠT”O‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�\�¬‚³‚ê‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ì”Fޝ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚‚܂è�A�uŽ„�v‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ðŠT”O‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Š·Œ¾‚·‚邯�A�uŽ„�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠT”O‰»‚ð‚ ‚¦‚Ä‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�펯“I‚Ȉê”ʉ»‚³‚ꂽ‚à‚Ì�iŠT”O�j‚ª�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽ„‚ª”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒÜå]‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½‚Ì‚ª—L�gŒ©‚Å‚·�B

‚Ü‚¸‚Í�AŒÜå]‚ł̔Fޝ‚ðŽ©•ª‚¾‚Æ‘z‚¢‚±‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚ÆŒÜå]‚𓯈ꎋ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢�A

ŒÜå]‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎩•ª‚ðŽ©‰ä‚Æ‘z‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚ÌŽ©‰ä‚Ì’†‚ÉŒÜå]‚ª‚ ‚邿‚¤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ©‰ð‚ª—L�gŒ©‚Å‚·�B

 

Sakkāya—L�g‚Ƃ͉pŒê‚Å‚Í�gpersonality�h‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘½‚­‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

sakkāya‚Í�A‘¶�Ýsat +�W�‡‘Ìkāya‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚Ìexisting group‚ð‰pŒê‚Å‚Í 'personality'‚ƉðŽß‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚Ì•¶–¬‚Å‚Ìkāya‚Æ‚Í�A�¶‚Ü‚ê‚È‚ª‚çƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Æ“÷‘ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì—¼‹Ç–Ê‚ª”õ‚í‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎩ŒÈ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰ðŽß‚Å‚·�B

 

 

‚»‚Ì—�—R‚ÍCūḷavedallasutta MN44  �¬—L–¾Œo�@‰p–ó‚Ȃǂ̌o“T‚ð�ª‹’‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ÌŒo‚Å‚Í�A�uŽ„�v‚ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh(ŒÜå])‚𓯉»‚³‚¹‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é–Ï‘z‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à‚©‚ê�A‚±‚Ì�W�‡‘Ìkāya‚Íkhandha‚Æ‚à–¼•t‚¯‚ç‚ê�AŠ¿Žš•§‹³Œ—‚Å‚Í�uå]�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê�A�S‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ðŒÜå]‚Æ–¼•t‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

"Sakkāya, o Brother Visākha, is said by the Blessed One to be a name for the 5 'groups as objects of clinging' (upādāna-kkhandha), to wit: corporeality, feeling, perception, mental formations, and consciousness."

—L�g‚Ƃ͌܎æå]�A‚·‚Ȃ킿ŒÜå]‚ª�í‚É–{“–‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠî�€‚É‚µ‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Ƃł ‚é�B

 

Sakkaya means the five aggregates which really exist. �@�@Doctrine of Paticcasammupada �iMyanmar�j

 

‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A—L�gŒ©sakkāya ditthi‚Íditthi, attā, satta, puggala, vipallāsa‚Æ‹¤‚Épersonality-belief‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�M”O‚ðƒtƒ‰ƒbƒg‚É‚·‚éSamma ditthi

�u•Ï‚í‚ç‚È‚¢Ž©ŒÈ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðSōtapanna‚ÍŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Ž©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�u�°�v‚ª•s•ςʼni‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Å‚·�B

Š·Œ¾‚·‚邯�A�¶–½‘̂ɂÍ�u–{“–‚Ì–{Ž¿�v�i�u�°�v‚‚܂è�uātma�v�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚邯�Asakkāya ditthi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚͂Ȃ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‰�‹N�àPaticcaSamuppāda‚É‚ ‚邿‚¤‚É�A31—̈æ‚Ì�¶–½�ilifestream�j‚à•ω»‚µ‘±‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚‚܂è�A—ì�°ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�uŽ©•ª�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤˜g‘g‚݂͗։ô‚©‚ç‚Ì—£’E�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‰ð’E‚·‚é‚܂ŕێ�‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

“ú�í�¶ŠˆƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�uŽ„�v‚ł͂Ȃ­�A—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚·‚鎞‚ÌŽå‘̂ƂȂé�uŽ©•ª�v‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ‚±‚Ì�uŽ©•ª�v‚àŒÅ’肳‚ꂽ‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A•ω»‚µ‘±‚¯‚Ä�A31—̈æ‚ðœfœr�i—Ö‰ô“]�¶�j‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©•ª�v‚Ì”Fޝ‚ª‚È‚­‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚»‚ê‚Ȃ̂É�A‚»‚ÌSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤•s‰Â”\‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚·‚é‚͖̂³‘ʂȂ±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í—c’t‰€‚̉€Ž™‚ª”ŽŽm�†‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B

 

‚Ü‚½�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Æ‚ÍSōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɂ͕s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·‚ª�A“¹“¿‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邾‚¯‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O‚à�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B

 

 

�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚Æ�ö�݈ӎ¯‚̈ڂè•Ï‚í‚è‚ɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚ð“–‚Ä‚ésammā sati

‰ð’E‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚Í4’iŠK‚ ‚è�A�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚ªSotapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·�B

4‚‚̒iŠK‚ð�‡”Ô‚É�i‚Þ‚½‚߂ɂÍ�A�Å�‰‚ÉŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚Æ”­Œ¾�i•\‘wˆÓޝ�j‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç‚Í‚¶‚߂܂·�B

‚»‚ꂪ�ukāyānupassanā�v‚Ì–Ú“I‚Å‚·�B

kaya‚Í�g‘Ì�Aanupassanā‚ÍŒP—û�iŠÏ�Æ�A�lŽ@�AŽÀŠ´�A��ŠÏ�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�Å�‰‚Ékāyānupassanā�i�g‘̂̊Ï�Æ�j‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è�AŽŸ‚É‘¼‚Ì3‚Â�iŠ´Šo�iŠ´�î�j�A�S�i•\‘wˆÓޝ�j�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�i�[‘wˆÓޝ�j‚Ì�uanupassanā�v‚É�i‚݂܂·�B

4‚‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŠ®—¹‚·‚邯�AŠ®‘S‚É�usammā sati�v‚ɂȂè�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�Akāyānupassanā‚ð�s‚¢‚È‚ª‚瑼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚Í‚¶‚߂̊î‘b‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸‚É�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚É�u‘å‚«‚È—˜‰v‚ª‚ ‚Ü‚è‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�Akāyānupassanā‚ð‚Í‚¶‚߂邯�A‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃ͌ˆ‚µ‚ĂȂ­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Í‹­�§“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A�Kе‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

ˆÓޝ‘̂͗˜‰v‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚à‚Á‚Æ‘O�i‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤‚悤‚Ƀvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ~ƒ“ƒO‚³‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è“ü‚ꑱ‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邤‚¿‚É�A‚·‚®‚É4‚‚·‚ׂĂð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚È‚ñ‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚àkāyānupassanā‚ªŠî–{’†‚ÌŠî–{‚Å‚·�B

 

 

 

vicikicca�@–Ï‘z�iˆÙ‚È‚é•û‚ÖŒü‚©‚¤�@�@�@˜c‚ñ‚¾�l‚¦•û�j

vi+kita+cha+ā�@vi-�F•ª�C—£�C•Ê�CˆÙ�C”½�@ kita�ü‚ç‚ꉘ‚³‚ꂽ�@cha‚U�A•|‚ê�ichambhī�jā�`‚Ü‚Å�AŒü‚©‚¤

–Ï‘z‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–{�l‚Í—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�iŸ¸žÏ‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚Æ‘z‚Á‚ÄŽÀ�Û‚É‚ÍæÃáÑ’s‚ÉŒü‚©‚¤�l‚¦•û�@

 

silabbata paramasa�i‰ú—¥‚ð�Å�ã‚Æ‚·‚é�j

�S‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ­�A‰ú—¥�i“Á‚ɋ։úvata�j‚É�]‚¤‚¾‚¯‚ÅŸ¸žÏ‚É’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û

bata�F=vata�DsurelyŽÀ‚É�@�mSk�Dvrata] ‹Ö‰ú�C�¾‰ú�G [vatta ‚Æ�¬—p‚µ‚ĉðŽß] ‹V–@�C‘P�s�C�ò�s

paramasa�@�@�Å�ã�A—D�æ

 

 

 

‚±‚Ì3‚‚·‚ׂĂÍ�ASammā Diṭṭhi‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚éAnicca, dukkha, anatta‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‚·�B

Sabbasava Sutta ‚É‚Í�A‚±‚Ì“¹‚ð•à‚ÝŽn‚ß‚½�C�sŽÒ‚ª”Ï”Y‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚ß‚Ì7‚‚̕û–@‚ª�„�§‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ƒŠƒXƒg‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì�€–Ú‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v�A‚‚܂èbhavanaya pahathabba�i—̈æ‚Ì�j‚ð�³‚µ‚­Œ©‚邾‚¯‚Å�A‘å—ʂ̔ϔY‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‘½‚­‚̔ϔY‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•û–@‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚©‚ç�AŽc‚è‚Ì 6 ‚‚Ì�³“¹‚É�i‚݂܂·�B �¡“ú�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A‰½‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄáÒ‘z‚·‚ׂ«‚©‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

Sotāpanna‚ƈê”ʎ҂Ƃ̈Ⴂ

�d—v‚ÈŽ–•¿‚ª�uvēdanā paccayā taṇhā�v‚Æ�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�v‚Ì’iŠK‚Å”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Ž€‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚éniraya’n�–‚ł̓]�¶‚ÌnimittaƒCƒ��[ƒW‚𓾂½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�ASotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ìnimitta‚ð•߂܂¦‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ì‚à‚̂ɂ·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Sotāpanna‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ìpaññā (’qŒd) ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚Ìnimitta‚ð•߂܂¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A1000�l‹ß‚­‚ðŽE‚µ‚½Œã‚Å‚à�AAngulimāla‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“�«‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‚»‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma bīja‚Í”­‰è‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna ‚ɂȂÁ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì nimitta ‚Í–³Œø‚ɂȂè�A•Ê‚Ì (—Ç‚¢‚Ü‚½‚͈«‚¢) ŽŸ‚Ìnimitta‚ª•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�A“K�Ø‚È�V‚µ‚¢bhava‚ª�uupādāna paccaya bhava�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å”cˆ¬‚³‚ê‚é‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚ꂪ�ASotāpanna‚ªapāyagāmi kamma bīja�i‰ºˆÊ4—̈æ‚É“]�¶‚·‚ékamma‚ÌŽí�j‚ðŽ©•ª‚Ì vipāka‚É‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A”Þ‚Íniraya‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Å‚µ‚傤.

 

 

 

Sotapanna‚ɂȂéŽv�l‰ñ˜H�@�@Ye Dhammā Hetuppabhavā..

 

Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā�A

Tesaṁ hētuṁ tathāgato āha;

Tesañca yo nirōdō,

Evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇō

Mahākhandhaka Vinaya Mahāvagga

 

‰p–ó

"Whatever from a cause proceeds, thereof

The Tathâgata has explained the cause,

Its cessation too he has explained.

This is the teaching of the Supreme Sage."

 

•Ê–ó

�gOf causally arisen things,

The Buddha has declared their cause,

As well as their ending.

This is the teaching of the Great Ascetic.�h

 

 

‚·‚ׂĂà‚̂ɂ͌´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�¶‹N‚µ‚Ä

‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂ɂ͌´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Á–Å‚·

�¢‘¸‚Í‚»‚̈ö‰ð‚«–¾‚©‚·

 

‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂ƂÍ�A—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚𑱂¯‚³‚¹‚ékamma�EƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚é�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŸ¸žÏ‚É‚¢‚½‚铹�v‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽÉ—˜•¤‚ÍSotapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‰Â”\‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚킯‚Å‚·�B

�A

 

 

Dhammā‚ª—Ö‰ô‚ÌŒ©‚¦‚È‚¢Œ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é Mahākhandhaka Vinaya Mahāvagga�@�@�@‰p–óThe long chapter

 

AssajiŽt‚ª˜b‚µ‚½‚±‚Ì�ß‚ðUpatissa (Œã‚ÌSariputta‘¸Žt)‚Í•·‚¢‚½‚¾‚¯‚ÅSotāpanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸ ‚ÌDhamma‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�APaṭicca Samuppāda‚Å‚±‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

�³‚µ‚¢–ó‚͈ȉº‚Å‚·�B

 

—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�¶‚¶‚³‚¹‚éDhammā�ikamma bīja�j‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�ADhammā‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�A‚ÆŽß‘¸‚Í�錾‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚͂܂½�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽ~‚ß‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�i‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�I—¹‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j

 

Hetuppabhavā‚̈Ӗ¡?

�uYe dhammā�v‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìdhammā�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ÉŒ‹�‡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ªhetuppabhavā ‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚Í�uhētu�v�upa�v�ubhava�v‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚½‚à‚Ì‚Å�AŒ´ˆö�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ�A‘¶�Ý‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

dhamma cakka pavattana ‚ª�udhammacakkappavattana�v‚ƉC‚𓥂ނ̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚Å‚Í hetuppabhav₯‰C‚𓥂݂܂·�B

�upa�v�iŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚Æ�ubhava�v‚ª‘g‚Ý�‡‚킳‚Á‚Ä�upabbhavā�v‚Æ�ub�v‚ª’ljÁ‚³‚ꂽ‰C‚𓥂ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ahetuppabhavā ‚Í�A�uŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚錴ˆö�A‚·‚Ȃ킿“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚錴ˆö�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

hetuppabhavā ‚Æ pabhassara ‚Ì—¼•û‚Ì’PŒê‚É�upa�v‚Æ�ubha�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’PŒê‚ª–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�BPabhassara Citta, Radiant Mind, and Bhavaṅga‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uye dhammā hetuppabhavā�v‚Í�A�u“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚·‚Ȃ킿sansāra‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚éDhammā�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

Tesam‚ÆTesañca‚̂ǂ¿‚ç‚à�usan�v‚ª“àŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B

2. Tesam ‚Í �gte�h + �gsan�h�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‚R‚‚Ìsan�ilōbha, dōsa, mōha�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚炪hētu‚·‚Ȃ킿Œ´ˆö‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Í 6 ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A3 ‚ (lobha�Adōsa�Amōha) ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�usan�v‚Í’N‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé”Ï”Y‚Å‚ ‚è�Adasa akusala‚Å‚·�B

�gte�h + �gsan�h‚ª‘g‚Ý�‡‚킳‚Á‚Ä�utesaṃ�v‚Æ�A‚±‚±‚Å‚àn‚ł͂Ȃ­ṃ‚ƉC‚𓥂݂܂·�B

‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�uTesaṁ hētuṁ tathāgato āha�v‚Í�A�u3‚‚̗]•ª‚È‚à‚Ì‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚邯�A‘¸ŽÒ‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚É‚µ‚½�v‚‚܂è

�uŽß‘¸‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽOˆö‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚𖾂炩‚É‚µ‚½�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

 

ŽŸ‚Ì•”•ª�uTesanca yo nirōdhō�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uTe san ca yo nirōdhō�v‚É‚Í�A�unir�v+�uudaya�v‚É—R—ˆ‚·‚énirōdha ‚Ì 2‚‚̒PŒê‚ªŒ‹�‡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�unir�v‚Í’âŽ~‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�uudaya�v‚Í�u�¶‚¶‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Änirōdha‚͉½‚©‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

nirōdha‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎŽíŽq‚ð”j‰ó‚·‚邱‚Ƃł»‚Ì�A•¨‚̉肪�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚ß‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A–¢—ˆ‚Ì‘¶�Ý�ibhava�j‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚é�iŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé�jviññāna�ikamma bīja�j‚ÌŒ`�¬‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Abhava nirōdha‚Íviññāna nirōdha‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä

Sotāpanna‚Ìlokuttara�i’´‰z“I�jsammā diṭṭhi�iƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚Ì�‚¢ƒ{ƒbƒNƒX�j‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚é�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Nibbāna‚ð�uˆê•Ë�v‚·‚邯�A31‚Ì‚¢‚©‚È‚é—̈æ‚Å‚à‰i‘±“I�K•Ÿ‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�K•Ÿ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚¢‚©‚È‚é“w—Í‚à凋C˜O‚ð’Ç‚¤‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚é�A‚±‚Æ‚ªäD‚É—Ž‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

13. Kammaṭṭhāna (Recitations) for the Sotāpanna Stage

December 5, 2015

1. There are two ways to look at the effectiveness of recitations. First, one could benefit from listening to recitations (such as recorded chanting of sutta), even without understanding what is said in the suttā. However, that benefit will increase as one understands more of the content.

 

13. Sotāpanna ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì Kammaṭṭthāna (˜N“Ç)

1. ˜N“ǂ̌ø‰Ê‚𒲂ׂé•û–@‚Í 2 ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‘æˆê‚É�A‚½‚Æ‚¦Œo“T‚ʼn½‚ªŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�A˜N“Ç�iŒo“T‚̉r�¥‚ð˜^‰¹‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ȂÇ�j‚ð•·‚­‚±‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�A“à—e‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç‚»‚̃�ƒŠƒbƒg‚͑傫‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

áÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ł̘N“ǂ̌ø‰Ê‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B ‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�A10 ”N�A20 ”N�A30 ”N�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚ɂ킽‚Á‚Ä‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȈÃ�¥ (kammaṭṭthāna) ‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‰½‚ç‚©‚Ì’Á�ÃŒø‰Ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‘å‚«‚È�¬‰Ê (‚‚܂è�Amagga phala) ‚Í“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�ã‹L‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Ì�ê�‡‚É�AƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A�i‚ǂ̌¾Œê‚Å‚à�jƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðˆÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì’PŒê‚Í‘½‚­‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð‹Ã�k‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ňÃ�¥‚·‚é•û‚ªŒø‰Ê“I‚Å‚·�B �­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—�‰ð‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚ê‚Î�A’èŠú“I‚ɈÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚ƂŊT”O‚ð‚æ‚è�[‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Å—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aanicca‚ÌŠT”O‚Í�ASotapanna Anugami ’iŠK‚©‚ç Sotāpanna ’iŠK‚Ü‚Å�A�™�X‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Sotāpanna‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Æanatta‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�Adukkha‚Æasubha‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BVipallāsa (Diṭṭhi, Saññā, Citta) Affect Saṅkhāra‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

aniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ésammā samādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‘ÌŒn“I‚ÈŽè�‡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ALiving DhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ü‚½�AŽ©•ª‚ª�u“¹�v‚̂ǂ̈ʒu‚É‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ�A‘½‚­‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È–â‘è‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚é‚̂ɂà–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Í�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚ÆTilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŠT”O‚ðˆÃ‹L‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A‚·‚®‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. A mundane example is learning the multiplication table. Some get it more quickly than others. But with practice, anyone can master it. All one needs is to spend some time reciting and memorizing the table, even though only memorization may not be helpful in the final objective, i.e., solving a bit more complex problems.

 

2. ‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�A‹ã‹ã‚ðŠw�K‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‹“‚°‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‘¼‚Ì�l‚æ‚è‚à‘�‚­‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A—û�K‚·‚ê‚Î’N‚Å‚à�K“¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B •K—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä•\‚ðˆÃ�¥‚µ‚ĈËL‚·‚邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚½‚Æ‚¦ˆÃ‹L‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚Í�Å�I–Ú•W�A‚‚܂è‚à‚¤�­‚µ•¡ŽG‚È–â‘è‚ð‰ðŒˆ‚·‚é‚̂ɂ͖ð‚É—§‚½‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�AŠw‚ñ‚¾‚±‚Æ‚ð–â‘è‰ðŒˆ‚É—˜—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚Ì�uŠw�Kƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�v‚ðƒXƒs�[ƒhƒAƒbƒv‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‹ã‹ã‚ð‚½‚¾ˆÃ‹L‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A‹ã‹ã‚ð‰ž—p‚µ‚ÄŠ|‚¯ŽZ‚Ì–â‘è‚ð‰ð‚­‚Æ�AŠw�KŽžŠÔ‚ð‘å•�‚É’Z�k‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ü‚½�A‹L‰¯‚É’·‚­Žc‚è‚â‚·‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ƒuƒbƒ_‚ÌBhāvanā�i‚·‚Ȃ킿áÒ‘z�j‚Ì’è‹`‚Í�ubhāvitāya bahulīkataya�v‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�AŠw‚ñ‚¾‚±‚Æ‚ð•p”ɂɊˆ—p‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AMettā Sutta (AN 11.15)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚·‚邯�AƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ª�u�Z“§�v‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B �³Ž®‚ȘN“Ç‚à‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚̈ꕔ‚ƂȂé�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚È‚ª‚çŒJ‚è•Ô‚µˆÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚Æ (kammaṭṭthāna) ‚Í�A”™‘R‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ‚½ŠT”O‚ð•ÛŽ�‚µ�A—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂̗D‚ꂽ•û–@‚Å‚·�B

 

3. Another essential benefit of a good recitation session is subsiding the five hindrances (pañca nīvaraṇa) that make the mind agitated and not receptive; see �gKey to Calming the Mind – The Five Hindrances.�h When one is focusing on Dhamma — even by just reciting verses– those greedy, hateful, and irrelevant thoughts are at least temporarily subsided, and the mind will not be lethargic or agitated.

 

3. —D‚ꂽ˜N“ǃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‚à‚¤ 1 ‚‚Ì�d—v‚È—˜“_‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‹»•±‚³‚¹‚ÄŽó—e—Í‚ðŽ¸‚í‚¹‚é 5 ‚‚Ì�áŠQ (pañca nīvaraṇa) ‚ð˜a‚ç‚°‚邱‚Ƃł·�BKey to Calming the Mind – The Five Hindrances‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦Ž�‹å‚ðˆÃ�¥‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�ADhamma‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�AæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³ŠÖŒW‚È�l‚¦‚Í�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚àˆêŽž“I‚É�Â܂è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª–³‹C—͂ɂȂÁ‚½‚è‹»•±‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚±‚Ì“_‚Å�APāli suttā‚ð•·‚­‚¾‚¯‚Å‚àŒø‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B •§‹³�‘‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ªƒoƒbƒNƒOƒ‰ƒEƒ“ƒh‚Åsuttā (pirith) ‚ð�¥‚¦‚邱‚ƂŠ1 “ú‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B Žq‹Ÿ‚Ì� �AŽ„‚͂悭ƒ‰ƒWƒI‚Ìpirith‚̉r�¥‚Å–Ú‚ªŠo‚߂܂µ‚½�i’©ˆê”Ô‚É•ê‚̓‰ƒWƒI‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä‚­‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B

suttā‚ª�³‚µ‚­�¥‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ð•·‚­‚±‚ƂŃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚Í�AŽ„‚ÌŽtThero‚É‚æ‚é‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ìsuttā‚̉¹�ºƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ðWeb‚É�ã‚°‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’†‚É‚Í 75 •ªŠÔ‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·: Sutta Chanting (with Pāli Text)

 

4. Yet another critical benefit is to make the conditions conducive to attracting previous �ggood kamma�h and make the mind �gtune into�h receiving such merits. Each of us has done innumerable good and bad kamma in our previous lives, and they are waiting for the �gright conditions�h to bring their results (vipāka).

I have mentioned in many posts that the effectiveness of absorbing material on this website can be much improved by reading them in a quiet time. In the same way, a meditation session can be made more effective by calming the mind by doing well-planned recitations. That itself can be a meditation session. What I do is, in the middle of recitations, contemplate relevant Dhamma concepts or my own daily experiences, i.e., do insight meditation in the middle of the recitation itself.

vipāka

4. ‚³‚ç‚É‚à‚¤ 1 ‚‚Ì�d—v‚È—˜“_‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢kamma�v‚ðˆø‚«Šñ‚¹‚â‚·‚¢�ðŒ�‚ð�ì‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚邱‚ƂɃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�u’²�®�v‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃł·�B Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ê�A‘O�¢‚Å�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̑P‚¢kamma‚ƈ«‚¢kamma‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�ivipāka�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·�u“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ��v‚ª�®‚¤‚Ì‚ð‘Ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A—Ç‚¢ƒeƒŒƒr (‚Ü‚½‚̓‰ƒWƒI) ”Ô‘g‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒeƒŒƒr (‚Ü‚½‚̓‰ƒWƒI) ‚ª�³‚µ‚¢•ú‘—‹Ç‚É�u“¯’²�v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ�A�³‚µ‚¢”Ô‘g‚ðŒ©‚é (‚Ü‚½‚Í•·‚­) ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�u“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ð�®‚¦‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�A—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚àˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚à—¼•û‚Æ‚à‚à‚½‚ç‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ˆ«‚¢—F�l‚ÆŒð‚í‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚͈«‚¢kamma vipāka‚ªŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ô�ðŒ�‚ð�ì‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ˆê•û‚Å�A—Ç‚¢—F�l‚Æ•t‚«�‡‚¢�A–@‚ð•·‚¢‚½‚è“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A�l�¶‚ð‚æ‚è—Ç‚­‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAnnantara and Samanantara Paccaya ‚ÆTransfer of Merits (Pattidāna) – How Does it Happen?�g‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�Ú‚µ‚­�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‘½‚­‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�A‚±‚Ì Web ƒTƒCƒg‚Ì“à—e‚ð�©‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ɓǂނ±‚Æ‚Å�A‚»‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚ª‘å•�‚ÉŒü�ã‚·‚邯�q‚ׂĂ«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B “¯—l‚É�A‚æ‚­Œv‰æ‚³‚ꂽ˜N“Ç‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚ƂŃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð‚æ‚èŒø‰Ê“I‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ꎩ‘Ì‚ªáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ª‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A“ÇŒo‚Ì�Å’†‚É�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚édhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚⎩•ªŽ©�g‚Ì�l‚¦‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚‚܂è�A“ÇŒo‚Ì�Å’†‚É“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃ𖈓ú‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

5. One should tailor the recitation session to match one�fs personality and needs. For example, if one has a temper, one should spend more time doing Metta Bhāvanā; if one has excessive greed (for sensory pleasures), one could spend more time doing asubha Bhāvanā (unfruitful nature of things), which is basically to contemplate on the fact that ANY object that is providing sense pleasure is going to decay and destruct at the end.

 

5. Ž©•ª‚Ì�«Ši‚âƒj�[ƒY‚É�‡‚킹‚ĘN“ǃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’²�®‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A’Z‹C‚È�l‚ÍMetta Bhāvanā‚É‚à‚Á‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B ‚à‚µ�iŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɑ΂µ‚Ä�j‰ß�è‚ÈæÃ—~‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç�Aasubha Bhāvanā�i•¨Ž–‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢�«Ž¿�j‚É‚à‚Á‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é‚ ‚ç‚ä‚镨‘Ì‚Í�A‚₪‚Ä•…”s‚µ�A�ÅŠú‚ɂ͔j‰ó‚³‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

 

6. I have thought a lot about how to present a �gkammaṭṭhāna program.�h But it is difficult to decide what kammaṭṭhāna to discuss because each individual has different preferences and needs. I may still do that in pieces in the future, and I have discussed the basic features of some in other posts.

October 13, 2016: I temporarily removed the audio file until I made a better one. After I started the �gLiving Dhamma�h section, I realized how to present the material better.

But I leave the pdf of the text file:Kammattana Example

6. Ž„‚Í�ukammaṭṭthāna ƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€�v‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É’ñަ‚·‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚­‚ð�l‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�l‚»‚ꂼ‚ê�D‚Ý‚âƒj�[ƒY‚ªˆÙ‚Ȃ邽‚ß�A‚ǂ̂悤‚Èkammaṭṭthāna‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é‚©‚ðŒˆ‚ß‚é‚Ì‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B �«—ˆ“I‚ɂ͂»‚ê‚ð•”•ª“I‚ÉŒˆ‚ß‚é‰Â”\�«‚à‚ ‚è�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È‹@”\‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͑¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚̘N“Ç‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Í‹�–°‚肵‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�©‚È•”‰®‚Å�A‰õ“K‚É�À‚Á‚Ä�s‚¤‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·‚ª�A‰õ“K‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚悤‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ˆê“xе‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚Æ�AŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–°‚ê‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ü‚½�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚³‚܂悤‚Ì‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚½‚ß‚É�A�Å�‰‚ÍŒ¾—t‚Æ‚µ‚½‚Ù‚¤‚ª‚æ‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Œã‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚ňÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

2016 ”N 10 ŒŽ 13 “ú: ‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ü‚Å�A‰¹�ºƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ðˆêŽž“I‚É�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

Living DhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽn‚߂Ă©‚ç�A‰¹�ºƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ð‚æ‚è—Ç‚­’ñަ‚·‚é•û–@‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�AƒeƒLƒXƒgƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ÌPDF‚ÍŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚«‚Ü‚·�BKammattana Example

 

 

 

ƒ^ƒCƒgƒ‹Kammattana

 

1. I am assuming that anyone interested in this kammaṭṭhāna (i.e., those who have the desire to strive for the Sotāpanna stage) has already read the relevant key posts at Sotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna.  Now, let us discuss different sections of the Kammattana Example.

 

1. ‚±‚Ìkammaṭṭhāna‚É‹»–¡‚Ì‚ ‚é�l�i‚‚܂è�ASotāpanna’iŠK‚ð–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ä“w—Í‚µ‚½‚¢‚Ɗ肤�l�j‚Í�ASotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna‚É‚ ‚éŠÖ˜A‚·‚éŽå—v‚ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚ð‚·‚Å‚É“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚±‚Å�AKammattana Example‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚Ü‚½�A‰E�ã‚ÌŒŸ�õƒ{ƒ^ƒ“‚Í�A•s–¾—ĂȃL�[ƒ��[ƒh‚âƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‚̂ɔñ�í‚ɕ֗˜‚Å‚·�B

 

2. In reciting precepts, instead of the  �gpāṇātipātā veramaṇi sikkhāpadam samādiyāmi,�h which says �gI promise not to take another life of a living being,�h it is more truthful to say, �gI promise not to take another life with any liking for it�h (pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti), unless one is dedicating a day to strictly observe the precepts. See, for example, �gNasevitabbādi Sutta (AN10.199.)�h The English translation there translates paṭivirato as �gabstain,�h but it means �gwould not do with liking.�h

 

2. �gpāṇātipātā veramaṇi  sikkhāpadam samādiyāmi,�h ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰ú—¥‚ð�¥‚¦‚é�Û‚É�A‚±‚̉Ó�Š‚ð�u�¶‚«•¨‚Ì–½‚ð“ñ“x‚Æ’D‚í‚È‚¢‚Æ�¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚Æ–ó‚·‚é‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A�uŽ„‚Í‚¢‚©‚È‚é—�—R‚ª‚ ‚낤‚Æ‚à‘¼‚Ì–½‚ð�D‚ñ‚Å’D‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð(pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti)�¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚Ù‚¤‚ª‚æ‚è�^ŽÀ‚Å‚·�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�A‰ú—¥‚ðŒµŠi‚ÉŽç‚邽‚ß‚É�ê”O‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Ì‚ ‚é1 “ú‚ð�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 �@

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ANasevitabbādi Sutta (AN10.199.)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚̉pŒê–ó‚Å‚Í�Apaṭivirato ‚ª�u�T‚Þ�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u�D‚«‚ł͂â‚ç‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

�@

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A��‚É–ò‚ð“h‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‘½‚­‚Ì”÷�ׂÈ�¶‚«•¨‚ªŽ€‚Ê‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A��‚ð–ü‚·‚½‚߂ɂ͂»‚¤‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–]‚܂Ȃ¢�s“®‚ðŽæ‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ꂪ�upativiratö hoti,�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚·‚邯‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B

‚‚܂è�A•K—v‚È�ê�‡ˆÈŠO‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚í‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰ú—¥‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì“ú‚Í–ò‚ð“h‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‘¼‚ÌŽl‰ú‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B

 

3. Note the break in between �gitipi so Bhagavā�c�h. Many people recite it as �gitipiso Bhagavā�c�h which has a different and inappropriate meaning.

 

3. �uitipi so Bhagavā�c�v‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì�Ø‚ê–Ú‚É’�–Ú‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð�uitipiso Bhagavā�c�v‚Æ�¥‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ł͈قȂé•s“K�؂ȈӖ¡‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚̈Ӗ¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡Œã�u•§�¥�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

4. The phrase, �gNatti me sanaran annan Buddho me saranan varan�h means, �gI have no other refuge than that of the Buddha.�h 

 

4. �uNatti me sanaran annan Buddho me saranan varan�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�A�uŽ„‚ɂ̓uƒbƒ_ˆÈŠO‚Ì‹’‚è�Š‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

�uéténa sacca vajjena sotti me hotu sabbada�v‚Æ‚Í�A�uƒuƒbƒ_�Adhamma�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì”ð“ï�Ђɂ ‚é�^ŽÀ‚ªŽ„‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚ÆŽ„‚Ì“w—Í‚Ì�¬Œ÷‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŽïŽ|‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�B

�uEtena sacca vajjena sotti te hotu sabbada�v‚Æ‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ª�K•Ÿ‚Æ‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì“w—Í‚Ì�¬Œ÷‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

 

5. The next phrase (in Sinhala, I am unable to come up with a suitable English or Pāli phrase) means, �gI will be truthful to myself, see things as they are, be pure in mind, and endeavor to generate only pure thoughts (pabassara citta). I plan to write separate posts discussing kammaṭṭhāna. Even a single phrase is so condensed that one could write many posts on each.

 

5. ŽŸ‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY�iƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å‚Í�A“K�؂ȉpŒê‚Ü‚½‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ªŽv‚¢‚‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�A�uŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚É�³’¼‚Å‚ ‚è�A•¨Ž–‚ð‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂Ɍ©‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ƒ�ˆ‚É‚µ�A�ƒ�ˆ‚ÈŽv�l�ipabassara citta�j‚¾‚¯‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚悤“w‚߂܂·�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B kammaṭṭthāna ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é•ʂ̋LŽ–‚ð�‘‚­—\’è‚Å‚·�B ‚½‚Á‚½ 1 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚Å‚à�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É‚¢‚­‚‚à‚Ì‹LŽ–‚à�‘‚¯‚é‚Ù‚Ç“à—e‚ª‹Ã�k‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uavanka�v‚Í�uvanka�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‹È‚ª‚Á‚½�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u’P�ƒ‚ł͂Ȃ¢�v‚É—R—ˆ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’N‚©‚ª�^ŽÀ‚łȂ¢‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Ívanka‚Å‚·�B avanka‚Ívanka‚Ì”½‹`Œê‚Å‚·�B

 

6. The next three phrases are also very important. I recite it every day.  The phrase, �gKayena vaca cittena pamadena maya katan, accayam khama me Bhante bhuripanna Tathagata,�h means: �gIf I have done any wrong inadvertently (or due to ignorance) by thoughts, speech, or mind to the Buddha, may I be forgiven for that.�h

 

6. ŽŸ‚Ì 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚à”ñ�í‚É�d—v�@‚Ȃ̂Ŗˆ“úˆÃ�¥‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�gKayena vaca cittena pamadena maya katan, accayam khama me Bhante bhuripanna Tathagata,�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚ȈӖ¡‚Å‚·�B

�u‚à‚µƒuƒbƒ_‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä�l‚¦‚â‚ÅŒ¾“®‚ÅŒy—¦‚È�i‚·‚Ȃ킿–³’m‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�jŠÔˆá‚¦‚ð‚µ‚½‚̂Ȃç‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚¨ŽÍ‚µ‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B�v

 

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“¯‚¶ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðdhamma‚ƃTƒ“ƒK‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚ ‚éŠT”O‚ð‚¤‚Á‚©‚è�³‚µ‚­‚È‚¢•û–@‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚Æ�AŽ„‚Í‚¢‚‚à�S”z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ü‚½�A�l�X‚Æ�Ú‚·‚邯‚«�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚¤‚Á‚©‚肵‚Ĕނç‚ÌŠ´�î‚ð��‚‚¯‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚͔ނ炪•s“K�Ø‚È�l�i‚»‚Ì�l‚Í�‚‹M‚È�l‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j‚Ƃ݂Ȃµ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

7. The next set of phrases is for cultivating anicca sanna and related other factors. The phrase, �gAniccanupassi viharati, nicca sanna pajahati�h means �gI will live my life cultivating the anicca sanna and reject that things in this world can be kept to my satisfaction (i.e., reject the nicca sanna)�h. Similar meanings can be deduced from the following three phrases.

The last three recitals in this section with �gAnissitoca viharati, na ca kinci loke upadiyati�h confirm one�fs conviction that �git is unfruitful to stay in this world of 31 realms, there is nothing in this world that worth craving for (upādāna)�h.

 

7. ŽŸ‚̈ê˜A‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�Aanicca saññ₯ŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì—v‘f‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̂à‚̂ł·�B

�gAniccanupassi viharati, nicca sanna pajahati�h ‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�A

�uŽ„‚Íanicca saññā‚ð�C‚ß‚Ä�l�¶‚ð‘—‚è�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì–ž‘«‚ɕۂ½‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚‚܂è�Anicca saññā‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B ˆÈ‰º‚Ì 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚©‚ç‚à“¯—l‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª�„‘ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

 �gNibbidanupassi viharati, abhinandana pajahati�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Ì’†‚Å‚Ìnibbida‚Í�uŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‘å�؂ɂ·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�Aviharati‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�Babhinandana‚Í�uŠ´Šo‚ÌŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð‘å�؂ɂ·‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å�Apajahati‚Í�u”ð‚¯‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

�gNirodhanupassi viharati, samudayaṃ pajahati�h‚Í�A—Ö‰ôƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚µ�A‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ì�usan�v‚Ì�¶�¬‚ð‹‘”Û‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�i�usan�v+�uudaya�v‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邯�usamudaya�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�j�B

 

samudaya�Fm�D[saṃ-ud-aya�ƒi] �W�C�¶‹N�C‹Nˆö�CŒ´ˆö�D -vayadhamma �¶–ł̖@�C -sacca �W’ú�D

samudaya�F[m�D] rise�G origin�G produce�D

udaya�Fm�D�¶‹N�C‹»‹N�C-vyaya �¶–Å�C�@�@ rise�G growth�G increase�G income�G interest �ifrom money�j

 

 

What is �eSan�f?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

�gPatinissagganupassi viharati, sambhavan pajahati�h‚Æ‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ƃ̂ ‚ç‚ä‚éãJ‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚è�A�V‚µ‚¢bhava‚ð�ì‚é‚Ì‚ð‚â‚߂邿‚¤‚É“w‚߂܂·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚̓njo‚Ì�ÅŒã‚É‚ ‚é3 ‰ñ‚Ì

�gAnissitoca viharati, na ca kinci loke upadiyati�h‚Í�A

�u31 —̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É—¯‚Ü‚é‚͎̂À‚肪‚È‚­�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ͊‰–]‚·‚é(upādāna)‰¿’l‚Ì‚ ‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŠm�M‚ð— •t‚¯‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. The three phrases that come next also help cultivate anicca sanna, and one could review or do insight meditation on anicca, dukkha, and anatta right after that.

 

8. ŽŸ‚É—ˆ‚é 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚à�Aanicca saññā‚ð”|‚¤‚̂ɖ𗧂¿�A‚»‚Ì’¼Œã‚Éaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð•œ�K‚µ‚½‚è�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

9. The next section is on metta Bhāvanā. I normally recite this in Sinhala, but these English phrases give almost the same meaning. This is also discussed in the post, �g5. Ariya Metta Bhavana (Loving Kindness Meditation)�g.

 

9. ŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ímetta Bhāvanā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B Ž„‚Í•�’i‚±‚ê‚ðƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å�¥‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉pŒê‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚͂قړ¯‚¶ˆÓ–¡‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í5. Ariya Metta Bhavana (Loving Kindness Meditation)

 

‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ìakusala citta‚Ƃ̊֘A�«‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAkusala Citta – How a Sotāpanna Avoids Apayagami Citta‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 12 Ží—Þ‚Ìakusala citta‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍAkusala Citta and Akusala Vipaka Citta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. The next phrase is the standard phrase to use when cultivating jhāna: see, �g11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjhaṅga�g. Even though it is supposed to be fully effective only after attaining the Sotāpanna stage, it can be used by anyone who has been exposed to the true meanings of anicca, dukkha, anatta, and is pursuing the Sotāpanna stage.

 

10. ŽŸ‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚Íjhāna‚ð�C‚߂邯‚«‚ÉŽg—p‚·‚é•W�€“I‚ȃtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Å‚·�B11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjhaṅga‚ðŽQ�Æ�B ‚»‚ê‚ªŠ®‘S‚ÉŒø‰Ê‚ð”­Šö‚·‚é‚Ì‚ÍSotāpanna’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã‚łȂ¢‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚É�G‚ê�ASotāpanna’iŠK‚ð’Ç‹�‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Å‚ ‚ê‚Î’N‚Å‚àŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚܂łÉ�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à‚ ‚éŽí‚Ìsamādhi‚É“ü‚è�A‚±‚±‚Å“´Ž@—͂̂ ‚éáÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ŽÀ�Û�A�ã‹L‚Ì kammaṭṭthāna ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�A‚»‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚Í’Ê�킱‚ê‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�AƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚͂͂邩‚É’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‘±‚­‚±‚Æ‚ªŽž�X‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

11. In the subsequent sections, we give all living beings merits. The phrase, �gldam me nati nan hotu Sukhita hontu natayo�h, means �gMay all my relatives (which does include all living beings in the through saṃsāra) attain peace and happiness due to these merits.�h

 

11. ˆÈ�~‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

�gldam me nati nan hotu Sukhita hontu natayo�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�A

�uŽ„‚ÌŠÖŒW‚Ì‚ ‚éŽÒ‚·‚ׂÄ�i‚±‚ê‚É‚Ísaṃsāra‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�j‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ÷“¿‚É‚æ‚蕽˜a‚Æ�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

ŽŸ‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY�gldam vo nati nan hotu Sukhita hontu natayo�h‚ɂ͕¡�”‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ƒOƒ‹�[ƒvƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�uƒOƒ‹�[ƒv“à‚ÌŠÖŒWŽÒ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚à‚µˆê�l‚Å‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í’n‹…‚©‚牓‚­—£‚ꂽ�¢ŠE‚É‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢�u‰“‚¢ŠÖŒWŽÒ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A—¼•û‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð�¥‚¦‚邯‚«�A‚»‚±‚ɂ͂·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

12. The next section gives merits to devas (which include Brahmā as well), bhuta, and preta, and then to all beings (sabbe satta). It is another way of giving merits as in #11.

 

12. ŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�Adeva (Brahmā‚àŠÜ‚Þ)�Abhuta�Apreta‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦�AŽŸ‚É‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�Ý(sabbe satta)‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�B #11‚Æ“¯—l‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚Å‚·�B

 

ŽŸ‚̉pŒê‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ÍŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B ’N‚Å‚àŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ð“Á‚Ɋ܂߂܂µ‚½�B ‚à‚µ‚»‚Ì“ú�A’N‚©‚É�i‚½‚Æ‚¦•s’�ˆÓ‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�jˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ‚Ä‹–‚µ‚ð�¿‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚±‚ê‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹�A‹Ù’£‚ð˜a‚ç‚°‚é‚̂ɔñ�í‚ÉŒø‰Ê“I‚È•û–@‚Ȃ̂Å�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓gƒsƒbƒN‚É‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �½ŽÀ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚ß‚Î�AŽÀ�¶Šˆ‚Å‚àŒø‰Ê‚ªŽÀŠ´‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚Ì�l‚Ƃْ̋£‚ªŽ©“®“I‚ÉŒyŒ¸‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɋC‚­‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Æ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�¶�¬‚µ‚½‹­—Í‚Èjavana citta‚ª�A’·‹——£‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚»‚Ì‘¼ŽÒ‚ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚écittajarūpa‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ�ƒCƒ“ ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì #4 (Œ»�Ý‚Ì�uƒ�ƒ‚�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ã) ‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½“à—e‚É�Ăъ֘A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

13. Then we end the session with the phrase �gIdam mé puññan asavakkhaya vahan hotu, sabba dukkha nirujjāti�h which is recited three times. It means, �gMay the merits that I have acquired help remove my asava (cravings) and lead to the end of all suffering�h.

 

13. ŽŸ‚É�gIdam mé puññan asavakkhaya vahan hotu, sabba dukkha nirujjāti�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð 3 ‰ñ�¥‚¦‚ăZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�I—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�uŽ„‚ªŠl“¾‚µ‚½Œ÷“¿‚ªŽ„‚Ìasava�iЉ–]�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚̂ɖ𗧂¿�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B

 

‚±‚±‚Å’�–Ú‚·‚ׂ«‚Í�A�uasavakkhaya vahan hotu�v‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�uasavakkhaya aham hotu�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ÷“¿‚ª�jŽ„‚Ìasava‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ìhetu�iŒ´ˆö�j‚ƂȂ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

 �uasavakkhaya vahan hotu�v‚ƉC‚𓥂ñ‚Å‚¢‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

 

14. Of course, the above is an example of what one could do. One could use all the kammaṭṭhāna (and add more) or use only the ones that one likes. I don�ft use them all in a given session, but I do use some of them all the time. I start the session with the first few and select phrases as I proceed. Sometimes, I get into insight meditation (contemplating relevant ideas, connecting with other concepts, etc.) following a given phrase and just do that for the whole session.

�@

14. ‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�ã‹L‚͂ł«‚邱‚Ƃ̈ê—á‚Å‚·�B(‚³‚ç‚ɒljÁ‚·‚é)‚·‚ׂĂÌkammaṭṭthāna‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�A�D‚«‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚¯‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B “Á’è‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·‚ׂĂðŽg—p‚·‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ðŽ„‚Í�í‚ÉŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �Å�‰‚Í‚¢‚­‚‚©‚©‚çŠJŽn‚µ�A�i�s‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚ătƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð‘I‘ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Žž�X�A“Á’è‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚É‘±‚¢‚Ä“´Ž@áÒ‘z�iŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒAƒCƒfƒA‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚½‚è�A‘¼‚ÌŠT”O‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¯‚½‚è‚·‚é‚È‚Ç�j‚É“ü‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ðƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄŽ„‚Í�s‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

15. November 11, 2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to verify one is progressing towards the Sotāpanna stage. The new section,  �gLiving Dhamma, �gprovides a systematic way to achieve that goal and provides guidelines on checking one�fs progress.

 

15. 2016 ”N 11 ŒŽ 11 “ú: ‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‘½‚­‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASotāpanna ’iŠK‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B �V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Living Dhamma‚Í�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚߂̃KƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

Peace of Mind to Nibbāna – The Key Step

August 12, 2016; Revised December 21, 2016; August 27, 2022 (note that I wrote this in 2016) 

One needs to experience a �gpeace of mind�h or �gcooling down�h (nirāmisa sukha) before starting on the Noble Path to Nibbāna; the transition to the Sotāpanna stage happens when one comprehends the anicca nature while experiencing nirāmisa sukha.

 

Nibbāna‚Ö‚Ì�S‚Ì•½ˆÀ – �d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv

2016 ”N 8 ŒŽ 12 “ú�B 2016 ”N 12 ŒŽ 21 “ú‚ɉü’ù�B 2022 ”N 8 ŒŽ 27 “ú (‚±‚ê‚Í 2016 ”N‚É�‘‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢)

 

Nibbāna‚Ö‚Ì�¹‚Ȃ铹‚ð•à‚ÝŽn‚ß‚é‘O‚É�A�l‚Í�u�S‚Ì•½ˆÀ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v�inirāmisa sukha�j‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Sotāpanna’iŠK‚ւ̈Ú�s‚Í�Anirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚È‚ª‚çanicch‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚»‚̈Ú�sŒã�Anirāmisa sukha‚Ípañcanīvaraṇa‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ƂƂà‚ɉi‘±“I‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B Š®‘S‚È�à–¾‚ɂ͂³‚ç‚ɃgƒsƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚±‚±‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B

‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�A‰½‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚ê‚΂悢‚Ì‚©—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B ‚Ü‚¸�ƒ�ˆ‚ÈBuddha Dhamma‚ÌŠî–{‚ðŠw‚Ô•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �¢‚Ì’†‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�]—ˆ‚ÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢dhamma‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯�\‚̔ϔY�idasa akusala�j‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

1. In the previous post, �gLiving Dhamma – Introduction,�h we discussed the experience of X. Please read it before reading this post.

 

1. ‘O‰ñ‚̃gƒsƒbƒNLiving Dhamma – Introduction‚Å‚Í�AX ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“ǂޑO‚É�A‚º‚Гǂñ‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

X ‚Í’èŠú“I‚Éanariya Metta Bhāvanā‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Ånirāmisa sukha‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚ꂪƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‚ĉ¸‚â‚©‚ȃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚½‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�AX ‚Í“¯Žž‚É�A‚ ‚éŽí‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ (–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚艹Šy‚ð’®‚¢‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ) ‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚肽‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ª�Á‚¦‹Ž‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚»‚ÌŒã�AX ‚Í 2 �TŠÔáÒ‘z‚ð‚â‚ß�A–{‚≹Šy‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‹CŽ�‚¿�i”\—Í�j‚Í–ß‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚µ‚©‚µnirāmisa sukha‚à�Á‚¦�AX ‚Ì�S‚Í�Ăѕ‰’S‚Æ“®—h‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‚±‚̂悤‚Ȉꎞ“I‚È�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚·‚Ȃ킿nirāmisa sukha‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A�ukilesa�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�ê–å—pŒê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚·‘O‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à‚¤�­‚µ�à–¾‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ŽŸ‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É�i‚Þ‘O‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŒ»�ó‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘å�؂ł·�B ‚±‚ê‚Í’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B

anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚ß‚é‚É‚Í�A�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚ànirāmisa sukha‚ÆŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̈Ⴂ‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK�iX‚ª‚¢‚½�ê�Š�j‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Apañcanīvaraṇa‚͈ꎞ“I‚ɉð�œ‚³‚ê�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íanicch‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Ù‚Ç�\•ª‚ɉ¸‚â‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í’k˜b‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É‚à�uŠÔ“I‚É‹N‚±‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

2. When fully immersed in sensory pleasures, the mental burden that inevitably comes with it is not apparent to that person. We have gotten used to the �gmental agitation in the background�h and don�ft feel it most of the time. Only when one gets into a �gcalmed state of mind�h can one appreciate the burden of this �gconstant agitation or incessant distress�h in the background.

 

2. Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɊ®‘S‚É�Z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚É•K‘R“I‚É”º‚¤ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I•‰’S‚Í‚»‚Ì�l‚ɂ͕ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�u”wŒi‚É‚ ‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‹»•±�v‚ÉŠµ‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�ê�‡‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �l‚Í�u—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô�v‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A”wŒi‚É‚ ‚é�u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢“®—h‚â�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É�v‚Ì�d‰×‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

áÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä�AX ‚Í�Apañcanīvaraṇa‚É‚æ‚邱‚Ì�u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É�vŒø‰Ê‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚ð”Fޝ‚µŽn‚߂è‚è�A‚±‚̉ð•ú‚Ínirāmisa sukha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚¾‚µ�A�ianicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�j‘ã�ž‚𕥂í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤“ï–₪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B X ‚ÍŽc”O‚È‚±‚Æ‚É�A‚¨‹C‚É“ü‚è‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ”\—Í‚ªŽ¸‚í‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

3. In very simple terms, this problem arises because X has not comprehended the anicca nature (what we will be doing in this new section is to discuss a step-by-step process that could help comprehend the anicca nature).

 

3. ”ñ�í‚ÉŠÈ’P‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�A‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚Í�AX ‚ªanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɔ­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚· (‚±‚Ì�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂‰”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·)�B

 

X ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɂ͂µ‚ª‚݂‚­‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í”ñ�í‚É‹­—͂ł·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚½Sotāpanna‚É‚à‚Ü‚¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�ASotāpanna‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚àŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚߂邯‚¢‚¤�u‚µ‚‚±‚¢Š´�î�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚¢‚©‚ɓ‚¢‚©‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASotāpanna‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚ß‚Äapāyagāmi“I�i‰ºˆÊ4—̈æ‚É“]�¶‚·‚é�j‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

4. This is why comprehending the anicca nature is so important at X�fs stage. When one comprehends the anicca nature of SOME EXTENT, one loses the �gnagging feeling�h to seek some sensory pleasure.

 

4. ‚±‚ꂪ�AX ‚Ì’iŠK‚Åanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B ‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�l‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚ß‚é�u‚µ‚‚±‚¢Š´Šo�v‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚½Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̊댯�«�i‚Ü‚½‚Í�­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à–³‰¿’l�«�j‚ð–{“–‚É”Fޝ‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚ɂ̂Ý�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚Ì�u‚µ‚‚±‚¢Š´Šo�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽë—‚É�s‚­‚Ì‚ª�D‚«‚Å‚ ‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ÌŠˆ“®‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ª–Ú‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�AŽ©”­“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ð‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ’Þ‚è�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆË‘¶�Ç‚â–ò•¨Žg—pŽÒ‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B

anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Í�™�X‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B �l‚͂܂¸�A•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɊ댯�«‚ðŒ©�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘¼�l‚ɂ͊Q‚ª‚È‚­‚Ä‚àŽ©•ª‚ɂ͊Q‚ð—^‚¦‚é‹É’[‚ȉõŠy‚ª–³‰¿’l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B kāma loka‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‚¢‚©‚Ȃ銴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚à–³‰¿’l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚é‚Ì‚Í�AAnāgāmi’iŠK‚ł݂̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì‚½‚ß�A’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

5. It is like holding onto a gold necklace that was considered valuable. But if it were undoubtedly proven that the necklace was an imitation, one would instantly lose the attachment to it.

 

5. ‚»‚ê‚Í�A‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‹à‚̃lƒbƒNƒŒƒX‚É‚µ‚ª‚݂‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚à‚µ‚»‚̃lƒbƒNƒŒƒX‚ª–Í‘¢•i‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠ®‘S‚É�Ø–¾‚³‚ꂽ‚ç�A‚»‚̃lƒbƒNƒŒƒX‚ւ̈¤’…‚ð‚½‚¿‚Ü‚¿Ž¸‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ÆŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̋ɒ[‚ÈŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̊댯�«�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ/‚Ü‚½‚Í–³‰¿’l‚³�j‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B –{�l‚Í‚ ‚éŽí‚ÌŠ´Šo“I–£—͂ւ̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�”�TŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í�”‚©ŒŽˆÈ“à‚É‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄáÒ‘z‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A‘¼‚Ì�i‚»‚ê‚Ù‚ÇŠQ‚̂Ȃ¢�jŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̊댯�«‚àŒ©‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B ‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�AƒXƒeƒbƒvƒoƒCƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Å�i‚܂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚·‚ׂĂÌkāma rāga (‘Ì‚Ì�Ú�G�A“õ‚¢�A–¡‚ð‰î‚µ‚½Š´Šo“ü—͂ւ̎·’…) ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂݋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

6. However, I must say that X is a bit unusual in losing the desire to read books and listen to music. Those are not really �gextreme sense pleasures.�h Before that, one will lose the desire to go fishing, mistreat animals, etc., and get pleasure from lying, gossiping, slandering, stealing, sexual misconduct, etc. I am quite sure X never tended to those anyway.

 

6. ‚µ‚©‚µ�AX ‚ª–{‚ð“ǂ݂½‚¢�A‰¹Šy‚ð’®‚«‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Í�­‚µ’¿‚µ‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚´‚é‚𓾂܂¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�u‹É’[‚ÈŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚êˆÈ‘O‚É’Þ‚è‚É�s‚«‚½‚¢�A“®•¨‚ð‹s‘Ò‚·‚é‚È‚Ç�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�A‰R‚ð‚‚­�A‰\˜b�A’†���A“�‚Ý�A�«“I•s•i�s‚Ȃǂ̗~–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à�AX ‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚ƂɌü‚©‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‚ÆŽ„‚ÍŠm�M‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚Ü‚½�ASotāpanna‚ɂȂ邽‚ß�A‚·‚Ȃ킿nirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è�A‰¹Šy‚ð’®‚¢‚½‚è‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚½Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�A‚ȂǂÆ�l�X‚É�l‚¦‚Ăقµ‚­‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B ‚»‚¤‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂ł·�B Sotāpanna‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚±‚ê‚ç 2 ‚‚̌XŒü‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B Žß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ÉSotāpanna‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚ª�AŽð‚ðˆù‚Ý‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�Õ“®‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½�l‚̘b‚ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�A”Þ‚ÍSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã�A‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç’·‚­�¶‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�j�B‘¼ŽÒ‚ªSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©dukkha‚Í’N‚É‚à‚í‚©‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

Sotāpanna‚Íapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚É“K‚µ‚½�sˆ×‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‹­‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÌæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ðkāma rāga, paṭigha, avijjā‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚܂łɎæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BLobha, Dosa, Moha versus Raga, Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Ž„‚Í�AX ‚ªˆÈ‘O�¢‚Æ“]�¶‚É‚æ‚錻�¢‚Åanariya jhānā‚ð”|‚¢�A‚»‚Ì�ugati�v‚ð‚±‚Ì�iŒ»�¢‚Ì�j�l�¶‚ÉŽ�‚¿�ž‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B X‚Íjhānā‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚¢‚­‚‚©‚Ì�g‘ÌŠ´Šo‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚艹Šy‚ð’®‚¢‚½‚è‚·‚é‚ȂǂÌ�\•ª‚É–³ŠQ‚È‚à‚̂ɑ΂µ‚Ăł³‚¦ˆêŽž“I‚ÉŽ·’…‚ðŽ¸‚È‚Á‚½—�—R‚Í‚±‚ê‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

 

 

7. Each person loses a set of characteristics (gati) upon attaining the Sotāpanna stage. One should be able to look back and see what those are, just like X did. And, of course, whether those changes are permanent. (Note that my personal experiences discussed below were as of 2016.)

 

7. Sotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Aˆê˜A‚Ì“Á�« (gati) ‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B X‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‰ß‹Ž‚ð�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚»‚ê‚炪‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚µ‚Ä‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚̕ω»‚ª‰i‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚©‚à�B

 

(ˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚鎄‚ÌŒÂ�l“I‚ÈŒoŒ±‚Í 2016 ”NŽž“_‚Ì‚à‚̂ł ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B)

Ž„‚Í�æ‚Ù‚Ç‚àŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A30”NˆÈ�㑱‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚½�Aˆê“ú‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É‚¨Žð‚ðˆù‚Ý‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ª‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚Ì�Kе‚𑱂¯‚邱‚ƂŋN‚±‚蓾‚鈫‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð�l—¶‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�AŽ„‚͋֎ð‚ð‹­�§‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

�l‚ª�u“¹�v‚É�]‚¤‚Æ‚«�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹­�§“I‚É•úŠü‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A‘¼‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ð��‚‚¯‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚¾‚¯‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚Ü‚·�B X‚Å‚·‚ç–{‚≹Šy‚ð‹­�§“I‚É‚â‚ß‚½‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ­�A‚½‚Ü‚½‚Ü‚»‚¤‚È‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�BŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɑ΂·‚é—~‹�‚Ì‘rޏ‚͋ɒ[‚È—~‹�‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è�A�™�X‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚̓tƒBƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì–{‚ð“ǂނ±‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B ˆÈ‘O‚Í‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—Þ‚Ì–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�¡‚̓eƒŒƒr‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚ÉŽžŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂȂ̂Å�A�¬�à‚ð“ǂނ±‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ˆê•û‚Å�AŽ„‚Í�¡�Aƒmƒ“ƒtƒBƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì–{‚ð“ǂނ悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

‰ß‹Ž 2 ”NŠÔ�AŽ„‚͉Ȋw‚Ö‚ÌŠÖ�S‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚à�¶ŽY�«‚ªŒü�サ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B 2”N‘O‚ɂ͗�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½—ÊŽq—ÍŠw‚Ìãk–§‚³‚ðŠw‚т܂µ‚½�B kilesa‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚¸‚Á‚Æ–¾�ð‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̊Ö�S‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B æÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚銈“®‚¾‚¯‚É‹»–¡‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í•K�{‚Å‚ ‚è�A�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ă݂ê‚Ζ¾‚ç‚©‚Ȃ͂¸‚Å‚·�B �l‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚É’B‚µ‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�¢‘­“I‚ÈŽ–•¿‚·‚ׂĂɋ»–¡‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

8. My point is that it is desirable to first get into this stage of X, where X can see the difference between sensual pleasures (āmisa sukha) and the nirāmisa sukha that arise by at least temporarily suppressing the desire for sensual pleasures via a meditation program.

 

8. Ž„‚ÌŒ¾‚¢‚½‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸X‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚ª–]‚Ü‚µ‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅX ‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ (āmisa sukha) ‚Æ�AáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̗~‹�‚ðˆêŽž“I‚É—}�§‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚énirāmisa sukha‚̈Ⴂ‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

áÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚æ‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Adasa akusala‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯—£‚ê‚Ä“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃł·�B

 

9. Many people try to attain �gNibbānic pleasure�h just because they think sensual pleasures, i.e., that Nibbānic pleasure is like the pleasure of music, good food, etc. This is why the account of X is so good an example in pointing out the difference between the two.

 

9. ‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚ÍNibbānic‚ÈŠì‚тƂ͉¹Šy‚â”ü–¡‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚Ȃǂ̊´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тƓ¯‚¶‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�ANibbānic‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BX ‚Ì‹L�q‚ª—¼ŽÒ‚̈Ⴂ‚ðŽw“E‚·‚é”ñ�í‚É—Ç‚¢—á‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚ª‚±‚ê‚Å‚·�B

 

ŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚ê‚Íāmisa‚Æ nirāmisa‚»‚µ‚Ä jhāna sukha‚Æ Nibbānic sukha‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é‚̂ɓK‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚ªsukha‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‹å‚ðNibbāna‚ÆŒq‚°‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ꂪnirāmisa sukha‚Ƃ͈قȂ邩‚ç‚Å‚·�BNibbānic sukha‚Í‘S‘Ì“I‚È�u�K•Ÿ�v‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B ‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ł͂»‚ꂪ‚ǂ̂悤‚È‚à‚̂Ȃ̂©‚Í•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�¡‚ł͑̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚éŒø‰Ê‚ª�í‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Í ämisa (‚·‚Ȃ킿 sämisa) sukha ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠFāmisa sukha‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă悭’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

10. Niramisa sukha can arise due to a few different causes. They are all beneficial for the Path and to comprehend the anicca nature.

 

10. nirāmisa sukha‚Í�A‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̈قȂ錴ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”­�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A�u“¹�v‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—L‰v‚Å‚ ‚è�Aanicha‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B

 

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Éāmisa sukha‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�Akilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿akusala cetasika (‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͎Ÿ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·) ‚ð”w•‰‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’ɂɂ³‚炳‚ê‚é“®—h‚µ‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�BThe Incessant Distress (�gPīḷana�h) – Key to Dukkha Sacca‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�AX ‚ª�”1‚Å�u... áÒ‘z‚ð�”�TŠÔ‚â‚ß‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë�AˆÈ‘O‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É‹»•±‚µ•sˆÀ‚ɂȂèŽn‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�v‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‚±‚Ì�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯‚«�A�l‚Ínirāmisa sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

—Ⴆ‚Α¼‚Ì�l‚ð�•‚¯‚½‚è�A‚¨• ‚ð‹ó‚©‚¹‚½�l‚â“®•¨‚É�H‚ו¨‚ð—^‚¦‚½‚è‚·‚铹“¿“I‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚鎞‚É�A’ZŽžŠÔ‚Å‚ànirāmisa sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®’†‚É�¶‚¶‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�iŽv�l�j‚Ì’†‚Ékilesa‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɋN‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�AAriya ‚à‚µ‚­‚ÍanariyaáÒ‘z‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B ‚±‚±‚Å‚à�isamādhi‚Ì‹­‚³‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂ͂قƂñ‚Çkilesa‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

11. There is also a higher nirāmisa sukha that the Buddha recommended. That is the sukha arising due to jhānā.  When in a jhāna, one has citta running through one�fs mind that belongs to rupa or arūpa loka.

 

11. Žß‘¸‚ª�„�§‚µ‚½�A‚æ‚è�‚“x‚Ènirāmisa sukha‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ꂪ jhānā‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚ésukha‚Å‚·�B  jhānā‚É‚¢‚邯‚«�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚É‚Írupa‚Ü‚½‚Íarūpaloka‚É‘®‚·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª—¬‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

’è‹`�ã�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìcittā‚É‚Íkilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I•s�ƒ•¨‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

samādhi‚ªˆê’è‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚܂ŋ­‰»‚³‚ê‚é�i�C—{‚³‚ê‚é�j‚Æ jhānā‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

 

12. �gNivan sukha�h or �gNibbānic sukha�h or �gNibbānic bliss�h is due to cittā that are even purer.  There is no trace of incessant agitation or stress left in those cittā.

 

12. �uNivan sukha�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uNibbānic sukha�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uNibbānic bliss�v‚Í�A‚³‚ç‚É�ƒ�ˆ‚Ècittā‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìcittā‚Ì’†‚É‚Í�A�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢“®—h‚âƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚Ì�­�Õ‚ÍŽc‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìcittā‚Ípabhassara�i–¾‚é‚¢�jcitt₯‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna – Is it Difficult to Understand? ‚ÆPabhassara Citta, Radiant Mind, and Bhavaṅga‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�ASotāpanna‚Í�Ajhānā‚Ì�C—ù‚ð’Ê‚¶‚ÄSotāpanna phala samapatti�iŒ‹ŽÀ‚Ì’B�¬�j‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚ÌNibbānic sukha ‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�Anirāmisa sukha‚ª�Á‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É�v‚©‚瓾‚½‹~�ς͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B

 

13. We will discuss the kilesa (akusala cetasika) that give rise not only to incessant agitation and stress — but eventually to all sansaric suffering — soon in this series.

 

13. Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢“®—h‚ƃXƒgƒŒƒX‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A�Å�I“I‚ɂ͂·‚ׂĂÌsansaric‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·kilesa�iakusala cetasika�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‚±‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY‚Å‚·‚®‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É‚Í�Akilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿akusala cetasika‚Ì�d‰×‚𕉂Á‚½cittā‚É‚æ‚é�u‘¦Žž“I‚Èkamma vipāka�v‚Æ�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚Ècittā‚Ì�u’x‚ꂽŒø‰Ê�v‚Í�AŒã‚Å‚æ‚葽‚­‚Ìkamma vipāka‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A‚æ‚è‹­—͂Ȃà‚Ì‚Í apāyā‚Ì“]�¶‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö‚Ì�d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A“¹“¿“I�s“®�isila�j‚Æ—D‚ꂽáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Änirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B ‚»‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɊJ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Apañcanīvaraṇa‚͉½“ú‚à—}�§‚³‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚è�A�ƒ�ˆ‚Èdhamma‚ð�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̈Ú�s‚Í‹}‘¬‚É‹N‚±‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚Ì‚ ‚Æ‚É�A–{�l‚à‹C‚©‚¸‚ÉSotāpanna phala‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ª‘±‚­‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�l‚ª‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å‚»‚±‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�ASotāpanna‚Ì ’iŠK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é‘O‚É�A�à–¾‚·‚ׂ«‚±‚Æ‚ª‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

11. Magga Phala via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga

The top 10 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation. The rest of the posts in this section discuss meditation subjects. They clarify unresolved questions and help gain samādhi. The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.

Revised August 5, 2017; revised April 24, 2020; May 15, 2023

 

11. Satta Bojjhaṅga�i޵ŠoŽx�j‚̈ç�¬‚É‚æ‚éMagga Phala

‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒbƒv 10 ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�A•§‹³áÒ‘z‚ÌŠî–{‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚ÌŽå‘è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í–¢‰ðŒˆ‚Ì‹^–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚𓾂é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B �­‚È‚­‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì 11 Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚Å‚½‚Ç‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Introduction

1. There are many ways to get to magga phala. What I have followed is Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā and metta Bhāvanā. As explained in the previous post, I first did a crude version of the Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā for a few years without even realizing that it was effectively a Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā.  

 

ƒCƒ“ƒgƒ�ƒ_ƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�@

1. magga phala‚É�s‚­‚ɂ͑½‚­‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ª’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚Ä‚«‚½‚Ì‚ÍBojjhaṅga Bhāvanā ‚Æ metta Bhāvanā ‚Å‚·�B ‘O‰ñ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽ„‚Í�Å�‰�A‚»‚ꂪŽÀŽ¿“I‚ÉBojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC•t‚©‚¸‚É�A�””NŠÔ�ABojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Ì‘eŽG‚ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

�¡�AŽ„‚Í�¿‚Á‚Äbojjhaṅga Bhāvan₯Ariya Metta Bhāvanā‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚Å‚Íānāpānasati (‚»‚µ‚Ä satipatthāna)�A‚‚܂èŽÌ‚Ä‚é‚ׂ«Žv�l/”­Œ¾/�s“®‚ð—}�§‚µ�A‚»‚Ì”½‘΂̂à‚Ì‚ðˆç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�¡‚ł͂»‚ꂪ�Kе‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A•s“K�؂Ȃ±‚Æ‚ª“ª‚É•‚‚©‚ñ‚¾�uŠÔ‚É‚»‚ê‚ðˆÓޝ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ª�í�XŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A—Ç‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª�ã’B‚Ö‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B

 

Ānāpānasati Bhāvanā Comes First

2. Ānāpānasati (and Satipaṭṭhāna) helps one to get rid of bad habits/cultivate good habits, and thus change one�fs gati and āsavā; see, �gKey to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character (Gati),�h and �gIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?�g.

 

Ānāpānasati Bhāvanā ‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é

2. Ānāpānasati (‚¨‚æ‚Ñ Satipaṭṭthāna) ‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð”|‚¢�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ìgati‚Æāsavā‚ð•Ï‚¦‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�BKey to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character (Gati) ‚ÆIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā ‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªsamādhi‚É’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚È‚ª‚ç�A“¯Žž‚ÉBojjhaṅga dhamma‚ð—{‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Satta Bojjhaṅga (Œå‚è‚Ì 7 ‚‚̗v‘f�A޵ŠoŽx) ‚Í�uŒå‚è‚Ì37—v‘f�v‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

ˆÈ‰º‚ÉŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚Ì�¿‚Á‚Ä‚·‚éáÒ‘z‚Ì‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚ÍAriya Metta Bhāvanā‚Å‚·�BAriya Metta Bhāvanā (Loving Kindness Meditation)�iŽœ‚µ‚Ý‚ðˆ¤‚·‚éáÒ‘z�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚Ì“ú‰Û‚ÍŽ„‚ɂƂÁ‚Ă͂¤‚Ü‚­‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñNibbāna‚Ö�i‚»‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö�jŽŠ‚铹‚Í‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ªŽ„‚ª�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚¤‚Á‚©‚肵‚È‚ª‚ç�j‘I‚ñ‚¾“¹‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Å‚àSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚·‚Ȃ킿diṭṭhi�A‚‚܂èditthāsava‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃ݂̂ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ìanicch‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŠÈ’P‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

What Are Bojjhaṅga?

3. The word Bojjhaṅga comes from �gBōdhi�h + �gaṅga�g.) Of course, �gBōdhi�h means �gbhava uddha�h or �gEnlightenment,�h and �gaṅga�h means �gpart.�h

 

Bojjhaṅga‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©?

3. Bojjhaṅga ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚Í�A�uBōdhi�v+�uaṅga�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B) ‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�uBōdhi�v‚Í�ubhava uddha�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŒå‚è�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�uaṅga�v‚Í�u•”•ª�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASatta Bojjhaṅga‚ÍNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂Â7‚‚̗v‘f (satta‚Í 7 ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·) ‚Å‚·�B

 

4. The key here is that during the Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā, one only does �gāna�h or �gtaking in good things�h; see, �gWhat is Änapāna?�g. However, �gpāna�h or �gremoving the bad�h happens automatically via wisdom gained, i.e., via enhanced vision or sammā diṭṭhi. One�fs mind is automatically focused on thinking about a Dhamma concept, and once one gets some traction, the mind will get �glatched on to it.�h

 

4. ‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂ÍBojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚ÌŠÔ�A�l‚Í�uāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ð�s‚¤‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BWhat is Änapāna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�upāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�A“¾‚ç‚ꂽ’qŒd�A‚‚܂苭‰»‚³‚ꂽƒ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿sammā diṭṭhi‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚Édhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚É�W’†‚µ�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñ‚ ‚é’ö“x‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ð“¾‚é‚Æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ídhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚É�uŽú‚í‚ê�v‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

�‰Šú‚Ì� �AŽ„‚ªdhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n—¶‚µŽn‚ß‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽ©“®“I‚Ésamādhi(jhāna‚ł͂Ȃ­)‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚‚܂è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ísamādhi‚É�W’†‚µ�A‘Ì‚àƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚àŒy‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚ÌŽž‚͌ċzáÒ‘z‚àŽŽ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B

‚±‚Ìdhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n—¶‚·‚é�Kе‚Í�AŽ„‚ªŽtThero‚É�o‰ï‚Á‚Ä‚©‚ç�ASatta Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Ådhamma vicaya‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚ƂƂµ‚ÄŽ©‘R‚ÉŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

The necessity to Comprehend Tilakkhana

5. I was able to make real progress only after learning the true meanings of anicca, dukkha, and anatta; see �g10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava�g.

 

Tilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v�«

5. Ž„‚Íaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠw‚ñ‚¾Œã‚ł̂Ý�A�^‚Ì�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Waharaka Thero ‚Í�A7 ‚Â‚Ì Bojjhaṅga dhamma‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚É�C—ù‚·‚é•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚ê‚É‚Íaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Äsati�i“¹“¿“Iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�BAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚ÌŒã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ATilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‘O‚É�A10 Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BMicchā Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

The Seven Bojjhaṅga

6. The seven Bojjhaṅga Dhamma are sati (mindfulness), dhamma vicaya (investigation of dhamma concepts; pronounced �gdhamma vichaya�h), viriya (effort), piti (joy), passaddhi (tranquility), samādhi (one-pointedness), and upekkha (equanimity). I will post it later, but I have discussed most of these terms in other posts.

 

‚V‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga

6. Bojjhaṅga Dhamma ‚Ì 7 ‚‚ƂÍsati�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j�Adhamma vicaya�idhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚Ì’T‹��A�j�Aviriya�i“w—Í�j, piti�iŠì‚Ñ�j, passaddhi�i�¯‚³�j, samādhi�iˆê“_�W’†�j�Aupekkha�i�ɸ�j‚Å‚·�j�B Œã‚ŃgƒsƒbƒN‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚̂قƂñ‚ǂɂ‚¢‚Ă͑¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

sati‚Ƃ͉½‚©‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B ‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�Asati‚Æ‚Í�u�W’†�v‚Ü‚½‚Í’P‚É�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤‚±‚Æ�v‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µsati‚Ƃ͂»‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚»‚ê‚Íaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½�l‚¦•û‚Å�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B31‚Ì—Ìˆæ‚Æ�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͑½‚­‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦�¡�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Ísaṃsāric‚ÌŽžŠÔƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚É”ä‚ׂê‚ÎŽæ‚é‚É‘«‚ç‚È‚¢’·‚³‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ‚±‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚̃e�[ƒ}‚Å‚ ‚è�A“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‹LŽ–‚ª‚½‚­‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Sati Comes First

7. During the whole time of the Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā, sati must be there; that frame of mind must be there. Dhamma vicaya is a critical evaluation of a given dhamma concept. One can choose a topic or two for a session and then contemplate it. One could do this not only in a formal way but also just while reading a web post or a book on the subject. Each individual is different, so one must determine which is more suitable.

 

sati‚ª‘æˆê

7. Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚ÌŠÔ‚Í‚¸‚Á‚Æsati‚ª‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì�S�\‚¦‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B dhamma vicaya‚Ƃ͊eŽ©‚ªŽ�‚ÂdhammaŠT”O‚̔ᔻ“I‚È•]‰¿‚Å‚·�B ƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð1‚‚܂½‚Í2‚‘I‘ð‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚É�n—¶‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�³Ž®‚È•û–@‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A‚»‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚邱‚ÌWeb‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚â–{‚ð“ǂނ±‚Ƃłà‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪˆá‚¤‚Ì‚Å�A‚ǂꂪ‚æ‚è“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð”»’f‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Ì�l�¶ŒoŒ±‚⑼‚Ì�l‚Ì�l�¶ŒoŒ±‚Æ”äŠr‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aanicca‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚É‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃rƒfƒIƒNƒŠƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚è�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͎©•ª‚̑̂àŠÜ‚߂ĉ½‚à‚©‚à–ž‘«‚Ɉێ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ‹Šo“I‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©dukkha‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Paṭicca samuppāda ‚Ȃǂ̂³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȉž—p‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚Ípiti sabbojjhaṅga‚̈ç�¬‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ª˜b‚µ‚½nirāmisa sukha‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B �K•ŸŠ´‚â�uŒy‚³�v‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚ß�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‰¸‚â‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŒoŒ±‚ð‚µ‚½�l‚à‚¢‚é‚©‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽ©•ª‚ª�³‚µ‚¢“¹‚ð�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž©�M‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê�A‚æ‚è“w—Í‚·‚éˆÓ—~‚ª�‚‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Aviriya sabbojjhaṅga‚ª—{‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

First Phase – Learning and Contemplation

8. Thus, dhamma vicaya, piti, and viriya sabbojjhaṅga are cultivated together (of course, sati must be there too). At some point, though, the mind and especially the body (head) may get tired. If one is making a lot of progress, one may start to experience some pressures in the head or body (not headaches, but just pressure.) Some feel like �gants crawling in the head�h; the brain and the body (including the nervous system) are adjusting, and there is nothing terrible about this.

 

‘æ 1 ƒtƒF�[ƒY – Šw�K‚Æ�n—¶

8. ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Adhamma vicaya�Apiti, viriya sabbojjhaṅga‚͈ê��‚É�C—ù‚³‚ê‚Ü‚· (‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñsati‚à‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ)�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚鎞“_‚Ń}ƒCƒ“ƒh�A“Á‚É‘Ì�i“ª�j‚ª”æ‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚©‚È‚è�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A“ª‚â‘̂ɉ½‚ç‚©‚̈³”—Š´‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i“ª’ɂł͂Ȃ­�A’P‚Ȃ鈳”—Š´‚Å‚·�j�B�u“ª‚Ì’†‚ðƒAƒŠ‚ª”‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ”]‚Æ‘Ì�i�_ŒoŒn‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚ª’²�®‚µ‚‚‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͉½‚à‹°‚낵‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚±‚ꂪ‹N‚±‚邯‚«‚͑̂Ɍø‰Ê“I‚ÈŠ´‚¶‚ª‚µ‚Ä�AáÒ‘z‚Í�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Æ‘Ì‚à‰˜�õ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A�_ŒoŒn‚Ímanomaya kāya‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚É”ä‚ׂĘc‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚½‚½‚߂ł·�B�l‚ªŠ´‚¶‚é�uˆ³—Í�v‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A�_ŒoŒn‚ª“K�Ø‚È�ê�Š‚É�u‚Ë‚¶‚è–ß‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉e‹¿‚͈ꕔ‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚Í�Å�¬ŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚̉˜‚ê‚Ì”R�Ă͑̓à‚̉˜�õ•¨Ž¿‚Ì’~�ςɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A“K�؂Ȍċz‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”r�o‚µ‚Ä�ò‰»‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚±‚ê‚Í�uānāpāna�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B ‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚̂悤‚Ɍċz‚É�W’†‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÍæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚É‚æ‚Á‚đ̓à‚É’~�Ï‚µ‚½“Á’è‚Ì�uutujarūpa�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

utuja   shape due to weather Utzu figure.  [Logical + Physics]

 

‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�AáÒ‘z‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚µ�A‘Ì‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ§‚ð‹z‚Á‚½‚è“f‚¢‚½‚肵Žn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �ê�‡‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚Í�A’·‚­‘§‚ð“f‚­‚±‚Ƃő̂ªŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚ð”r�o‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�A�g‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì—¼•û‚ªpassaddhi�i�¯‚³�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A�™�X‚Ésamādhi‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÌŒy‚³�ipassaddhi�j�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�isamādhi‚©‚ç�jnirāmisa sukha‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bupekkha�i•½�Ã�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B

‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�\•ª‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚«�AƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‚½‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚½‚ç�A‘O‚Ì 3 ‚‚Ìsabbojjhaṅga‚Ì�C—ù‚É–ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Adhamma vicaya‚ÌáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Second Phase – Relaxation

9. Thus one should go back and forth between the two routines with three sabbojjhaṅga each. The sati sabbojjhaṅga must be there all the time. This is called the two-step cultivation of Bojjhaṅga dhamma.

 

‘æ 2 ƒtƒF�[ƒY - ƒŠƒ‰ƒNƒ[�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“

9. ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê 3 ‚‚Ìsabbojjhaṅga‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä 2 ‚‚̃‹�[ƒeƒBƒ“‚ÌŠÔ‚ð�s‚Á‚½‚è—ˆ‚½‚è‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B sati sabbojjhaṅga‚Í�í‚É‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ê‚ðbojjhaṅga dhamma‚Ì“ñ’iŠK�C—ù‚Æ‚¢‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð‰˜‚ê‚½•z‚ðŽè‚Å�ô‚¤‚±‚ƂɗႦ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �ÎŒ²‚ð•t‚¯‚Ä•z‚ð�i‚Á‚ĉ˜�õ•¨Ž¿‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í‚«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚É�Z‚µ‚Ä�A•‚‚¢‚½‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŒã‚à‰˜‚ꂪ‚Ђǂ¢�ê�‡‚Í�A�Ä“x�ÎŒ²‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‰˜‚ꂪ‚·‚ׂĂȂ­‚È‚è�A•z‚ª‚«‚ê‚¢‚ɂȂé‚܂ł±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒJ‚è•Ô‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ɂ̓}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆê‚©�Š‚ÉŠæŒÅ‚ȉ˜‚ꂪŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̃Vƒ~‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚߂ɕʂ̉»Šw–ò•i‚ðŽg—p‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚‚܂è�A“K�Ø‚ÈBhāvanā: ‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�AŠ´Šo‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚Ì‚Éasubha Bhāvanā‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�j �A‘ž‚µ‚݂̎v�l‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚ß‚Ìmetta Bhāvanā �Amicchā diṭṭhi‚È‚Ç‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚ß‚Ìdhamma‚ÌŠT”O�j‚»‚µ‚Ä�Ăт«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚Å�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‘S‘Ì‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�isati�j‚ð•ۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

“¯—l‚É�Asati‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä 2 ‚‚̃‹�[ƒeƒBƒ“‚ÌŠÔ‚ð�s‚Á‚½‚è—ˆ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�B magga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚܂łɂ©‚©‚鎞ŠÔ‚Í�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĈقȂè‚Ü‚·�BAriya jhānās‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Œã‚ɂ̂ݒB�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

Continuing With Ānāpānasati Bhāvanā

10. The bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā is formal meditation. As we have seen, one must sit comfortably in a quiet place and contemplate.

 

Ānāpānasati Bhāvanā ‚ð‘±‚¯‚é

10. bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā ‚Í�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚܂Ō©‚Ä‚«‚½‚悤‚É�A�l‚Í�©‚È�ê�Ђɉõ“K‚É�¿‚Á‚Ä�n—¶‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�Abojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Í’P“Æ‚Å�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ðˆç‚Ý�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邽‚߂ɂÍ�A�í‚ÉĀnāpānasati Bhāvanā ‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚ ‚é’ö“x‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ðŠl“¾‚µ�A‰½‚ç‚©‚Ì—˜“_‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�l‚Í‚â‚é‹C‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

Alternating Between the Two Phases

11. Initially, one should focus on anicca, dukkha, or anatta as the dhamma vicaya subject. Then once some understanding is gained, one�fs mind attains a certain level of cleanliness. After that, like using different chemicals to get rid of coffee or tar stains, one must choose different topics (or even meditation techniques) to broaden the understanding/remove a particular obstacle. Buddha Dhamma is all about cleansing the mind via wisdom and understanding this world�fs true nature.

 

2 ‚‚̃tƒF�[ƒY‚ðŒðŒÝ‚ÉŒJ‚è•Ô‚·

11. �Å�‰‚Í�Adhamma vicaya‚ÌŽå‘è‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Aaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�l‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͈ê’è‚Ì�´Œ‰‚³‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŒã�AƒR�[ƒq�[‚âƒ^�[ƒ‹‚̉˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚½‚߂ɂ³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȉ»Šw•¨Ž¿‚ðŽg—p‚·‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì�áŠQ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̗�‰ð‚ð�L‚°‚½‚è�œ‹Ž‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃgƒsƒbƒN (‚Ü‚½‚ÍáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN) ‚ð‘I‘ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BBuddha dhamma‚Æ‚Í�A’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B

‚Ü‚½�A“ú‰Û‚̈ꕔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ämetta Bhāvanā ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚à–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í�A“K�Ø‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�ê�‡�i‚‚܂è�Aaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�j�Ametta Bhāvanā ‚ÍAnāgami ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�à‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B5. Ariya Metta Bhāvanā (Loving Kindness Meditation)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

  ‚ ‚Ü‚è‚É‚à‘½‚­‚Ì—~‹�‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�uasubha anussati�v‚ðŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �扄‚΂µ‚É‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�l‚Í�A�umaranānussati�v‚ð”|‚¤‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�¡Œã‚¨˜b‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

anussati�Ff. [anu-sati] recollection  áÒ‘z�A��”O�C”O.

maranānussati�@ marana Ž€+ anussati

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�‰‚Éaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ă邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B “¯Žž‚É�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v�A‚‚܂è—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚â31‚̗̈æ‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚𓾂Ă©‚çkamma, saṅkhāra, Paṭicca samuppāda‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚­‚‚©‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚𓾂é‚̂͗ǂ¢�l‚¦‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚̓pƒYƒ‹‚̃s�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B �Å�‰‚Í‹C‚ª‰“‚­‚È‚é‚æ‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘å‚«‚È•”•ª‚ª”z’u‚³‚ê‚邯�A�¬‚³‚È•”•ª‚ª‚Ç‚±‚ÉŽû‚܂邩‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢ƒAƒCƒfƒA‚ª“¾‚ç‚êŽn‚߂܂·�Baniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Í�Å‚à�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Adhamma vicaya‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�d—v‚ȃe�[ƒ}‚Å‚·�B Ž„‚Í’Z‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à–ˆ“ú‚â‚Á‚Ă܂·�B �Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍVipallāsa (Diṭṭhi, Saññā, Citta) Affect Saṅkhāra‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Attainment of the Phala Moment

12. The Sōtapanna stage (magga/phala) is attained in two consecutive citta. However, it is not noticeable at that time. One realizes that with time, mainly by realizing that one�fs outlook on life has changed. In particular, the tendency to socialize is likely to be reduced, but there may be exceptions; one realizes how important it is to spend the little remaining time in this life on making spiritual progress and enhancing the �gcooling down.�h

Audio Player

00:00

00:00

Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.

 

Download (short version): �getaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ – short version.�g

Download (long version): �getaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ – long version.�g

 

 

Phala‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Ì’B�¬

12. Sōtapanna’iŠK (Magga Phala) ‚Í2‰ñ˜A‘±‚Ìcitta‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚ł͋C‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ŽžŠÔ‚ÌŒo‰ß‚ƂƂà‚É�AŽå‚ÉŽ©•ª‚Ì�l�¶ŠÏ‚ª•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B “Á‚ÉŽÐŒð“I‚ÈŒXŒü‚ÍŒ¸�­‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A—áŠO‚à‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÉŽc‚³‚ꂽ‚킸‚©‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ð�A—ì“I‚È�i•à‚ð�‹‚°�A�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð‘£�i‚·‚邱‚Ƃɔï‚â‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚¢‚©‚É�d—v‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é�ê�‡�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ͎À‚ðŒ‹‚Î‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S�\‚¦ (aniccā,dukkhā,anattā) ‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�ASatta Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�iæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚݂Ɋî‚­�j‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¢‘­“I‚ÈŽv�l‘Î�ۂ̓}ƒCƒ“dukkha‚ç�iˆêŽž“I‚É�j’âŽ~‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚çNibbāna‚Ì•½ˆÀ�iSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ÉŒoŒ±‚·‚é•”•ª“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê�j�A‚‚܂è•ω»‚µ‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

Ž„‚ÍSamādhi Sutta (AN 10.6)‚Ì’†‚Ì�getaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabba­saṅ­khā­ra­sama­tho sabbū­padhipa­ṭi­nissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan�fti�h

‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 2017 ”N 8 ŒŽ 5 “ú‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�AŽ„‚͂܂¾�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‹­’²‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ª�ŋߋC‚¢‚½‚悤‚É�Akāma rāga‚ðŠ®‘S‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚܂łÍ�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�BDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process‚ðŽQ�Æ�B Ž„‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½jhāna‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�A‚»‚ê‚Íanariya jhāna‚ɈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

ˆÈ‰º‚Í�A‘¸ŽÒ‚É‚ærupaƒŠŒê‚̘^‰¹‚Å‚· (ƒRƒ“ƒsƒ…�[ƒ^�[‚ʼn¹—ʃRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚ð�Ý’è‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·)�B

 

‰pŒê‚É–|–󂷂邯�@�u‚»‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å‚ ‚è�A‰¸‚â‚©‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ª’Ç•ú‚³‚ê�AŒ‹‚іڂ͉󂳂ê�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚‚܂èNibbāna‚Å‚·�B�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�A�u‚±‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ð�Âß�A“]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌãJ‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚è�A‚·‚ׂĂ̎·’…‚ð’f‚¿�A—Ö‰ô‚Ì—·‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌´ˆö‚ð’f‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪNibbāna‚Å‚·�B�v

�d—v‚Ȃ͎̂À�Û‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ł͂Ȃ­�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Å—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌŽ�‚ðˆÃ�¥‚µ�AˆÓ–¡‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�¥‚¦‚é‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·�B

 

Attainment of Jhāna Is a Possibility

13. One could attain anariya jhāna before or after the Sōtapanna stage. However, even the first Ariya jhāna is possible by removing kāma rāga anusaya at the Anāgāmi stage.  

 

Jhāna‚Ì’B�¬‚͉”\

13. Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Ì‘O‚Å‚àŒã‚Å‚à�Aanariya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Åkāma rāga anusaya‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ĉ”\‚Å‚·�B

 

Jhāna ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ìrupāvacara Brahma‚̗̈æ‚ɑΉž‚·‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íanariya‚ÆAriya jhāna‚ɑГ–‚·‚é—}�§�A‚·‚Ȃ킿kāma rāga‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�A“¯—l‚Ìjhāna‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É’B‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�Aanariya jhāna ‚É‚Í anusaya ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邽‚ß�A”÷–­‚ȈႢ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�BTapussa Sutta (AN 9.41)– Akuppā Cētōvimutti‚Ì #8�A#10 ‚ȂǂðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

kāma rāga‚ð�œ‹Ž‚µ‚Ä�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚é�ê�‡‚Å‚à�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚é‚É‚ÍAnāgāmi‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �l‚̓ZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŠm”F‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B

Ariya‚Æanariya jhāna‚Ì‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¤–ʂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍSamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

‚Ü‚½�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à–¡Šo‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɑ΂·‚銉–]‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·Ž¸‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�BKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

 

14. November 11, 2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to verify one is progressing towards the Sōtapanna stage. The new section,  �gLiving Dhamma, �gprovides a systematic way to achieve that goal and provides guidelines on checking one�fs progress.

 

 

14. 2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú: Sōtapanna’iŠK‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‘½‚­‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Living Dhamma‚Í�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚߂̃KƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

 

 

 

޵ŠoŽx�i‚µ‚¿‚©‚­‚µ�Asatta bojjhaṅgā,�j

‚Æ‚Í�A•§‹³‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�C�s“à—e‚Ì1‚Â�B

Œå‚è‚Ì7‚‚̎x•ª‚ð‚È‚·�€–Ú�B�u޵“™ŠoŽx�v�i‚µ‚¿‚Æ‚¤‚ª‚­‚µ�j[1]�A�u޵•ì’ñ•ª�v�i‚µ‚¿‚Ú‚¾‚¢‚Ô‚ñ�j[2]‚Æ‚à�B�uŽO�\޵“¹•i�v‚Ì’†‚Ì1‚Â�B

 

Žß‰Þ‚ÍŒÜ�㕪Œ‹‚Ì�Ø’m�A•Õ’m�A•Õ�s�A’fŽÌ‚Ì‚½‚ß�A޵ŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚ׂ«‚Æ�à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é.

 

 

ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ‘Љž•” 46.ŠoŽx‘Љž –\—¬•i

Imesaṃ kho bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ abhiññāya satta bojjhaṅge bhāvetabbo katamo satta bojjhaṅge:
idha bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Viriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Upekhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Imesaṃ kho bhikkhave pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ abhiññāya ayaṃ satta bojjhaṅge bhāvetabboti.

”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚±‚ê‚çŒÜ‚‚Ì�㕪Œ‹‚Ì�Ø’m�E•Õ’m�E•Õ�s�EŽÌ’f‚Ì‚½‚ß�A޵ŠoŽx‚ª�C�K‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚é�B‚¢‚©‚Ȃ鎵‚Ì�¬�n‚©�H
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚ ‚é”ä‹u‚Í—£(viveka)‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ�A—£æÃ(virāga)‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ�A–Å�s(nirodha)‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ�AŠüŽÌ‚·‚é”OŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚é‘ð–@ŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚é�¸�iŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚éŠìŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚éŒyˆÀŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚é’èŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚éŽÌŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚±‚ê‚çŒÜ‚‚Ì�㕪Œ‹‚Ì�Ø’m�E•Õ’m�E•Õ�s�EŽÌ’f‚Ì‚½‚ß�A޵ŠoŽx‚ª�C�K‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚é�B

޵ŠoŽx‚Ì“à—e

1.    ”OŠoŽx�isati-sambojjhaṅga�j - ‹C‚«�isati�j�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�¡‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚邱‚Æ

2.    ‘ð(‚¿‚á‚­‚Ù‚¤)ŠoŽx�idhamma-vicaya--sambojjhaṅga�j - –@(ƒ_ƒ‹ƒ})‚Ì’†‚©‚ç�^ŽÀ‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ð‘I‚Ô

3.    ŠoŽx�iviriya-sambojjhaṅga�j - “w—Í

4.    ŠìŠoŽx�ipīti-sambojjhaṅga�j - Šì‚Ñ‚É�Z‚·‚é

5.    ŒyˆÀ(‚«‚傤‚ ‚ñ)ŠoŽx�ipassaddhi-sambojjhaṅga�j - �S�g‚ÉŒy‚â‚©‚³�E‰õ“K‚³‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é

6.    ’èŠoŽx�isamādhi-sambojjhaṅga�j - ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�W’†‚µ‚Ä—�‚ê‚È‚¢

7.    ŽÌŠoŽx�iupekkhā-sambojjhaṅga�j - �B‘Î�Û‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚È‚¢

ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T

Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Æ–W‚°‚̃oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚ð‚Æ‚é

·                Šì (pīti)

·                ‘ð–@ (dhamma vicaya)

·                �¸�i (viriya)

’¾‘Ø (thīna-middha)
‘ӑĂƖ³‹C—͂ɊׂÁ‚½Žž
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚·

·                ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�i”O,sati�j

ƒoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX�ó‘Ô

·                ŒyˆÀ (passaddhi)

·                ‘T’è (samādhi)

·                ‘Î�ۂɂƂç‚í‚ê‚È‚¢ (upekkha)

�{‹“ (uddhacca-kukkucca)
—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚ðŽ¸‚¢�A�S”zŽ–‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚ ‚鎞
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚·

 

ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T‘Љž•”�u‰ÎŒo�v‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ď߉ނÍ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‘Ó‘Ä�E–³‹C—Í�ilīnaṃ�j‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�AŠì�E‘ð–@�E�¸�i‚Ì�C�K�ibhavaƒi�[�j‚ð�s‚¤“KŽž‚Å‚ ‚è�Aˆê•û‚Å—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ³‚â�S”z�iuddhataṃ�j‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�AŒyˆÀ�E’èŠo�EŽÌ‚Ì�C�K‚ð�s‚¤“KŽž‚Å‚ ‚邯�à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é[5]�B

Yasmiṃ ca kho bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Kālo viriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Kālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.
Yasmiṃ bhikkhave, samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti akālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Akālo viriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.

”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª’¾‘Ø�ilīnaṃ�j‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚Í‘ð–@ŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K�ibhāvanāya�j‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�¸�iŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŠìŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�{‹“�iuddhataṃ�j‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚ÍŒyˆÀŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B’èŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŽÌŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B

—ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T‘Љž•” ŠoŽx‘Љž 53.‰ÎŒo Aggisuttaṃ, Sri Lanka Tripitaka Project

‹r’�

1.                      ^ Œºš÷ –ó�w‘å”ÊŽá”g—…–¨‘½Œo�x�i‘å�³‘ 220�j

2.                      ^ ’n”kæd—… –ó�w•û�L‘å‘‘ŒµŒo�x�i‘å�³‘ 187�j

3.                      ^ ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ‘Љž•” 46.ŠoŽx‘Љž –\—¬•i, Sri Lanka Tripitaka Project

4.                      ^ P.A.ƒpƒ†ƒbƒg�[ ’˜�A–ì’†�kˆê –ó�wƒ|�[�EƒI�[�Eƒpƒ†ƒbƒg�[�@•§‹³Ž«“T�iBuddha Dhamma•Ñ�j�x�A2012”N2ŒŽ�AƒTƒ“ƒK�Ap.159-160

5.                      ^ ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T‘Љž•”ŠoŽx‘Љž 53.‰ÎŒo Aggisuttaṃ, Sri Lanka Tripitaka Project

 

 

 

 

 

Ārammaṇa (Sensory Input) Initiates Critical Processes

Ārammaṇa means a sensory input. It initiates kamma generation via Paṭicca Samuppāda and adds to pañcupādānakkhandha (�gfive grasping aggregates.�h) No one below the Arahant stage generates pañcakkhandha (�gfive aggregates.�h) 

March 12, 2024

 

 

Ārammaṇa (Š´Šo“ü—Í) ‚ª�d—v‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é

ārammaṇa‚ÍŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�APaṭicca Samuppāda‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�Akamma‚Ì�¶�¬‚ðŠJŽn‚µ�Apañcupādānakkhandha (�u5 ‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ª”cˆ¬‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì�v) ‚ɒljÁ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚æ‚艺‚ÌŽÒ‚Í�Apañcakkhandha (�u5 ‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�v) ‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta for a Puthujjana

1. Any average human (puthujjana) has the wrong view (diṭṭhi) and innate wrong perception (saññā) that things in the external world have mind-pleasing characteristics of nicca, sukha, and atta. Those are called �gdiṭṭhi vipallāsa�h and �gsaññā vipallāsa�h respectively. For example, �gIf I can marry that person or buy that big house or buy that expensive car, I will have a happy life.�h  

 

puthujjana‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÌAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta

1. •½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ (puthujjana) ‚Í’N‚Å‚à�AŠOŠE‚Ì•¨Ž–‚É‚Ínicca, sukha, atta‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é“Á�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û (diṭṭhi) ‚Æ�¶—ˆ‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ (saññā) ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ê�udiṭṭhi vipallāsa�v‚Æ�usaññā vipallāsa�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�u‚ ‚Ì�l‚ÆŒ‹�¥‚Å‚«‚½‚ç�A‚ ‚̑傫‚ȉƂ𔃂¦‚½‚ç�A‚ ‚Ì�‚‰¿‚ȎԂ𔃂¦‚½‚ç�AŽ„‚Í�K‚¹‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚ê‚邾‚낤�B�v

vipallāsa�F[m�D] derangement�G perversion�D�@Šh—��A“|�ö

 

puthujjana‚Ìanicca, dukkha, anatta‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©? ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚»‚̂悤‚È–Ú•W‚Ì’B�¬‚É�¬Œ÷‚·‚邯�A�l‚Í‘åŠì‚Ñ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̂悤‚È�Š—L•¨‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ðkāma assāda‚Æ‚¢‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚à‚̂͂·‚ׂĎžŠÔ‚ÌŒo‰ß‚ƂƂà‚É–£—Í‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Í”N‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚ÄŽ€‚É�A•¨‚àŒÃ‚­‚È‚Á‚Ä”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ‚葹��‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Íādinava�A‚‚܂èkāma assāda‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ̌‡“_‚Å‚·�B

assāda�F[m�D] taste; enjoyment; satisfaction�D

ādinna�C�ipp. of ādāti�j�Ctaken�G grasped.

 

2. Many people do not take into account another aspect: the �gdangerous consequences�h of engaging in immoral deeds (akusala kamma) while seeking such �gkāma assāda.�h

 

2. ‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�A•ʂ̑¤–Ê�A‚‚܂è�A‚»‚̂悤‚Èkāma assāda‚ð‹�‚߂Ȃª‚ç•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ× (akusala kamma) ‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�uŠëŒ¯‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê�v‚ð�l—¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

akusala kamma‚Í�A“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚è�A‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚É�A—LŠQ‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê (vipāka) ‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìvipāka‚ÍŒã”N�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í—ˆ�¢‚ÅŒ»ŽÀ‰»‚·‚邽‚ß�A‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í‚±‚Ì‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚±‚ê‚瑤–ʂ͒·Šú“I‚ɂ͋ꂵ‚݂Ƃ¢‚¤�Å�I“IŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B

 

3. Most people are unaware of one or both aspects in #1 and #2: According to the Buddha, seeking happiness via material gains ALWAYS leads to suffering in the long run.

 

3. ‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A#1‚Æ#2‚̈ê•û‚Ü‚½‚Í—¼•û‚Ì‘¤–ʂɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A•¨Ž¿“I‚È—˜‰v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�K•Ÿ‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚É‚Í�í‚ɋꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

#1ŠOŠE‚Ì•¨Ž–‚É‚Ínicca, sukha, atta‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é“Á�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Œ©‰ð‚Æ‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚Ì’B�¬

#2•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ× (akusala kamma) ‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�uŠëŒ¯‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê�v‚Ì�l—¶

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�Aputhujjana‚̓uƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠì‚Ô‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª—Bˆê‚Ì‘I‘ðŽˆ‚Å‚·�B

”Þ‚ç‚Í�Adiṭṭhi ‚Æsaññā‚Ìvipallāsa‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­ŠmŽÀ‚È•û–@‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Why Do We Seek Pleasure in Worldly Things?

4. A puthujjana seeks to possess �gmaterial wealth�h because they perceive such things can bring us happiness. Two critical factors contribute to that.  

(i) �gBad consequences�h of pursuing �gmind-pleasing things�h (kamma vipāka) may not be seen for a long time, sometimes over many rebirths into the future.

(ii) The perception (saññā) that certain things in the world can bring us happiness is an illusion (�gdistorted saññā�h) �gbuilt into our minds.�h 

 

‚È‚ºŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�¢‘­“I‚È‚±‚ƂɊì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚ß‚é‚Ì‚©?

4. puthujjana‚Í�A�u•¨Ž¿“I‚È•x�v‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚É�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Æ”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A�u•¨Ž¿“I‚È•x�v‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚Í 2 ‚‚Ì�d—v‚È—vˆö‚ªŠñ—^‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

(i) �uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚邱‚Æ�v‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚é�uˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�v�ikamma vipāka�j‚Í�A’·‚¢ŠÔ�AŽž‚ɂ͗ˆ�¢‚ʼn½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚܂Ō©‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

(ii) �¢ŠE‚Ì“Á’è‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ä‚­‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤”Fޝ (saññā) ‚Í�A�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‘g‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ�vŒ¶‘z (�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v) ‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B

 

�ã‹L‚Ì (i) ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�Adiṭṭhi vipallāsa ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Å�ASotapanna ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�ASatipaṭṭthāna ‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ�ASakadāgāmi/Anāgāmi ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Asaññā vipallāsa ‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä (ii) ‚à—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚³‚ç‚É�A(i)‚Æ(ii)‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASotāpanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚â‚·‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Vipallāsa (Diṭṭhi, Saññā, Citta) Affect Saṅkhāra.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Buddha Dhamma – Two (Related) Paradigm Changes

5. Everything (living beings and material things) arises and perishes based on a universal principle, Paṭicca Samuppāda. The logical process can be stated as follows.

(i) The perception (saññā) that certain things in the world can bring us happiness is an illusion; however, a puthujjana does not know that. Based on that wrong perception (�gdistorted saññā�h), people engage in immoral deeds to acquire such things.

(ii) Such immoral deeds (akusala kamma) are done with a defiled mind contaminated with greed/attachment (rāga) and anger/hate (dosa), and those two arise based on ignorance (moha/avijjā). Such akusala kamma can bring their results (kamma vipāka) at any time in the future, during this life or in future lives. 

 

Buddha Dhamma – 2 ‚‚Ì�iŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�jƒpƒ‰ƒ_ƒCƒ€‚̕ω»

5. ‚·‚ׂÄ�i�¶‚«•¨‚Æ•¨Ž¿�j‚Í�A•�•Õ“I‚ÈŒ´—��APaṭicca Samuppāda ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä”­�¶‚µ�A�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ˜_—�“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚ÉŒ¾‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

 

(i) �¢ŠE‚Ì“Á’è‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ä‚­‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤”Fޝ (saññā) ‚ÍŒ¶‘z‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�Aputhujjana‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ�i˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

 

(ii) ‚»‚̂悤‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ× (akusala kamma) ‚Í�AæÃ—~/Ž·’… (rāga) ‚Æ“{‚è/‘ž‚µ‚Ý (dosa) ‚ɉ˜�õ‚³‚ꂽ‰˜‚ꂽ�S‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê�A‚±‚ê‚ç 2 ‚‚͖³’m (moha/avijjā) ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚Èakusala kamma‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚Ì‚¢‚‚łà�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚à—ˆ�¢‚Å‚à�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�ikamma vipāka�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

 

�ã‹L‚Ì 2 ‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B kamma vipāka‚Í�A—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚∫‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A�u‘g‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É‚æ‚é“]�¶‚É‚à‚‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B —¼•û‚Ì—vˆö‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é•�•Õ“I‚ÈŒ´—�‚ª 1 ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�¢ŠE‚Í�uˆ«‚¢Šî”Õ�v�A‚‚܂è Paṭicca Samuppāda ‚Ì�ã‚É�¬‚è—§‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Paṭicca Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邯�A—¼•û‚̉e‹¿‚ð’âŽ~‚Å‚«�A‚Ђ¢‚Ä‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð’âŽ~‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚±�”ƒJŒŽˆÈ“à‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�Bƒ^ƒCƒ€ƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ÍSotapanna Stage via Understanding Perception (Saññā).‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

6. Thus, the two main concepts to be learned are:

(i) A puthujjana attaches to external objects, thinking they have intrinsic �gkāma guṇa�h that can provide �gpleasure.�h Thus, they have �ghigh hopes�h and desire to acquire more such things, and that expectation is �gviññāna.�h But the Buddha taught that such an expectation is like chasing a mirage because external objects do not have such �gmind-pleasing�h intrinsic properties.

(ii) However, the �gdistorted saññā�h (that is �gbuilt-in�h to each existence) makes it appear that such external things can provide happiness. Understanding the concept of �gsaññā�h is essential to understand this issue. Perception is the closest English word for �gsaññā.�h The �gdistorted saññā�h is much more than a view; it is built into our psyche and also built into our physical bodies so that bodily functions seem to be compatible. That is why it is hard to overcome this �gdistorted saññā.�h 

 

6. ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŠw�K‚·‚ׂ« 2 ‚‚̎å‚ÈŠT”O‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B

 

(i) puthujjana‚Í�AŠO•”‚Ì•¨‘̂Ɏ·’…‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é–{Ž¿“I‚Èkāma guṇa‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u�‚‚¢Šú‘Ò�v‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‚à‚Á‚ÆŽè‚É“ü‚ꂽ‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Šè–]‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‚»‚ÌŠú‘Ò‚ªviññāna‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µƒuƒbƒ_‚Í�AŠO•”‚Ì•¨‘̂ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È�u�S‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é�v–{Ž¿“I‚È�«Ž¿‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠú‘Ò‚Í凋C˜O‚ð’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ‹³‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

(ii) ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v�i‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚É�u‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚à‚Ì�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠO“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚̂悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A�usaññā�v‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B �u’mŠo�v‚Í�usaññā�v‚É�Å‚à‹ß‚¢‰pŒê‚Å‚·�B �u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚Í’P‚Ȃ钭‚߂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚É‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚łȂ­�A�g‘Ì‹@”\‚É‚à‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Č݊·�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�A‚±‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚̂ł·�B

Paṭicca Samuppāda ‚Í�A—¼•û‚Ì‘¤–Ê (Ž„‚½‚¿‚̑̂ɑg‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŠî‚­•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚©) ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Most Akusala Kamma Are Done in Kāma loka

7. In the previous two posts, �gRupa and Rupakkhandha- Not External Objects�h and �gVipariṇāma – Two Meanings,�h we discussed that most akusala kamma are done while in kāma loka. Thus, an Anāgāmi (who has overcome rebirths in kāma loka) is free of most of the suffering in this world. 

Download/Print: �gNibbāna and the Kāma loka�g

 

 

‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìakusala kamma‚Íkāma loka‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·

7. ‘O‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN�gRupa and Rupakkhandha- Not External Objects‚ÆVipariṇāma – Two Meanings,‚Å‚Í�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìakusala kamma‚Íkāma loka‚Ì’†‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚邯�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AAnāgāmi (kāma loka‚ł̓]�¶‚ð�Ž•ž‚µ‚½�l) ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚̋ꂵ‚݂̂قƂñ‚Ç‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

ŽŸ‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚ð�X�V‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B kāma loka ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é kamma ‚Ì�¶�¬‚É�Å“_‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B kamma‚Ì�¶�¬‚Í�Apurāna kamma‚Ænava kamma‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å”­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

ƒ_ƒEƒ“ƒ��[ƒh/ˆó�ü: Nibbāna and the Kāma loka

 

 

Sensory input (Ārammaṇa) Activates the Mind 

8. Sensory input (ārammaṇa) must trigger the mind to the �gactive state.�h See �gFuture Suffering (Loka/Dukkha Samudaya) Starts With Sensory Input (Ārammaṇa).�h The mind of a human in kāma loka starts at the �gkāma Dhātu�h stage. 

 

Š´Šo“ü—Í (Ārammaṇa) ‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠˆ�«‰»‚·‚é

8. Š´Šo“ü—Í (ārammaṇa) ‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�uŠˆ“®�ó‘Ô�v‚É“±‚«‚Ü‚·�BFuture Suffering (Loka/Dukkha Samudaya) Starts With Sensory Input (Ārammaṇa)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B kāma loka‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�Akāma Dhātu‚Ì’iŠK‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

�ã�}‚Å‚Í�u–¡‚Ì“ü—Í�v‚ð—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �Å�‰‚Ì�ukāma Dhātu�v’iŠK‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɑΉž‚·‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ªŽ©“®“I‚É�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u–¡‚Ì“ü—Í�v‚Ì�urasa paṭisaṁvedī�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B

Paṭisaṁvedeti�C[paṭi+saṁ+vedeti�CCaus�Dof vid] to feel�Cexperience

 

�lŠÔ‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ�l‚Í’N‚Å‚à�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�u�»“œ‚̊³�v‚𖡂키‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�i‚ ‚é‚¢‚ÍAnāgāmi ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å‚³‚¦�j‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì�urasa rāga paṭisaṁṁvedī�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚͔ނ炪�ukāma rāga saṁyojana�v‚ð”r�œ‚µ‚½‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B saṁyojana ‚Í�A�usaṅ�v+�uyoga�v�i”Ï”Y‚Ƃ̌‹‚т‚«�j�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�usaññā�v+�uyoga�v�i�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚Ƃ̌‹‚т‚«�j‚Æ‚µ‚ĉðŽß‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚à“¯‚¶Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌŒ´•¶‚Å‚Í�uසඤ්ඤොජන�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A�usaññojana�v‚Æ�‘‚­‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎSaṁyojaniya Sutta (SN 35.109) ‚ÌŒ´•¶‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌSamyojana Sutta (SN 35.109) in Pāli‚Å‚·�B

 

9. But the mind of anyone below the Anāgāmi stage will automatically attach to that �gdistorted saññā�h of sweetness and get into �gkāma bhava.�h 

 

9. ‚µ‚©‚µ�AAnāgāmi ˆÈ‰º‚Ì�l‚Ì�S‚Í�AŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚̊³‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŽ·’…‚µkāma bhava‚Ɋׂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚±‚©‚çƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�v’iŠK‚ðŒo‚Ä�Anava kamma’iŠK‚Ì�uviññāna‚Ì‹}‘¬‚È�¬’·�v‚É“ü‚邯‚¢‚¤•Û�؂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Í‚»‚ÌŽž‚Ì�l‚¦•ûŽŸ‘æ‚Å‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒGƒ�ƒeƒBƒbƒN‚ȉf‰æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̉f‰æ‚É“o�ê‚·‚é–£—Í“I‚È�l•¨‚ÌŽp‚ª—~–]‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�Adhamma‚Ì‚ð�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É“¯‚¶‚悤‚È�—�«‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì‹»•±‚ªˆø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚é‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�d—v‚È“_‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�BAnāgāmi ’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�AŽ©“®“I‚Épurāna kamma’iŠK‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ª‚à‚Æ‚̂܂܂Ìkāma rāga saṁyojana‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ɂ݈̂ˑ¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚É“ü‚è�A�unava kamma�v’iŠK‚Å�u�V‚µ‚¢kamma�v‚ð’~�Ï‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͎©“®“I‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �ã‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚Å”j�ü‚ÅŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂͂»‚Ì‚½‚߂ł·�B

 

Sensory input (Ārammaṇa) Iniates Paṭicca Samuppāda Process

10. The same concepts are presented differently in the chart below. Make sure to read the text in #8 while studying the chart. Also, read #9 and #10 of �gSaññā – All Our Thoughts Arise With �eDistorted Saññā�f�h and �gKāma Guṇa – Origin of Attachment (Tanhā)�h where the �gUpavāṇasandiṭṭhika Sutta (SN 35.70)�h is discussed using a visual sensory input (compared to the taste input here.) It is critical to understand these points.

upaya�Fm�D[�ƒupa-i�Dcf�Dupāya] �Ú‹ß�C‹ß’˜�CŒ¡ˆø�D

bahiddhā�F[ind�D] outside; outer�D

purāna �@old�Ca long time ago

nava�F[adj�D] 1�Dnew�G 2�Dnine�D

ajjhatta�F[adj.] personal�G connected with the self.

avyākata�Flit�D'indeterminate' - i�De�Dneither determined as kammically 'wholesome' nor as 'unwholesome' - are the kammically neutral�Ci�De�Damoral

 

Download/Print: �gSequence of Kamma Generation – Kāma loka

 

Š´Šo“ü—Í (Ārammaṇa) ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä Paṭicca Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªŠJŽn‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·

10. ˆÈ‰º‚Ì�}‚Å‚Í�A“¯‚¶ŠT”O‚ªˆÙ‚È‚éŒ`‚ÅŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚ðŒŸ“¢‚·‚é�Û‚Í�A#8 ‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚ð•K‚¸“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚Ü‚½Saññā – All Our Thoughts Arise With �eDistorted Saññā�f ‚ÆKāma Guṇa – Origin of Attachment (Tanhā) �AUpavāṇasandiṭṭhika Sutta (SN 35.70) ‚ł͎‹ŠoŠ´Šo‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B (‚±‚±‚ł͖¡‚Ì“ü—͂ƔäŠr‚µ‚Ä)

‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì“_‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B

 

Sensory input (Ārammaṇa) Iniates Pañca Upādāna Khandha

11. The main point in the above chart is that the mind of a puthujjana (or even a Sotapanna/Sakadāgāmi) starts in a �gdefiled state.�h Specifically, it does not start at the pañcakkhandha state but at the pañca upādānakkhandha state (in the above charts at the �grasa rāga paṭisaṁvedī�h step.)

 

Š´Šo“ü—Í (Ārammaṇa) ‚ªPañca Upādāna Khandha ‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é

11. �ã‚Ì�}‚ÌŽå—v‚È“_‚Í�Aputhujjana (‚Ü‚½‚ÍSotāpanna /Sakadāgāmi) ‚Ì�S‚Í�u‰˜‚ꂽ�ó‘Ô�v‚©‚çŽn‚܂邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�Apañcakkhandha �ó‘Ԃł͂Ȃ­�Apañca upādānakkhandha �ó‘Ô�i�ã‚Ì�}‚Å‚Í�urasa rāga paṭisaṁvedī�v‚Ì’iŠK�j‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Š´Šo“I‚È�o—ˆŽ–‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠˆ�«‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �uLoka Sutta �\Origin and Cessation of the World ‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

‚»‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì #1 ‚Å‚Í�ALoka Sutta (SN 12.44)‚ÅŽ‹Šo“I‚ÈŠ´ŠoƒCƒxƒ“ƒg�A‚‚܂è‘Î�Û‚ðŒ©‚é—á‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�ucakkhuñca paṭicca rōpe ca uppajjati cakhu viññāṇaṁ�v�i@ 3.3�j‚Å‚·�B �ã‚̃`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚Å‚Í�u–¡‚Ì“ü—Í�v‚Å‚ ‚é�ujivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhā viññāṇaṁ�v‚ɑГ–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A�ã�}‚Ì�…�F‚Ì�uTiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso�v‚܂łÌ4‚‚̃{ƒbƒNƒX‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A�uLoka Sutta (SN 12.44)�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�utiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso�v‚Æ�uphassa paccayā vedanā�v‚Å‚·�B �uphassa paccayā vedanā�v‚Í�usamphassa-jā-vedanā�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂẴXƒeƒbƒv‚Ípurāna kamma’iŠK‚ňê�u‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�uAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�Bavyākata‚Í�u‹­‚¢kamma ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�urasa rāga paṭisaṁṁvedī�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Äkāma rāga ‚ª�¶‚¶‚½‚Ì‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íkāma Dhātu‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’´‚¦�A�ukāma bhava�v‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍAnāgāmi ‚âƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

�gNava Kamma�h Stage Only With �gUpādāna�g

12. Next is the critical �gtaṇhā paccayā upādāna�h step. This step may or may not occur even for a puthujjana if the mind is not interested in the sensory input. As we know, �gtaṇhā�h means to �gbind�h or �gattach.�h Depending on the strength of the sense input AND the mindset at that moment, the mind may or may not get to the �gtaṇhā paccayā upādāna�h step.

 

Upādāna‚É“ü‚邯Nava kammaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É

12. ŽŸ‚Í�d—v‚È�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɋ»–¡‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚±‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Íputhujjana‚Å‚à�i‹N‚±‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚µ�j�A‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚²‘¶’m‚̂Ƃ¨‚è�A�utaṇhā�v‚Í�u”›‚é�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽæ‚è•t‚­�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B Š´Šo“ü—͂̋­‚³‚Æ‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚ê‚Î�A“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚»‚¤‚·‚é‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚邱‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B Š´Šo“ü—͂Ɏ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�u‚à‚Á‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ð�v‚Æ–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ꂪupādāna�A‚‚܂è�uˆø‚«Šñ‚¹‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�AŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo�Aƒ{ƒfƒBƒ^ƒbƒ`‚ɂ͓Á’è‚Ì–{Ž¿“I‚Èkāma guṇa‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚Ì‚½‚߂ɋN‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ª�u‚à‚Á‚Æ‘½‚­‚Ì‚à‚Ì�v‚𓾂悤‚Æ‚·‚é“®‹@‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Í�A�l‚ªNava kamma‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uavijjā paccayā saṅkhāra�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ämano, vaci, kāya saṅkhāra (‹­‚¢kamma) ‚ð�¶�¬‚µŽn‚߂邯‚«‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚±‚Å‚Íjavana citta‚É‚æ‚ékamma‚Ì’~�Ï‚ªˆÓޝ“I‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚· (‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚ɂȂ邱‚ƂŎ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·)�B �j‚»‚ꂪ�ukamma‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚éPaṭicca Samuppāda�v‚·‚Ȃ킿Akusala-Mula Paṭicca Samuppāda‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�ujāti paccayā jarā�Amarana�Asoka-paridēva-dukka-dōmanassupāyasā sambhavan'ti�v‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·kammaƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì�¶�¬�v‚ª�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Í�uAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚Æ�uAkusala-Mula Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŠ®‘S‚È�uIdappaccayātā Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �Ú�ׂÍPaṭicca Samuppāda During a Lifetime‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A•K‚¸Šm”F‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Recovering the Pabhassara (Pure) Mind 

13. The first chart (in #7) above shows that kāma loka is the furthest from the �gsuffering-free pure (pabhassara) mind.�h 

Download/Print: �gDefilements Covering a Pure Mind

 

 

pabhassara�i�ƒ�ˆ�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‰ñ•œ‚·‚é

13. #7‚̃`ƒƒ�[ƒg ‚Í�Akāma loka‚ª�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�ƒ�ˆ‚È (pabhassara) ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚©‚ç�Å‚à‰“‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�ã‚Ì�}‚Í�Akāma loka‚ª�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�ƒ�ˆ‚È�ipabhassara�j�S�v‚©‚ç�Å‚à‰“‚¢—�—R‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

upādāna�F'clinging'�Caccording to Vis�DM�DXVII�Cis an intensified degree of craving �itaṇhā�Cq�Dv�DŽQ�Æ�j�D

The 4 kinds of clinging are�Fsensuous clinging �ikāmupādāna�j�Cclinging to views �idiṭṭhupādāna�j�Cclinging to mere rules and ritual �isīlabbatupādāna�j�Cclinging to the personaljty-belief �iatta-vādupādāna�j�D

 

 

Removal of Defilements Only With Wisdom (Paññā)

14. There are three layers of �ghardened defilements�h that keep a �gsuffering-free pure (pabhassara) mind�h covered at all times. The Buddha described those �ghardened defilements�h in various ways: The outermost layer can be labeled as three saṁyojana, one upādāna, two anusaya, one āsava, etc.; see �gConditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna�h for parameters for all three layers.  For simplicity, I have indicated only the saṁyojana and upādāna in the above chart.

 

’qŒdpaññ₾‚¯‚ª‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­

14. �u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�ƒ�ˆ‚È�ipabhassara�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚ð�í‚É•¢‚¢•Û‚Â�u�d‰»‚µ‚½”Ï”Y�v‚Ì 3 ‚‚̑w‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u‹Ã‚èŒÅ‚Ü‚Á‚½”Ï”Y�v‚ð‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�Å‚àŠO‘¤‚Ì‘w‚Í�A3 ‚‚Ìsaṁyojana�A1 ‚‚Ìupādāna�A2 ‚‚Ìanusaya�A1 ‚‚Ìāsava‚Ȃǂƕª—Þ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B 3 ‚‚̑w‚·‚ׂẴpƒ‰ƒ��[ƒ^�[‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍConditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ŠÈ’P‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�ã‚Ì�}‚Å‚Ísaṁyojana‚Æupādāna‚¾‚¯‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

 

�Å�‰‚Ì‘w‚Í�ASotapanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‰i‹v‚É�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Í�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚­‚Ä‚à“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B •¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚̂ɂÍkāma guṇa‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�u•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì�i�l�X‚â•sŠˆ�«‚È•¨‘Ì�j�v‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邽‚ß‚Éakusala kamma‚É�]Ž–‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚邾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B

‘¼‚Ì 2 ‚‚̑w‚Í�ASatipaṭṭthāna ‚ð�C—ù‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AAnāgāmi ’iŠK‚Æ Arahant ’iŠK‚Å�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

 

15. It is also critical to understand that removing all �gthree layers�h covering a pabhassara mind is possible only by cultivating wisdom (paññā).

 

15. pabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚𕢂Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�u3 ‚‚̑w�v‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚±‚Æ‚Í�A’qŒdpaññā‚ð—{‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂݉”\‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B

‚»‚ê‚Í�u•¨—�“I‚È“D‚Ì‘w�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚­‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚Ƀ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�BBāhiya ‘¸ŽÒ‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�A3 ‚‚̑w‚·‚ׂĂª�”•ªˆÈ“à‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�BBāhiya Sutta (Ud 1.10);‚ðŽQ�Æ�B

‘¼‚Ì‘½‚­‚Ì�l‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì‘w‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä Sotapanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ɉ½”N‚à‹ê˜J‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃ŒƒCƒ„�[‚ð 1 ‚‚¸‚Â�í�œ‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�S”z‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉ˜‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�i‚‚܂è�A’qŒdpaññā‚ð�C—ù‚·‚邯�j�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B

 

Connection to �gDistorted Saññā�g

16. One must understand why it is harmful to chase sensory pleasures. To reach the Sotapanna stage, one does not need to give up all sensory pleasures; one only needs to �gsee with wisdom�h that attachment to sensory pleasures keeps one away from Nibbana. That understanding will remove the first layer of defilements in the above chart. After that, the mind will be incapable of committing �gapāyagāmi kamma.�h There is no need to stop such actions consciously.

 

�uDistorted Sanñā�v‚Ƃ̂‚Ȃª‚è

16. Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð’Ç‚¢‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚º—LŠQ‚Ȃ̂©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Sotāpanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð•úŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Š´Šo“I‚ȉõŠy‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…‚ª�l‚🸞ς©‚牓‚´‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð�u’qŒd‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä—�‰ð�v‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚Ì—�‰ð‚É‚æ‚è�A�ã‚Ì�}‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‘w‚̔ϔY‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŒã�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�uapāyagāmi kamma�v‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚ðˆÓޝ“I‚ÉŽ~‚ß‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

apāyagāmi apāya’n�–�{gami�@�¨�@gacchati�F[gam + a] goes�G moves�G walks.

 

‚µ‚©‚µ�ASotāpanna ‚Í�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bkāma assāda‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éditthi vipallāsa‚Í�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚à�A�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É•t��‚·‚ésaññā�Evipallāsa‚͈ˑR‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�B

�isaññā�Evipallāsa‚Æ‚Í�A�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā‚É‚¾‚Ü‚³‚ê‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�j�B

 

‚»‚Ìsaññā vipallāsa‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é‚É‚Í�ASatipaṭṭhāna‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂÍ�APaṭicca Samuppāda‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B saññā vipallāsa ‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚Í�A�ukāma rāga saṁyojana�v‚Æ�ukāma upādāna�v‚Ì�Á–łɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�d—v‚È“_‚Í�A“Á’è‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìgati‚Å”|‚í‚ꂽsaṅkhāra‚ÌŽí—ނɉž‚¶‚Ä“]�¶�i�¶‚܂ꂂ«‘g‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚𔺂¤�j‚ª”­�¶‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�¶‚¶‚é“]�¶‚ª“¯‚¶gati‚ð“`”d‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©ŒÈ‹‹‰a‚Å‚ ‚è�A�I‚í‚è‚̂Ȃ¢ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�Bkāma loka‚©‚瓦‚ê�A�i•à‚ðŽn‚ß‚é‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̃‹�[ƒv‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

Ÿ¸žÏ‚·‚Ȃ킿�upabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v(�Å�‰‚Ì�}‚ðŽQ�Æ)‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i‚Þ‚É‚Í�A Mūlapariyāya Sutta – The Root of All Things.‚Ì #2 ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

Summary

17. We discussed many critical concepts and their relationships above. Understanding this �gbig picture�h is essential.

 

‚܂Ƃß

17. �ã‹L‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚­‚Ì�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠÖŒW‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚±‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B

�iBuddha Dhamma‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�j•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ƂÍ�uŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõ‚³‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚ł͂¢‚¯‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ÌŠj�S“I‚È‹³‚¦‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�ijānato passato�j‚Æ�A�uŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõ‚³‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Æ�v‚ª‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�u‘O�l–¢“ž‚̃uƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‚¦�v‚Å‚·�B

 

Jāna�C�iadj�D�j [to jñā�Csee jānāti] knowing or knowable�Cunderstandable

passati�F[dis + a�G dis is changed to pas�D] sees�G finds�G understands�D

 

‚»‚ê‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é�Å‚àŠÈ’P‚È•û–@‚Í�A�Å�‰‚̃`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚Å‚·�Bputhujjana‚ªŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɏ·’…‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í 2 ‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B

(i) “¯‚¶�ê�Ђɗ¯‚܂邩�A(ii)) �u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢pabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚©‚ç—£‚êŽn‚߂邩‚̂ǂ¿‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B

puthujjana‚ªŠì‚Ñ‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚©�A—J‚¤‚Â/’ɂ݂ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Í“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɋւµ‚Ä’†—§‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚©‚É‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢pabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚ÉŒü‚©‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�[‚­�l‚¦‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚ꂪ�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ðŠw‚΂Ȃ¯‚ê‚Î�Asansāric‚Ì—·�i“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚©‚瓦‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚Å‚¨‹CŒy‚É‚²Ž¿–â‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

18. If  sensory input (ārammaṇa) leads to both purāna and nava kamma stages, all three following happens:

(i) It is a complete Paṭicca Samuppāda process (with �gAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�h and �gAkusala-Mula Paṭicca Samuppāda.�h)

(ii) It is another addition to pañca upādāna khandha (and this also explains why pañcakkhandha  or five aggregates never arise for anyone below the Arahant stage.)

(iii) Chasing a sensory input keeps one bound to the world. The Buddha equated this to the �grising/origin of the world.�h See �gLoka Sutta – Origin and Cessation of the World.�h The moment one attains Arahanthood, that �grising/origin of the world�h stops (Paṭicca Samuppāda process stops), and that is the �gending of the world�h or �gloka nirodha.�h That Arahant is no longer �gin this world.�h

 

18. Š´Šo“ü—Í (ārammaṇa) ‚ªpurāna kammaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ænava kamma ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì—¼•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�ê�‡�AŽŸ‚Ì 3 ‚‚̂·‚ׂĂª‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B

(i) ‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚È Paṭicca Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚· (�uAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚Æ�uAkusala-Mula Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚ðŽg—p)�B

(ii) ‚±‚ê‚Í�Apañca upādāna khandha ‚ɒljÁ‚³‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł· (‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚È‚ºƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠKˆÈ‰º‚Ì�l‚É‚Í pañcakkhandha ‚·‚Ȃ킿5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ª�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚à�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·)�B

(iii) Š´Šo“ü—Í‚ð’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚邯�A�l‚Í�¢ŠE‚É”›‚ç‚ꑱ‚¯‚Ü‚·�B ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð�u�¢ŠE‚Ì�oŒ»�E‹NŒ¹�v‚Ƃ݂Ȃµ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BLoka Sutta – Origin and Cessation of the World‚ðŽQ�Æ�B ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É’B�¬‚µ‚½�uŠÔ�A‚»‚Ì�u�¢ŠE‚Ì�oŒ»/‹NŒ¹�v‚Í’âŽ~‚µ�iPaṭicca Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�A‚»‚ꂪ�u�¢ŠE‚Ì�I‚í‚è�v‚·‚Ȃ킿loka nirodha‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‚à‚¤�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚É‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B

 

 

 

 

 

Sotapanna Stage and Distorted Saññā

Sotapanna stage of Nibbāna can be approached in different ways. This section describes a new approach to understanding the concept of saññā (perception.) Upon receiving a sensory input, an average human�fs mind is triggered with �gdistorted saññā�h and triggers thoughts with rāga, dosa, moha. An Arahant�es mind will also be triggered by �gdistorted saññā,�h but their minds will not get defiled (i.e., generate rāga, dosa, moha) because of it.

November 17, 2023; last revised December 26, 2024

Required Background 

1. This post is the first in a series of posts in the new section �gSotapanna Stage via Understanding Perception (Saññā).�h It will help a puthujjana get to the Sotapanna stage. Furthermore, this material is ESSENTIAL for a Sotapanna to attain the higher stages of Nibbāna. That will become clear in the upcoming posts. The following material is essential to keep up with this series of posts.

 

Sotapanna’iŠK‚Ƙc‚ñ‚¾saññā

Nibbāna‚ÌSotapanna’iŠK‚É‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚ŃAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�Asaññā�i’mŠo�j‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�V‚µ‚¢ƒAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚邯�A•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ăgƒŠƒK�[‚³‚ê�Arāga, dosa, moha‚𔺂¤Žv�l‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆ¢—…Š¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚à�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‰˜‚³‚ê‚é�i‚‚܂è�Arāga, dosa, moha‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é�j‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

•K—v‚È”wŒi

1. ‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Sotapanna Stage via Understanding Perception (Saññā)‚̈ê˜A‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aputhujjana‚ªSotapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚ÌŽ‘—¿‚Í�ASotapanna‚ªNibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɕs‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚±‚Æ‚ª�A�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚ÌŽ‘—¿‚Í�A‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒNƒVƒŠ�[ƒY‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚­‚½‚߂ɕs‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B

 

‚±‚Ì�à–¾‚ÍRecovering the Suffering-Free Pure MindƒVƒŠ�[ƒY‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�u‰B‚³‚ꂽ�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v�ipabhassara citta�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚»‚̃Aƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�Aanicca, dukkha, anatta‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðˆÙ‚È‚é•û–@‚Å�à–¾‚Å‚«‚邱‚ƂɋC•t‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BDoes �gAnatta�h Refer to a �gSelf�h?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

Œ»�݂̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÍSensory Experience – A Deeper AnalysisƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚̃tƒHƒ��[ƒAƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B

saññā‚Ì�Љî‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍSaññā – What It Really Means‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

�gDistorted Saññā�h Makes Us Attach to Specific Sensory Inputs 

2. The Buddha taught that the root cause of all suffering (whether in this life or future lives) is our tendency to attach to worldly things. Why do we have instinctive �gfeelings of joy�h (somanassa vedanā) when we think about �gmind-pleasing things�h like tasty food or attractive sights? Are there things in that food or sight (that are �gintrinsically worthwhile�h) to make us happy? If so, it should be universal, i.e., any living being should get the same �gsense of joy�h upon tasting the same food or seeing the same object. As we see below, that is not the case.

 

“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɕt’…‚³‚¹‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v

2. •§‘É‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý�i�¡�¶‚Å‚ ‚ê—ˆ�¢‚Å‚ ‚ê�j‚Ì�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Í�A�¢‘­“I‚È‚à‚̂ɕt’…‚·‚éŒXŒü‚É‚ ‚é�A‚Æ‹³‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚È‚ºŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚â–£—Í“I‚ÈŒi�F‚ȂǂÌ�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é‚à‚Ì�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邯�A–{”\“I‚É�uŠì‚т̊´�î�v�isomanassa vedanā�j‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚»‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚âŒi�F‚É‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ð�K‚¹‚É‚·‚é�i–{Ž¿“I‚ɉ¿’l‚Ì‚ ‚é�j‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚à‚µ‚»‚¤‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚Í•�•Õ“I‚Å‚ ‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚Ç‚ñ‚È�¶‚«•¨‚Å‚à“¯‚¶�H‚ו¨‚ð–¡‚í‚Á‚½‚è�A“¯‚¶‚à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚肵‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�A“¯‚¶�uŠì‚т̊´Šo�v‚𓾂é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·‚ª�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚¤‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

 

Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚»‚̂悤‚È�uŠì‚т̊´�î�v�isomanassa vedanā�j‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚â—̈æ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é“Á’è‚Ìsaññā�iŠT‚˂ɖ󂷂ƒmŠo�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìsaññā‚Í�â‘ΓI‚È‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ­�A�lŠÔ‚Ì“÷‘̂ɕt’…‚·‚鎄‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鈢—…Š¿‚à�lŠÔŠE‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A”Þ‚ç‚à“¯‚¶saññā‚𓾂܂·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Í‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�HŽ–‚ð�u‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�v‚Æ–¡‚í‚Á‚½‚è�A–£—Í“I‚È�—�«‚ð‚»‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É“¯—l‚Ìsaññā‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚̘c‚ñ‚¾saññā‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚̘c‚ñ‚¾saññā‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚àˆ¢—…Š¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�uŠì‚т̊´�î�v�isomanassa vedanā�j‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚»‚ê‚É•t’…‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚µ‚©‚µ�A�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Äsaññā‚Ì”÷–­‚ȈႢ‚Í‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚Ì—á‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�B�l‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚àsaññā�i‚±‚±‚ł͖¡Šo�j‚ªˆÙ‚È‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚éŠÈ’P‚È—á‚Å‚·�B�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�D‚Ý‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ªˆÙ‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃ͂킩‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“Á’è‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邯ƒAƒŒƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð‹N‚±‚·�l‚à‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ð�D‚Þ�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�Agati ‚̂킸‚©‚ȕω»‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B

ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�usaññā�v‚Í’Ê�í�A�u’mŠo�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í’Ê�í�A�u”Þ�—‚ɑ΂·‚é‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì”Fޝ‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚̂悤‚È•¶‚ÅŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Asaññā ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‹å‚Í‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð“`‚¦‚Ü‚·�B

 

Saññā Is More Than �gPerception�h 

3. Saññā is a special word that is quite significant in characterizing the mental state of a living being. Any living being (from a Brahma down to the microscopic animal or a hell-being) generates vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra, and viññāṇa upon �gtaking in�h a sensory input. Those five entities describe the mental state that arises based on that sensory input; they are pañcakkhandha (five aggregates,) which automatically turn to pañcupādānakkhandha based on the �gdistorted saññā�h associated with the human realm.

 

Saññā ‚Í�u’mŠo�v‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ¢

3. Saññā ‚Í�A�¶–½‘̂̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ð“Á’¥•t‚¯‚é�ã‚Å”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚È“Á•ʂȌ¾—t‚Å‚·�B‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�¶–½‘Ì (Brahma‚©‚ç”÷�¬‚È“®•¨‚â’n�–‚Ì�¶–½‘̂܂Å) ‚Í�AŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ð�uŽæ‚è�ž‚Þ�v‚Æ�Avedanā�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāṇa ‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç 5 ‚‚̎À‘Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɋî‚¢‚Ä�¶‚¶‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ð•\‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í pañcakkhandha (ŒÜå]) ‚Å‚ ‚è�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É pañcupādānakkhandha ‚ɕςí‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

‚±‚̈ê˜A‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�Asaññā‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä�A‚½‚Æ‚¦“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ð’Ç‹�‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�Apañcakkhandha‚ª�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚Épañcupādānakkhandha‚ɕςí‚é—lŽq‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í�í‚É�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A�inimitta‚ªārammaṇa‚ɕςí‚è�j“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɋî‚¢‚Ä�u‰˜‚ꂽsaññā�v‚ɕςí‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

ŽŸ‚̃rƒfƒIVirtual Barber Shop‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Å‚³‚¦ŽU”¯‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ðƒVƒ~ƒ…ƒŒ�[ƒg‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�usaññā�v‚Í‘€�ì‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A•§‘É‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð�uŒ¶‰e�v‚ƌĂñ‚¾—�—R‚Å‚·�B

‚±‚±‚ł̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A�usaññā�v‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚è�o‚¹‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B

‚³‚ç‚ÉSaññā Gives Rise to Most of the Vedanā We Experience‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B

 

Each Bhava Starts at the Dhātu Stage with Its Own Saññā

4. Upon receiving sensory input, the mind first �gfalls�h on the corresponding dhātu stage before getting into the corresponding bhava.

 

bhava ‚͓Ǝ©‚Ìsaññā‚𔺂¤Dhātu’iŠK‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚é

4. Š´Šo“ü—Í‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͂܂¸‚»‚ê‚ɑΉž‚·‚éDhātu’iŠK‚É�u—Ž‚Æ‚µ�v�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚ɑΉž‚·‚ébhava ‚É“ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‰¹‚ð•·‚­‚Æ�A�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�ukāma Dhātu�v‚©‚ç‘Ήž‚·‚é�ukāma saññā�v‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�Brupāvacara Brahma‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�urupa Dhātu�v�i‚±‚±‚Å�urupa�v‚Í�urupa loka�v‚ðŽw‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚©‚ç�urupa saññā�v‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B

�ukāma�Esaññā�v‚É‚Í�A6 Š´Šo‚·‚×‚Ä‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð‘g‚Ý�ž‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bˆê•û�Arupāvacara Brahma ‚Ì�urupa saññā�v‚Í�A3 ‚‚̊´Šo (cakkhu�Asota�Amind) ‚Ì‚Ý‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð‘g‚Ý�ž‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚»‚̉¹‚ª�—�«‚Ì–£—Í“I‚È�º‚¾‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚ł͎©“®“I‚É�ukāma�Erāga�v‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Arupāvacara Brahma ‚ɂ͒j�«‚Æ�—�«‚Ì2‚‚Ì�«•ʂ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ukāma�Esaññā�v‚ÉŠî‚­�ukāma�Erāga�v‚Í�Arupāvacara Brahma ‚ł͔­�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

�ã‹L‚Í—�‰ð‚·‚ׂ«�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B

�ukāma Dhātu�v’iŠK‚É“ü‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�ukāma bhava�v‚É“ž‚邽‚ß‚É�A(anusaya/saṁyojana/gati ‚ÉŠî‚­)Ž©“®“I‚Èabhisaṅkhāra ‚Ì�¶�¬‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�ukāma bhava�v‚ɂ͓ž’B‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍUpaya and Upādāna – Two Stages of Attachment‚Ì#4‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�@

 

Anyone Below the Arahant Stage Has �gDefiled Saññā�h to Some Extent

5. The Buddhist saññā has a variety of meanings. At the basic level, it is the �grecognition�h of a particular object of a specific color, large/small, sound from a particular source, different tastes, different shapes, etc. Then, it attributes beauty/ugliness, tastefulness/distastefulness, etc., to them. Therefore, the �grecognition�h embed (includes) likes/dislikes for such sensory experiences. That is a deeper aspect of �gsaññā.�g

 

ˆ¢—…Š¿‚ł͂Ȃ¢�l‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x�u‰˜‚ꂽsaññā�v‚Å‚ ‚é

5. •§‹³‚Ìsaññā‚ɂ͂³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȈӖ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠî–{“I‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Å‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ì�F�A‘å�¬�A“Á’è‚̉¹Œ¹‚©‚ç‚̉¹�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȗ¡�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`‚Ȃǂ̓Á’è‚Ì•¨‘Ì‚Ì�u”Fޝ�v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É”ü‚µ‚³/�X‚³�AŽï–¡‚̂悳/ˆ«‚³‚Ȃǂð‹A‘®‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u”Fޝ�v‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠ´Šo‘ÌŒ±‚ɑ΂·‚é�D‚«Œ™‚¢‚ª–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�usaññā�v‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢‘¤–ʂł·�B

 

‚Ü‚¸�Arupāvacara Brahma�i‚‚܂è�Arupa loka�j‚̗̈æ‚É‚¢‚éŽÒ‚Í�A–¡Šo/škŠo/�GŠo‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚·‚Å‚É�q‚ׂ½‚悤‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚ɂ͎„‚½‚¿‚Ì�ã/•@/”ZŒú‚È“÷‘Ì‚É‘Š“–‚·‚銴Šo‹@”\‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚Ì”÷�ׂȑ̂ɂÍ�A‘Ήž‚·‚épasāda rupa�ijivhā/ghāna/kāya�j‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ‚ç‚Írasa saññā�i–¡Šo�j�Agandha saññā�iškŠo�j�Aphottabba saññā‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

arupāvacara Brahma�iarupa loka�j‚Í�Arupa saññā�iŽ‹Šo�j‚Æsadda saññā�i’®Šo�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚ɂ̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚µ‚©‚È‚­�A�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚µ‚©‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo‚Ȃǂ̊T”O‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A”Þ‚ç‚ÌŽv�l‚àŒÀ‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A”Þ‚ç‚̓XƒgƒŒƒX‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚èŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽå‚Éākāsa�i‹óŠÔ�j‚Æviññāṇa‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚Íākāsa‚Æviññāṇa‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚àŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚Å‚Í�Akāma loka‚Ì11—̈æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚±‚ł͂·‚ׂÄ6‚‚̊´Šo‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A6‚‚Ìdeva—̈æ‚Ìdeva‚Í”÷�ׂÈ�i–§“x‚Ì’á‚¢�j‘̂̂½‚ß�A–¡�A“õ‚¢�A�GŠo‚Í”÷�ׂł·�B“Á‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚Í�A‰ö‰ä‚âŠà‚Ȃǂɂæ‚é“÷‘Ì“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚Ù‚Ç–§“x�iolarika�j‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i�lŠÔ‚ªŒoŒ±‚·‚邿‚¤‚ȃ{ƒfƒBƒ^ƒbƒ`‚âƒZƒbƒNƒX‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�j�B�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íolarika�A‚‚܂è�u–§“x‚ª�‚‚¢�v‚Å‚·�B

 

Hina, Majjhima, Panita Dhātu Associated with Kama, Rupa, and Arupa Loka

6. Kama loka (based on kāma Dhātu) can experience all six types of sensory inputs. Thus, the possibility of generating more defilements is higher. That is why it is called �ghīna or inferior dhātu.�h Those in the arupa dhātu (and arupa loka) experience only the mind, and it is called the �gpaṇīta or higher dhātu.�h The rupa dhātu (and rupa loka) is in the middle and is thus �gmajjhima or middle dhātu.�h 

 

Hina, Majjhima, Panita Dhātu kāma�Arupa�Aarupa loka‚ÆŠÖ˜A

6. kāma loka (kāma Dhātu‚ÉŠî‚­) ‚Í�A6 Ží—Þ‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚·‚ׂĂð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚³‚ç‚È‚é”Ï”Y‚ª”­�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª�‚‚­‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�uHina‚·‚Ȃ킿—ò‚Á‚½Dhātu�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�Barupa Dhātu (‚¨‚æ‚Ñarupa loka) ‚É‚¢‚é�¶–½‘̂̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚¾‚¯‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�upanita‚·‚Ȃ킿‚æ‚è�‚ŽŸ‚ÌDhātu�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B rupa dhātu (‚¨‚æ‚Ñ rupa loka) ‚Í�^‚ñ’†‚É‚ ‚邽‚ß�A�umajjhima ‚·‚Ȃ킿 middle dhātu�v‚Å‚·�B

 

3 Ží—Þ‚ÌDhātu (hīnāya dhātuyā, majjhimāya dhātuyā, paṇītāya dhātuyā) ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍPaṭhamabhava Sutta (AN 3.76)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

Nibbāna‚Í 3 Ží—Þ‚Ìloka‚·‚ׂĂ©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�u�Å�‚‚ÌDhātu�v‚Å‚·�B�usankhāra‚ʼn½‚©‚ð�\’z‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ­�A‚·‚ׂĂ̎í—Þ‚Ìsankhāra‚ðŽ~‚ß�Abhava‚·‚Ȃ킿loka‚ÌŒ`�¬‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚½‚ß�A�uasaṅkhata Dhātu�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚Í�AŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚ésaññā‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Å�Arāga, dosa, moha‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uAsaṅkhata Sutta (SN 43.12).�B

 

Saññā – Connection to Gati

7. There are five primary categories of gati, as stated in the �gGati Sutta (AN 9.68)�h: Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā.

 

saññā – gati‚Ƃ̂‚Ȃª‚è

7. Gati Sutta (AN 9.68)‚É‚ ‚邿‚¤‚É�Agati‚É‚Í5‚‚̎å—v‚ȃJƒeƒSƒŠ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BNirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā‚Å‚·�B

‚²——‚̂Ƃ¨‚è�Aapāyās‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì‚Ínirayo, tiracchāna, ‚·‚Ȃ킿peta gati‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Ímanussa gati‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̎å—v‚Ègati‚Í�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì5—̈æ‚݂̂ðƒJƒo�[‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�ãˆÊ26—̈æ (kāma loka‚Ì6‚‚Ìdeva—̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ) ‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘Ì‚Ídeva gati‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bkāma loka‚Ìdeva‚Å‚³‚¦�A“{‚è‚⑞‚µ‚Ý‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚É‚Í�u‘P‚Æ“¹“¿‚Ìgati�v‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

apāyās‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�u•s“¹“¿‚Ègati�v‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ»‚±‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B

�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç 2 ‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚Ì’†ŠÔ‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í“¹“¿“I‚Ègati‚Æ•s“¹“¿‚Ègati‚Ì—¼•û‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B

gati‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍSaṃsāric Habits, Character (Gati), and Cravings (Āsava)‚Æ‚»‚±‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚郊ƒ“ƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

8. Within those five major categories, there can be subcategories. In particular, the human and animal realms are vastly different with different gati, and within each of those two realms, there can be an uncountable number of gati. For example, various animal species have different gati, and their habits and cravings depend on those specific gati.

 

8. ‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì5‚‚̎å—vƒJƒeƒSƒŠ‚É‚Í�AƒTƒuƒJƒeƒSƒŠ‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�A�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Ígati‚ªˆÙ‚Ȃ邽‚ߑ傫‚­ˆÙ‚È‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚­‚Ìgati‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȓ®•¨Ží‚ɂ͈قȂégati‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì�Kе‚⊉–]‚Í“Á’è‚Ìgati‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

�iŽ­�A‹�‚ȂǂÌ�jˆê•”‚Ì“®•¨‚Í“÷‚ð�H‚ׂ܂¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì�iƒ‰ƒCƒIƒ“�Aƒgƒ‰‚ȂǂÌ�j“®•¨‚Í“÷‚Ɉˑ¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‹�‚Í‘�‚ð�H‚ׂ邯�K‚¹‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aƒ‰ƒCƒIƒ“‚Í‹»–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B—΂̑�‚ðŒ©‚é‚¾‚¯‚Å�A”ñ�í‚ɈقȂésaññā‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Kāma Dhātu (With �gDistorted Saññā�h) Tied to One�fs Uppatti Bhavaṅga

9. The �gkāma Dhātu�h automatically generates a �gdistorted saññā�h based on one�fs uppatti bhavaṅga. Therefore, an Arahant or a puthujjana (average human) will have that initial �gdistorted saññā.�h Don�ft worry if you don�ft understand uppatti bhavaṅga. Remember that a �gmade-up�h saññā arises even in an Arahant if that Arahant was born in the human realm.

 

�i�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ƂƂà‚É�jkāma Dhātu‚ÍUppatti Bhavaṅga‚ÉŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é

9. �ukāma Dhātu�v‚Í�Auppatti bhavaṅga�i�¶‹N‚·‚é�ö�݈ӎ¯�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ü‚½‚Í puthujjana (•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ) ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�Buppatti bhavaṅga ‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚­‚Ä‚à�S”z‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚̈¢—…Š¿‚ª�lŠÔŠE‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚̈¢—…Š¿‚É‚à�u‚Å‚Á‚¿‚ ‚°‚Ì�v saññā ‚ª”­�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B

 

ƒuƒbƒ_‚ÍPheṇapiṇḍūpama Sutta (SN 22.95)‚Å�Asaññā‚ðŒ¶‰e�Aviññāṇa‚ð–‚�pŽt‚Æ•\Œ»‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B

�u‰Ä‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ÌŒŽ‚Ì�³Œß‚É�A‚«‚ç‚ß‚­å‡‹C˜O‚ªŒ»‚ê‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚­‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�Ÿ‚ñ‚¾–Ú‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚ª‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚¶‚Á‚­‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ɋ󋕂Å�A’†�g‚ª‚È‚­�AŽÀ‘̂̂Ȃ¢‚à‚̂Ɍ©‚¦‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B凋C˜O‚ɂǂñ‚ÈŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚ ‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�v

‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚Ì�l‚ª�A‚ªŠ‰‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�…‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚悤‚Æå‡‹C˜O‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‘–‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B

ˆê•û�A“®•¨‚Í‚»‚ꂪ凋C˜O‚Å‚ ‚邯”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ð’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚Ä”æ‚ê‰Ê‚Ä‚Ä�A‚ÌŠ‰‚«‚ÅŽ€‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B

 

Only a Buddha Can Discover the �gDistorted Saññā�g

10. In the same way, until a Buddha comes to this world and explains the real nature of saññā, we humans are unable to figure out that our perception of certain foods being tasty, certain sights appearing attractive, certain smells are enticing, etc., we will chase those things too!

 

�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ð”­Œ©‚Å‚«‚é‚͕̂§‘É‚¾‚¯

10. “¯—l‚É�A•§‘É‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚Äsaññā‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ª‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�A“Á’è‚ÌŒi�F‚ª–£—Í“I‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é�A“Á’è‚Ì“õ‚¢‚ª–£—Í“I‚Å‚ ‚é‚Ȃǂ̔Fޝ‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ð’Ç‚¢‹�‚߂õ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚ƂɋC‚­‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B

•§‘ɂɂæ‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é‚à‚Ì�v‚ª�uŒ»ŽÀ‚ł͂Ȃ¢�v�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�uŽ„‚½‚¿Ž©�g‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚è�ã‚°‚½�v‚à‚Ì‚¾‚ȂǂÆ�A100–œ”NŒo‚Á‚Ä‚àŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�l‚¦‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�I�@

‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̌õŒi�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢�A–¡�AŠ´�G‚É‚Í�A–£—͂⌙ˆ«‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ìgati‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä“Á’è‚Ìsaññā‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邽‚߂ɓ÷‘Ì‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í�umanussa gati�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A•W�€“I‚Èsaññā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¶‚Ü‚êŽ�‚Á‚½gati‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Asaññā‚ɂ킸‚©‚ȈႢ‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�@

ˆê•û�A“®•¨‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȓ®•¨‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�A–¾Šm‚ɈقȂésaññā‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í•…‚Á‚½“÷‚â”rŸ••¨‚ÌŒõŒi‚â“õ‚¢‚ÉŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A“؂͓¯‚¶‚à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚èšk‚¢‚¾‚è‚·‚邯�A‚Ü‚Á‚½‚­ˆÙ‚È‚ésaññā‚𓾂܂·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚ÍŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ð•ø‚­‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�A“؂͂»‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂Ɋì‚Ñ‚ðŠ´‚¶�AŽä‚©‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B

‚±‚̂悤‚ȕω»‚Í“®•¨‚É‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‹�‚Í‘�‚ð�H‚×�Aƒ‰ƒCƒIƒ“‚Í“÷‚ð�H‚×�Aˆê•”‚Ì�©’Ž‚Í–Ø‚ð�H‚ׂ܂·�B“®•¨‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É“K‚µ‚½saññā‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Asaññā‚ɉh—{‚ð—^‚¦‚邽‚߂ɑ̂ÍkammaƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«–£—Í“I‚ÈŽå‘è‚Å‚·�B

 

Why Would an Arahant Have �gDistorted Saññā�g?

11. That is a consequence of still living with a �gvipāka physical body�h that the Arahant was born with. Until the death of that physical body, the Arahant must live among other humans.

 

 

ˆ¢—…Š¿‚͂Ȃº�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚‚̂©?

11. ‚»‚ê‚Í�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚È‚ª‚ç‚ÉŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�uvipāka‚Ì“÷‘Ì�v‚Å�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ̌‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚ªŽ€‚ʂ܂Å�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Í‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ÌŠÔ�iŽÐ‰ï�j‚Å�¶‚«‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B

‚»‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚Íkamma‚Ìvipāka‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ɑΉž‚·‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚¾‚¯‚łȂ­�A“÷‘Ì‚ªŽó‚¯‚é‰^–½‚É‚ ‚ékamma‚Ìvipāka‚àŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�BŒy“x‚Ìvipāka‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‹­‚¢vipāka‚Í“÷‘̂Ɍ»‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鈢—…Š¿‚͉ö‰ä‚â•a‹C‚Ȃǂɑς¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B